System, method, and apparatus for rapid development of an inspection scheme for an inspection robot

ABSTRACT

Systems, methods and apparatus for rapid development of an inspection scheme for an inspection robot are disclosed. An apparatus may include an inspection definition circuit to interpret an inspection description value, and a robot configuration circuit to determine an inspection robot configuration description in response to the inspection description value. The apparatus may further include a configuration implementation circuit, communicatively coupled to a configuration interface of an inspection robot, to provide at least a portion of the inspection robot configuration description to the configuration interface.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of PCT Patent Application Serial No.PCT/US20/21779, filed Mar. 9, 2020, entitled “INSPECTION ROBOT.”

PCT Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US20/21779, is acontinuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/853,391,filed Dec. 22, 2017, entitled “INSPECTION ROBOT WITH COUPLANT CHAMBERDISPOSED WITHIN SLED FOR ACOUSTIC COUPLING.”

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/853,391 claims the benefit ofpriority to the following U.S. Provisional Patent Applications: Ser. No.62/438,788, filed Dec. 23, 2016, entitled “STRUCTURE TRAVERSING ROBOTWITH INSPECTION FUNCTIONALITY”; and Ser. No. 62/596,737, filed Dec. 8,2017, entitled “METHOD AND APPARATUS TO INSPECT A SURFACE UTILIZINGREAL-TIME POSITION INFORMATION”.

PCT Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US20/21779 claims the benefit ofpriority to the following U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No.62/815,724, filed Mar. 8, 2019, entitled “INSPECTION ROBOT.”

Each of the foregoing applications is incorporated herein by referencein its entirety.

BACKGROUND

The present disclosure relates to robotic inspection and treatment ofindustrial surfaces.

SUMMARY

Previously known inspection and treatment systems for industrialsurfaces suffer from a number of drawbacks. Industrial surfaces areoften required to be inspected to determine whether a pipe wall, tanksurface, or other industrial surface feature has suffered fromcorrosion, degradation, loss of a coating, damage, wall thinning orwear, or other undesirable aspects. Industrial surfaces are oftenpresent within a hazardous location—for example in an environment withheavy operating equipment, operating at high temperatures, in a confinedenvironment, at a high elevation, in the presence of high voltageelectricity, in the presence of toxic or noxious gases, in the presenceof corrosive liquids, and/or in the presence of operating equipment thatis dangerous to personnel. Accordingly, presently known systems requirethat a system be shutdown, that a system be operated at a reducedcapacity, that stringent safety procedures be followed (e.g.,lockout/tagout, confined space entry procedures, harnessing, etc.),and/or that personnel are exposed to hazards even if proper proceduresare followed. Additionally, the inconvenience, hazards, and/or confinedspaces of personnel entry into inspection areas can result ininspections that are incomplete, of low resolution, that lack systematiccoverage of the inspected area, and/or that are prone to human error andjudgement in determining whether an area has been properly inspected.

Embodiments of the present disclosure provide for systems and methods ofinspecting an inspecting an inspection surface with an improvedinspection robot. Example embodiments include modular drive assembliesthat are selectively coupled to a chassis of the inspection robot,wherein each drive assembly may have distinct wheels suited to differenttypes of inspection surfaces. Other embodiments include payloadsselectively couplable to the inspection robot chassis via universalconnectors that provide for the exchange of couplant, electrical powerand/or data communications. The payload may each have different sensorconfigurations suited for interrogating different types of inspectionsurfaces.

Embodiments of the present disclosure may provide for improved customerresponsiveness by generating interactive inspection maps that depictpast, present and/or predicted inspection data of an inspection surface.In embodiments, the inspection maps may be transmitted and displayed onuser electronic devices and may provide for control of the inspectionrobot during an inspection run.

Embodiments of the present disclosure may provide for an inspectionrobot with improved environmental capabilities. For example, someembodiments have features for operating in hostile environments, e.g.,high temperature environments. Such embodiments may include lowoperational impact capable cooling systems.

Embodiments of the present disclosure may provide for an inspectionrobot having an improved, e.g., reduced, footprint which may furtherprovide for increased climbing of inclined and/or vertical inspectionsurfaces. The reduced footprint of certain embodiments may also providefor inspection robots having improve the horizontal range due to reducedweight.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1 is a schematic depiction of an inspection robot consistent withcertain embodiments of the present disclosure.

FIG. 2A is a schematic depiction of a wheel and splined hub designconsistent with certain embodiments of the present disclosure.

FIG. 2B is an exploded view of a wheel and splined hub design consistentwith certain embodiments of the present disclosure.

FIGS. 3A to 3C are schematic views of a sled consistent with certainembodiments of the present disclosure.

FIG. 4 is a schematic depiction of a payload consistent with certainembodiments of the present disclosure.

FIG. 5 is a schematic depiction of an inspection surface.

FIG. 6 is a schematic depiction of an inspection robot positioned on aninspection surface.

FIG. 7 is a schematic depiction of a location on an inspection surface.

FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for providing aninspection map.

FIG. 9 depicts an illustrative inspection map.

FIG. 10 depicts an illustrative inspection map and focus data.

FIGS. 11A to 11E are schematic depictions of wheels for an inspectionrobot.

FIG. 12 is a schematic depiction of a gearbox.

FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a payload arrangement.

FIG. 14 is another schematic diagram of a payload arrangement.

FIG. 15 is another schematic diagram of a payload arrangement.

FIG. 16 is a schematic perspective view of a sled.

FIG. 17 is a schematic side view of a sled.

FIG. 18 is a schematic cutaway view of a sled.

FIGS. 19A and 19B depict schematic side views of alternate embodimentsof a sled.

FIGS. 20A and 20B depict schematic front views of alternate embodimentsof a sled.

FIG. 21 is a schematic bottom view of a sled.

FIG. 22 is a schematic cutaway side view of a sled.

FIG. 23 is a schematic bottom view of a sled.

FIG. 24 is a schematic view of a sled having separable top and bottomportions.

FIG. 25 is a schematic cutaway side view of a sled.

FIG. 26 is a schematic exploded view of a sled with a sensor.

FIG. 27 is a schematic, partially exploded, partially cutaway view of asled with a sensor.

FIG. 28 is a schematic depiction of an acoustic cone.

FIG. 29 is a schematic view of couplant lines to a number of sleds.

FIG. 30 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to provide sensorsfor inspection of an inspection surface.

FIG. 31 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to re-couple a sensorto an inspection surface.

FIG. 32 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to provide for lowcouplant loss.

FIG. 33 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to perform aninspection at an arbitrary resolution.

FIG. 34 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for adjusting atrailing sensor configuration.

FIG. 35 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to adjust a trailingsensor configuration.

FIG. 36 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for providingposition informed inspection data.

FIG. 37 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to provide positioninformed inspection data.

FIG. 38 is a schematic flow diagram of another procedure to provideposition informed inspection data.

FIG. 39 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for providing anultra-sonic thickness value.

FIG. 40 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to provide anultra-sonic thickness value.

FIG. 41 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for providing afacility wear value.

FIG. 42 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to provide a facilitywear value.

FIG. 43 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for utilizing EMinduction data.

FIG. 44 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to utilize EMinduction data.

FIG. 45 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to determine acoating thickness and composition.

FIG. 46 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to re-process sensordata based on an induction process parameter.

FIG. 47 is a schematic block diagram of a procedure to utilize a shapedescription.

FIG. 48 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure to adjust aninspection operation in response to profiler data.

FIG. 49 depicts a schematic of an example system including a basestation and an inspection robot.

FIG. 50 depicts a schematic of a power module in a base station.

FIG. 51 depicts an internal view of certain components of the centermodule.

FIG. 52 depicts an example bottom surface of the center module.

FIG. 53 depicts an exploded view of a cold plate on the bottom surfaceof the center module.

FIGS. 54A-54B depict an exterior view of a drive module, having anencoder in a first position and in a second position.

FIG. 55 depicts an exploded view of a drive module.

FIG. 56A depicts an exploded view of a drive wheel actuator.

FIG. 56B depicts a cross section of drive shaft and flex cup of a strainwave transmission for a drive assembly of a drive module.

FIGS. 57A-57B depicts an exploded and an assembled view of a universalwheel.

FIGS. 58A-58B depict an exploded and an assembled view of a crown ridingwheel.

FIGS. 59A-59B depict an exploded and an assembled view of anotherexample wheel.

FIG. 60 depicts an exploded view of a first embodiment of a stabilitymodule and drive module.

FIGS. 61A-61B depict two side views of the first embodiment of thestability module.

FIG. 62 depicts an alternate embodiment of a stability module and wheelassembly.

FIG. 63 depicts a cross section view of drive module coupling to acenter module.

FIG. 64 depicts details of the suspension in a collapsed (close drivemodule) position.

FIG. 65 depicts details of the suspension in an extended (far drivemodule) position.

FIG. 66A depicts an example rotation limiter having a fixed or limitedrotation configuration.

FIG. 66B depicts a rotation limiter having a broader angle limitrotation configuration.

FIGS. 67A-67B depicts two side views of a drive module rotated relativeto the center module.

FIG. 68 depicts an exploded view of a contact encoder.

FIG. 69 depicts an exploded view of a dovetail payload rail mountassembly.

FIG. 70 depicts a payload with sensor carriages and an inspectioncamera.

FIG. 71A-depicts an example side view of a payload and inspectioncamera.

FIGS. 71B-71C depict details of an example inspection camera.

FIGS. 72A-72B depict clamped and un-clamped views of a sensor clamp.

FIG. 72C depicts an exploded view of a sensor carriage clamp.

FIG. 73 depicts a sensor carriage having a multi-sensor sled assembly.

FIGS. 74A-74B depict views of two different sized multi-sensor sledassemblies.

FIG. 75 depicts a front view of a multi-sensor sled assembly.

FIG. 76A depicts a perspective view looking down on an exploded view ofa sensor housing.

FIG. 76B depicts a perspective view looking up on an exploded view ofthe bottom of a sensor housing.

FIG. 76C depicts a front view cross-section of a sensor housing andsurface contact relative to an inspection surface.

FIG. 76D depicts a side view cross-section of a sensor housing.

FIG. 77 depicts an exploded view of a cross-section of a sensor housing.

FIG. 78 depicts a sensor carriage with a universal single-sensor sledassembly.

FIG. 79 depicts a universal single-sensor sled assembly that may beutilized with a single-sensor sled or a multi-sensor sled assembly.

FIGS. 80A and 80B depict bottom views of a single sensor sled assemblywith stability wings extended and contracted.

FIG. 81A depicts a calibration data flow for an ultra-sonic inspectionrobot.

FIG. 81B depicts the flow of data for sensor identification andcalibration.

FIG. 82 depicts a wheel assembly machine.

FIG. 83 depicts a cross-section of a wheel assembly machine for amagnetic wheel.

FIGS. 84A and 84B depict a wheel at different points in a process ofassembly on the wheel assembly machine.

FIG. 85 depicts a schematic block diagram of a control scheme for aninspection robot.

FIG. 86 is a schematic diagram of a system for distributed control of aninspection robot.

FIG. 87 is a schematic diagram of an inspection robot supporting modularcomponent operations.

FIG. 88 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure for operating aninspection robot.

FIG. 89 is a schematic diagram of a system for distributed control of aninspection robot.

FIG. 90 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure for operating aninspection robot having distributed control.

FIG. 91 is a flow chart depicting a method of inspecting an inspectionsurface with an inspection robot.

FIG. 92 is a flow chart depicting another method of inspecting aninspection surface with an inspection robot.

FIG. 93 is a flow chart depicting another method of inspecting aninspection surface with an inspection robot.

FIG. 94 depicts a controller for an inspection robot.

FIG. 95 depicts a method for dynamic adjustment of a biasing force foran inspection robot.

FIG. 96 a method to determine a force adjustment to a biasing force ofan inspection robot.

FIGS. 97-99 depict a method of operating an inspection robot.

FIG. 100 depicts an inspection robot.

FIG. 101 depicts an inspection robot.

FIG. 102 is a schematic depicting an inspection robot having one or morefeatures for operating in a hazardous environment.

FIG. 103 depicts a method for operating an inspection robot in ahazardous environment.

FIG. 104 is another schematic depicting an inspection robot having oneor more features for operating in a hazardous environment.

FIG. 105 depicts an embodiment of an inspection robot with a tether.

FIG. 106 depicts components of a tether.

FIG. 107 depicts a method of performing an inspection of an inspectionsurface.

FIG. 108 depicts a controller for an inspection robot.

FIG. 109 depicts a method for powering an inspection robot.

FIG. 110 is a schematic diagram of a base station for a system formanaging couplant for an inspection robot.

FIG. 111 is another schematic diagram of a base station for a system formanaging couplant for an inspection robot.

FIG. 112 is a schematic diagram of a payload for a system for managingcouplant for an inspection robot.

FIG. 113 is a schematic diagram of an output couplant interface for asystem for managing couplant for an inspection robot.

FIG. 114 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic sensor for a system formanaging couplant for an inspection robot.

FIG. 115 is a flow chart depicting a method for managing couplant for aninspection robot.

FIG. 116 depicts a method for coupling drive assemblies to an inspectionrobot.

FIG. 117 depicts a method for coupling drive assemblies to an inspectionrobot.

FIG. 118 depicts a method of releasably coupling an electrical interfaceand a mechanical interface of a modular drive assembly.

FIG. 119 is an example embodiment of a drive module connection for aninspection robot.

FIG. 120 is an exploded view of an example drive module.

FIG. 121 is a schematic cutaway view of an example drive moduleconnection cross-sectional profile.

FIG. 122 depicts an example inspection robot.

FIG. 123 an example system with a drive piston couplable to a drivemodule.

FIG. 124 depicts an example procedure for operating a robot having amulti-function piston coupling a drive module to a center chassis.

FIG. 125 depicts an example connector between a center chassis and adrive module.

FIG. 126 depicts an example connector between a center chassis and adrive module.

FIG. 127 depicts an example of additional electrical connections betweena center chassis and a drive module.

FIG. 128 depicts an example procedure for operating an inspection robothaving a drive module.

FIG. 129 depicts an example rotation limiter for a drive assembly of aninspection robot.

FIG. 130 schematically depicts an example rotation limiter for a driveassembly of an inspection robot.

FIG. 131 schematically depicts an example rotation limiter for a driveassembly of an inspection robot.

FIG. 132 schematically depicts an example rotation limiter for a driveassembly of an inspection robot.

FIG. 133 depicts an inspection robot.

FIG. 134 depicts providing drive power to a first drive module.

FIG. 135 depicts a system for inspection an uneven inspection surface.

FIG. 136 depicts an example stability module assembly.

FIG. 137 depicts an example procedure to inspect a vertical surface.

FIG. 138 depicts an example inspection robot.

FIG. 139 depicts an example inspection robot body.

FIGS. 140-145 depict various stages during manufacture of a wheelassembly.

FIG. 146 depicts a method of manufacturing a wheel assembly.

FIG. 147 depicts a method of disassembling a wheel assembly for aninspection robot.

FIG. 148 depicts a method of inspecting an inspection surface with aninspection robot.

FIG. 149 is a schematic flow description of a procedure to operate adrive module.

FIG. 150 is a schematic diagram of a gear box.

FIG. 151 is a schematic diagram depicting an exploded view of a modulardrive module for an inspection robot.

FIG. 152 is a schematic diagram of a side profile view of a motor of themodular drive assembly of FIG. 151.

FIGS. 153 and 154 respectively depict a schematic diagram of a top-downprofile view of a motor of a modular drive assembly and a block diagramof the modular drive assembly, wherein shielding has been displayed inFIG. 153 in dashed lines to provide for viewing of encoder positionswith respect to the motor.

FIG. 155 depicts a method.

FIG. 156 depicts a system.

FIG. 157 depicts a controller.

FIG. 158 depicts data.

FIG. 159 depicts a method.

FIG. 160 depicts an example controller configured to perform operationsfor rapid response to inspection data.

FIG. 161 is a schematic diagram of an example system for rapid responseto inspection data.

FIG. 162 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure for rapid responseto inspection data.

FIG. 163 is a schematic diagram of a system for traversing an obstaclewith an inspection robot.

FIG. 164 is a flow chart depicting a method for traversing an obstaclewith an inspection robot.

FIG. 165 is another flow chart depicting the method for traversing theobstacle with the inspection robot.

FIG. 166 depicts an apparatus for performing an inspection on aninspection surface with an inspection robot.

FIG. 167 and FIG. 168 depict an inspection map with features of theinspection surface and corresponding locations on the inspectionsurface.

FIG. 169 is a schematic diagram of an inspection map depicting one ormore features in one or more frames.

FIG. 170 is a schematic diagram of an inspection map depicting one ormore features in one or more frames in a pop-up portion.

FIG. 171 is a schematic diagram of an inspection map depicting one ormore features in one or more frames in a pop-up portion with a pop-upgraph.

FIG. 172 is a schematic diagram of an inspection map depicting one ormore features in one or more frames in a pop-up portion with a pop-upgraph.

FIG. 173 depicts a method for performing an inspection on an inspectionsurface with an inspection robot.

FIG. 174 is a schematic diagram of a controller for an inspection robot.

FIG. 175 is a schematic diagram depicting data structure used byembodiments of the controller of FIG. 174.

FIG. 176 is a schematic diagram of an inspection map.

FIG. 177 is a schematic diagram of an inspection map.

FIG. 178 is a schematic diagram of an inspection map.

FIG. 179 is a diagram of an inspection map.

FIG. 180 is a flow chart depicting a method for providing an interactiveinspection map.

FIG. 181 is a schematic diagram of a controller for an inspection robot.

FIG. 182 is a schematic diagram of a user focus value and an actioncommand value utilized by embodiments of the controller of FIG. 181.

FIG. 183 is a flow chart depicting a method for inspecting and/orrepairing an inspection surface.

FIG. 184 depicts a payload for an inspection robot.

FIG. 185 depicts a payload coupler for a payload of an inspection robotfor inspecting an inspection surface.

FIG. 186 depicts a payload for an inspection robot.

FIG. 187 depicts a method of inspecting an inspection surface with aninspection robot.

FIG. 188 depicts a side cutaway view of an example couplant routingmechanism for a sled.

FIG. 189 depicts a partial cutaway bottom view of the example couplantrouting mechanism for a sled.

FIG. 190 depicts a perspective view of the example couplant routingmechanism for a sled.

FIG. 191 depicts a perspective view of a sensor mounting insert for asled.

FIG. 192 depicts a partial cutaway view of a sensor electronicsinterface and a sensor mounting insert for a sled.

FIG. 193 depicts a cutaway perspective view of another embodiments of asensor electronics interface and a sensor mounting insert for a sled.

FIG. 194 depicts a cutaway side view of the sensor electronics interfaceand a sensor mounting insert for a sled.

FIG. 195 depicts a side cutaway view of a sensor mounting interface.

FIG. 196 depicts an exploded view of a sensor integrated into a sensormounting insert.

FIG. 197 depicts an exploded view of a sled and sensor mounting insert.

FIG. 198 depicts an example payload having an arm and two sleds mountedthereto.

FIG. 199 depicts an example payload having two arms and four sledsmounted thereto.

FIG. 200 depicts a top view of the example payload of FIG. 199.

FIG. 201 is a flowchart depicting a method for inspecting an inspectionsurface with an inspection robot.

FIG. 202 depicts a bottom view of two sleds in a pivoted position.

FIG. 203 depicts a system capable to perform rapid configuration of aninspection robot.

FIG. 204 depicts an example robot configuration controller having anumber of circuits.

FIG. 205 is a schematic diagram of an example system for rapiddevelopment of an inspection scheme for an inspection robot.

FIG. 206 is a schematic diagram of an example controller for providingrapid configuration of an inspection robot.

FIG. 207 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure to providerapid configuration of an inspection robot.

FIG. 208 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure to adjust ahardware component independently of an inspection controller for aninspection robot.

FIG. 209 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure to providefor configuration of an inspection scheme responsive to a user request.

FIG. 210 is a schematic diagram of an example system for providingreal-time processed inspection data to a user.

FIG. 211 is a schematic diagram of an example controller for providingreal-time processed inspection data to a user.

FIG. 212 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure to adjustinspection operations.

FIG. 213 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure to adjustinspection traversal and/or interrogation commands.

FIG. 214 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure to enableadditional inspection operations.

FIG. 215 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure to providea repair operation

FIG. 216 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure to providea marking operation.

FIG. 217 is a schematic flow diagram of an example procedure toselectively display a virtual mark.

FIG. 218 is a schematic diagram of a system for providing rapidinspection data validation.

FIG. 219 is a schematic diagram of a controller for providing rapidinspection data validation.

FIG. 220 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure for rapid inspectiondata validation.

FIG. 221 is a schematic flow diagram of a procedure for rapid inspectiondata validation.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The present disclosure relates to a system developed for traversing,climbing, or otherwise traveling over walls (curved or flat), or otherindustrial surfaces. Industrial surfaces, as described herein, includeany tank, pipe, housing, or other surface utilized in an industrialenvironment, including at least heating and cooling pipes, conveyancepipes or conduits, and tanks, reactors, mixers, or containers. Incertain embodiments, an industrial surface is ferromagnetic, for exampleincluding iron, steel, nickel, cobalt, and alloys thereof. In certainembodiments, an industrial surface is not ferromagnetic.

Certain descriptions herein include operations to inspect a surface, aninspection robot or inspection device, or other descriptions in thecontext of performing an inspection. Inspections, as utilized herein,should be understood broadly. Without limiting any other disclosures orembodiments herein, inspection operations herein include operating oneor more sensors in relation to an inspected surface, electromagneticradiation inspection of a surface (e.g., operating a camera) whether inthe visible spectrum or otherwise (e.g., infrared, UV, X-Ray, gamma ray,etc.), high-resolution inspection of the surface itself (e.g., a laserprofiler, caliper, etc.), performing a repair operation on a surface,performing a cleaning operation on a surface, and/or marking a surfacefor a later operation (e.g., for further inspection, for repair, and/orfor later analysis). Inspection operations include operations for apayload carrying a sensor or an array of sensors (e.g. on sensor sleds)for measuring characteristics of a surface being traversed such asthickness of the surface, curvature of the surface, ultrasound (orultra-sonic) measurements to test the integrity of the surface and/orthe thickness of the material forming the surface, heat transfer, heatprofile/mapping, profiles or mapping any other parameters, the presenceof rust or other corrosion, surface defects or pitting, the presence oforganic matter or mineral deposits on the surface, weld quality and thelike. Sensors may include magnetic induction sensors, acoustic sensors,laser sensors, LIDAR, a variety of image sensors, and the like. Theinspection sled may carry a sensor for measuring characteristics nearthe surface being traversed such as emission sensors to test for gasleaks, air quality monitoring, radioactivity, the presence of liquids,electro-magnetic interference, visual data of the surface beingtraversed such as uniformity, reflectance, status of coatings such asepoxy coatings, wall thickness values or patterns, wear patterns, andthe like. The term inspection sled may indicate one or more tools forrepairing, welding, cleaning, applying a treatment or coating thesurface being treated. Treatments and coatings may include rustproofing, sealing, painting, application of a coating, and the like.Cleaning and repairing may include removing debris, sealing leaks,patching cracks, and the like. The term inspection sled, sensor sled,and sled may be used interchangeably throughout the present disclosure.

In certain embodiments, for clarity of description, a sensor isdescribed in certain contexts throughout the present disclosure, but itis understood explicitly that one or more tools for repairing, cleaning,and/or applying a treatment or coating to the surface being treated arelikewise contemplated herein wherever a sensor is referenced. In certainembodiments, where a sensor provides a detected value (e.g., inspectiondata or the like), a sensor rather than a tool may be contemplated,and/or a tool providing a feedback value (e.g., application pressure,application amount, nozzle open time, orientation, etc.) may becontemplated as a sensor in such contexts.

Inspections are conducted with a robotic system 100 (e.g., an inspectionrobot, a robotic vehicle, etc.) which may utilize sensor sleds 1 and asled array system 2 which enables accurate, self-aligning, andself-stabilizing contact with a surface (not shown) while alsoovercoming physical obstacles and maneuvering at varying or constantspeeds. In certain embodiments, mobile contact of the system 100 withthe surface includes a magnetic wheel 3. In certain embodiments, a sledarray system 2 is referenced herein as a payload 2—wherein a payload 2is an arrangement of sleds 1 with sensor mounted thereon, and wherein,in certain embodiments, an entire payload 2 can be changed out as aunit. The utilization of payloads 2, in certain embodiments, allows fora pre-configured sensor array that provides for rapid re-configurationby swapping out the entire payload 2. In certain embodiments, sleds 1and/or specific sensors on sleds 1, are changeable within a payload 2 toreconfigure the sensor array.

An example sensor sled 1 includes, without limitation, one or moresensors mounted thereon such that the sensor(s) is operationallycouplable to an inspection surface in contact with a bottom surface ofthe corresponding one of the sleds. For example, the sled 1 may includea chamber or mounting structure, with a hole at the bottom of the sled 1such that the sensor can maintain line-of-sight and/or acoustic couplingwith the inspection surface. The sled 1 as described throughout thepresent disclosure is mounted on and/or operationally coupled to theinspection robot 100 such that the sensor maintains a specifiedalignment to the inspection surface 500—for example a perpendiculararrangement to the inspection surface, or any other specified angle. Incertain embodiments, a sensor mounted on a sled 1 may have aline-of-sight or other detecting arrangement to the inspection surfacethat is not through the sled 1—for example a sensor may be mounted at afront or rear of a sled 1, mounted on top of a sled 1 (e.g., having aview of the inspection surface that is forward, behind, to a side,and/or oblique to the sled 1). It will be seen that, regardless of thesensing orientation of the sensor to the inspection surface, maintenanceof the sled 1 orientation to the inspection surface will support moreconsistent detection of the inspection surface by the sensor, and/orsensed values (e.g., inspection data) that is more consistentlycomparable over the inspection surface and/or that has a meaningfulposition relationship compared to position information determined forthe sled 1 or inspection robot 100. In certain embodiments, a sensor maybe mounted on the inspection robot 100 and/or a payload 2—for example acamera mounted on the inspection robot 100.

The present disclosure allows for gathering of structural informationfrom a physical structure. Example physical structures includeindustrial structures such as boilers, pipelines, tanks, ferromagneticstructures, and other structures. An example system 100 is configuredfor climbing the outside of tube walls.

As described in greater detail below, in certain embodiments, thedisclosure provides a system that is capable of integrating input fromsensors and sensing technology that may be placed on a robotic vehicle.The robotic vehicle is capable of multi-directional movement on avariety of surfaces, including flat walls, curved surfaces, ceilings,and/or floors (e.g., a tank bottom, a storage tank floor, and/or arecovery boiler floor). The ability of the robotic vehicle to operate inthis way provides unique access especially to traditionally inaccessibleor dangerous places, thus permitting the robotic vehicle to gatherinformation about the structure it is climbing on.

The system 100 (e.g., an inspection robot, a robotic vehicle, and/orsupporting devices such as external computing devices, couplant or fluidreservoirs and delivery systems, etc.) in FIG. 1 includes the sled 1mounted on a payload 2 to provide for an array of sensors havingselectable contact (e.g., orientation, down force, sensor spacing fromthe surface, etc.) with an inspected surface. The payload 2 includesmounting posts mounted to a main body 102 of the system 100. The payload2 thereby provides a convenient mounting position for a number of sleds1, allowing for multiple sensors to be positioned for inspection in asingle traverse of the inspected surface. The number and distance of thesleds 1 on the payload 2 are readily adjustable—for example by slidingthe sled mounts on the payload 2 to adjust spacing. Referencing FIG. 3B,an example sled 1 has an aperture 12, for example to provide forcouplant communication (e.g., an acoustically and/or opticallycontinuous path of couplant) between the sensor mounted on the sled 1and a surface to be inspected, to provide for line-of-sight availabilitybetween the sensor and the surface, or the like.

Referencing FIG. 4, an example system 100 includes the sled 1 held by anarm 20 that is connected to the payload 2 (e.g., a sensor array orsensor suite). An example system includes the sled 1 coupled to the arm20 at a pivot point 17, allowing the sensor sled to rotate and/or tilt.On top of the arm 20, an example payload 2 includes a biasing member 21(e.g., a torsion spring) with another pivot point 16, which provides fora selectable down-force of the arm 20 to the surface being inspected,and for an additional degree of freedom in sled 1 movement to ensure thesled 1 orients in a desired manner to the surface. In certainembodiments, down-force provides for at least a partial seal between thesensor sled 1 and surface to reduce or control couplant loss (e.g.,where couplant loss is an amount of couplant consumed that is beyondwhat is required for operations), control distance between the sensorand the surface, and/or to ensure orientation of the sensor relative tothe surface. Additionally or alternatively, the arm 20 can lift in thepresence of an obstacle, while traversing between surfaces, or the like,and return to the desired position after the maneuver is completed. Incertain embodiments, an additional pivot 18 couples the arm 20 to thepayload 2, allowing for an additional rolling motion. In certainembodiments, pivots 16, 17, 18 provide for three degrees of freedom onarm 20 motion, allowing the arm 20 to be responsive to almost anyobstacle or surface shape for inspection operations. In certainembodiments, various features of the system 100, including one or morepivots 16, 17, 18, co-operate to provide self-alignment of the sled 1(and thus, the sensor mounted on the sled) to the surface. In certainembodiments, the sled 1 self-aligns to a curved surface and/or to asurface having variability in the surface shape.

In certain embodiments, the system is also able to collect informationat multiple locations at once. This may be accomplished through the useof a sled array system. Modular in design, the sled array system allowsfor mounting sensor mounts, like the sleds, in fixed positions to ensurethorough coverage over varying contours. Furthermore, the sled arraysystem allows for adjustment in spacing between sensors, adjustments ofsled angle, and traveling over obstacles. In certain embodiments, thesled array system was designed to allow for multiplicity, allowingsensors to be added to or removed from the design, including changes inthe type, quantity, and/or physical sensing arrangement of sensors. Thesensor sleds that may be employed within the context of the presentinvention may house different sensors for diverse modalities useful forinspection of a structure. These sensor sleds are able to stabilize,align, travel over obstacles, and control, reduce, or optimize couplantdelivery which allows for improved sensor feedback, reduced couplantloss, reduced post-inspection clean-up, reduced down-time due to sensorre-runs or bad data, and/or faster return to service for inspectedequipment.

There may be advantages to maintaining a sled with associated sensors ortools in contact and/or in a fixed orientation relative to the surfacebeing traversed even when that surface is contoured, includes physicalfeatures, obstacles, and the like. In embodiments, there may be sledassemblies which are self-aligning to accommodate variabilities in thesurface being traversed (e.g., an inspection surface) while maintainingthe bottom surface of the sled (and/or a sensor or tool, e.g. where thesensor or tool protrudes through or is flush with a bottom surface ofthe sled) in contact with the inspection surface and the sensor or toolin a fixed orientation relative to the inspection surface. In anembodiment, as shown in FIG. 13 there may be a number of payloads 2,each payload 2 including a sled 1 positioned between a pair of sled arms20, with each side exterior of the sled 1 attached to one end of each ofthe sled arms 20 at a pivot point 17 so that the sled 1 is able torotate around an axis that would run between the pivot points 17 on eachside of the sled 1. As described elsewhere herein, the payload 2 mayinclude one or more inspection sleds 1 being pushed ahead of the payload2, pulled behind the payload 2, or both. The other end of each sled arm20 is attached to an inspection sled mount 14 with a pivot connection 16which allows the sled arms to rotate around an axis running through theinspection sled mount 14 between the two pivot connections 16.Accordingly, each pair of sled arms 20 can raise or lower independentlyfrom other sled arms 20, and with the corresponding sled 1. Theinspection sled mount 14 attaches to the payload 2, for example bymounting on shaft 19. The inspection sled mount 14 may connect to thepayload shaft 19 with a connection 18 which allows the sled 1 andcorresponding arms 20 to rotate from side to side in an arc around aperpendicular to the shaft 19. Together the up and down and side to sidearc, where present, allow two degrees of rotational freedom to the sledarms. Connection 18 is illustrated as a gimbal mount in the example ofFIG. 4, although any type of connection providing a rotational degree offreedom for movement is contemplated herein, as well as embodiments thatdo not include a rotational degree of freedom for movement. The gimbalmount 18 allows the sled 1 and associated arms 20 to rotate toaccommodate side to side variability in the surface being traversed orobstacles on one side of the sled 1. The pivot points 17 between thesled arms 20 and the sled 1 allow the sled 1 to rotate (e.g., tilt inthe direction of movement of the inspection robot 100) to conform to thesurface being traversed and accommodate to variations or obstacles inthe surface being traversed. Pivot point 17, together with therotational freedom of the arms, provides the sled three degrees ofrotational freedom relative to the inspection surface. The ability toconform to the surface being traversed facilitated the maintenance of aperpendicular interface between the sensor and the surface allowing forimproved interaction between the sled 1 and the inspection surface.Improved interaction may include ensuring that the sensor isoperationally couplable to the inspection surface.

Within the inspection sled mount 14 there may be a biasing member (e.g.,torsion spring 21) which provides a down force to the sled 1 andcorresponding arms 20. In the example, the down force is selectable bychanging the torsion spring, and/or by adjusting the configuration ofthe torsion spring (e.g., confining or rotating the torsion spring toincrease or decrease the down force). Analogous operations or structuresto adjust the down force for other biasing members (e.g., a cylindricalspring, actuator for active down force control, etc.) are contemplatedherein.

In certain embodiments, the inspection robot 100 includes a tether (notshown) to provide power, couplant or other fluids, and/or communicationlinks to the robot 100. It has been demonstrated that a tether tosupport at least 200 vertical feet of climbing can be created, capableof couplant delivery to multiple ultra-sonic sensors, sufficient powerfor the robot, and sufficient communication for real-time processing ata computing device remote from the robot. Certain aspects of thedisclosure herein, such as but not limited to utilizing couplantconservation features such as sled downforce configurations, theacoustic cone, and water as a couplant, support an extended length oftether. In certain embodiments, multiple ultra-sonic sensors can beprovided with sufficient couplant through a ⅛″ couplant delivery line,and/or through a ¼″ couplant delivery line to the inspection robot 100,with ⅛″ final delivery lines to individual sensors. While the inspectionrobot 100 is described as receiving power, couplant, and communicationsthrough a tether, any or all of these, or other aspects utilized by theinspection robot 100 (e.g., paint, marking fluid, cleaning fluid, repairsolutions, etc.) may be provided through a tether or provided in situ onthe inspection robot 100. For example, the inspection robot 100 mayutilize batteries, a fuel cell, and/or capacitors to provide power; acouplant reservoir and/or other fluid reservoir on the robot to providefluids utilized during inspection operations, and/or wirelesscommunication of any type for communications, and/or store data in amemory location on the robot for utilization after an inspectionoperation or a portion of an inspection operation.

In certain embodiments, maintaining sleds 1 (and sensors or toolsmounted thereupon) in contact and/or selectively oriented (e.g.,perpendicular) to a surface being traversed provides for: reduced noise,reduced lost-data periods, fewer false positives, and/or improvedquality of sensing; and/or improved efficacy of tools associated withthe sled (less time to complete a repair, cleaning, or markingoperation; lower utilization of associated fluids therewith; improvedconfidence of a successful repair, cleaning, or marking operation,etc.). In certain embodiments, maintaining sleds 1 in contacts and/orselectively oriented to the surface being traversed provides for reducedlosses of couplant during inspection operations.

In certain embodiments, the combination of the pivot points 16, 17, 18)and torsion spring 21 act together to position the sled 1 perpendicularto the surface being traversed. The biasing force of the spring 21 mayact to extend the sled arms 20 downward and away from the payload shaft19 and inspection sled mount 14, pushing the sled 1 toward theinspection surface. The torsion spring 21 may be passive, applying aconstant downward pressure, or the torsion spring 21 or other biasingmember may be active, allowing the downward pressure to be varied. In anillustrative and non-limiting example, an active torsion spring 21 mightbe responsive to a command to relax the spring tension, reducingdownward pressure and/or to actively pull the sled 1 up, when the sled 1encounters an obstacle, allowing the sled 1 to more easily move over theobstacle. The active torsion spring 21 may then be responsive to acommand to restore tension, increasing downward pressure, once theobstacle is cleared to maintain the close contact between the sled 1 andthe surface. The use of an active spring may enable changing the angleof a sensor or tool relative to the surface being traversed during atraverse. Design considerations with respect to the surfaces beinginspected may be used to design the active control system. If the spring21 is designed to fail closed, the result would be similar to a passivespring and the sled 1 would be pushed toward the surface beinginspected. If the spring 21 is designed to fail open, the result wouldbe increased obstacle clearance capabilities. In embodiments, spring 21may be a combination of passive and active biasing members.

The downward pressure applied by the torsion spring 21 may besupplemented by a spring within the sled 1 further pushing a sensor ortool toward the surface. The downward pressure may be supplemented byone or more magnets in/on the sled 1 pulling the sled 1 toward thesurface being traversed. The one or more magnets may be passive magnetsthat are constantly pulling the sled 1 toward the surface beingtraversed, facilitating a constant distance between the sled 1 and thesurface. The one or magnets may be active magnets where the magnet fieldstrength is controlled based on sensed orientation and/or distance ofthe sled 1 relative to the inspection surface. In an illustrative andnon-limiting example, as the sled 1 lifts up from the surface to clearan obstacle and it starts to roll, the strength of the magnet may beincreased to correct the orientation of the sled 1 and draw it backtoward the surface.

The connection between each sled 1 and the sled arms 20 may constitute asimple pin or other quick release connect/disconnect attachment. Thequick release connection at the pivot points 17 may facilitate attachingand detaching sleds 1 enabling a user to easily change the type ofinspection sled attached, swapping sensors, types of sensors, tools, andthe like.

In embodiments, as depicted in FIG. 16, there may be multiple attachmentor pivot point accommodations 9 available on the sled 1 for connectingthe sled arms 20. The location of the pivot point accommodations 9 onthe sled 1 may be selected to accommodate conflicting goals such as sled1 stability and clearance of surface obstacles. Positioning the pivotpoint accommodations 9 behind the center of sled in the longitudinaldirection of travel may facilitate clearing obstacles on the surfacebeing traversed. Positioning the pivot point accommodation 9 forward ofthe center may make it more difficult for the sled 1 to invert or flipto a position where it cannot return to a proper inspection operationposition. It may be desirable to alter the connection location of thesled arms 20 to the pivot point accommodations 9 (thereby defining thepivot point 17) depending on the direction of travel. The location ofthe pivot points 17 on the sled 1 may be selected to accommodateconflicting goals such as sensor positioning relative to the surface andavoiding excessive wear on the bottom of the sled. In certainembodiments, where multiple pivot point accommodations 9 are available,pivot point 17 selection can occur before an inspection operation,and/or be selectable during an inspection operation (e.g., arms 20having an actuator to engage a selected one of the pivot points 9, suchas extending pegs or other actuated elements, thereby selecting thepivot point 17).

In embodiments, the degree of rotation allowed by the pivot points 17may be adjustable. This may be done using mechanical means such as aphysical pin or lock. In embodiments, as shown in FIG. 17, theconnection between the sled 1 and the sled arms 20 may include a spring1702 that biases the pivot points 17 to tend to pivot in one directionor another. The spring 1702 may be passive, with the selection of thespring based on the desired strength of the bias, and the installationof the spring 1702 may be such as to preferentially push the front orthe back of the sled 1 down. In embodiments, the spring 1702 may beactive and the strength and preferential pivot may be varied based ondirection of travel, presence of obstacles, desired pivotingresponsiveness of the sled 1 to the presence of an obstacle or variationin the inspection surface, and the like. In certain embodiments,opposing springs or biasing members may be utilized to bias the sled 1back to a selected position (e.g., neutral/flat on the surface, tiltedforward, tilted rearward, etc.). Where the sled 1 is biased in a givendirection (e.g., forward or rearward), the sled 1 may neverthelessoperate in a neutral position during inspection operations, for exampledue to the down force from the arm 20 on the sled 1.

An example sled 1, for example as shown in FIG. 18, includes more thanone pivot point 17, for example utilizing springs 402 to couple to thesled arm 20. In the example of FIG. 16, the two pivot points 17 provideadditional clearance for the sled 1 to clear obstacles. In certainembodiments, both springs 402 may be active, for example allowing somerotation of each pivot simultaneously, and/or a lifting of the entiresled. In certain embodiments, springs 402 may be selectively locked—forexample before inspection operations and/or actively controlled duringinspection operations. Additionally or alternatively, selection of pivotposition, spring force and/or ease of pivoting at each pivot may beselectively controlled—for example before inspection operations and/oractively controlled during inspection operations (e.g., using acontroller 802). The utilization of springs 402 is a non-limitingexample of simultaneous multiple pivot points, and leaf springs,electromagnets, torsion springs, or other flexible pivot enablingstructures are contemplated herein. The spring tension or pivot controlmay be selected based on the uniformity of the surface to be traversed.The spring tension may be varied between the front and rear pivot pointsdepending on the direction of travel of the sled 1. In an illustrativeand non-limiting example, the rear spring (relative to the direction oftravel) might be locked and the front spring active when travelingforward to better enable obstacle accommodation. When direction oftravel is reversed, the active and locked springs 402 may be reversedsuch that what was the rear spring 402 may now be active and what wasthe front spring 402 may now be locked, again to accommodate obstaclesencountered in the new direction of travel.

In embodiments, the bottom surface of the sled 1 may be shaped, as shownin FIGS. 19A, 19B, with one or more ramps 1902 to facilitate the sled 1moving over obstacles encountered along the direction of travel. Theshape and slope of each ramp 1902 may be designed to accommodateconflicting goals such as sled 1 stability, speed of travel, and thesize of the obstacle the sled 1 is designed to accommodate. A steep rampangle might be better for accommodating large obstacles but may berequired to move more slowly to maintain stability and a goodinteraction with the surface. The slope of the ramp 1902 may be selectedbased on the surface to be traversed and expected obstacles. If the sled1 is interacting with the surface in only one direction, the sled 1 maybe designed with only one ramp 1902. If the sled 1 is interacting withthe surface going in two directions, the sled 1 may be designed with tworamps 1902, e.g., a forward ramp and a rearward ramp, such that the sled1 leads with a ramp 1902 in each direction of travel. Referencing FIG.19B, the front and rear ramps 1902 may have different angles and/ordifferent total height values. While the ramps 1902 depicted in FIGS.19A and 19B are linear ramps, a ramp 1902 may have any shape, includinga curved shape, a concave shape, a convex shape, and/or combinationsthereof. The selection of the ramp angle, total ramp height, and bottomsurface shape is readily determinable to one of skill in the art havingthe benefit of the disclosure herein and information ordinarilyavailable when contemplating a system. Certain considerations fordetermining the ramp angle, ramp total height, and bottom surface shapeinclude considerations of manufacturability, obstacle geometries likelyto be encountered, obstacle materials likely to be encountered,materials utilized in the sled 1 and/or ramp 1902, motive poweravailable to the inspection robot 100, the desired response toencountering obstacles of a given size and shape (e.g., whether it isacceptable to stop operations and re-configure the inspection operationsfor a certain obstacle, or whether maximum obstacle traversal capabilityis desired), and/or likely impact speed with obstacles for a sled.

In embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B, the bottom surface 2002of the sled 1 may be contoured or curved to accommodate a known textureor shape of the surface being traversed, for example such that the sled1 will tend to remain in a desired orientation (e.g., perpendicular)with the inspection surface as the sled 1 is moved. The bottom surface2002 of the sled 1 may be shaped to reduce rotation, horizontaltranslation and shifting, and/or yaw or rotation of the sled 1 from sideto side as it traverses the inspection surface. Referencing FIG. 20B,the bottom surface 2002 of the sled 1 may be convex for moving along arounded surface, on the inside of a pipe or tube, and/or along a groovein a surface. Referencing FIG. 20A, the bottom surface 2002 of the sled1 may be concave for the exterior of a rounded surface, such as ridingon an outer wall of a pipe or tube, along a rounded surface, and/oralong a ridge in a surface. The radius of curvature of the bottomsurface 2002 of the sled 1 may be selected to facilitate alignment giventhe curvature of the surface to be inspected. The bottom surface 2002 ofthe sled 1 may be shaped to facilitate maintaining a constant distancebetween sensors or tools in the sled 1 and the inspection surface beingtraversed. In embodiments, at least a portion the bottom of the sled 1may be flexible such that the bottom of the sled 1 may comply to theshape of the surface being traversed. This flexibility may facilitatetraversing surfaces that change curvature over the length of the surfacewithout the adjustments to the sled 1.

For a surface having a variable curvature, a chamfer or curve on thebottom surface 2002 of a sled 1 tends to guide the sled 1 to a portionof the variable curvature matching the curvature of the bottom surface2002. Accordingly, the curved bottom surface 2002 supports maintaining aselected orientation of the sled 1 to the inspection surface. In certainembodiments, the bottom surface 2002 of the sled 1 is not curved, andone or more pivots 16, 17, 18 combined with the down force from the arms20 combine to support maintaining a selected orientation of the sled 1to the inspection surface. In some embodiments, the bottom of the sled 1may be flexible such that the curvature may adapt to the curvature ofthe surface being traversed.

The material on the bottom of the sled 1 may be chosen to prevent wearon the sled 1, reduce friction between the sled 1 and the surface beingtraversed, or a combination of both. Materials for the bottom of thesled may include materials such as plastic, metal, or a combinationthereof. Materials for the bottom of the sled may include an epoxy coat,a replaceable layer of polytetrafluoroethylene (e.g., Teflon), acetyl(e.g., —Delrin® acetyl resin), ultrafine molecular weight polyethylene(PMW), and the like. In embodiments, as shown in FIG. 22, the materialon the bottom of the sled 1 may be removable layer such as a sacrificialfilm 2012 (or layer, and/or removable layer) that is applied to thebottom of the sled 1 and then lifted off and replaced at selectedintervals, before each inspection operation, and/or when the film 2012or bottom of the sled begin to show signs of wear or an increase infriction. An example sled 1 includes an attachment mechanism 2104, suchas a clip, to hold the sacrificial film 2012 in place. Referencing FIG.21, an example sled 1 includes a recess 2306 in the bottom surface ofthe sled to retain the sacrificial film 2012 and allow the sacrificialfilm 2012 to have a selected spatial orientation between the inspectioncontact side (e.g., the side of the sacrificial film 2012 exposed to theinspection surface) with the bottom surface 2002 of the sled 1 (e.g.,flush with the bottom, extending slightly past the bottom, etc.). Incertain embodiments, the removable layer may include a thickness thatprovides a selected spatial orientation between an inspection contactside in contact with the inspection surface and the bottom surface ofthe sled. In certain embodiments, the sacrificial film 2012 includes anadhesive, for example with an adhesive backing to the layer, and/or maybe applied as an adhesive (e.g., an epoxy layer or coating that isrefreshed or reapplied from time to time). An example sacrificial film2012 includes a hole therethrough, for example allowing for visualand/or couplant contact between a sensor 2202 attached to the sled 1 andthe inspection surface. The hole may be positioned over the sensor 2202,and/or may accommodate the sensor 2202 to extend through the sacrificialfilm 2012, and/or may be aligned with a hole 2016 (e.g., FIG. 21) oraperture 12 (e.g., FIG. 3B) in the sled bottom.

In embodiments, as shown in FIG. 22-24, an example sled 1 includes anupper portion 2402 and a replaceable lower portion 2404 having a bottomsurface. In some embodiments, the lower portion 2404 may be designed toallow the bottom surface and shape to be changed to accommodate thespecific surface to be traversed without having to disturb or change theupper portion 2402. Accordingly, where sensors or tools engage the upperportion 2402, the lower portion 2404 can be rapidly changed out toconfigure the sled 1 to the inspection surface, without disturbingsensor connections and/or coupling to the arms 20. The lower portion2404 may additionally or alternatively be configured to accommodate asacrificial layer 2012, including potentially with a recess 2306. Anexample sled 1 includes a lower portion 2404 designed to be easilyreplaced by lining up the upper portion 2402 and the lower portion 2404at a pivot point 2406, and then rotating the pieces to align the twoportions. In certain embodiments, the sensor, installation sleeve, conetip, or other portion protruding through aperture 12 forms the pivotpoint 2406. One or more slots 2408 and key 2410 interfaces or the likemay hold the two portions together.

The ability to quickly swap the lower portion 2404 may facilitatechanging the bottom surface of the sled 1 to improve or optimize thebottom surface of the sled 1 for the surface to be traversed. The lowerportion may be selected based on bottom surface shape, ramp angle, orramp total height value. The lower portion may be selected from amultiplicity of pre-configured replaceable lower portions in response toobserved parameters of the inspection surface after arrival to aninspection site. Additionally or alternatively, the lower portion 2404may include a simple composition, such as a wholly integrated part of asingle material, and/or may be manufactured on-site (e.g., in a 3-Dprinting operation) such as for a replacement part and/or in response toobserved parameters of the inspection surface after arrival to aninspection site. Improvement and/or optimization may include: providinga low friction material as the bottom surface to facilitate the sled 1gliding over the surface being traversed, having a hardened bottomsurface of the sled 1 if the surface to be traversed is abrasive,producing the lower portion 2404 as a wear material or low-costreplacement part, and the like. The replacement lower portion 2404 mayallow for quick replacement of the bottom surface when there is wear ordamage on the bottom surface of the sled 1. Additionally oralternatively, a user may alter a shape/curvature of the bottom of thesled, a slope or length of a ramp, the number of ramps, and the like.This may allow a user to swap out the lower portion 2404 of anindividual sled 1 to change a sensor to a similar sensor having adifferent sensitivity or range, to change the type of sensor, manipulatea distance between the sensor and the inspection surface, replace afailed sensor, and the like. This may allow a user to swap out the lowerportion 2404 of an individual sled 1 depending upon the surfacecurvature of the inspection surface, and/or to swap out the lowerportion 2404 of an individual sled 1 to change between various sensorsand/or tools.

In embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 25-27, a sled 1 may have a chamber2624 sized to accommodate a sensor 2202, and/or into which a sensor 2202may be inserted. The chamber 2624 may have chamfers 2628 on at least oneside of the chamber to facilitate ease of insertion and proper alignmentof the sensor 2202 in the chamber 2624. An example sled 1 includes aholding clamp 2630 that accommodates the sensor 2202 to passtherethrough, and is attached to the sled 1 by a mechanical device 2632such as a screw or the like. An example sled 1 includes stops 2634 atthe bottom of the chamber 2624, for example to ensure a fixed distancebetween the sensor 2202 and bottom surface of the sled and/or theinspection surface, and/or to ensure a specific orientation of thesensor 2202 to the bottom surface of the sled and/or the inspectionsurface.

Referencing FIG. 27, an example sled 1 includes a sensor installationsleeve 2704, which may be positioned, at least partially, within thechamber. The example sensor installation sleeve 2704 may be formed froma compliant material such as neoprene, rubber, an elastomeric material,and the like, and in certain embodiments may be an insert into a chamber2624, a wrapper material on the sensor 2202, and/or formed by thesubstrate of the sled 1 itself (e.g., by selecting the size and shape ofthe chamber 2624 and the material of the sled 1 at least in the area ofthe chamber 2624). An example sleeve 2704 includes an opening 2 sized toreceive a sensor 2202 and/or a tool (e.g., marking, cleaning, repair,and/or spray tool). In the example of FIG. 27, the sensor installationsleeve 2704 flexes to accommodate the sensor 2202 as the sensor 2202 isinserted. Additionally or alternatively, a sleeve 2704 may include amaterial wrapping the sensor 2202 and slightly oversized for the chamber2624, where the sleeve compresses through the hole into the chamber2624, and expands slightly when released, thereby securing the sensor2202 into the sled 1. In the example of FIG. 27, an installation tab2716 is formed by relief slots 2714. The tab 2716 flexes to engage thesensor 2202, easing the change of the sensor 2202 while securing thesensor 2202 in the correct position once inserted into the sled 1.

It can be seen that a variety of sensor and tool types and sizes may beswapped in and out of a single sled 1 using the same sensor installationsleeve 2704. The opening of the chamber 2624 may include the chamfers2628 to facilitate insertion, release, and positioning of the sensor2202, and/or the tab 2716 to provide additional compliance to facilitateinsertion, release, and positioning of the sensor 2202 and/or toaccommodate varying sizes of sensors 2202. Throughout the presentdisclosure, a sensor 2202 includes any hardware of interest forinserting or coupling to a sled 1, including at least: a sensor, asensor housing or engagement structure, a tool (e.g., a sprayer, marker,fluid jet, etc.), and/or a tool housing or engagement structure.

Referencing FIG. 28, an acoustic cone 2804 is depicted. The acousticcone 2804 includes a sensor interface 2808, for example to couple anacoustic sensor with the cone 2804. The example acoustic cone 2804includes a couplant interface 2814, with a fluid chamber 2818 couplingthe couplant interface 2814 to the cone fluid chamber 2810. In certainembodiments, the cone tip 2820 of the acoustic cone 2804 is kept incontact with the inspection surface, and/or kept at a predetermineddistance from the inspection surface while the acoustic sensor ismounted at the opposite end of the acoustic cone 2804 (e.g., at sensorinterface 2808). The cone tip 2820 may define a couplant exit openingbetween the couplant chamber and the inspection surface. The couplantexit opening may be flush with the bottom surface or extend through thebottom of the sled. Accordingly, a delay line (e.g., acoustic orvibration coupling of a fixed effective length) between the sensor andthe inspection surface is kept at a predetermined distance throughoutinspection operations. Additionally, the acoustic cone 2804 couples tothe sled 1 in a predetermined arrangement, allowing for replacement ofthe sensor, and/or swapping of a sled 1 without having to recalibrateacoustic and/or ultra-sonic measurements. The volume between the sensorand the inspection surface is maintained with couplant, providing aconsistent delay line between the sensor and the inspection surface.Example and non-limiting couplant fluids include alcohol, a dyepenetrant, an oil-based liquid, an ultra-sonic gel, or the like. Anexample couplant fluid includes particle sizes not greater than 1/16 ofan inch. In certain embodiments, the couplant is filtered beforedelivery to the sled 1. In certain embodiments, the couplant includeswater, which is low cost, low viscosity, easy to pump and compatiblewith a variety of pump types, and may provide lower resistance to themovement of the inspection sled over the surface than gels. In certainembodiments, water may be an undesirable couplant, and any type ofcouplant fluid may be provided.

An example acoustic cone 2804 provides a number of features to preventor remove air bubbles in the cone fluid chamber 2810. An exampleacoustic cone 2804 includes entry of the fluid chamber 2818 into avertically upper portion of the cone fluid chamber 2810 (e.g., as theinspection robot 100 is positioned on the inspection surface, and/or inan intended orientation of the inspection robot 100 on the inspectionsurface, which may toward the front of the robot where the robot isascending vertically), which tends to drive air bubbles out of the conefluid chamber 2810. In certain embodiments, the utilization of theacoustic cone 2804, and the ability to minimize sensor coupling andde-coupling events (e.g., a sled can be swapped out without coupling ordecoupling the sensor from the cone) contributes to a reduction in leaksand air bubble formation. In certain embodiments, a controller 802periodically and/or in response to detection of a potential air bubble(e.g., due to an anomalous sensor reading) commands a de-bubblingoperation, for example increasing a flow rate of couplant through thecone 2804. In certain embodiments, the arrangements described throughoutthe present disclosure provide for sufficient couplant delivery to be inthe range of 0.06 to 0.08 gallons per minute using a ⅛″ fluid deliveryline to the cone 2804. In certain embodiments, nominal couplant flow andpressure is sufficient to prevent the formation of air bubbles in theacoustic cone 2804.

As shown in FIG. 29, individual tubing 2902 may be connected to eachcouplant interface 2814. In some embodiments, the individual tubing 2902may be connected directly to a sled 1A, 1B rather than the individualtubing 2902, for example with sled 1A, 1B plumbing permanently coupledto the couplant interface 2814. Two or more individual tubing 2902sections may then be joined together in a tubing junction 2908 with asingle tube 2904 leaving the junction. In this way, a number ofindividual tubes 2902 may be reduced to a single tube 2904 that may beeasily connected/disconnected from the source of the couplant. Incertain embodiments, an entire payload 2 may include a single couplantinterface, for example to the inspection robot 100. The inspection robot100 may include a couplant reservoir and/or a delivery pump thereupon,and/or the inspection robot 100 may be connected to an external couplantsource. In certain embodiments, an entire payload 2 can be changed outwith a single couplant interface change, and without any of the conecouplant interfaces and/or sensor couplant interface being disconnected.In certain embodiments, the integration of the sensor 2202, acousticcone 2804, and cone tip 2820 is designed to maintain a constant distancebetween the surface being measured and the acoustic sensor 2202. Theconstant distance facilitates in the interpretation of the data recordedby the acoustic sensor 2202. In certain embodiments, the distancebetween the surface being measured and the acoustic sensor 2202 may bedescribed as the “delay line.”

Certain embodiments include an apparatus for providing acoustic couplingbetween a carriage (or sled) mounted sensor and an inspection surface.Example and non-limiting structures to provide acoustic coupling betweena carriage mounted sensor and an inspection surface include an acoustic(e.g., an ultra-sonic) sensor mounted on a sled 1, the sled 1 mounted ona payload 2, and the payload 2 coupled to an inspection robot. Anexample apparatus further includes providing the sled 1 with a number ofdegrees of freedom of motion, such that the sled 1 can maintain aselected orientation with the inspection surface—including aperpendicular orientation and/or a selected angle of orientation.Additionally or alternatively, the sled 1 is configured to track thesurface, for example utilizing a shaped bottom of the sled 1 to match ashape of the inspection surface or a portion of the inspection surface,and/or the sled 1 having an orientation such that, when the bottomsurface of the sled 1 is positioned against the inspection surface, thesensor maintains a selected angle with respect to the inspectionsurface.

Certain additional embodiments of an apparatus for providing acousticcoupling between a carriage mounted sensor and an inspection surfaceinclude utilization of a fixed-distance structure that ensures aconsistent distance between the sensor and the inspection surface. Forexample, the sensor may be mounted on a cone, wherein an end of the conetouches the inspection surface and/or is maintained in a fixed positionrelative to the inspection surface, and the sensor mounted on the conethereby is provided at a fixed distance from the inspection surface. Incertain embodiments, the sensor may be mounted on the cone, and the conemounted on the sled 1, such that a change-out of the sled 1 can beperformed to change out the sensor, without engaging or disengaging thesensor from the cone. In certain embodiments, the cone may be configuredsuch that couplant provided to the cone results in a filled couplantchamber between a transducer of the sensor and the inspection surface.In certain additional embodiments, a couplant entry position for thecone is provided at a vertically upper position of the cone, between thecone tip portion and the sensor mounting end, in an orientation of theinspection robot as it is positioned on the surface, such that couplantflow through the cone tends to prevent bubble formation in the acousticpath between the sensor and the inspection surface. In certain furtherembodiments, the couplant flow to the cone is adjustable, and iscapable, for example, to be increased in response to a determinationthat a bubble may have formed within the cone and/or within the acousticpath between the sensor and the inspection surface. In certainembodiments, the sled 1 is capable of being lifted, for example with anactuator that lifts an arm 20, and/or that lifts a payload 2, such thata free fluid path for couplant and attendant bubbles to exit the coneand/or the acoustic path is provided. In certain embodiments, operationsto eliminate bubbles in the cone and/or acoustic path are performedperiodically, episodically (e.g., after a given inspection distance iscompleted, at the beginning of an inspection run, after an inspectionrobot pauses for any reason, etc.), and/or in response to an activedetermination that a bubble may be present in the cone and/or theacoustic path.

An example apparatus provides for low or reduced fluid loss of couplantduring inspection operations. Example and non-limiting structures toprovide for low or reduced fluid loss include providing for a limitedflow path of couplant out of the inspection robot system—for exampleutilizing a cone having a smaller exit couplant cross-sectional areathan a cross-sectional area of a couplant chamber within the cone. Incertain embodiments, an apparatus for low or reduced fluid loss ofcouplant includes structures to provide for a selected down force on asled 1 which the sensor is mounted on, on an arm 20 carrying a sled 1which the sensor is mounted on, and/or on a payload 2 which the sled 1is mounted on. Additionally or alternatively, an apparatus providing forlow or reduced fluid loss of couplant includes a selected down force ona cone providing for couplant connectivity between the sensor and theinspection surface—for example a leaf spring or other biasing memberwithin the sled 1 providing for a selected down force directly to thecone. In certain embodiments, low or reduced fluid loss includesproviding for an overall fluid flow of between 0.12 to 0.16 gallons perminute to the inspection robot to support at least 10 ultra-sonicsensors. In certain embodiments, low or reduced fluid loss includesproviding for an overall fluid flow of less than 50 feet per minute,less than 100 feet per minute, and less than 200 feet per minute fluidvelocity in a tubing line feeding couplant to the inspection robot. Incertain embodiments, low or reduced fluid loss includes providingsufficient couplant through a ¼″ tubing line to feed couplant to atleast 6, at least 8, at least 10, at least 12, or at least 16ultra-sonic sensors to a vertical height of at least 25 feet, at least50 feet, at least 100 feet, at least 150 feet, or at least 200 feet. Anexample apparatus includes a ¼″ feed line to the inspection robot and/orto the payload 2, and a ⅛″ feed line to individual sleds 1 and/orsensors (or acoustic cones associated with the sensors). In certainembodiments, larger and/or smaller diameter feed and individual fluidlines are provided.

Referencing FIG. 30, an example procedure 3000 to provide acousticcoupling between a sensor and an inspection surface is depictedschematically. The example procedure 3000 includes an operation 3002 toprovide a fixed acoustic path between the sensor and the inspectionsurface. The example procedure 3000 further includes an operation 3004to fill the acoustic path with a couplant. The example procedure 3000further includes an operation 3006 to provide for a selected orientationbetween the sensor and the inspection surface. In certain embodiments,certain operations of the procedure 3000 are performed iterativelythroughout inspection operations—for example operations 3006 may includemaintaining the orientation throughout inspection operations—such asproviding the sensor on a sled having a bottom surface and/ormaneuverability to passively or actively self-align to the inspectionsurface, and/or to return to alignment after a disturbance such astraversal of an obstacle. In another example, operations 3004 includeproviding a couplant flow to keep the acoustic path between the sensorand the inspection surface filled with couplant, and/or adjusting thecouplant flow during inspection operations. Certain operations ofprocedure 3000 may be performed by a controller 802 during inspectionoperations.

Referencing FIG. 31, an example procedure 3100 to ensure acousticengagement between a sensor and an inspection surface is depictedschematically. The example procedure 3100 includes an operation 3102 toprovide an acoustic coupling chamber between the sensor and theinspection surface. Example and non-limiting operations 3102 includeproviding the acoustic coupling chamber with an arrangement that tendsto reduce bubble formation within the acoustic path between the sensorand the inspection surface. The example procedure 3100 further includesan operation 3104 to determine that the sensor should be re-coupled tothe inspection surface. Example and non-limiting operations 3104 includedetermining that a time has elapsed since a last re-coupling operation,determining that an event has occurred and performing a re-couplingoperation in response to the event, and/or actively determining that theacoustic path has been interrupted. Example and non-limiting eventsinclude a pausing of the inspection robot, a beginning of inspectionoperations and/or completion of a selected portion of inspectionoperations, and/or an interruption of couplant flow to the inspectionrobot. Example and non-limiting operation to actively determine that theacoustic path has been interrupted include an observation of a bubble(e.g., in an acoustic cone), an indication that couplant may have exitedthe acoustic path (e.g., the sled 1 has lifted either for an obstacle orfor another operation, observation of an empty cone, etc.), and/or anindication that a sensor reading is off-nominal (e.g., signal seems tohave been lost, anomalous reading has occurred, etc.). The exampleprocedure 3100 further includes an operation 3106 to re-couple thesensor to the inspection surface. Example and non-limiting operations3106 include resuming and/or increasing a couplant flow rate, and/orbriefly raising a sled, sled arm, and/or payload from the inspectionsurface. The procedure 3100 and/or portions thereof may be repeatediteratively during inspection operations. Certain operations ofprocedure 3100 may be performed by a controller 802 during inspectionoperations.

Referencing FIG. 32, an example procedure 3200 to provide low fluid loss(and/or fluid consumption) between an acoustic sensor and an inspectionsurface is depicted schematically. An example procedure 3200 includes anoperation 3202 to provide for a low exit cross-sectional area forcouplant from an acoustic path between the sensor and the inspectionsurface—including at least providing an exit from a couplant chamberformed by a cone as the exit cross-sectional area, and/or providing anexit cross-sectional area that is in a selected proximity to, and/or incontact with, the inspection surface. The example procedure 3200 furtherincludes an operation 3204 to provide a selected down force to a sledhaving the sensor mounted thereon, and/or to a couplant chamber. Incertain embodiments, the example procedure 3200 includes an operation3206 to determine if fluid loss for the couplant is excessive (e.g., asmeasured by replacement couplant flow provided to an inspection robot,and/or by observed couplant loss), and an operation 3208 to increase adown force and/or reduce a couplant exit cross-sectional area from acouplant chamber. In certain embodiments, an inspection robot includes aconfigurable down force, such as: an active magnet strength control; abiasing member force adjustment (e.g., increasing confinement of aspring to increase down force); sliding of a weight in a manner toadjust down force on the sled and/or cone; combinations of these; or thelike. In certain embodiments, an exit cross-sectional are for couplantis adjustable—for example an iris actuator (not shown), gate valve, orcross-sectional area adjustment is provided. In certain embodiments,cross-sectional area is related to the offset distance of the couplantchamber exit (e.g., cone tip) from the inspection surface, whereby areduction of the selected offset distance of the couplant chamber exitto the inspection surface reduces the effective exit flow area of thecouplant chamber. Example operations to adjust the selected offsetdistance include lowering the couplant chamber within the sled and/orincreasing a down force on the sled and/or couplant chamber. Certainoperations of procedure 3200 may be performed by a controller 802 duringinspection operations.

Referencing FIGS. 2A and 2B, an example system includes a wheel 200design that enables modularity, adhesion to the structure's surface, andobstacle traversing. A splined hub, wheel size, and the use of magnetsallow the system to be effective on many different surfaces. In someembodiments, the wheel 200 includes a splined hub 8. The wheel 200permits a robotic vehicle 100 to climb on walls, ceilings, and otherferromagnetic surfaces. As shown in the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 2Aand 2B, this may be accomplished by embedding magnets 6 in aferromagnetic enclosure 3 and/or an electrically conductive enclosure toprotect the magnet 6, improve alignment, and allow for ease of assembly.For example, the magnet 6 may be a permanent magnet and/or acontrollable electromagnet, and may further include a rare earth magnet.The ferromagnetic enclosure 3 protects the magnet 6 from directlyimpacting the inspected surface, reduces impacts and damage to themagnet 6, and reduces wear on the surface and the magnet 6. Theferromagnetic and/or electrical conductivity of the enclosure 3 reducesmagnetic field lines in not-useful directions (e.g., into the housing102, electrical lines or features that may be present near the inspectedsurface, etc.) and guides the magnetic field lines to the inspectedsurface. In certain embodiments, the enclosure 3 may not beferromagnetic or conductive, and/or the enclosure 3 may be at leastpartially covered by a further material (e.g., molded plastic, acoating, paint, etc.), for example to protect the inspected surface fromdamage, to protect the enclosure 3 from wear, for aesthetic reasons, orfor any other reason. In certain embodiments, the magnet 6 is notpresent, and the system 100 stays in contact with the surface in anothermanner (e.g., surface tension adhesion, gravity such as on a horizontalor slightly inclined inspection surface, movement along a track fixed tothe surface, or the like). Any arrangements of an inspection surface,including vertical surfaces, overhang or upside-down surfaces, curvedsurfaces, and combinations of these, are contemplated herein.

The wheel 200 includes a channel 7 formed between enclosures 3, forexample at the center of the wheel 200. In certain embodiments, thechannel 7 provides for self-alignment on surfaces such as tubes orpipes. In certain embodiments, the enclosures 300 include one or morechamfered edges or surfaces (e.g., the outer surface in the example ofFIGS. 3B-3C), for example to improve contact with a rough or curvedsurface, and/or to provide for a selected surface contact area to avoiddamage to the surface and/or the wheel 200. The flat face along the rimalso allows for adhesion and predictable movement on flat surfaces.

The wheel 200 may be connected to the shaft using a splined hub 8. Thisdesign makes the wheel modular and also prevents it from binding due tocorrosion. The splined hub 8 transfers the driving force from the shaftto the wheel. An example wheel 200 includes a magnetic aspect (e.g.,magnet 6) capable to hold the robot on the wall, and accept a drivingforce to propel the robot, the magnet 6 positioned between conductiveand/or ferromagnetic plates or enclosures, a channel 7 formed by theenclosures or plates, one or more chamfered and/or shaped edges, and/ora splined hub attachment to a shaft upon which the wheel is mounted.

The robotic vehicle may utilize a magnet-based wheel design that enablesthe vehicle to attach itself to and operate on ferromagnetic surfaces,including vertical and inverted surfaces (e.g., walls and ceilings). Asshown in FIGS. 2A and 2B, the wheel design may comprise a cylindricalmagnet 6 mounted between two wheel enclosures 3 with a splined hub 8design for motor torque transfer, where the outer diameter of the twoenclosures 3 is greater than the outer diameter of the magnet 6. Onceassembled, this configuration creates a channel 7 between the two wheelenclosures 3 that prevents the magnet 6 from making physical contactwith the surface as the wheel rolls on the outer diameter surface of thewheel enclosures 3. In certain embodiments, the material of the magnet 6may include a rare earth material (e.g., neodymium, yttrium-cobalt,samarium-cobalt, etc.), which may be expensive to produce, handle,and/or may be highly subject to damage or corrosion. Additionally, anypermanent magnet material may have a shorter service life if exposed todirect shocks or impacts.

The channel 7 may also be utilized to assist in guiding the roboticvehicle along a feature of an inspection surface 500 (e.g., referenceFIG. 5), such as where the channel 7 is aligned along the top of arounded surface (e.g., pipe, or other raised feature) that the wheeluses to guide the direction of travel. The wheel enclosures 3 may alsohave guiding features 2052 (reference FIGS. 11A to 11E), such asgrooves, concave or convex curvature, chamfers on the inner and/or outeredges, and the like. Referencing FIG. 11A, an example guiding feature2052 includes a chamfer on an outer edge of one or both enclosures 3,for example providing self-alignment of the wheels along a surfacefeature, such as between raised features, on top of raised features,between two pipes 502 (which may be adjacent pipes or spaced pipes),and/or a curvature of a tube, pipe, or tank (e.g., when the inspectionrobot 100 traverses the interior of a pipe 502). For instance, having achamfer on the outer edge of the outside enclosure may enable the wheelto more easily seat next to and track along a pipe 502 that is locatedoutside the wheel. In another instance, having chamfers on both edgesmay enable the wheel to track with greater stability between two pipes502. Referencing FIG. 11B, guiding features 2052 are depicted aschamfers on both sides of the wheel enclosures 3—for example allowingthe inspection robot 100 to traverse between pipes 502; on top of asingle pipe 502 or on top of a span of pipes 502; along the exterior ofa pipe, tube, or tank; and/or along the interior of a pipe, tube, ortank. Referencing FIG. 11C, guiding features 2052 are depicted aschamfers on the interior channel 7 side of the enclosures 3, for exampleallowing the wheel to self-align on top of a single pipe or otherfeature. Referencing FIG. 11D, guiding features 2052 are depicted as aconcave curved surface, for example sized to match a pipe or otherfeature to be traversed by the wheel. Referencing FIG. 11E, guidingfeatures 2052 are depicted as a concave curved surface formed on aninterior of the channel 7, with chamfers 2052 on the exterior of theenclosure 3—for example allowing the wheel to self-align on a singlepipe or feature on the interior of the enclosure, and/or to alignbetween pipes on the exterior of the enclosure.

One skilled in the art will appreciate that a great variety of differentguiding features 2052 may be used to accommodate the different surfacecharacteristics to which the robotic vehicle may be applied. In certainembodiments, combinations of features (e.g., reference FIG. 11E) providefor the inspection robot 100 to traverse multiple surfaces for a singleinspection operation, reducing change-time for the wheels and the like.In certain embodiments, chamfer angles, radius of curvature, verticaldepth of chamfers or curves, and horizontal widths of chamfers or curvesare selectable to accommodate the sizing of the objects to be traversedduring inspection operations. It can be seen that the down forceprovided by the magnet 6 combined with the shaping of the enclosure 3guiding features 2052 combine to provide for self-alignment of theinspection robot 100 on the surface 500, and additionally provide forprotection of the magnet 6 from exposure to shock, impacts, and/ormaterials that may be present on the inspection surface. In certainembodiments, the magnet 6 may be shaped—for example with curvature(reference FIG. 11D), to better conform to the inspection surface 500and/or prevent impact or contact of the magnet 6 with the surface.

Additionally or alternatively, guiding features may be selectable forthe inspection surface—for example multiple enclosures 3 (and/ormultiple wheel assemblies including the magnet 6 and enclosure 3) may bepresent for an inspection operation, and a suitable one of the multipleenclosures 3 provided according to the curvature of surfaces present,the spacing of pipes, the presence of obstacles, or the like. In certainembodiments, an enclosure 3 may have an outer layer (e.g., a removablelayer—not shown)—for example a snap on, slide over, coupled with setscrews, or other coupling mechanism for the outer layer, such that justan outer portion of the enclosure is changeable to provide the guidingfeatures. In certain embodiments, the outer layer may be a non-ferrousmaterial (e.g., making installation and changes of the outer layer moreconvenient in the presence to the magnet 6, which may complicate quickchanges of a fully ferromagnetic enclosure 3), such as a plastic,elastomeric material, aluminum, or the like. In certain embodiments, theouter layer may be a 3-D printable material (e.g., plastics, ceramics,or any other 3-D printable material) where the outer layer can beconstructed at an inspection location after the environment of theinspection surface 500 is determined. An example includes the controller802 (e.g., reference FIG. 8 and the related description) structured toaccept inspection parameters (e.g., pipe spacing, pipe sizes, tankdimensions, etc.), and to provide a command to a 3-D printer responsiveto the command to provide an outer layer configured for the inspectionsurface 500. In certain embodiments, the controller 802 further acceptsan input for the wheel definition (e.g., where selectable wheel sizes,clearance requirements for the inspection robot 100, or other parametersnot necessarily defined by the inspection surface 500), and furtherprovides the command to the 3-D printer, to provide an outer layerconfigured for the inspection surface 500 and the wheel definition.

An example splined hub 8 design of the wheel assembly may enable modularre-configuration of the wheel, enabling each component to be easilyswitched out to accommodate different operating environments (e.g.,ferromagnetic surfaces with different permeability, different physicalcharacteristics of the surface, and the like). For instance, enclosureswith different guiding features may be exchanged to accommodatedifferent surface features, such as where one wheel configuration workswell for a first surface characteristic (e.g., a wall with tightlyspaced small pipes) and a second wheel configuration works well for asecond surface characteristic (e.g., a wall with large pipes). Themagnet 6 may also be exchanged to adjust the magnetic strength availablebetween the wheel assembly and the surface, such as to accommodatedifferent dimensional characteristics of the surface (e.g., featuresthat prevent close proximity between the magnet 6 and a surfaceferromagnetic material), different permeability of the surface material,and the like. Further, one or both enclosures 3 may be made offerromagnetic material, such as to direct the flux lines of the magnettoward a surface upon which the robotic vehicle is riding, to direct theflux lines of the magnet away from other components of the roboticvehicle, and the like, enabling the modular wheel configuration to befurther configurable for different ferromagnetic environments andapplications.

The present disclosure provides for robotic vehicles that include asensor sled components, permitting evaluation of particular attributesof the structure. As shown in the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 3A to3C, the sled 1 may hold the sensor that can perform inspection of thestructure. The sensor may be perpendicular to the surface beinginspected and, in some embodiments, may have a set distance from thesurface to protect it from being damaged. In other embodiments, thedistance from the surface to the sensor may be adjusted to accommodatethe technical requirements of the sensor being utilized. A couplantretaining column may be added at the sensor outlet to retain couplantdepending on the type of sensor being used. In certain embodiments, anopening 12 may be provided at a bottom of the sled 1 to allow aninstalled sensor to operatively communicate with an inspection surface.

The sleds of the present disclosure may slide on a flat or curvedsurface and may perform various types of material testing using thesensors incorporated into the sled. The bottom surface 13 of the sledmay be fabricated from numerous types of materials which may be chosenby the user to fit the shape of the surface. Note that depending on thesurface condition, a removeable, replaceable, and/or sacrificial layerof thin material may be positioned on the bottom surface of the sled toreduce friction, create a better seal, and protect the bottom of thesled from physical damage incurred by the surface. In certainembodiments, the sled may include ramp surfaces 11 at the front and backof the sled. The ramp and available pivot point accommodation 9(described below—for example an option for pivot point 17) give the sledthe ability to travel over obstacles. This feature allows the sled towork in industrial environments with surfaces that are not clean andsmooth. In certain embodiments, one or more apertures 10 may beprovided, for example to allow a sacrificial layer to be fixed to thebottom of the sled 1.

In summary, an example robotic vehicle 100 includes sensor sleds havingthe following properties capable of providing a number of sensors forinspecting a selected object or surface, including a soft or hard bottomsurface, including a bottom surface that matches an inspection surface(e.g., shape, contact material hardness, etc.), having a curved surfaceand/or ramp for obstacle clearance (including a front ramp and/or a backramp), includes a column and/or couplant insert (e.g., a cone positionedwithin the sled, where the sensor couples to the cone) that retainscouplant, improves acoustic coupling between the sensor and the surface,and/or assists in providing a consistent distance between the surfaceand the sensor; a plurality of pivot points between the main body 102and the sled 1 to provide for surface orientation, improved obstacletraversal, and the like, a sled 1 having a mounting position configuredto receive multiple types of sensors, and/or magnets in the sled toprovide for control of downforce and/or stabilized positioning betweenthe sensor and the surface. In certain implementations of the presentinvention, it is advantageous to not only be able to adjust spacingbetween sensors but also to adjust their angular position relative tothe surface being inspected. The present invention may achieve this goalby implementing systems having several translational and rotationaldegrees of freedom.

Referencing FIG. 4, an example payload 2 includes selectable spacingbetween sleds 1, for example to provide selectable sensor spacing. Incertain embodiments, spacing between the sensors may be adjusted using alockable translational degree of freedom such as a set screw allowingfor the rapid adjustment of spacing. Additionally or alternatively, anycoupling mechanism between the arm 20 and the payload 2 is contemplatedherein. In certain embodiments, a worm gear or other actuator allows forthe adjustment of sensor spacing by a controller and/or in real timeduring operations of the system 100. In certain embodiments, the payload2 includes a shaft 19 whereupon sleds 1 are mounted (e.g., via the arms20). In these embodiments, the sensor mounts 14 are mounted on a shaft19. The example of FIG. 4 includes a shaft cap 15 providing structuralsupport to a number of shafts of the payload 2. In the example of FIG.4, two shafts are utilized to mount the payload 2 onto the housing 102,and one shaft 19 is utilized to mount the arms 20 onto the payload 2.The arrangement utilizing a payload 2 is a non-limiting example, thatallows multiple sensors and sleds 1 to be configured in a particulararrangement, and rapidly changed out as a group (e.g., swapping out afirst payload and set of sensors for a second payload and set ofsensors, thereby changing an entire sensor arrangement in a singleoperation). However, in certain embodiments one or more of the payload2, arms 20, and/or sleds 1 may be fixedly coupled to the respectivemounting features, and numerous benefits of the present disclosure arenevertheless achieved in such embodiments.

During operation, an example system 100 encounters obstacles on thesurface of the structure being evaluated, and the pivots 16, 17, 18provide for movement of the arm 20 to traverse the obstacle. In certainembodiments, the system 100 is a modular design allowing various degreesof freedom of movement of sleds 1, either in real-time (e.g., during aninspection operation) and/or at configuration time (e.g., an operator orcontroller adjusts sensor or sled positions, down force, ramp shapes ofsleds, pivot angles of pivots 16, 17, 18 in the system 100, etc.) beforean inspection operation or a portion of an inspection operation, andincluding at least the following degrees of freedom: translation (e.g.,payload 2 position relative to the housing 102); translation of the sledarm 20 relative to the payload 2, rotation of the sled arm 20, rotationof the sled arm 20 mount on the payload 2, and/or rotation of the sled 1relative to the sled arm 20.

In certain embodiments, a system 100 allows for any one or more of thefollowing adjustments: spacing between sensors (perpendicular to thedirection of inspection motion, and/or axially along the direction ofthe inspection motion); adjustments of an angle of the sensor to anouter diameter of a tube or pipe; momentary or longer term displacementto traverse obstacles; provision of an arbitrary number and positioningof sensors; etc.

An example inspection robot 100 may utilize downforce capabilities forsensor sleds 1, such as to control proximity and lateral stabilizationof sensors. For instance, an embedded magnet (not shown) positionedwithin the sled 1 may provide passive downforce that increasesstabilization for sensor alignment. In another example, the embeddedmagnet may be an electromagnet providing active capability (e.g.,responsive to commands from a controller 802—reference FIG. 8) thatprovide adjustable or dynamic control of the downforce provided to thesensor sled. In another example, magnetic downforce may be providedthrough a combination of a passive permanent magnet and an activeelectromagnet, providing a default minimum magnetic downforce, but withfurther increases available through the active electromagnet. Inembodiments, the electromagnet may be controlled by a circuit where thedownforce is set by the operator, controlled by an on-board processor,controlled by a remote processor (e.g., through wirelesscommunications), and the like, where processor control may utilizesensor data measurements to determine the downforce setting. Inembodiments, downforce may be provided through suction force, springforce, and the like. In certain embodiments, downforce may be providedby a biasing member, such as a torsion spring or leaf spring, withactive or passive control of the downforce—for example positioning atension or confinement of the spring to control the downforce. Incertain embodiments, the magnet, biasing member, or other downforceadjusting member may adjust the downforce on the entire sled 1, on anentire payload 2, and/or just on the sensor (e.g., the sensor has someflexibility to move within the sled 1, and the downforce adjustment actson the sensor directly).

An example system 100 includes an apparatus 800 (reference FIG. 8 andthe disclosure referencing FIG. 8) for providing enhanced inspectioninformation, including position-based information. The apparatus 800 andoperations to provide the position-based information are described inthe context of a particular physical arrangement of an industrial systemfor convenient illustration, however any physical arrangement of anindustrial system is contemplated herein. Referencing FIG. 5, an examplesystem includes a number of pipes 502—for example vertically arrangedpipes such as steam pipes in a power plant, pipes in a cooling tower,exhaust or effluent gas pipes, or the like. The pipes 502 in FIG. 5 arearranged to create a tower having a circular cross-section for ease ofdescription. In certain embodiments, periodic inspection of the pipes isutilized to ensure that pipe degradation is within limits, to ensureproper operation of the system, to determine maintenance and repairschedules, and/or to comply with policies or regulations. In the exampleof FIG. 5, an inspection surface 500 includes the inner portion of thetower, whereby an inspection robot 100 traverses the pipes 502 (e.g.,vertically, inspecting one or more pipes on each vertical run). Anexample inspection robot 100 includes configurable payloads 2, and mayinclude ultra-sonic sensors (e.g., to determine wall thickness and/orpipe integrity), magnetic sensors (e.g., to determine the presenceand/or thickness of a coating on a pipe), cameras (e.g., to provide forvisual inspection, including in EM ranges outside of the visual range,temperatures, etc.), composition sensors (e.g., gas chromatography inthe area near the pipe, spectral sensing to detect leaks or anomalousoperation, etc.), temperature sensing, pressure sensing (ambient and/orspecific pressures), vibration sensing, density sensing, etc. The typeof sensing performed by the inspection robot 100 is not limiting to thepresent disclosure except where specific features are described inrelation to specific sensing challenges and opportunities for thosesensed parameters as will be understood to one of skill in the arthaving the benefit of the disclosures herein.

In certain embodiments, the inspection robot 100 has alternatively oradditionally, payload(s) 2 configured to provide for marking of aspectsof the inspection surface 500 (e.g., a paint sprayer, an invisible or UVink sprayer, and/or a virtual marking device configured to mark theinspection surface 500 in a memory location of a computing device butnot physically), to repair a portion of the inspection surface 500(e.g., apply a coating, provide a welding operation, apply a temperaturetreatment, install a patch, etc.), and/or to provide for a cleaningoperation. Referencing FIG. 6, an example inspection robot 100 isdepicted in position on the inspection surface 500 at a location. In theexample, the inspection robot 100 traverses vertically and is positionedbetween two pipes 502, with payloads 2 configured to clean, sense,treat, and/or mark two adjacent pipes 502 in a single inspection run.The inspection robot 100 in the example includes two payloads 2 at the“front” (ahead of the robot housing in the movement direction) and twopayloads 2 at the “rear” (behind the robot housing in the movementdirection). The inspection robot 100 may include any arrangement ofpayloads 2, including just one or more payloads in front or behind, justone or more payloads off to either or both sides, and combinations ofthese. Additionally or alternatively, the inspection robot 100 may bepositioned on a single pipe, and/or may traverse between positionsduring an inspection operation, for example to inspect selected areas ofthe inspection surface 500 and/or to traverse obstacles which may bepresent.

In certain embodiments, a “front” payload 2 includes sensors configuredto determine properties of the inspection surface, and a “rear” payload2 includes a responsive payload, such as an enhanced sensor, a cleaningdevice such as a sprayer, scrubber, and/or scraper, a marking device,and/or a repair device. The front-back arrangement of payloads 2provides for adjustments, cleaning, repair, and/or marking of theinspection surface 500 in a single run—for example where an anomaly,gouge, weld line, area for repair, previously repaired area, pastinspection area, etc., is sensed by the front payload 2, the anomaly canbe marked, cleaned, repaired, etc. without requiring an additional runof the inspection robot 100 or a later visit by repair personnel. Inanother example, a first calibration of sensors for the front payloadmay be determined to be incorrect (e.g., a front ultra-sonic sensorcalibrated for a particular coating thickness present on the pipes 502)and a rear sensor can include an adjusted calibration to account for thedetected aspect (e.g., the rear sensor calibrated for the observedthickness of the coating). In another example, certain enhanced sensingoperations may be expensive, time consuming, consume more resources(e.g., a gamma ray source, an alternate coupling such as a non-water oroil-based acoustic coupler, require a high energy usage, require greaterprocessing resources, and/or incur usage charges to an inspection clientfor any reason) and the inspection robot 100 can thereby only utilizethe enhanced sensing operations selectively and in response to observedconditions.

Referencing FIG. 7, a location 702 on the inspection surface 500 isidentified for illustration. In certain embodiments, the inspectionrobot 100 and/or apparatus 800 includes a controller 802 having a numberof circuits structured to functionally execute operations of thecontroller 802. The controller 802 may be a single device (e.g., acomputing device present on the robot 100, a computing device incommunication with the robot 100 during operations and/orpost-processing information communicated after inspection operations,etc.) and/or a combination of devices, such as a portion of thecontroller 802 positioned on the robot 100, a portion of the controller802 positioned on a computing device in communication with the robot100, a portion of the controller 802 positioned on a handheld device(not shown) of an inspection operator, and/or a portion of thecontroller 802 positioned on a computing device networked with one ormore of the preceding devices. Additionally or alternatively, aspects ofthe controller 802 may be included on one or more logic circuits,embedded controllers, hardware configured to perform certain aspects ofthe controller 802 operations, one or more sensors, actuators, networkcommunication infrastructure (including wired connections, wirelessconnections, routers, switches, hubs, transmitters, and/or receivers),and/or a tether between the robot 100 and another computing device. Thedescribed aspects of the example controller 802 are non-limitingexamples, and any configuration of the robot 100 and devices incommunication with the robot 100 to perform all or selected ones ofoperations of the controller 802 are contemplated herein as aspects ofan example controller 802.

An example controller 802 includes an inspection data circuit 804 thatinterprets inspection data 812—for example sensed information fromsensors mounted on the payload and determining aspects of the inspectionsurface 500, the status, deployment, and/or control of marking devices,cleaning devices, and/or repair devices, and/or post-processedinformation from any of these such as a wall thickness determined fromultra-sonic data, temperature information determined from imaging data,and the like. The example controller 802 further includes a robotpositioning circuit 806 that interprets position data 814. An examplerobot positioning circuit 806 determines position data by any availablemethod, including at least triangulating (or other positioning methods)from a number of available wireless devices (e.g., routers available inthe area of the inspection surface 500, intentionally positionedtransmitters/transceivers, etc.), a distance of travel measurement(e.g., a wheel rotation counter which may be mechanical,electro-magnetic, visual, etc.; a barometric pressure measurement;direct visual determinations such as radar, Lidar, or the like), areference measurement (e.g., determined from distance to one or morereference points); a time-based measurement (e.g., based upon time andtravel speed); and/or a dead reckoning measurement such as integrationof detection movements. In the example of FIG. 5, a position measurementmay include a height determination combined with an azimuthal anglemeasurement and/or a pipe number value such that the inspection surface500 location is defined thereby. Any coordinate system and/or positiondescription system is contemplated herein. In certain embodiments, thecontroller 802 includes a processed data circuit 808 that combines theinspection data 812 with the position data 814 to determineposition-based inspection data. The operations of the processed datacircuit 808 may be performed at any time—for example during operationsof the inspection robot 100 such that inspection data 812 is stored withposition data 814, during a post-processing operation which may becompleted separately from the inspection robot 100, and/or which may beperformed after the inspection is completed, and/or which may becommenced while the inspection is being performed. In certainembodiments, the linking of the position data 814 with the inspectiondata 812 may be performed if the linked position-inspection data isrequested—for example upon a request by a client for an inspection map818. In certain embodiments, portions of the inspection data 812 arelinked to the position data 814 at a first time, and other portions ofthe inspection data 812 are linked to the position data 814 at a latertime and/or in response to post-processing operations, an inspection map818 request, or other subsequent event.

The example controller 802 further includes an inspection visualizationcircuit 810 that determines the inspection map 818 in response to theinspection data 812 and the position data 814, for example usingpost-processed information from the processed data circuit 808. In afurther example, the inspection visualization circuit 810 determines theinspection map 818 in response to an inspection visualization request820, for example from a client computing device 826. In the example, theclient computing device 826 may be communicatively coupled to thecontroller 802 over the internet, a network, through the operations of aweb application, and the like. In certain embodiments, the clientcomputing device 826 securely logs in to control access to theinspection map 818, and the inspection visualization circuit 810 mayprevent access to the inspection map 818, and/or provide only portionsof the inspection map 818, depending upon the successful login from theclient computing device 826, the authorizations for a given user of theclient computing device 826, and the like.

In certain embodiments, the inspection visualization circuit 810 and/orinspection data circuit 804 further accesses system data 816, such as atime of the inspection, a calendar date of the inspection, the robot 100utilized during the inspection and/or the configurations of the robot100, a software version utilized during the inspection, calibrationand/or sensor processing options selected during the inspection, and/orany other data that may be of interest in characterizing the inspection,that may be requested by a client, that may be required by a policyand/or regulation, and/or that may be utilized for improvement tosubsequent inspections on the same inspection surface 500 or anotherinspection surface. In certain embodiments, the processed data circuit808 combines the system data 816 with the processed data for theinspection data 812 and/or the position data 814, and/or the inspectionvisualization circuit incorporates the system data 816 or portionsthereof into the inspection map 818. In certain embodiments, any or allaspects of the inspection data 812, position data 814, and/or systemdata 816 may be stored as meta-data (e.g., not typically available fordisplay), may be accessible in response to prompts, further selections,and/or requests from the client computing device 826, and/or may beutilized in certain operations with certain identifiable aspects removed(e.g., to remove personally identifiable information or confidentialaspects) such as post-processing to improve future inspectionoperations, reporting for marketing or other purposes, or the like.

In certain embodiments, the inspection visualization circuit 810 isfurther responsive to a user focus value 822 to update the inspectionmap 818 and/or to provide further information (e.g., focus data 824) toa user, such as a user of the client computing device 826. For example,a user focus value 822 (e.g., a user mouse position, menu selection,touch screen indication, keystroke, or other user input value indicatingthat a portion of the inspection map 818 has received the user focus)indicates that a location 702 of the inspection map 818 has the userfocus, and the inspection visualization circuit 810 generates the focusdata 824 in response to the user focus value 822, including potentiallythe location 702 indicated by the user focus value 822.

Referencing FIG. 9, an example inspection map 818 is depicted. In theexample, the inspection surface 500 may be similar to that depicted inFIG. 5—for example the interior surface of tower formed by a number ofpipes to be inspected. The example inspection map 818 includes anazimuthal indication 902 and a height indication 904, with data from theinspection depicted on the inspection map 818 (e.g., shading at 906indicating inspection data corresponding to that visual location).Example and non-limiting inspection maps 818 include numeric valuesdepicted on the visualization, colors, shading or hatching, and/or anyother visual depiction method. In certain embodiments, more than oneinspection dimension may be visualized (e.g., temperatures and wallthickness), and/or the inspection dimension may be selected or changedby the user. Additionally or alternatively, physical elements such asobstacles, build up on the inspection surface, weld lines, gouges,repaired sections, photos of the location (e.g., the inspection map 818laid out over a panoramic photograph of the inspection surface 500 withdata corresponding to the physical location depicted), may be depictedwith or as a part of the inspection map 818. Additionally oralternatively, visual markers may be positioned on the inspection map818—for example a red “X” (or any other symbol, including a color,bolded area, highlight, image data, a thumbnail, etc.) at a location ofinterest on the map—which marking may be physically present on theactual inspection surface 500 or only virtually depicted on theinspection map 818. It can be seen that the inspection map 818 providesfor a convenient and powerful reference tool for a user to determine theresults of the inspection operation and plan for future maintenance,repair, or inspections, as well as planning logistics in response to thenumber of aspects of the system requiring further work or analysis andthe location of the aspects requiring further work or analysis.Accordingly, inspection results can be analyzed more quickly, regulatoryor policy approvals and system up-time can be restored more quickly (ifthe system was shut-down for the inspection), configurations of aninspection robot 100 for a future inspection can be performed morequickly (e.g. preparing payload 2 configurations, obstacle management,and/or sensor selection or calibration), any of the foregoing can beperformed with greater confidence that the results are reliable, and/orany combinations of the foregoing. Additionally or alternatively, lessinvasive operations can be performed, such as virtual marking whichwould not leave marks on the inspection surface 500 that might beremoved (e.g., accidentally) before they are acted upon, which mayremain after being acted upon, or which may create uncertainty as towhen the marks were made over the course of multiple inspections andmarking generations.

Referencing FIG. 10, an illustrative example inspection map 818 havingfocus data 824 is depicted. The example inspection map 818 is responsiveto a user focus value 822, such as a mouse cursor 1002 hovering over aportion of the inspection map 818. In the example, the focus data 824comes up as a tool-tip, although any depiction operations such as outputto a file, populating a static window for focus data 824, or any otheroperations known in the art are contemplated herein. The example focusdata 824 includes a date (e.g., of the inspection), a time (e.g., of theinspection), the sensor calibrations utilized for the inspection, andthe time to repair (e.g., down-time that would be required, actualrepair time that would be required, the estimated time until the portionof the inspection surface 500 will require a repair, or any otherdescription of a “time to repair”). The depicted focus data 824 is anon-limiting example, and any other information of interest may beutilized as focus data 824. In certain embodiments, a user may selectthe information, or portions thereof, utilized on the inspection map818—including at least the axes 902, 904 (e.g., units, type ofinformation, relative versus absolute data, etc.) and the depicted data(e.g., units, values depicted, relative versus absolute values,thresholds or cutoffs of interest, processed values such as virtuallydetermined parameters, and/or categorical values such as “PASSED” or“FAILED”). Additionally or alternatively, a user may select theinformation, or portions thereof, utilized as the focus data 824.

In certain embodiments, an inspection map 818 (or display) provides anindication of how long a section of the inspection surface 500 isexpected to continue under nominal operations, how much material shouldbe added to a section of the inspection surface 500 (e.g., a repaircoating or other material), and/or the type of repair that is needed(e.g., wall thickness correction, replacement of a coating, fixing ahole, breach, rupture, etc.).

Referencing FIG. 41, an apparatus 4100 for determining a facility wearvalue 4106 is depicted. The example apparatus 4100 includes a facilitywear circuit 4102 that determines a facility wear model 4104corresponding to the inspection surface 500 and/or an industrialfacility, industrial system, and/or plant including the inspectionsurface 500. An example facility wear circuit 4102 accesses a facilitywear model 4104, and utilizes the inspection data 812 to determine whichportions of the inspection surface 500 will require repair, when theywill require repair, what type of repair will be required, and afacility wear value 4106 including a description of how long theinspection surface 500 will last without repair, and/or with selectedrepairs. In certain embodiments, the facility wear model 4104 includeshistorical data for the particular facility, system, or plant having theinspection surface 500—for example through empirical observation ofprevious inspection data 812, when repairs were performed, what types ofrepairs were performed, and/or how long repaired sections lasted afterrepairs.

Additionally or alternatively, the facility wear model 4104 includesdata from offset facilities, systems, or plants (e.g., a similar systemthat operates a similar duty cycle of relevant temperatures, materials,process flow streams, vibration environment, etc. for the inspectionsurface 500; and which may include inspection data, repair data, and/oroperational data from the offset system), canonical data (e.g.,pre-entered data based on estimates, modeling, industry standards, orother indirect sources), data from other facilities from the same dataclient (e.g., an operator, original equipment manufacturer, owner, etc.for the inspection surface), and/or user-entered data (e.g., from aninspection operator and/or client of the data) such as assumptions to beutilized, rates of return for financial parameters, policies orregulatory values, and/or characterizations of experience in similarsystems that may be understood based on the experience of the user.Accordingly, operations of the facility wear circuit 4102 can provide anoverview of repair operations recommended for the inspection surface500, including specific time frame estimates of when such repairs willbe required, as well as a number of options for repair operations andhow long they will last.

In certain embodiments, the facility wear value 4106, and/or facilitywear value 4106 displayed on an inspection map 818, allows for strategicplanning of repair operations, and/or coordinating the life cycle of thefacility including the inspection surface 500—for example performing ashort-term repair at a given time, which might not be intuitively the“best” repair operation, but in view of a larger repair cycle that isupcoming for the facility. Additionally or alternatively, we facilitywear value 4106 allows for a granular review of the inspection surface500—for example to understand operational conditions that drive highwear, degradation, and/or failure conditions of aspects of theinspection surface 500. In certain embodiments, repair data and/or thefacility wear value 4106 are provided in a context distinct from aninspection map 818—for example as part of an inspection report (notshown), as part of a financial output related to the system having theinspection surface (e.g., considering the costs and shutdown timesimplicated by repairs, and/or risks associated with foregoing a repair).

Referencing FIG. 42, a procedure 4200 for determining a facility wearvalue is depicted schematically. An example procedure 4200 includes anoperation 4202 to interpret inspection data for an inspection surface,and an operation 4204 to access a facility wear model. The exampleprocedure 4200 further includes an operation 4206 to determine afacility wear value in response to the inspection data and the facilitywear model. The example procedure 4200 further includes an operation4208 to provide the facility wear value—for example as a portion of aninspection map, an inspection report, and/or a financial report for afacility having the inspection surface.

In embodiments, the robotic vehicle may incorporate a number of sensorsdistributed across a number of sensor sleds 1, such as with a singlesensor mounted on a single sensor sled 1, a number of sensors mounted ona single sensor sled 1, a number of sensor sleds 1 arranged in a linearconfiguration perpendicular to the direction of motion (e.g.,side-to-side across the robotic vehicle), arranged in a linearconfiguration along the direction of motion (e.g., multiple sensors on asensor sled 1 or multiple sensor sleds 1 arranged to cover the samesurface location one after the other as the robotic vehicle travels).Additionally or alternatively, a number of sensors may be arranged in atwo-dimensional surface area, such as by providing sensor coverage in adistributed manner horizontally and/or vertically (e.g., in thedirection of travel), including offset sensor positions (e.g., referenceFIG. 14). In certain embodiments, the utilization of payloads 2 withsensor sleds mounted thereon enables rapid configuration of sensorplacement as desired, sleds 1 on a given payload 2 can be furtheradjusted, and/or sensor(s) on a given sled can be changed or configuredas desired.

In certain embodiments, two payloads 2 side-by-side allow for a widehorizontal coverage of sensing for a given travel of the inspectionrobot 100—for example as depicted in FIG. 1. In certain embodiments, apayload 2 is coupled to the inspection robot 100 with a pin or otherquick-disconnect arrangement, allowing for the payload 2 to be removed,to be reconfigured separately from the inspection robot 100, and/or tobe replaced with another payload 2 configured in a desired manner. Thepayload 2 may additionally have a couplant connection to the inspectionrobot 100 (e.g., reference FIG. 29—where a single couplant connectionprovides coupling connectivity to all sleds 1A and 1B) and/or anelectrical connection to the inspection robot 100. Each sled may includea couplant connection conduit where the couplant connection conduit iscoupled to a payload couplant connection at the upstream end and iscoupled to the couplant entry of the cone at the downstream end.Multiple payload couplant connections on a single payload may be coupledtogether to form a single couplant connection between the payload andthe inspection robot. The single couplant connection per payloadfacilitates the changing of the payload without having toconnect/disconnect the couplant line connections at each sled. Thecouplant connection conduit between the payload couplant connection andthe couplant entry of the cone facilitates connecting/disconnecting asled from a payload without having to connect/disconnect the couplantconnection conduit from the couplant entry of the cone. The couplantand/or electrical connections may include power for the sensors asrequired, and/or communication coupling (e.g., a datalink or networkconnection). Additionally or alternatively, sensors may communicatewirelessly to the inspection robot 100 or to another computing device,and/or sensors may store data in a memory associated with the sensor,sled 1, or payload 2, which may be downloaded at a later time. Any otherconnection type required for a payload 2, such as compressed air, paint,cleaning solutions, repair spray solutions, or the like, may similarlybe coupled from the payload 2 to the inspection robot 100.

The horizontal configuration of sleds 1 (and sensors) is selectable toachieve the desired inspection coverage. For example, sleds 1 may bepositioned to provide a sled running on each of a selected number ofpipes of an inspection surface, positioned such that several sleds 1combine on a single pipe of an inspection surface (e.g., providinggreater radial inspection resolution for the pipe), and/or at selectedhorizontal distances from each other (e.g., to provide 1 inchresolution, 2 inch resolution, 3 inch resolution, etc.). In certainembodiments, the degrees of freedom of the sensor sleds 1 (e.g., frompivots 16, 17, 18) allow for distributed sleds 1 to maintain contact andorientation with complex surfaces.

In certain embodiments, sleds 1 are articulable to a desired horizontalposition. For example, quick disconnects may be provided (pins, claims,set screws, etc.) that allow for the sliding of a sled 1 to any desiredlocation on a payload 2, allowing for any desired horizontal positioningof the sleds 1 on the payload 2. Additionally or alternatively, sleds 1may be movable horizontally during inspection operations. For example, aworm gear or other actuator may be coupled to the sled 1 and operable(e.g., by a controller 802) to position the sled 1 at a desiredhorizontal location. In certain embodiments, only certain ones of thesleds 1 are moveable during inspection operations—for example outersleds 1 for maneuvering past obstacles. In certain embodiments, all ofthe sleds 1 are moveable during inspection operations—for example tosupport arbitrary inspection resolution (e.g., horizontal resolution,and/or vertical resolution), to configure the inspection trajectory ofthe inspection surface, or for any other reason. In certain embodiments,the payload 2 is horizontally moveable before or during inspectionoperations. In certain embodiments, an operator configures the payload 2and/or sled 1 horizontal positions before inspection operations (e.g.,before or between inspection runs). In certain embodiments, an operator,or a controller 802 configures the payload 2 and/or sled 1 horizontalpositions during inspection operations. In certain embodiments, anoperator can configure the payload 2 and/or sled 1 horizontal positionsremotely, for example communicating through a tether or wirelessly tothe inspection robot.

The vertical configuration of sleds 1 is selectable to achieve thedesired inspection coverage (e.g., horizontal resolution, verticalresolution, and/or redundancy). For example, referencing FIG. 13,multiple payloads 2 are positioned on a front side of the inspectionrobot 100, with forward payloads 2006 and rear payloads 1402. In certainembodiments, a payload 2 may include a forward payload 2006 and a rearpayload 1402 in a single hardware device (e.g., with a single mountingposition to the inspection robot 100), and/or may be independentpayloads 2 (e.g., with a bracket extending from the inspection robot 100past the rear payload 1402 for mounting the forward payloads 2006). Inthe example of FIG. 13, the rear payload 1402 and front payload 2006include sleds 1 mounted thereupon which are in vertical alignment1302—for example a given sled 1 of the rear payload 1402 traverses thesame inspection position (or horizontal lane) of a corresponding sled 1of the forward payload 2006. The utilization of aligned payloads 2provides for a number of capabilities for the inspection robot 100,including at least: redundancy of sensing values (e.g., to develophigher confidence in a sensed value); the utilization of more than onesensing calibration for the sensors (e.g., a front sensor utilizes afirst calibration set, and a rear sensor utilizes a second calibrationset); the adjustment of sensing operations for a rear sensor relative toa forward sensor (e.g., based on the front sensed parameter, a rearsensor can operate at an adjusted range, resolution, sampling rate, orcalibration); the utilization of a rear sensor in response to a frontsensor detected value (e.g., a rear sensor may be a high costsensor—either high power, high computing/processing requirements, anexpensive sensor to operate, etc.) where the utilization of the rearsensor can be conserved until a front sensor indicates that a value ofinterest is detected; the operation of a repair, marking, cleaning, orother capability rear payload 1402 that is responsive to the detectedvalues of the forward payload 2006; and/or for improved verticalresolution of the sensed values (e.g., if the sensor has a givenresolution of detection in the vertical direction, the front and rearpayloads can be operated out of phase to provide for improved verticalresolution).

In another example, referencing FIG. 14, multiple payloads 2 arepositioned on the front of the inspection robot 100, with sleds 1mounted on the front payload 2006 and rear payload 1402 that are notaligned (e.g., lane 1304 is not shared between sleds of the frontpayload 2006 and rear payload 1402). The utilization of not alignedpayloads 2 allows for improved resolution in the horizontal directionfor a given number of sleds 1 mounted on each payload 2. In certainembodiments, not aligned payloads may be utilized where the hardwarespace on a payload 2 is not sufficient to conveniently provide asufficient number or spacing of sleds 1 to achieve the desiredhorizontal coverage. In certain embodiments, not aligned payloads may beutilized to limit the number of sleds 1 on a given payload 2, forexample to provide for a reduced flow rate of couplant through a givenpayload-inspection robot connection, to provide for a reduced load on anelectrical coupling (e.g., power supply and/or network communicationload) between a given payload and the inspection robot. While theexamples of FIGS. 13 and 14 depict aligned or not aligned sleds forconvenience of illustration, a given inspection robot 100 may beconfigured with both aligned and not aligned sleds 1, for example toreduce mechanical loads, improve inspection robot balance, in responseto inspection surface constraints, or the like.

It can be seen that sensors may be modularly configured on the roboticvehicle to collect data on specific locations across the surface oftravel (e.g., on a top surface of an object, on the side of an object,between objects, and the like), repeat collection of data on the samesurface location (e.g., two sensors serially collecting data from thesame location, either with the same sensor type or different sensortypes), provide predictive sensing from a first sensor to determine if asecond sensor should take data on the same location at a second timeduring a single run of the robotic vehicle (e.g., an ultra-sonic sensormounted on a leading sensor sled taking data on a location determinesthat a gamma-ray measurement should be taken for the same location by asensor mounted on a trailing sensor sled configured to travel over thesame location as the leading sensor), provide redundant sensormeasurements from a plurality of sensors located in leading and trailinglocations (e.g., located on the same or different sensor sleds to repeatsensor data collection), and the like.

In certain embodiments, the robotic vehicle includes sensor sleds withone sensor and sensor sleds with a plurality of sensors. A number ofsensors arranged on a single sensor sled may be arranged with the samesensor type across the direction of robotic vehicle travel (e.g.,perpendicular to the direction of travel, or “horizontal”) to increasecoverage of that sensor type (e.g., to cover different surfaces of anobject, such as two sides of a pipe), arranged with the same sensor typealong the direction of robotic vehicle travel (e.g., parallel to thedirection of travel, or “vertical”) to provide redundant coverage ofthat sensor type over the same location (e.g., to ensure data coverage,to enable statistical analysis based on multiple measurements over thesame location), arranged with a different sensor type across thedirection of robotic vehicle travel to capture a diversity of sensordata in side-by-side locations along the direction of robotic vehicletravel (e.g., providing both ultra-sonic and conductivity measurementsat side-by-side locations), arranged with a different sensor type alongthe direction of robotic vehicle travel to provide predictive sensingfrom a leading sensor to a trailing sensor (e.g., running a trailinggamma-ray sensor measurement only if a leading ultra-sonic sensormeasurement indicates the need to do so), combinations of any of these,and the like. The modularity of the robotic vehicle may permitexchanging sensor sleds with the same sensor configuration (e.g.,replacement due to wear or failure), different sensor configurations(e.g., adapting the sensor arrangement for different surfaceapplications), and the like.

Providing for multiple simultaneous sensor measurements over a surfacearea, whether for taking data from the same sensor type or fromdifferent sensor types, provides the ability to maximize the collectionof sensor data in a single run of the robotic vehicle. If the surfaceover which the robotic vehicle was moving were perfectly flat, thesensor sled could cover a substantial surface with an array of sensors.However, the surface over which the robotic vehicle travels may behighly irregular, and have obstacles over which the sensor sleds mustadjust, and so the preferred embodiment for the sensor sled isrelatively small with a highly flexible orientation, as describedherein, where a plurality of sensor sleds is arranged to cover an areaalong the direction of robotic vehicle travel. Sensors may bedistributed amongst the sensor sleds as described for individual sensorsleds (e.g., single sensor per sensor sled, multiple sensors per sensorsled (arranged as described herein)), where total coverage is achievedthrough a plurality of sensor sleds mounted to the robotic vehicle. Onesuch embodiment, as introduced herein, such as depicted in FIG. 1,comprises a plurality of sensor sleds arranged linearly across thedirection of robotic vehicle travel, where the plurality of sensor sledsare capable of individually adjusting to the irregular surface as therobotic vehicle travels. Further, each sensor sled may be positioned toaccommodate regular characteristics in the surface (e.g., positioningsensor sleds to ride along a selected portion of a pipe aligned alongthe direction of travel), to provide for multiple detections of a pipeor tube from a number of radial positions, sensor sleds may be shaped toaccommodate the shape of regular characteristics in the surface (e.g.,rounded surface of a pipe), and the like. In this way, the sensor sledarrangement may accommodate both the regular characteristics in thesurface (e.g., a series of features along the direction of travel) andirregular characteristics along the surface (e.g., obstacles that thesensor sleds flexibly mitigate during travel along the surface).

Although FIG. 1 depicts a linear arrangement of sensor sleds with thesame extension (e.g., the same connector arm length), another examplearrangement may include sensor sleds with different extensions, such aswhere some sensor sleds are arranged to be positioned further out,mounted on longer connection arms. This arrangement may have theadvantage of allowing a greater density of sensors across theconfiguration, such as where a more leading sensor sled could bepositioned linearly along the configuration between two more trailingsensor sleds such that sensors are provided greater linear coverage thanwould be possible with all the sensor sleds positioned side-by-side.This configuration may also allow improved mechanical accommodationbetween the springs and connectors that may be associated withconnections of sensor sleds to the arms and connection assembly (e.g.,allowing greater individual movement of sensor sleds without the sensorsleds making physical contact with one another).

Referring to FIG. 13, an example configuration of sensor sleds includesthe forward sensor sled array 2006 ahead of the rear sled array 1402,such as where each utilizes a sensor sled connector assembly 2004 formounting the payloads. Again, although FIG. 13 depicts the sensor sledsarranged on the sensor sled connector assembly 2004 with equal lengtharms, different length arms may be utilized to position, for instance,sensor sleds of sensor sled array 1402 in intermediate positions betweenrear sensor sleds of rear payload 1402 and forward sensor sleds of theforward payload 2006. As was the case with the arrangement of aplurality of sensors on a single sensor sled to accommodate differentcoverage options (e.g., maximizing coverage, predictive capabilities,redundancy, and the like), the extended area configuration of sensors inthis multiple sensor sled array arrangement allows similarfunctionality. For instance, a sensor sled positioned in a lateralposition on the forward payload 2006 may provide redundant or predictivefunctionality for another sensor sled positioned in the same lateralposition on the rear payload 1402. In the case of a predictivefunctionality, the greater travel distance afforded by the separationbetween a sensor sled mounted on the second sensor sled array 2006 andthe sensor sled array 1402 may provide for additional processing timefor determining, for instance, whether the sensor in the trailing sensorsled should be activated. For example, the leading sensor collectssensor data and sends that data to a processing function (e.g., wiredcommunication to on-board or external processing, wireless communicationto external processing), the processor takes a period of time todetermine if the trailing sensor should be activated, and after thedetermination is made, activates the trailing sensor. The separation ofthe two sensors, divided by the rate of travel of the robotic vehicle,determines the time available for processing. The greater the distance,the greater the processing time allowed. Referring to FIG. 15, inanother example, distance is increased further by utilizing a trailingpayload 2008, thus increasing the distance and processing time further.Additionally or alternatively, the hardware arrangement of FIG. 15 mayprovide for more convenient integration of the trailing payload 2008rather than having multiple payloads 1402, 2006 in front of theinspection robot 100. In certain embodiments, certain operations of apayload 2 may be easier or more desirable to perform on a trailing sideof the inspection robot 100—such as spraying of painting, marking, orrepair fluids, to avoid the inspection robot 100 having to be exposed tosuch fluids as a remaining mist, by gravity flow, and/or having to drivethrough the painted, cleaned, or repaired area. In certain embodiments,an inspection robot 100 may additionally or alternatively include bothmultiple payloads 1402, 2006 in front of the inspection robot (e.g., asdepicted in FIGS. 13 and 14) and/or one or more trailing payloads (e.g.,as depicted in FIG. 15).

In another example, the trailing payload 2008 (e.g. sensor sled array)may provide a greater distance for functions that would benefit thesystem by being isolated from the sensors in the forward end of therobotic vehicle. For instance, the robotic vehicle may provide for amarking device (e.g., visible marker, UV marker, and the like) to markthe surface when a condition alert is detected (e.g., detectingcorrosion or erosion in a pipe at a level exceeding a predefinedthreshold, and marking the pipe with visible paint).

Embodiments with multiple sensor sled connector assemblies provideconfigurations and area distribution of sensors that may enable greaterflexibility in sensor data taking and processing, including alignment ofsame-type sensor sleds allowing for repeated measurements (e.g., thesame sensor used in a leading sensor sled as in a trailing sensor sled,such as for redundancy or verification in data taking when leading andtrailing sleds are co-aligned), alignment of different-type sensor sledsfor multiple different sensor measurements of the same path (e.g.,increase the number of sensor types taking data, have the lead sensorprovide data to the processor to determine whether to activate thetrailing sensor (e.g., ultra-sonic/gamma-ray, and the like)), off-setalignment of same-type sensor sleds for increased coverage when leadingand trailing sleds are off-set from one another with respect to travelpath, off-set alignment of different-type sensor sleds for trailingsensor sleds to measure surfaces that have not been disturbed by leadingsensor sleds (e.g., when the leading sensor sled is using a couplant),and the like.

The modular design of the robotic vehicle may provide for a systemflexible to different applications and surfaces (e.g., customizing therobot and modules of the robot ahead of time based on the application,and/or during an inspection operation), and to changing operationalconditions (e.g., flexibility to changes in surface configurations andconditions, replacement for failures, reconfiguration based on sensedconditions), such as being able to change out sensors, sleds, assembliesof sleds, number of sled arrays, and the like.

An example inspection robot utilizes a magnet-based wheel design (e.g.,reference FIGS. 2A-2B and the related description). Although theinspection robot may utilize flux directing ferromagnetic wheelcomponents, such as ferromagnetic magnet enclosures 3 to minimize thestrength of the extended magnetic field, ferromagnetic components withinthe inspection robot may be exposed to a magnetic field. One componentthat may experience negative effects from the magnetic field is thegearbox, which may be mounted proximate to the wheel assembly. FIG. 12illustrates an example gearbox configuration, showing the direction 2083of magnetic attraction axially along the drive shaft to the wheel (wheelnot shown). The magnetic attraction, acting on, in this instance,ferromagnetic gears, results in an axial load applied to the gears,pulling the gears against the gear carrier plates 2082 with forces thatthe gears would otherwise not experience. This axial load may result inincreased friction, heat, energy loss, and wear.

Referencing FIG. 12, an example arrangement depicts the inclusion ofwear-resistant thrust washers 2084, placed to provide a reducedfrictional interface between the gears and the adjacent surface. Thus,the negative effects of the axial load are minimized without significantchanges to a gearbox design. In a second example, with wheels onopposing sides of the gear box assembly(s), the gearbox configuration ofthe inspection robot may be spatially arranged such that the netmagnetic forces acting on the gears are largely nullified, that is,balanced between forces from a wheel magnet on one side and a secondwheel magnet on the other side. Careful layout of the gearboxconfiguration could thus reduce the net forces acting on the gears. Inembodiments, example one and example two may be applied alone or incombination. For instance, the gearbox configuration may be spatiallyarranged to minimize the net magnetic forces acting on gears, wherethrust washers are applied to further reduce the negative effects of anyremaining net magnetic forces. In a third example, the negative effectsupon the gearbox resulting from magnetic fields may be eliminated bymaking the gears from non-ferrous materials. Example and non-limitingexamples of non-ferrous materials include polyoxymethylene (e.g.,Delrin® acetyl resin, etc.), a low- or non-magnetic steel (e.g. 316stainless steel or 304 stainless steel), and/or aluminum (e.g., 2024Al). In certain embodiments, other materials such as ceramic, nylon,copper, or brass may be used for gears, depending upon the wear and loadrequirements of the gearbox, the potential intrusion of water to thegearbox, and/or the acceptable manufacturing costs and tolerances.

Throughout the present description, certain orientation parameters aredescribed as “horizontal,” “perpendicular,” and/or “across” thedirection of travel of the inspection robot, and/or described as“vertical,” “parallel,” and/or in line with the direction of travel ofthe inspection robot. It is specifically contemplated herein that theinspection robot may be travelling vertically, horizontally, at obliqueangles, and/or on curves relative to a ground-based absolute coordinatesystem. Accordingly, except where the context otherwise requires, anyreference to the direction of travel of the inspection robot isunderstood to include any orientation of the robot—such as an inspectionrobot traveling horizontally on a floor may have a “vertical” directionfor purposes of understanding sled distribution that is in a“horizontal” absolute direction. Additionally, the “vertical” directionof the inspection robot may be a function of time during inspectionoperations and/or position on an inspection surface—for example as aninspection robot traverses over a curved surface. In certainembodiments, where gravitational considerations or other context basedaspects may indicate—vertical indicates an absolute coordinate systemvertical—for example in certain embodiments where couplant flow into acone is utilized to manage bubble formation in the cone. In certainembodiments, a trajectory through the inspection surface of a given sledmay be referenced as a “horizontal inspection lane”—for example, thetrack that the sled takes traversing through the inspection surface.

Certain embodiments include an apparatus for acoustic inspection of aninspection surface with arbitrary resolution. Arbitrary resolution, asutilized herein, includes resolution of features in geometric space witha selected resolution—for example resolution of features (e.g., cracks,wall thickness, anomalies, etc.) at a selected spacing in horizontalspace (e.g., perpendicular to a travel direction of an inspection robot)and/or vertical space (e.g., in a travel direction of an inspectionrobot). While resolution is described in terms of the travel motion ofan inspection robot, resolution may instead be considered in anycoordinate system, such as cylindrical or spherical coordinates, and/oralong axes unrelated to the motion of an inspection robot. It will beunderstood that the configurations of an inspection robot and operationsdescribed in the present disclosure can support arbitrary resolution inany coordinate system, with the inspection robot providing sufficientresolution as operated, in view of the target coordinate system.Accordingly, for example, where inspection resolution of 6-inches isdesired in a target coordinate system that is diagonal to the traveldirection of the inspection robot, the inspection robot and relatedoperations described throughout the present disclosure can supportwhatever resolution is required (whether greater than 6-inches, lessthan 6-inches, or variable resolution depending upon the location overthe inspection surface) to facilitate the 6-inch resolution of thetarget coordinate system. It can be seen that an inspection robot and/orrelated operations capable of achieving an arbitrary resolution in thecoordinates of the movement of the inspection robot can likewise achievearbitrary resolution in any coordinate system for the mapping of theinspection surface. For clarity of description, apparatus and operationsto support an arbitrary resolution are described in view of thecoordinate system of the movement of an inspection robot.

An example apparatus to support acoustic inspection of an inspectionsurface includes an inspection robot having a payload and a number ofsleds mounted thereon, with the sleds each having at least one acousticsensor mounted thereon. Accordingly, the inspection robot is capable ofsimultaneously determining acoustic parameters at a range of positionshorizontally. Sleds may be positioned horizontally at a selectedspacing, including providing a number of sleds to provide sensorspositioned radially around several positions on a pipe or other surfacefeature of the inspection surface. In certain embodiments, verticalresolution is supported according to the sampling rate of the sensors,and/or the movement speed of the inspection robot. Additionally oralternatively, the inspection robot may have vertically displacedpayloads, having an additional number of sleds mounted thereon, with thesleds each having at least one acoustic sensor mounted thereon. Theutilization of additional vertically displaced payloads can provideadditional resolution, either in the horizontal direction (e.g., wheresleds of the vertically displaced payload(s) are offset from sleds inthe first payload(s)) and/or in the vertical direction (e.g., wheresensors on sleds of the vertically displaced payload(s) are samplingsuch that sensed parameters are vertically offset from sensors on sledsof the first payload(s)). Accordingly, it can be seen that, even wherephysical limitations of sled spacing, numbers of sensors supported by agiven payload, or other considerations limit horizontal resolution for agiven payload, horizontal resolution can be enhanced through theutilization of additional vertically displaced payloads. In certainembodiments, an inspection robot can perform another inspection run overa same area of the inspection surface, for example with sleds trackingin an offset line from a first run, with positioning information toensure that both horizontal and/or vertical sensed parameters are offsetfrom the first run.

Accordingly, an apparatus is provided that achieves significantresolution improvements, horizontally and/or vertically, over previouslyknown systems. Additionally or alternatively, an inspection robotperforms inspection operations at distinct locations on a descentoperation than on an ascent operation, providing for additionalresolution improvements without increasing a number of run operationsrequired to perform the inspection (e.g., where an inspection robotascends an inspection surface, and descends the inspection surface as anormal part of completing the inspection run). In certain embodiments,an apparatus is configured to perform multiple run operations to achievethe selected resolution. It can be seen that the greater the number ofinspection runs required to achieve a given spatial resolution, thelonger the down time for the system (e.g., an industrial system) beinginspected (where a shutdown of the system is required to perform theinspection), the longer the operating time and greater the cost of theinspection, and/or the greater chance that a failure occurs during theinspection. Accordingly, even where multiple inspection runs arerequired, a reduction in the number of the inspection runs isbeneficial.

In certain embodiments, an inspection robot includes a low fluid losscouplant system, enhancing the number of sensors that are supportable ina given inspection run, thereby enhancing available sensing resolution.In certain embodiments, an inspection robot includes individual downforce support for sleds and/or sensors, providing for reduced fluidloss, reduced off-nominal sensing operations, and/or increasing theavailable number of sensors supportable on a payload, thereby enhancingavailable sensing resolution. In certain embodiments, an inspectionrobot includes a single couplant connection for a payload, and/or asingle couplant connection for the inspection robot, thereby enhancingreliability and providing for a greater number of sensors on a payloadand/or on the inspection robot that are available for inspections undercommercially reasonable operations (e.g., configurable for inspectionoperations with reasonable reliability, checking for leaks, expected tooperate without problems over the course of inspection operations,and/or do not require a high level of skill or expensive test equipmentto ensure proper operation). In certain embodiments, an inspection robotincludes acoustic sensors coupled to acoustic cones, enhancing robustdetection operations (e.g., a high percentage of valid sensing data,ease of acoustic coupling of a sensor to an inspection surface, etc.),reducing couplant fluid losses, and/or easing integration of sensorswith sleds, thereby supporting an increased number of sensors perpayload and/or inspection robot, and enhancing available sensingresolution. In certain embodiments, an inspection robot includesutilizing water as a couplant, thereby reducing fluid pumping losses,reducing risks due to minor leaks within a multiple plumbing line systemto support multiple sensors, and/or reducing the impact (environmental,hazard, clean-up, etc.) of performing multiple inspection runs and/orperforming an inspection operation with a multiplicity of acousticsensors operating.

Referencing FIG. 33, an example procedure 3300 to acoustically inspectan inspection surface with an arbitrary (or selectable) resolution isschematically depicted. The example procedure 3300 includes an operation3302 to determine a desired resolution of inspection for the surface.The operation 3302 includes determining the desired resolution inwhatever coordinate system is considered for the inspection surface, andtranslating the desired resolution for the coordinate system of theinspection surface to a coordinate system of an inspection robot (e.g.,in terms of vertical and horizontal resolution for the inspectionrobot), if the coordinate system for the inspection surface is distinctfrom the coordinate system of the inspection robot. The exampleprocedure 3300 further includes an operation 3304 to provide aninspection robot in response to the desired resolution of inspection,the inspection robot having at least one payload, a number of sledsmounted on the payload, and at least one acoustic sensor mounted on eachsled. It will be understood that certain sleds on the payload may nothave an acoustic sensor mounted thereupon, but for provision of selectedacoustic inspection resolution, only the sleds having an acoustic sensormounted thereupon are considered. In certain embodiments, operation 3304additionally or alternatively includes one or more operations such as:providing multiple payloads; providing vertically displaced payloads;providing offset sleds on one or more vertically displaced payloads;providing payloads having a single couplant connection for the payload;providing an inspection robot having a single couplant connection forthe inspection robot; providing an inspection robot utilizing water as acouplant; providing a down force to the sleds to ensure alignment and/orreduced fluid loss; providing degrees of freedom of movement to thesleds to ensure alignment and/or robust obstacle traversal; providingthe sensors coupled to an acoustic cone; and/or configuring a horizontalspacing of the sleds in response to the selected resolution (e.g.,spaced to support the selected resolution, spaced to support theselected resolution between an ascent and a descent, and/or spaced tosupport the selected resolution with a scheduled number of inspectionruns).

The example procedure 3300 further includes an operation 3306 to performan inspection operation of an inspection surface with arbitraryresolution. For example, operation 3306 includes at least: operating thenumber of horizontally displaced sensors to achieve the arbitraryresolution; operating vertically displaced payloads in a scheduledmanner (e.g., out of phase with the first payload thereby inspecting avertically distinct set of locations of the inspection surface);operating vertically displaced payloads to enhance horizontal inspectionresolution; performing an inspection on a first horizontal track on anascent, and a second horizontal track distinct from the first horizontaltrack on a descent; performing an inspection on a first vertical set ofpoints on an ascent, and on a second vertical set of points on a descent(which may be on the same or a distinct horizontal track); and/orperforming a plurality of inspection runs where the horizontal and/orvertical inspection positions of the multiple runs are distinct from thehorizontal and/or vertical inspection positions of a first run. Certainoperations of the example procedure 3300 may be performed by acontroller 802.

While operations of procedure 3300, and an apparatus to provide forarbitrary or selected resolution inspections of a system are describedin terms of acoustic sensing, it will be understood that arbitrary orselected resolution of other sensed parameters are contemplated herein.In certain embodiments, acoustic sensing provides specific challengesthat are addressed by certain aspects of the present disclosure.However, sensing of any parameter, such as temperature, magnetic orelectro-magnetic sensing, infra-red detection, UV detection, compositiondeterminations, and other sensed parameters also present certainchallenges addressed by certain aspects of the present disclosure. Forexample, the provision of multiple sensors in a single inspection run atdeterminable locations, the utilization of an inspection robot (e.g.,instead of a person positioned in the inspection space), including aninspection robot with position sensing, and/or the reduction of sensorinterfaces including electrical and communication interfaces, providesfor ease of sensing for any sensed parameters at a selected resolution.In certain embodiments, a system utilizes apparatuses and operationsherein to achieve arbitrary resolution for acoustic sensing. In certainembodiments, a system additionally or alternatively utilizes apparatusesand operations herein to achieve arbitrary resolution for any sensedparameter.

Referencing FIG. 34, an example apparatus 3400 is depicted forconfiguring a trailing sensor inspection scheme in response to a leadingsensor inspection value. The example apparatus 3400 includes acontroller 802 having an inspection data circuit 804 that interpretslead inspection data 3402 from a lead sensor. Example and non-limitinglead sensors include a sensor mounted on a sled of a forward payload2006, a sensor mounted on either a forward payload 2006 or a rearpayload 1402 of an inspection robot having a trailing payload 2008,and/or a sensor operated on a first run of an inspection robot, whereoperations of the apparatus 3400 proceed with adjusting operations of asensor on a subsequent run of the inspection robot (e.g., the first runis ascending, and the subsequent run is descending; the first run isdescending, and the subsequent run is ascending; and/or the first run isperformed at a first time, and the subsequent run is performed at asecond, later, time).

The example controller 802 further includes a sensor configurationcircuit 3404 structured to determine a configuration adjustment 3406 fora trailing sensor. Example and non-limiting trailing sensors include anysensor operating over the same or a substantially similar portion of theinspection surface as the lead sensor, at a later point in time. Atrailing sensor may be a sensor positioned on a payload behind thepayload having the lead sensor, a physically distinct sensor from thelead sensor operating over the same or a substantially similar portionof the inspection surface after the lead sensor, and/or a sensor that isphysically the same sensor as the lead sensor, but reconfigured in someaspect (e.g., sampling parameters, calibrations, inspection robot rateof travel change, etc.). A portion that is substantially similarincludes a sensor operating on a sled in the same horizontal track(e.g., in the direction of inspection robot movement) as the leadsensor, a sensor that is sensing a portion of the inspection sensor thatis expected to determine the same parameters (e.g., wall thickness in agiven area) of the inspection surface as that sensed by the lead sensor,and/or a sensor operating in a space of the inspection area where it isexpected that determinations for the lead sensor would be effective inadjusting the trailing sensor. Example and non-limiting determinationsfor the lead sensor to be effective in adjusting the trailing sensorinclude pipe thickness determinations for a same pipe and/or samecooling tower, where pipe thickness expectations may affect thecalibrations or other settings utilized by the lead and trailingsensors; determination of a coating thickness where the trailing sensoroperates in an environment that has experienced similar conditions(e.g., temperatures, flow rates, operating times, etc.) as theconditions experienced by the environment sensed by the lead sensor;and/or any other sensed parameter affecting the calibrations or othersettings utilized by the lead and trailing sensors where knowledgegained by the lead sensor could be expected to provide informationutilizable for the trailing sensor.

Example and non-limiting configuration adjustments 3406 include changingof sensing parameters such as cut-off times to observe peak values forultra-sonic processing, adjustments of rationality values forultra-sonic processing, enabling of trailing sensors or additionaltrailing sensors (e.g., X-ray, gamma ray, high resolution cameraoperations, etc.), adjustment of a sensor sampling rate (e.g., faster orslower), adjustment of fault cut-off values (e.g., increase or decreasefault cutoff values), adjustment of any transducer configurableproperties (e.g., voltage, waveform, gain, filtering operations, and/orreturn detection algorithm), and/or adjustment of a sensor range orresolution value (e.g., increase a range in response to a lead sensingvalue being saturated or near a range limit, decrease a range inresponse to a lead sensing value being within a specified range window,and/or increase or decrease a resolution of the trailing sensor). Incertain embodiments, a configuration adjustment 3406 to adjust asampling rate of a trailing sensor includes by changing a movement speedof an inspection robot. Example and non-limiting configurationadjustments include any parameters described in relation to FIGS. 39,40, and 43-48 and the related descriptions. It can be seen that theknowledge gained from the lead inspection data 3402 can be utilized toadjust the trailing sensor plan which can result more reliable data(e.g., where calibration assumptions appear to be off-nominal for thereal inspection surface), the saving of one or more inspection runs(e.g., reconfiguring the sensing plan in real-time to complete asuccessful sensing run during inspection operations), improvedoperations for a subsequent portion of a sensing run (e.g., a firstinspection run of the inspection surface improves the remaininginspection runs, even if the vertical track of the first inspection runmust be repeated), and/or efficient utilization of expensive sensingoperations by utilizing such operations only when the lead inspectiondata 3402 indicates such operations are useful or required. The examplecontroller 802 includes a sensor operation circuit 3408 that adjustsparameters of the trailing sensor in response to the configurationadjustment 3406, and the inspection data circuit 804 interpretingtrailing inspection data 3410, wherein the trailing sensors areresponsive to the adjusted parameters by the sensor operation circuit.

Referencing FIG. 35, an example procedure 3500 to configure a trailingsensor in response to a leading sensor value is depicted. The exampleprocedure 3500 includes an operation 3502 to interpret lead inspectiondata provided by a leading sensor, and an operation 3504 to determinewhether the lead inspection data indicates that a trailing sensorconfiguration should be adjusted. Where the operation 3504 determinesthat the trailing sensor configuration should be adjusted, the exampleprocedure 3500 includes an operation 3506 to adjust the trailing sensorconfiguration in response to the lead inspection data. Example andnon-limiting operations 3506 to adjust a trailing sensor configurationinclude changing a calibration for the sensor (e.g., an analog/digitalprocessor configuration, cutoff time values, and/or speed-of-soundvalues for one or more materials), changing a range or resolution of thetrailing sensor, enabling or disabling sensing operations of a trailingsensor, and/or adjusting a speed of travel of an inspection robot. Incertain embodiments, operations 3506 include adjusting a horizontalposition of a trailing sensor (e.g., where a horizontal position of asled 1 on a payload 2 is actively controllable by a controller 802,and/or adjusted manually between the lead sensing operation and thetrailing sensing operation).

In certain embodiments, lead inspection data 3402 includes ultra-sonicinformation such as processed ultra-sonic information from a sensor, andthe sensor configuration circuit 3404 determines to utilize aconsumable, slower, and/or more expensive sensing, repair, and/ormarking operation by providing a configuration adjustment 3406instructing a trailing sensor to operate, or to change nominaloperations, in response to the lead inspection data 3402. For example,lead inspection data 3402 may indicate a thin wall, and sensorconfiguration circuit 3404 provides the configuration adjustment 3406 toalter a trailing operation such as additional sensing with a morecapable sensor (e.g., a more expensive or capable ultra-sonic sensor, anX-ray sensor, a gamma ray sensor, or the like) and/or to operate arepair or marking tool (e.g., which may have a limited or consumableamount of coating material, marking material, or the like) at thelocation determined to have the thin wall. Accordingly, expense, time,and/or operational complication can be added to inspection operations ina controlled manner according to the lead inspection data 3402.

An example apparatus is disclosed to perform an inspection of anindustrial surface. Many industrial surfaces are provided in hazardouslocations, including without limitation where heavy or dangerousmechanical equipment operates, in the presence of high temperatureenvironments, in the presence of vertical hazards, in the presence ofcorrosive chemicals, in the presence of high pressure vessels or lines,in the presence of high voltage electrical conduits, equipment connectedto and/or positioned in the vicinity of an electrical power connection,in the presence of high noise, in the presence of confined spaces,and/or with any other personnel risk feature present. Accordingly,inspection operations often include a shutdown of related equipment,and/or specific procedures to mitigate fall hazards, confined spaceoperations, lockout-tagout procedures, or the like. In certainembodiments, the utilization of an inspection robot allows for aninspection without a shutdown of the related equipment. In certainembodiments, the utilization of an inspection robot allows for ashutdown with a reduced number of related procedures that would berequired if personnel were to perform the inspection. In certainembodiments, the utilization of an inspection robot provides for apartial shutdown to mitigate some factors that may affect the inspectionoperations and/or put the inspection robot at risk, but allows for otheroperations to continue. For example, it may be acceptable to positionthe inspection robot in the presence of high pressure or high voltagecomponents, but operations that generate high temperatures may be shutdown.

In certain embodiments, the utilization of an inspection robot providesadditional capabilities for operation. For example, an inspection robothaving positional sensing within an industrial environment can requestshutdown of only certain aspects of the industrial system that arerelated to the current position of the inspection robot, allowing forpartial operations as the inspection is performed. In another example,the inspection robot may have sensing capability, such as temperaturesensing, where the inspection robot can opportunistically inspectaspects of the industrial system that are available for inspection,while avoiding other aspects or coming back to inspect those aspectswhen operational conditions allow for the inspection. Additionally, incertain embodiments, it is acceptable to risk the industrial robot(e.g., where shutting down operations exceed the cost of the loss of theindustrial robot) to perform an inspection that has a likelihood ofsuccess, where such risks would not be acceptable for personnel. Incertain embodiments, a partial shutdown of a system has lower cost thana full shutdown, and/or can allow the system to be kept in a conditionwhere restart time, startup operations, etc. are at a lower cost orreduced time relative to a full shutdown. In certain embodiments, theenhanced cost, time, and risk of performing additional operations beyondmere shutdown, such as compliance with procedures that would be requiredif personnel were to perform the inspection, can be significant.

Referencing FIG. 36, an example apparatus 3600 to inspect a plant,industrial system, and/or inspection surface utilizing positioninformation is depicted schematically. The example apparatus 3600includes a position definition circuit 3602 that interprets positioninformation 3604, and/or determines a plant position definition 3606(e.g., a plant definition value) and an inspection robot position (e.g.,as one or more plant position values 3614) in response to the positioninformation 3604. Example and non-limiting position information 3604includes relative and/or absolute position information—for example adistance from a reference position (e.g., a starting point, stoppingpoint, known object in proximity to the plant, industrial system, and/orinspection surface, or the like). In certain embodiments, positioninformation 3604 is determinable according to a global positioningservice (GPS) device, ultra-wide band radio frequency (RF) signaling,LIDAR or other direct distance measurement devices (includingline-of-sight and/or sonar devices), aggregating from reference points(e.g., routers, transmitters, know devices in communication with theinspection robot, or the like), utilizing known obstacles as a referencepoint, encoders (e.g., a wheel counter or other device), barometricsensors (e.g., altitude determination), utilization of a known sensedvalue correlated to position (e.g., sound volume or frequency,temperature, vibration, etc.), and/or utilizing an inertial measurementunit (e.g., measuring and/or calculating utilizing an accelerometerand/or gyroscope). In certain embodiments, values may be combined todetermine the position information 3604—for example in 3-D space withoutfurther information, four distance measurements are ordinarily requiredto determine a specific position value. However, utilizing otherinformation, such as a region of the inspection surface that theinspection robot is operating on (e.g., which pipe the inspection robotis climbing), an overlay of the industrial surface over the measurementspace, a distance traveled from a reference point, a distance to areference point, etc., the number of distance measurements required todetermine a position value can be reduced to three, two, one, or eveneliminated and still position information 3604 is determinable. Incertain embodiments, the position definition circuit 3602 determines theposition information 3604 completely or partially on dead reckoning(e.g., accumulating speed and direction from a known position, and/ordirection combined with a distance counter), and/or corrects theposition information 3604 when feedback based position data (e.g., atrue detected position) is available.

Example and non-limiting plant position values 3608 include the robotposition information 3604 integrated within a definition of the plantspace, such as the inspection surface, a defined map of a portion of theplant or industrial system, and/or the plant position definition 3606.In certain embodiments, the plant space is predetermined, for example asa map interpreted by the controller 802 and/or pre-loaded in a data filedescribing the space of the plant, inspection surface, and/or a portionof the plant or industrial surface. In certain embodiments, the plantposition definition 3606 is created in real-time by the positiondefinition circuit 3602—for example by integrating the positioninformation 3604 traversed by the inspection robot, and/or by creating avirtual space that includes the position information 3604 traversed bythe inspection robot. For example, the position definition circuit 3602may map out the position information 3604 over time, and create theplant position definition 3606 as the aggregate of the positioninformation 3604, and/or create a virtual surface encompassing theaggregated plant position values 3614 onto the surface. In certainembodiments, the position definition circuit 3602 accepts a plant shapevalue 3608 as an input (e.g., a cylindrical tank being inspected by theinspection robot having known dimensions), deduces the plant shape value3608 from the aggregated position information 3604 (e.g., selecting fromone of a number of simple or available shapes that are consistent withthe aggregated plant position definition 3606), and/or prompts a user(e.g., an inspection operator and/or a client for the data) to selectone of a number of available shapes to determine the plant positiondefinition 3606.

The example apparatus 3600 includes a data positioning circuit 3610 thatinterprets inspection data 3612 and correlates the inspection data 3612to the position information 3604 and/or to the plant position values3614. Example and non-limiting inspection data 3612 includes: senseddata by an inspection robot; environmental parameters such as ambienttemperature, pressure, time-of-day, availability and/or strength ofwireless communications, humidity, etc.; image data, sound data, and/orvideo data taken during inspection operations; metadata such as aninspection number, customer number, operator name, etc.; setupparameters such as the spacing and positioning of sleds, payloads,mounting configuration of sensors, and the like; calibration values forsensors and sensor processing; and/or operational parameters such asfluid flow rates, voltages, pivot positions for the payload and/orsleds, inspection robot speed values, downforce parameters, etc. Incertain embodiments, the data positioning circuit 3610 determines thepositional information 3604 corresponding to inspection data 3612values, and includes the positional information 3604 as an additionalparameter with the inspection data 3612 values and/or stores acorrespondence table or other data structure to relate the positionalinformation 3604 to the inspection data values 3612. In certainembodiments, the data positioning circuit 3610 additionally oralternatively determines the plant position definition 3606, andincludes a plant position value 3614 (e.g., as a position within theplant as defined by the plant position definition 3606) as an additionalparameter with the inspection data 3612 values and/or stores acorrespondence table or other data structure to relate the plantposition values 3614 to the inspection data values 3612. In certainembodiments, the data positioning circuit 3610 creates position informeddata 3616, including one or more, or all, aspects of the inspection data3612 correlated to the position information 3604 and/or to the plantposition values 3614.

In certain embodiments, for example where dead reckoning operations areutilized to provide position information 3604 over a period of time, andthen a corrected position is available through a feedback positionmeasurement, the data positioning circuit 3602 updates the positioninformed inspection data 3616—for example re-scaling the data accordingto the estimated position for values according to the changed feedbackposition (e.g., where the feedback position measurement indicates theinspection robot traveled 25% further than expected by dead reckoning,position information 3604 during the dead reckoning period can beextended by 25%) and/or according to rationalization determinations orexternally available data (e.g., where over 60 seconds the inspectionrobot traverses 16% less distance than expected, but sensor readings orother information indicate the inspection robot may have been stuck for10 seconds, then the position information 3604 may be corrected torepresent the 10-seconds of non-motion rather than a full re-scale ofthe position informed inspection data 3616). In certain embodiments,dead reckoning operations may be corrected based on feedbackmeasurements as available, and/or in response to the feedbackmeasurement indicating that the dead reckoning position informationexceeds a threshold error value (e.g., 1%, 0.1%, 0.01%, etc.).

It can be seen that the operations of apparatus 3600 provide forposition-based inspection information. Certain systems, apparatuses, andprocedures throughout the present disclosure utilize and/or can benefitfrom position informed inspection data 3616, and all such embodimentsare contemplated herein. Without limitation to any other disclosuresherein, certain aspects of the present disclosure include: providing avisualization of inspection data 3612 in position information 3604 spaceand/or in plant position value 3614 space; utilizing the positioninformed inspection data 3616 in planning for a future inspection on thesame or a similar plant, industrial system, and/or inspection surface(e.g., configuring sled number and spacing, inspection robot speed,inspection robot downforce for sleds and/or sensors, sensorcalibrations, planning for traversal and/or avoidance of obstacles,etc.); providing a format for storing a virtual mark (e.g., replacing apaint or other mark with a virtual mark as a parameter in the inspectiondata 3612 correlated to a position); determining a change in a plantcondition in response to the position informed inspection data 3616(e.g., providing an indication that expected position information 3604did not occur in accordance with the plant position definition 3606—forexample indicating a failure, degradation, or unexpected object in aportion of the inspected plant that is not readily visible); and/orproviding a health indicator of the inspection surface (e.g., depictingregions that are nominal, passed, need repair, will need repair, and/orhave failed). In certain embodiments, it can be seen that constructingthe position informed inspection data 3616 using position information3604 only, including dead reckoning based position information 3604,nevertheless yields many of the benefits of providing the positioninformed inspection data 3616. In certain further embodiments, theposition informed inspection data 3616 is additionally or alternativelyconstructed utilizing the plant position definition 3606, and/or theplant position values 3614.

Referencing FIG. 37, an example procedure 3700 to inspect a plant,industrial system, and/or inspection surface utilizing positioninformation is depicted. The example procedure 3700 includes anoperation 3702 to interpret position information, an operation 3704 tointerpret inspection data, and an operation 3706 correlate theinspection data to the position information. The example procedure 3700further includes an operation 3708 to correct the position information(e.g., updating a dead reckoning-based position information), and toupdate the correlation of the inspection data to the positioninformation. The example procedure further includes an operation 3710 toprovide position informed inspection data in response to the correlatedinspection data. In certain embodiments, operation 3706 is additionallyor alternatively performed on the position informed inspection data,where the position informed inspection data is corrected, and operation3710 includes providing the position informed inspection data. Incertain embodiments, one or more operations of a procedure 3700 areperformed by a controller 802.

Referencing FIG. 38, an example procedure 3800 to inspect a plant,industrial system, and/or inspection surface utilizing positioninformation is depicted. In addition to operations of procedure 3700,example procedure 3800 includes an operation 3802 to determine a plantdefinition value, and an operation 3804 to determine plant positionvalues in response to the position information and the plant positiondefinition. Operation 3706 further includes an operation to correlatethe inspection data with the position information and/or the plantposition values. In certain embodiments, one or more operations ofprocedure 3800 are performed by a controller 802.

Referencing FIG. 39, an example apparatus 3900 for processingultra-sonic sensor readings is depicted schematically. The exampleapparatus 3900 includes a controller 802 having an acoustic data circuit3902 that determines return signals from the tested surface—for examplea transducer in the sensor 2202 sends a sound wave through the couplantchamber to the inspection surface, and the raw acoustic data 3904includes primary (e.g., from the surface inspection surface), secondary(e.g., from a back wall, such as a pipe wall or tank wall) and/ortertiary (e.g., from imperfections, cracks, or defects within the wall)returns from the inspection surface.

In certain embodiments, the controller 802 includes a thicknessprocessing circuit 3906 that determines a primary mode value 3908 inresponse to the raw acoustic data 3904. The primary mode value 3908, incertain embodiments, includes a determination based upon a first returnand a second return of the raw acoustic data 3904, where a timedifference between the first return and the second return indicates athickness of the inspection surface material (e.g., a pipe). Theforegoing operations of the thickness processing circuit 3906 are wellknown in the art, and are standard operations for ultra-sonic thicknesstesting. However, the environment for the inspection robot is nottypical, and certain further improvements to operations are describedherein. An inspection robot, in certain embodiments, performs amultiplicity of ultra-sonic thickness determinations, often withsimultaneous (or nearly) operations from multiple sensors. Additionally,in certain embodiments, it is desirable that the inspection robotoperate: autonomously without the benefit of an experienced operator;without high-end processing in real-time to provide substantial displaysto a user to determine whether parameters are not being determinedproperly; and/or with limited communication resources utilized forpost-processing that is fast enough that off nominal operation can beadjusted after significant post-processing.

In certain embodiments, the thickness processing circuit 3906 determinesa primary mode score value 3910. In certain embodiments, the thicknessprocessing circuit 3906 determines the primary mode score value 3910 inresponse to a time of arrival for the primary (e.g., inspection surfaceface) return from the raw acoustic data 3904. Because the delay time forthe sensor is a known and controlled value (e.g., reference FIGS. 28 and31, and the related description), the return time of the primary returnis known with high confidence. Additionally or alternatively, thethickness processing circuit 3906 determines the primary mode scorevalue 3910 in response to the character of the primary return—forexample a sharp peak of a known width and/or amplitude. In certainembodiments, the primary mode score value 3910 calculation is calibratedin response to the material of the inspection surface—although knownmaterials such as iron, various types of steel, and other surfaces canutilize nominal calibrations. In certain embodiments, the configurationadjustment 3406 based on lead inspection data 3402 is utilized tocalibrate a primary mode score value 3910 calculation for a sensorproviding the trailing inspection data 3410. In certain embodiments,determining that the first peak (related to the primary return) meetsexpected characteristics is sufficient to provide confidence to utilizethe primary mode value 3908 as the ultra-sonic thickness value 3912. Incertain embodiments, the ultra-sonic thickness value 3912 is theinspection data for the sensor, and/or a part of the inspection data forthe sensor.

In certain embodiments, the thickness processing circuit 3906additionally or alternatively considers the timing of arrival for asecondary return, peak arrival time, and/or peak width of the secondaryreturn (e.g., from the back wall) in determining the primary mode scorevalue 3910. For example, if the secondary return indicates a wallthickness that is far outside of an expected thickness value, eithergreater or lower, the primary mode score value 3910 may be reduced. Incertain embodiments, if the secondary return has a peak characteristicthat is distinct from the expected characteristic (e.g., too narrow, notsharp, etc.) then the primary mode score value 3910 may be reduced.Additionally or alternatively, feedback data regarding the sensor may beutilized to adjust the primary mode score value 3910—for example if thesensor is out of alignment with the inspection surface, the sensor (orsled) has lifted off of the inspection surface, a sled position for asled having an acoustic sensor, and/or if a couplant anomaly isindicated (e.g., couplant flow is lost, a bubble is detected, etc.) thenthe primary mode score value 3910 may be reduced.

In certain embodiments, for example when the primary mode score value3910 indicates that the primary mode value 3908 is to be trusted, thecontroller 802 includes a sensor reporting circuit 3914 that providesthe ultra-sonic thickness value 3912 in response to the primary modevalue 3908. In certain embodiments, if the primary mode score value 3910is sufficiently high, the thickness processing circuit 3906 omitsoperations to determine a secondary mode value 3916. In certainembodiments, the thickness processing circuit 3906 performs operationsto determine the secondary mode value 3916 in response to the primarymode score value 3910 is at an intermediate value, and/or if feedbackdata regarding the sensor indicates off-nominal operation, even when theprimary mode score value 3910 is sufficiently high (e.g., to allow forimproved post-processing of the inspection data). In certainembodiments, the thickness processing circuit 3906 determines thesecondary mode value 3916 at all times, for example to allow forimproved post-processing of the inspection data. In certain embodiments,the sensor reporting circuit 3914 provides processed values for theprimary mode value 3908 and/or the secondary mode value 3916, and/or theprimary mode scoring value 3910 and/or a secondary mode score value3918, either as the inspection data and/or as stored data to enablepost-processing and/or future calibration improvements. In certainembodiments, the sensor reporting circuit 3914 provides the raw acousticdata 3904, either as the inspection data and/or as stored data to enablepost-processing and/or future calibration improvements.

The example thickness processing circuit 3906 further determines, incertain embodiments, a secondary mode value 3916. An example secondarymode value 3916 includes values determined from a number of reflectedpeaks—for example determining which of a number of reflected peaks areprimary returns (e.g., from a face of the inspection surface) and whichof a number of reflected peaks are secondary returns (e.g., from a backwall of the inspection surface). In certain embodiments, a Fast-FourierTransform (FFT), wavelet analysis, or other frequency analysis techniqueis utilized by the thickness processing circuit 3906 to determine theenergy and character of the number of reflected peaks. In certainembodiments, the thickness processing circuit 3906 determines asecondary mode score value 3918—for example from the character andconsistency of the peaks, and determines an ultra-sonic thickness value3912 from the peak-to-peak distance of the number of reflected peaks.The operations of the example apparatus 3900, which in certainembodiments favor utilization of the primary mode value 3908, providefor rapid and high confidence determinations of the ultra-sonicthickness value 3912 in an environment where a multiplicity of sensorsare providing raw acoustic data 3904, computing resources are limited,and a large number of sensor readings are to be performed withoutsupervision of an experienced operator.

In certain embodiments, any one or more of the ultra-sonic thicknessvalue 3912, the primary mode value 3908, the secondary mode value 3916,the primary mode score value 3910, and/or the secondary mode score value3918 are provided or stored as position informed inspection data 3616.The correlation of the values 3912, 3908, 3916, 3910, and/or 3918 withposition data as position informed inspection data 3616 provides forrapid visualizations of the characteristics of the inspection surface,and provides for rapid convergence of calibration values for inspectionoperations on the inspection surface and similar surfaces. In certainembodiments, the raw acoustic data 3904 is provided or stored asposition informed inspection data 3616.

Referencing FIG. 40, an example procedure 4000 to process ultra-sonicsensor readings is depicted schematically. In certain embodiments,procedure 4000 processes ultra-sonic sensor readings for an inspectionrobot having a number of ultra-sonic sensor mounted thereon. The exampleprocedure 4000 includes an operation 4002 to interrogate an inspectionsurface with an acoustic signal (e.g., acoustic impulse from atransducer). The example procedure 4000 further includes an operation4004 to determine raw acoustic data, such as return signals from theinspection surface. The example procedure 4000 further includes anoperation 4006 to determine a primary mode score value in response to aprimary peak value, and/or further in response to a secondary peakvalue, from the raw acoustic data. The example procedure 4000 furtherincludes an operation 4008 to determine whether the primary mode scorevalue exceeds a high threshold value, such as whether the primary modevalue is deemed to be reliable without preserving a secondary modevalue. In response to the operation 4008 determining the primary modescore value exceeds the high threshold value, the procedure 4000 furtherincludes an operation 4010 to determine the primary mode value, and anoperation 4012 to report the primary mode value as an ultra-sonicthickness value. In response to the operation 4008 determining theprimary mode score value does not exceed the high threshold value, theprocedure includes an operation 4014 to determine whether the primarymode score value exceeds a primary mode utilization value. In certainembodiments, in response to the operation 4014 determining the primarymode score value exceeds the primary mode utilization value, theprocedure 4000 includes the operation 4010 to determine the primary modevalue, an operation 4011 to determine the secondary mode value, and theoperation 4012 to provide the primary mode value as the ultra-sonicthickness value. In response to the operation 4014 determining theprimary mode score value does not exceed the primary mode utilizationvalue, the procedure 4000 includes the operation 4018 to determine thesecondary mode value and an operation 4022 to determine the secondarymode score value. The procedure 4000 further includes an operation 4024to determine whether the secondary mode score value exceeds a secondarymode utilization value, and in response to operation 4024 determiningthe secondary mode score value exceeds the secondary mode utilizationvalue, the procedure 4000 includes an operation 4026 to provide thesecondary mode value as the ultra-sonic thickness value. In response tothe operation 4024 determining the secondary mode score value does notexceed the secondary mode utilization value, the procedure 4000 includesan operation 4028 to provide an alternate output as the ultra-sonicthickness value. In certain embodiments, operation 4028 includesproviding an error value (e.g., data not read), one of the primary modevalue and the secondary mode value having a higher score, and/orcombinations of these (e.g., providing a “best” value, along with anindication that the ultra-sonic thickness value for that reading may notbe reliable).

As with all schematic flow diagrams and operational descriptionsthroughout the present disclosure, operations of procedure 4000 may becombined or divided, in whole or part, and/or certain operations may beomitted or added. Without limiting the present description, it is notedthat operation 4022 to determine the secondary mode score value andoperation 4024 to determine whether the secondary mode score valueexceeds a utilization threshold may operate together such that operation4018 to determine the secondary mode score is omitted. For example,where the secondary mode score value indicates that the secondary modevalue is not sufficiently reliable to use as the ultra-sonic thicknessvalue, in certain embodiments, processing to determine the secondarymode value are omitted. In certain embodiments, one or more ofoperations 4014 and/or 4008 to compare the primary mode score value tocertain thresholds may additionally or alternatively include comparisonof the primary mode score value to the secondary mode score value,and/or utilization of the secondary mode value instead of the primarymode value where the secondary mode score value is higher, orsufficiently higher, than the primary mode score value. In certainembodiments, both the primary mode value and the secondary mode valueare determined and stored or communicated, for example to enhance futurecalibrations and/or processing operations, and/or to enablepost-processing operations. In certain embodiments, one or moreoperations of procedure 4200 are performed by a controller 802.

Referencing FIG. 43, an example apparatus 4300 for operating a magneticinduction sensor for an inspection robot is depicted. In certainembodiments, the magnetic induction sensor is mounted on a sled 1,and/or on a payload 2. In certain embodiments, the magnetic inductionsensor is a lead sensor as described throughout the present disclosure,although operations of the apparatus 4300 for operating the magneticinduction sensor for the inspection robot include the magnetic inductionsensor positioned on any payload and/or any logistical inspectionoperation runs. In certain embodiments, the magnetic induction sensor isa lead sensor and positioned on a same sled as an ultra-sonic or othersensor. In certain embodiments, the magnetic induction sensor isincluded on a payload 2 with other sensors, potentially including anultra-sonic sensor, and may be on a same sled 1 or an offset sled (e.g.,one or more magnetic sensors on certain sleds 1 of a payload 2, andultra-sonic or other sensors on other sleds 1 of the payload 2).

An example apparatus 4300 includes an EM data circuit 4302 structured tointerpret EM induction data 4304 provided by a magnetic inductionsensor. The EM induction data 4304 provides an indication of thethickness of material, including coatings, debris, non-ferrous metalspray material (e.g., repair material), and/or damage, between thesensor and a substrate ferrous material, such as a pipe, tube, wall,tank wall, or other material provided as a substrate for an inspectionsurface. The foregoing operations of the EM data circuit 4302 andmagnetic induction sensor are well known in the art, and are standardoperations for determining automotive paint thickness or otherapplications. However, the environment for the inspection robot is nottypical, and certain further improvements to operations are describedherein.

In certain embodiments, an inspection robot includes sledconfigurations, including any configurations described throughout thepresent disclosure, to ensure expected contact, including proximityand/or orientation, between the inspection surface and the magneticinduction sensor. Accordingly, a magnetic induction sensor included on asled 1 of the inspection robot in accordance with the present disclosureprovides a reliable reading of distance to the substrate ferrousmaterial. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 4300 includes asubstrate distance circuit 4306 that determines a substrate distancevalue 4308 between the magnetic induction sensor and a ferrous substrateof the inspection surface. Additionally or alternatively, the substratedistance value 4308 may be a coating thickness, a delay line correctionfactor (e.g., utilized by a thickness processing circuit 3906), a totaldebris-coating distance, or other value determined in response to thesubstrate distance value 4308.

In certain embodiments, the controller 802 further includes an EMdiagnostic circuit 4310 that supports one or more diagnostics inresponse to the substrate distance value 4308. An example diagnosticincludes a diagnostic value 4312 (e.g., a rationality diagnostic value,or another value used for a diagnostic check), wherein the EM diagnosticcircuit 4310 provides information utilized by the thickness processingcircuit 3906, for example to a thickness processing circuit 3906. Forexample, the layer of coating, debris, or other material between thesubstrate of the inspection surface and an ultra-sonic sensor can affectthe peak arrival times. In a further example, the layer of coating,debris, or other material between the substrate of the inspectionsurface and an ultra-sonic sensor can act to increase the effectivedelay line between the transducer of the ultra-sonic sensor and theinspection surface. In certain embodiments, the thickness processingcircuit 3906 utilizes the rationality diagnostic value 4312 to adjustexpected arrival times for the primary return and/or secondary returnvalues, and/or to adjust a primary mode scoring value and/or a secondarymode score value.

In certain embodiments, the EM diagnostic circuit 4310 operates todetermine a sensor position value 4314. In certain embodiments, thesensor position value 4314 provides a determination of the sensordistance to the substrate. In certain embodiments, the sensor positionvalue 4314 provides a rationality check whether the sensor is positionedin proximity to the inspection surface. For example, an excursion of theEM induction data 4304 and/or substrate distance value 4308 may beunderstood to be a loss of contact of the sensor with the inspectionsurface, and/or may form a part of a determination, combined with otherinformation such as an arm 20, sled 1, or payload 2 position value, avalue of any of the pivots 16, 17, 18, and/or information from a cameraor other visual indicator, to determine that a sled 1 including themagnetic induction sensor, and/or the magnetic induction sensor, is notproperly positioned with regard to the inspection surface. Additionallyor alternatively, a thickness processing circuit 3906 may utilize thesensor position value 4314 to adjust the primary mode scoring valueand/or the secondary mode score value—for example to exclude or labeldata that is potentially invalid. In certain embodiments, the sensorposition value 4314 is utilized on a payload 2 having both anultra-sonic sensor and a magnetic induction sensor, and/or on a sled 1having both an ultra-sonic sensor and a magnetic induction sensor (e.g.,where the sensor position value 4314 is likely to provide directinformation about the ultra-sonic sensor value). In certain embodiments,the sensor position value 4314 is utilized when the magnetic inductionsensor is not on a same payload 2 or sled 1 with an ultra-sonicsensor—for example by correlating with position data to identify apotential obstacle or other feature on the inspection surface that maymove the sled 1 out of a desired alignment with the inspection surface.In certain embodiments, the sensor position value 4314 is utilized whenthe magnetic induction sensor is not on a same payload 2 or sled 1 withan ultra-sonic sensor, and is combined with other data in a heuristiccheck to determine if the ultra-sonic sensor (and/or related sled orpayload) experiences the same disturbance at the same location that themagnetic induction sensor (and/or related sled or payload) experienced.

In certain embodiments, the substrate distance value 4308 is provided toa thickness processing circuit 3906, which utilizes the substratedistance value 4308 to differentiate between a utilization of theprimary mode value 3908 and/or the secondary mode value 3916. Forexample, the thickness of a coating on the inspection surface can affectreturn times and expected peak times. Additionally or alternatively,where the speed of sound through the coating is known or estimated, thepeak analysis of the primary mode value 3908 and/or the secondary modevalue 3916 can be adjusted accordingly. For example, the secondary modevalue 3916 will demonstrate additional peaks, which can be resolved witha knowledge of the coating thickness and material, and/or the speed ofsound of the coating material can be resolved through deconvolution andfrequency analysis of the returning peaks if the thickness of thecoating is known. In another example, the primary mode value 3908 can beadjusted to determine a true substrate first peak response (which will,in certain embodiments, occur after a return from the coating surface),which can be resolved with a knowledge of the coating thickness and/orthe speed of sound of the coating material. In certain embodiments, alikely composition of the coating material is known—for example basedupon prior repair operations performed on the inspection surface. Incertain embodiments, as described, sound characteristics of the coatingmaterial, and/or effective sound characteristics of a pseudo-material(e.g., a mix of more than one material modeled as an aggregatedpseudo-material) acting as the aggregate of the coating, debris, orother matter on the substrate of the inspection surface, can bedetermined through an analysis of the ultra-sonic data and/or coupledwith knowledge of the thickness of the matter on the substrate of theinspection surface.

Referencing FIG. 44, an example procedure 4400 for operating andanalyzing a magnetic induction sensor on an inspection robot isschematically depicted. The example procedure 4400 includes an operation4402 to interpret EM induction data provided by a magnetic inductionsensor, and an operation 4404 to determine a substrate distance valuebetween the magnetic induction sensor and a ferrous substrate of theinspection surface. The example procedure 4400 further includes anoperation 4406 to determine a sensor position value, such as: a sensordistance from a substrate of the inspection surface; and/or a sensorpass/fail orientation, alignment or position check. In certainembodiments, the example procedure 4400 further includes an operation4408 to adjust a primary mode scoring value and/or a secondary modescore value in response to the substrate distance value and/or thesensor position value. In certain embodiments, operation 4408 includesan operation to set the primary mode scoring value and/or secondary modescore value to a value that excludes the primary mode value and/or thesecondary mode value from being used, and/or labels the primary modevalue and/or the secondary mode value as potentially erroneous. Incertain embodiments, operation 4410 determines a reliability of theprimary mode value and/or the secondary mode value—for example wheresonic properties of the matter between the ultra-sonic sensor and theinspection surface substrate are determined with a high degree ofreliability—and the reliability determined from operation 4410 for theprimary mode value and/or the secondary mode value is utilized to adjustthe primary mode scoring value and/or the secondary mode score value. Anexample procedure 4400 further includes an operation 4410 to adjust apeak analysis of a primary mode value and/or a secondary mode value inresponse to the substrate distance value and/or the sensor positionvalue. In certain embodiments, one or more operations of procedure 4400are performed by a controller 802.

Referencing FIG. 45, an example procedure 4410 to adjust a peak analysisof a primary mode value and/or a secondary mode value is schematicallydepicted. The example procedure 4410 includes an operation 4504 toresolve a thickness and a sound characteristic of material positionedbetween a substrate of an inspection surface and an ultra-sonic sensor.In certain embodiments, operation 4504 includes a deconvolution of peakvalues including a frequency analysis of peaks observed in view of thesubstrate distance value and/or the sensor position value. In certainembodiments, the example procedure 4410 further includes an operation4502 to determine a likely composition of the coating material—forexample in response to a defined parameter by an inspection operator,and/or a previously executed repair operation on the inspection surface.In certain embodiments, operations of any of procedure 4400 and/orprocedure 4410 are performed in view of position information of themagnetic induction sensor, and/or correlating position information ofthe ultra-sonic sensor. In certain embodiments, one or more operationsof procedure 4410 are performed by a controller 802.

Referencing FIG. 46, an example procedure 4600 to adjust an inspectionoperation in real-time in response to a magnetic induction sensor isschematically depicted. In certain embodiments, example procedure 4600includes an operation 4602 to determine an induction processingparameter, such as a substrate distance value, a sensor position value,and/or a rationality diagnostic value. In certain embodiments, theexample procedure 4600 includes an operation 4604 to adjust aninspection plan in response to the induction processing parameter.Example and non-limiting operations 4604 to an inspection plan include:adjusting a sensor calibration value (e.g., for an ultra-sonic sensor, atemperature sensor, etc.) for a sensor that may be affected by thecoating, debris, or other matter between the magnetic induction sensorand a substrate of the inspection surface; adjusting an inspectionresolution for one or more sensors for a planned inspection operation;adjusting a planned inspection map display for an inspection operation,and/or including adjusting sensors, sled positions, and/or an inspectionrobot trajectory to support the planned inspection map display;adjusting an inspection robot trajectory (e.g., locations, paths, numberof runs, and/or movement speed on the inspection surface); adjusting anumber, type, and/or positioning (e.g., sled numbers, placement, and/orpayload positions) for sensors for an inspection operation; adjusting awheel magnet strength and/or wheel configuration of an inspection robotin response to the induction processing parameter (e.g., adjusting foran expected distance to a ferrous material, configuring the wheels tomanage debris, etc.); adjusting a sled ramp configuration (e.g., sledramp leading and/or following slope, shape, and/or depth); and/oradjusting a down force for a sled and/or sensor. Operations 4604 may beperformed in real-time, such as a change of an inspection plan duringinspection operations, and/or at design or set-up time, such as a changeof a configuration for the inspection robot or any other aspectsdescribed herein before an inspection run, between inspection runs, orthe like.

In certain embodiments, the example procedure 4600 includes an operation4606 to perform an additional inspection operation in response to theinduction processing parameter. For example, operation 4606 may includeoperations such as: inspecting additional portions of the inspectionsurface and/or increasing the size of the inspection surface (e.g., toinspect other portions of an industrial system, facility, and/orinspection area encompassing the inspection surface); to activatetrailing payloads and/or a rear payload to perform the additionalinspection operation; re-running an inspection operation over aninspection area that at least partially overlaps a previously inspectedarea; and/or performing a virtual additional inspection operation—forexample re-processing one or more aspects of inspection data in view ofthe induction processing parameter.

In certain embodiments, the example procedure 4600 includes an operation4608 to follow a detected feature, for example activating a sensorconfigured to detect the feature as the inspection robot traverses theinspection surface, and/or configuring the inspection robot to adjust atrajectory to follow the feature (e.g., by changing the robot trajectoryin real-time, and/or performing additional inspection operations tocover the area of the feature). Example and non-limiting featuresinclude welds, grooves, cracks, coating difference areas (e.g., thickercoating, thinner coating, and/or a presence or lack of a coating). Incertain embodiments, the example procedure 4600 includes an operation4610 to perform at least one of a marking, repair, and/or treatmentoperation, for example marking features (e.g., welds, grooves, cracks,and/or coating difference areas), and/or performing a repair and/ortreatment operation (e.g., welding, applying an epoxy, applying acleaning operation, and/or applying a coating) appropriate for afeature. In certain embodiments, operation 4610 to perform a markingoperation includes marking the inspection surface in virtual space—forexample as a parameter visible on an inspection map but not physicallyapplied to the inspection surface.

In certain embodiments, the example procedure 4600 includes an operation4612 to perform a re-processing operation in response to the inductionprocessing parameter. For example, and without limitation, acoustic rawdata, primary mode values and/or primary mode score values, and/orsecondary mode values and/or secondary mode score values may berecalculated over at least a portion of an inspection area in responseto the induction processing parameter. In certain embodiments,ultra-sonic sensor calibrations may be adjusted in a post-processingoperation to evaluate, for example, wall thickness and/or imperfections(e.g., cracks, deformations, grooves, etc.) utilizing the inductionprocessing parameter(s).

Operations for procedure 4600 are described in view of an inductionprocessing parameter for clarity of description. It is understood that aplurality of induction processing parameters, including multipleparameter types (e.g., coating presence and/or coating thickness) aswell as a multiplicity of parameter determinations (e.g., position basedinduction processed values across at least a portion of the inspectionsurface) are likewise contemplated herein. In certain embodiments, oneor more operations of procedure 4600 are performed by a controller 802.

Referencing FIG. 47, an example apparatus 4700 for utilizing a profilingsensor on an inspection robot is schematically depicted. Example andnon-limiting profiling sensors include a laser profiler (e.g., a highspatial resolution laser beam profiler) and/or a high resolution caliperlog. A profiling sensor provides for a spatial description of theinspection surface—for example variations in a pipe 502 or other surfacecan be detected, and/or a high resolution contour of at least a portionof the inspection surface can be determined. In certain embodiments, acontroller 802 includes a profiler data circuit 4702 that interpretsprofiler data 4704 provided by the profiling sensor. The examplecontroller 802 further includes an inspection surface characterizationcircuit 4706 that provides a characterization of the shape of theinspection surface in response to the profiler data—for example as ashape description 4708 of the inspection surface, including anomalies,variations in the inspection surface geometry, and/or angles of theinspection surface (e.g., to determine a perpendicular angle to theinspection surface). The example controller 802 further includes aprofile adjustment circuit 4710 that provides an inspection operationadjustment 4712 in response to the shape description 4708. Example andnon-limiting inspection operation adjustments 4712 include: providing anadjustment to a sled, payload, and/or sensor orientation within a sled(e.g., to provide for a more true orientation due to a surface anomaly,including at least changing a number and configuration of sleds on apayload, configuring a payload to avoid an obstacle, adjusting a downforce of a sled, arm, sensor, and/or payload, and/or adjusting a shapeof a sled bottom surface); a change to a sensor resolution value (e.g.,to gather additional data in the vicinity of an anomaly or shapedifference of the inspection surface); a post-processing operation(e.g., re-calculating ultra-sonic and/or magnetic induction data—forexample in response to a shape of the inspection surface, and/or inresponse to a real orientation of a sensor to the inspectionsurface—such as correcting for oblique angles and subsequent sonicand/or magnetic effects); a marking operation (e.g., marking an anomaly,shape difference, and/or detected obstacle in real space—such as on theinspection surface—and/or in virtual space such as on an inspectionmap); and/or providing the inspection operation adjustment 4712 as aninstruction to a camera to capture an image of an anomaly and/or a shapedifference.

Referencing FIG. 48, an example procedure 4800 for utilizing a profilingsensor on an inspection robot is schematically depicted. The exampleprocedure 4800 includes an operation 4802 to operate a profiling sensoron at least a portion of an inspection surface, and an operation 4804 tointerpret profiler data in response to the operation 4802. The exampleprocedure 4800 further includes an operation 4806 to characterize ashape of the inspection surface, and/or thereby provide a shapedescription for the inspection surface, and an operation 4808 to adjustan inspection operation in response to the shape of the inspectionsurface.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality ofsleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality ofarms; and a plurality of sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to acorresponding one of the sleds such that the sensor is operationallycouplable to an inspection surface in contact with a bottom surface ofthe corresponding one of the sleds.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds is contoured in response to a shape ofthe inspection surface.

An example system may further include wherein the inspection surfaceincludes a pipe outer wall, and wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes a concave shape.

An example system may further include wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes at least one shape selected fromthe shapes consisting of: a concave shape, a convex shape, and a curvedshape.

An example system may further include wherein each of the plurality ofarms is further pivotally mounted to the one of the plurality ofpayloads with two degrees of rotational freedom.

An example system may further include wherein the sleds as mounted onthe arms include three degrees of rotational freedom.

An example system may further include a biasing member coupled to eachone of the plurality of arms, and wherein the biasing member provides abiasing force to corresponding one of the plurality of sleds, whereinthe biasing force is directed toward the inspection surface.

An example system may further include wherein each of the plurality ofpayloads has a plurality of the plurality of arms mounted thereon.

An example system includes an inspection robot, and a plurality of sledsmounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of sensors, wherein eachsensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds such that thesensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface in contactwith a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds; and acouplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality of sleds, eachcouplant chamber interposed between a transducer of the sensor mountedto the sled and the inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system may further include a couplant entry for the couplantchamber, wherein the couplant entry is positioned between the cone tipportion and the sensor mounting end.

An example system may further include wherein the couplant entry ispositioned at a vertically upper side of the cone when the inspectionrobot is positioned on the inspection surface.

An example system may further include wherein the couplant exit openingincludes one of flush with the bottom surface and extending through thebottom surface.

An example system includes an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality ofsleds, wherein each sled is mounted to one of the plurality of arms; aplurality of sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to a correspondingone of the sleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to aninspection surface in contact with a bottom surface of the correspondingone of the sleds; a couplant chamber disposed within each of theplurality of sleds, each couplant chamber interposed between atransducer of the sensor mounted to the sled and the inspection surface;and a biasing member coupled to each one of the plurality of arms, andwherein the biasing member provides a biasing force to corresponding oneof the plurality of sleds, wherein the biasing force is directed towardthe inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system may further include a couplant entry for the couplantchamber, wherein the couplant entry is positioned between the cone tipportion and the sensor mounting end.

An example system may further include wherein the couplant entry ispositioned at a vertically upper side of the cone when the inspectionrobot is positioned on the inspection surface.

An example system may further include wherein the couplant exit openingincludes one of flush with the bottom surface and extending through thebottom surface.

An example system may further include wherein each payload includes asingle couplant connection to the inspection robot.

An example method includes providing an inspection robot having aplurality of payloads and a corresponding plurality of sleds for each ofthe payloads; mounting a sensor on each of the sleds, each sensormounted to a couplant chamber interposed between the sensor and aninspection surface, and each couplant chamber including a couplant entryfor the couplant chamber; changing one of the plurality of payloads to adistinct payload; and wherein the changing of the plurality of payloadsdoes not include disconnecting a couplant line connection at thecouplant chamber.

An example method includes providing an inspection robot having aplurality of payloads and a corresponding plurality of sleds for each ofthe payloads; mounting a sensor on each of the sleds, each sensormounted to a couplant chamber interposed between the sensor and aninspection surface, and each couplant chamber including a couplant entryfor the couplant chamber; changing one of the plurality of payloads to adistinct payload; and wherein the changing of the plurality of payloadsdoes not include dismounting any of the sensors from correspondingcouplant chambers.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; and a pluralityof sleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the pluralityof arms, and wherein each sled defines a chamber sized to accommodate asensor.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include a plurality of sensors, whereineach sensor is positioned in one of the chambers of a corresponding oneof the plurality of sleds.

An example system may further include wherein each chamber furtherincludes a stop, and wherein each of the plurality of sensors ispositioned against the stop.

An example system may further include wherein each sensor positionedagainst the stop has a predetermined positional relationship with abottom surface of the corresponding one of the plurality of sleds.

An example system may further include wherein each chamber furtherincludes a chamfer on at least one side of the chamber.

An example system may further include wherein each sensor extendsthrough a corresponding holding clamp, and wherein each holding clamp ismounted to the corresponding one of the plurality of sleds.

An example system may further include wherein each of the plurality ofsleds includes an installation sleeve positioned at least partiallywithin in the chamber.

An example system may further include wherein each of the plurality ofsleds includes an installation sleeve positioned at least partiallywithin in the chamber, and wherein each sensor positioned in one of thechambers engages the installation sleeve positioned in the chamber.

An example system may further include wherein each of the plurality ofsensors is positioned at least partially within an installation sleeve,and wherein each installation sleeve is positioned at least partiallywithin the chamber of the corresponding one of the plurality of sleds.

An example system may further include wherein each chamber furtherincludes wherein each of the plurality of sensors includes aninstallation tab, and wherein each of the plurality of sensorspositioned in one of the chambers engages the installation tab.

An example system may further include wherein each installation tab isformed by relief slots.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; and a pluralityof sleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the pluralityof arms, and wherein each sled includes a bottom surface; and aremovable layer positioned on each of the bottom surfaces.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein the removable layerincludes a sacrificial film.

An example system may further include wherein the sacrificial filmincludes an adhesive backing on a side of the sacrificial film thatfaces the bottom surface.

An example system may further include wherein the removable layerincludes a hole positioned vertically below a chamber of thecorresponding one of the plurality of sleds.

An example system may further include wherein the removable layer ispositioned at least partially within a recess of the bottom surface.

An example system may further include wherein the removable layerincludes a thickness providing a selected spatial orientation between aninspection contact side of the removable layer and the bottom surface.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; and a pluralityof sleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the pluralityof arms, and wherein each sled includes an upper portion and areplaceable lower portion having a bottom surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein the replaceable lowerportion includes a single, 3-D printable material.

An example system may further include wherein the upper portion and thereplaceable lower portion are configured to pivotally engage anddisengage.

An example system may further include wherein the bottom surface furtherincludes at least one ramp.

An example method includes interrogating an inspection surface with aninspection robot having a plurality of sleds, each sled including anupper portion and a replaceable lower portion having a bottom surface;determining that the replaceable lower portion of one of the sleds isone of damaged or worn; and in response to the determining, disengagingthe worn or damaged replaceable portion from the corresponding upperportion, and engaging a new or undamaged replaceable portion to thecorresponding upper portion.

An example method may further include wherein the disengaging includesturning the worn or damaged replaceable portion relative to thecorresponding upper portion.

An example method may further include performing a 3-D printingoperation to provide the new or undamaged replaceable portion.

An example method includes determining a surface characteristic for aninspection surface; providing a replaceable lower portion having abottom surface, the replaceable lower portion including a lower portionof a sled having an upper portion, wherein the sled includes one of aplurality of sleds for an inspection robot; and wherein the providingincludes one of performing a 3-D printing operation or selecting onefrom a multiplicity of pre-configured replaceable lower portions.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example method may further include determining the surfacecharacteristic includes determining a surface curvature of theinspection surface.

An example method may further include providing includes providing thereplaceable lower portion having at least one of a selected bottomsurface shape or at least one ramp.

An example method may further include wherein the at least one rampincludes at least one of a ramp angle and a ramp total height value.

An example system includes an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; and a pluralityof sleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the pluralityof arms, and wherein each sled includes a bottom surface defining aramp.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein each sled further includesthe bottom surface defining two ramps, wherein the two ramps include aforward ramp and a rearward ramp.

An example system may further include wherein the ramp include at leastone of a ramp angle and a ramp total height value.

An example system may further include wherein the at least one of theramp angle and the ramp total height value are configured to traverse anobstacle on an inspection surface to be traversed by the inspectionrobot.

An example system may further include wherein the ramp includes a curvedshape.

An example system includes an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ismounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms;and a plurality of sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to acorresponding one of the sleds such that the sensor is operationallycouplable to an inspection surface in contact with a bottom surface ofthe corresponding one of the sleds.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein each sled is pivotallymounted to one of the plurality of arms at a selected one of a pluralityof pivot point positions.

An example system may further include a controller configured to selectthe one of the plurality of pivot point positions during an inspectionrun of the inspection robot.

An example system may further include wherein the controller is furtherconfigured to select the one of the plurality of pivot point positionsin response to a travel direction of the inspection robot.

An example system may further include wherein each sled is pivotallymounted to one of the plurality of arms at a plurality of pivot pointpositions.

An example method includes providing a plurality of sleds for aninspection robot, each of the sleds mountable to a corresponding arm ofthe inspection robot at a plurality of pivot point positions;determining which of the plurality of pivot point positions is to beutilized for an inspection operation; and pivotally mounting each of thesleds to the corresponding arm at a selected one of the plurality ofpivot point positions in response to the determining.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include wherein the pivotally mounting isperformed before an inspection run by the inspection robot.

An example method may further include wherein the pivotally mounting isperformed during an inspection run by the inspection robot.

An example method may further include wherein the pivotally mounting isperformed in response to a travel direction of the inspection robot.

An example method may further include pivotally mounting each of thesleds at a selected plurality of the plurality of pivot point positionsin response to the determining.

An example method includes determining an inspection resolution for aninspection surface; configuring an inspection robot by providing aplurality of horizontally distributed sensors operationally coupled tothe inspection robot in response to the inspection resolution; andperforming an inspection operation on the inspection surface at aresolution at least equal to the inspection resolution.

One or more certain further aspects of the example method may beincorporated in certain embodiments. Performing the inspection operationmay include interrogating the inspection surface acoustically utilizingthe plurality of horizontally distributed sensors. The plurality ofhorizontally distributed sensors may be provided on a first payload ofthe inspection robot, and wherein the configuring the inspection robotfurther enhances at least one of a horizontal sensing resolution or avertical sensing resolution of the inspection robot by providing asecond plurality of horizontally distributed sensors on a second payloadof the inspection robot. The inspection robot may include providing thefirst payload defining a first horizontal inspection lane and the secondpayload defining a second horizontal inspection lane. The inspectionrobot may include providing the first payload and the second payloadsuch that the first horizontal inspection lane is distinct from thesecond horizontal inspection lane. The inspection robot may includeproviding the first payload and the second payload such that the firsthorizontal inspection lane at least partially overlaps the secondhorizontal inspection lane. The inspection robot may include determiningan inspection trajectory of the inspection robot over the inspectionsurface, such as the inspection trajectory determining a firstinspection run and a second inspection run, wherein a first area of theinspection surface traversed by the first inspection run at leastpartially overlaps a second area of the inspection surface traversed bythe second inspection run.

An example system includes an inspection robot including at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; and a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms,and wherein the plurality of sleds are distributed horizontally acrossthe payload.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The plurality of sleds may bedistributed across the payload with a spacing defining a selectedhorizontal sensing resolution of the inspection robot. The sleds may bedistributed across the payload, wherein a plurality of sleds areprovided within a horizontal distance that is less than a horizontalwidth of a pipe to be inspected. There may be a plurality of sensors,wherein each sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds suchthat the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface incontact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds. Atleast one payload may include a first payload and a second payload, andwherein the first payload and the second payload define distincthorizontal inspection lanes for the inspection surface. There may be aplurality of sensors including ultra-sonic sensors, and wherein each ofthe plurality of payloads comprises a single couplant connection to theinspection robot.

An example system includes an inspection robot having a number ofsensors operationally coupled thereto; and a means for horizontallydistributing the number of sensors across a selected horizontalinspection lane of an inspection surface. In a further aspect, aplurality of the number of sensors may be provided to inspect a singlepipe of the inspection surface at a plurality of distinct horizontalpositions of the pipe.

An example system includes an inspection robot comprising a firstpayload and a second payload; a first plurality of arms pivotallymounted to the first payload, and a second plurality of arms pivotallymounted to the second payload; a first plurality of sleds mounted tocorresponding ones of the first plurality of arms, and a secondplurality of sleds mounted to corresponding ones of the second pluralityof arms; wherein the first payload defines a first horizontal inspectionlane for an inspection surface, and wherein the second payload defines asecond horizontal inspection lane for the inspection surface; andwherein the first horizontal inspection lane at least partially overlapsthe second horizontal inspection lane.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. At least one of the secondplurality of sleds may be horizontally aligned with at least one of thefirst plurality of sleds. There may be a plurality of sensors, whereineach sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the first plurality ofsleds and the second plurality of sleds, such that the sensor isoperationally couplable to an inspection surface in contact with abottom surface of the corresponding one of the first plurality of sledsand the second plurality of sleds. Sensors may be mounted on thehorizontally aligned sleds for interrogating vertically distinctportions of the inspection surface. At least one of the second pluralityof sleds and at least one of the first plurality of sleds may behorizontally offset. The first payload may include a forward payload andwherein the second payload comprises a rear payload. The first payloadmay include a forward payload and wherein the second payload comprises atrailing payload.

An example apparatus includes an inspection data circuit structured tointerpret lead inspection data from a lead sensor; a sensorconfiguration circuit structured to determine a configuration adjustmentfor a trailing sensor in response to the lead inspection data; and asensor operation circuit structured to adjust at least one parameter ofthe trailing sensor in response to the configuration adjustment.

One or more certain further aspects of the example apparatus may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The inspection data circuit may befurther structured to interpret trailing sensor data from a trailingsensor, wherein the trailing sensor is responsive to the configurationadjustment. The configuration adjustment may include at least oneadjustment selected from the adjustments consisting of: changing ofsensing parameters of the trailing sensor; changing a cut-off time toobserve a peak value for an ultra-sonic trailing sensor; enablingoperation of a trailing sensor; adjusting a sensor sampling rate of atrailing sensor; adjusting a fault cut-off values for a trailing sensor;adjusting a sensor range of a trailing sensor; adjusting a resolutionvalue of a trailing sensor; changing a movement speed of an inspectionrobot, wherein the trailing sensors are operationally coupled to theinspection robot. The lead sensor and the trailing sensor may beoperationally coupled to an inspection robot. The lead sensor mayinclude a first sensor during a first inspection run, and wherein thetrailing sensor comprises the first sensor during a second inspectionrun. The inspection data circuit may be further structured to interpretthe lead inspection data and interpret the trailing sensor data in asingle inspection run.

An example system may include an inspection robot; a lead sensoroperationally coupled to the inspection robot and structured to providelead inspection data; a controller, the controller including: aninspection data circuit structured to interpret the lead inspectiondata; a sensor configuration circuit structured to determine aconfiguration adjustment for a trailing sensor in response to the leadinspection data; and a sensor operation circuit structured to adjust atleast one parameter of the trailing sensor in response to theconfiguration adjustment; and a trailing sensor responsive to theconfiguration adjustment.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The controller may be at leastpartially positioned on the inspection robot. The inspection datacircuit may be further structured to interpret trailing inspection datafrom the trailing sensor. The configuration adjustment may include atleast one adjustment selected from the adjustments consisting of:changing of sensing parameters of the trailing sensor; wherein thetrailing sensor comprises an ultra-sonic sensor, and changing a cut-offtime to observe a peak value for the trailing sensor; enabling operationof the trailing sensor; adjusting a sensor sampling rate of the trailingsensor; adjusting a fault cut-off values for the trailing sensor;adjusting a sensor range of the trailing sensor; adjusting a resolutionvalue of the trailing sensor; changing a movement speed of theinspection robot, wherein the trailing sensor is operationally coupledto the inspection robot. The trailing sensor may be operationallycoupled to an inspection robot. The lead sensor may include a firstsensor during a first inspection run, and wherein the trailing sensorcomprises the first sensor during a second inspection run. Theinspection data circuit may be further structured to interpret the leadinspection data and interpret the trailing inspection data in a singleinspection run.

An example method may include interpreting a lead inspection data from alead sensor; determining a configuration adjustment for a trailingsensor in response to the lead inspection data; and adjusting at leastone parameter of a trailing sensor in response to the configurationadjustment.

One or more certain further aspects of the example method may beincorporated in certain embodiments. A trailing inspection data may beinterpreted from the trailing sensor. The adjusting the at least oneparameter of the trailing sensor may include at least one adjustmentselected from the adjustments consisting of: changing of sensingparameters of the trailing sensor; changing a cut-off time to observe apeak value for an ultra-sonic trailing sensor; enabling operation of atrailing sensor; adjusting a sensor sampling rate of a trailing sensor;adjusting a fault cut-off values for a trailing sensor; adjusting asensor range of a trailing sensor; adjusting a resolution value of atrailing sensor; changing a movement speed of an inspection robot,wherein the trailing sensors are operationally coupled to the inspectionrobot. Interpreting the lead sensor data may be provided during a firstinspection run, and interpreting the trailing inspection data during asecond inspection run. Interpreting the lead inspection data andinterpreting the trailing inspection data may be performed in a singleinspection run.

An example method includes accessing an industrial system comprising aninspection surface, wherein the inspection surface comprises a personnelrisk feature; operating an inspection robot to inspect at least aportion of the inspection surface; and wherein the operating theinspection is performed with at least a portion of the industrial systemproviding the personnel risk feature still operating.

One or more certain further aspects of the example method may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The personnel risk feature mayinclude a portion of the inspection surface having an elevated height.The elevated height may include at least one height value consisting ofthe height values selected from: at least 10 feet, at least 20 feet, atleast 30 feet, greater than 50 feet, greater than 100 feet, and up to150 feet. The personnel risk feature may include an elevated temperatureof at least a portion of the inspection surface. The personnel riskfeature may include an enclosed space, and wherein at least a portion ofthe inspection surface is positioned within the enclosed space. Thepersonnel risk feature may include an electrical power connection.Determining a position of the inspection robot within the industrialsystem during the operating the inspection robot, and shutting down onlya portion of the industrial system during the inspection operation inresponse to the position of the inspection robot.

An example system includes an inspection robot comprising a payload; aplurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms is pivotallymounted to the payload; and a plurality of sleds, wherein each sled ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms, thereby configuring ahorizontal distribution of the plurality of sleds.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. There may be a plurality ofsensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds. The horizontal distribution of the plurality of sleds may providefor a selected horizontal resolution of the plurality of sensors. Acontroller may be configured to determine the selected horizontalresolution and to configure a position of the plurality of arms on thepayload in response to the selected horizontal resolution. Thehorizontal distribution of the plurality of sleds may provide foravoidance of an obstacle on an inspection surface to be traversed by theinspection robot. A controller may be configured to configure a positionof the plurality of arms on the payload in response to the obstacle onthe inspection surface, and to further configure the position of theplurality of arms on the payload in response to a selected horizontalresolution after the inspection robot clears the obstacle.

An example method includes determining at least one of an obstacleposition on an inspection surface and a selected horizontal resolutionfor sensors to be utilized for operating an inspection robot on aninspection surface; and configuring a horizontal distribution of aplurality of sleds on a payload of the inspection robot in response tothe at least one of the obstacle position and the selected horizontalresolution.

One or more certain further aspects of the example method may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The configuring of the horizontaldistribution may be performed before an inspection run of the inspectionrobot on the inspection surface. The configuring of the horizontaldistribution may be performed during inspection operations of theinspection robot on the inspection surface.

An example system includes an inspection robot including at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms,and wherein the plurality of sleds is distributed horizontally acrossthe payload; and wherein a plurality of the sleds are provided within ahorizontal distance that is less than a horizontal width of a pipe to beinspected.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. An acoustic sensor may be mountedto each of the plurality of sleds provided within the horizontaldistance less than a horizontal width of the pipe to be inspected. Theplurality of sleds may be provided within the horizontal distance lessthan a horizontal width of the pipe to be inspected oriented such thateach of the acoustic sensors is perpendicularly oriented toward the pipeto be inspected. A sensor mounted to each of the plurality of sleds maybe provided within the horizontal distance less than a horizontal widthof the pipe to be inspected. The plurality of sleds may be providedwithin the horizontal distance less than a horizontal width of the pipeto be inspected oriented such that each of the sensors isperpendicularly oriented toward the pipe to be inspected.

An example system includes an inspection robot including at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms;and a plurality of sensors mounted on each of the plurality of sleds.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The plurality of sensors on each ofthe plurality of sleds may be vertically separated. A vertically forwardone of the plurality of sensors may be mounted on each of the pluralityof sleds comprises a lead sensor, and wherein a vertically rearward oneof the plurality of sensors comprises a trailing sensor.

An example system includes a first payload having a first plurality ofsensors mounted thereupon, and a second payload having a secondplurality of sensors mounted thereupon; an inspection robot; and one ofthe first payload and the second payload mounted upon the inspectionrobot, thereby defining a sensor suite for the inspection robot.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. A mounted one of the first payloadand the second payload may include a single couplant connection to theinspection robot. A mounted one of the first payload and the secondpayload may include a single electrical connection to the inspectionrobot.

An example method includes determining a sensor suite for inspectionoperations of an inspection robot; selecting a payload for theinspection robot from a plurality of available payloads in response tothe determined sensor suite; and mounting the selected payload to theinspection robot.

One or more certain further aspects of the example method may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The inspection operations may beperformed with the inspection robot after the mounting. The mounting maycomprise connecting a single couplant connection between the selectedpayload and the inspection robot. The mounting may include connecting asingle electrical connection between the selected payload and theinspection robot. The mounting may include dis-mounting a previouslymounted payload from the inspection robot before the mounting, where thedis-mounting may disconnect a single couplant connection between thepreviously mounted payload and the inspection robot, disconnect a singleelectrical connection between the previously mounted payload and theinspection robot, and the like. The mounting may include connecting asingle electrical connection between the selected payload and theinspection robot.

An example system includes an inspection robot comprising a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality ofsleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality ofarms; a plurality of sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to acorresponding one of the sleds such that the sensor is operationallycouplable to an inspection surface in contact with a bottom surface ofthe corresponding one of the sleds; and a biasing member disposed withineach of the sleds, wherein the biasing member provides a down force tothe corresponding one of the plurality of sensors.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The biasing member may include atleast one member selected from the members consisting of a leaf spring,a cylindrical spring, a torsion spring, and an electromagnet. Acontroller may be configured to adjust a biasing strength of the biasingmember. The controller may be further configured to interpret a distancevalue between the corresponding one of the plurality of sensors and aninspection surface, and to further adjust the biasing strength of thebiasing member in response to the distance value.

An example method includes providing a fixed acoustic path between asensor coupled to an inspection robot and an inspection surface; fillingthe acoustic path with a couplant; and acoustically interrogating theinspection surface with the sensor.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The filling of the acoustic pathwith the couplant may include injecting the couplant into the fixedacoustic path from a vertically upper direction. Determining that thesensor should be re-coupled to the inspection surface. Performing are-coupling operation in response to the determining Lifting the sensorfrom the inspection surface, and returning the sensor to the inspectionsurface. Increasing a flow rate of the filling the acoustic path withthe couplant. Performing at least one operation selected from theoperations consisting of: determining that a predetermined time haselapsed since a last re-coupling operation; determining that an eventhas occurred indicating that a re-coupling operation is desired; anddetermining that the acoustic path has been interrupted.

An example system includes an inspection robot, and a plurality of sledsmounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of sensors, wherein eachsensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds such that thesensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface in contactwith a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds; a couplantchamber disposed within each of the plurality of sleds, each couplantchamber interposed between a transducer of the sensor mounted to thesled and the inspection surface; wherein each couplant chamber comprisesa cone, the cone comprising a cone tip portion at an inspection surfaceend of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments, such as a plurality of payloads maybe mounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of arms, wherein each ofthe plurality of arms is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality ofpayloads; wherein the plurality of sleds is each mounted to one of theplurality of arms; and a biasing member coupled to at least one of: oneof the payloads or one of the arms; and wherein the biasing memberprovides a down force on one of the sleds corresponding to the one ofthe payloads or the one of the arms.

An example system includes an inspection robot, and a plurality of sledsmounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of sensors, wherein eachsensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds such that thesensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface in contactwith a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds; a couplantchamber disposed within each of the plurality of sleds, each couplantchamber interposed between a transducer of the sensor mounted to thesled and the inspection surface; and a means for providing a low fluidloss of couplant from each couplant chamber.

An example system includes an inspection robot having a number of sledsmounted to the inspection robot (e.g., mounted on arms coupled topayloads). The example system further includes a number of sensors,where each sensor is mounted on one of the sleds—although in certainembodiments, each sled may have one or more sensors, or no sensors. Theexample system includes the sensors mounted on the sleds such that thesensor is operationally couplable to the inspection surface when abottom surface of the corresponding sled is in contact with theinspection surface. For example, the sled may include a holetherethrough, a chamber such that when the sensor is mounted in thechamber, the sensor is in a position to sense parameters about theinspection surface, or any other orientation as described throughout thepresent disclosure. The example system further includes a couplantchamber disposed within a number of the sleds—for example in two or moreof the sleds, in a horizontally distributed arrangement of the sleds,and/or with a couplant chamber disposed in each of the sleds. In certainembodiments, sleds may alternate with sensor arrangements—for example amagnetic induction sensor in a first sled, an acoustic sensor with acouplant chamber in a second sled, another magnetic induction sensor inthird sled, an acoustic sensor with a couplant chamber in a fourth sled,and so forth. Any pattern or arrangement of sensors is contemplatedherein. In certain embodiments, a magnetic induction sensor ispositioned in a forward portion of a sled (e.g., as a lead sensor) andan acoustic sensor is positioned in a middle or rearward portion of thesled (e.g., as a trailing sensor). In certain embodiments, arms forsleds having one type of sensor are longer and/or provide for a moreforward position than arms for sleds having a second type of sensor.

The example system further includes each couplant chamber provided as acone, with the cone having a cone tip portion at an inspection surfaceend of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the inspectionsurface end. An example cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening. An example system further includes a couplant entry for eachcouplant chamber, which may be positioned between the cone tip portionand the sensor mounting end. In certain embodiments, the couplant entryis positioned at a vertically upper side of the cone in an intendedorientation of the inspection robot on the inspection surface. Forexample, if the inspection robot is intended to be oriented on a flathorizontal inspection surface, the couplant entry may be positionedabove the cone or at an upper end of the cone. In another example, ifthe inspection robot is intended to be oriented on a vertical inspectionsurface, the couplant entry may be positioned on a side of the cone,such as a forward side (e.g., for an ascending inspection robot) or arearward side (e.g., for a descending inspection robot). The verticalorientation of the couplant entry, where present, should not be confusedwith a vertical or horizontal arrangement of the inspection robot (e.g.,for sensor distribution orientations). In certain embodiments, ahorizontal distribution of sensors is provided as perpendicular, and/orat an oblique angle, to a travel path of the inspection robot, which maybe vertical, horizontal, or at any other angle in absolute geometricspace.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be present in certain embodiments. Anexample system includes a controller 802 configured to fill the couplantchamber with a couplant—for example by providing a couplant command(e.g., flow rate, couplant rate, injection rate, and/or pump speedcommand) to a couplant pump which may be present on the inspection robotand/or remote from the inspection robot (e.g., providing couplantthrough a tether). In certain embodiments, the couplant pump isresponsive to the couplant command to provide the couplant, to theinspection robot, to a payload, and/or to individual sleds (and therebyto the couplant chamber via the couplant chamber entry). In certainembodiments, the couplant command is a couplant injection command, andthe couplant pump is responsive to the injection command to inject thecouplant into the couplant chamber. In certain embodiments, thecontroller is further configured to determine that at least one of thesensors should be re-coupled to the inspection surface. Example andnon-limiting operations to determine that at least one of the sensorsshould be re-coupled to the inspection surface include: determining thata predetermined time has elapsed since a last re-coupling operation;determining that an event has occurred indicating that a re-couplingoperation is desired; and/or determining that the acoustic path has beeninterrupted. In certain embodiments, the controller provides are-coupling instruction in response to determining that one or moresensors should be re-coupled to the inspection surface. Example andnon-limiting re-coupling instructions include a sensor lift command—forexample to lift the sensor(s) of a payload and/or arm briefly to clearbubbles from the couplant chamber. In certain embodiments, an actuatorsuch as a motor, push-rod, and/or electromagnet, is present on theinspection robot to lift a payload, an arm, and/or tilt a sled inresponse to the sensor lift command. In certain embodiments, ramps orother features on a sled are configured such that the sled lifts (ortilts) or otherwise exposes the couplant exit opening—for example inresponse to a reversal of the direction of motion for the inspectionrobot. In a further embodiment, the inspection robot is responsive tothe sensor lift command to briefly change a direction of motion andthereby perform the re-coupling operation. In certain embodiments, thecontroller is configured to provide the re-coupling instruction as anincreased couplant injection command—for example to raise the couplantflow rate through the couplant chamber and thereby clear bubbles ordebris.

An example procedure includes an operation to provide a fixed acousticpath (e.g., a delay line) between a sensor coupled to an inspectionrobot and an inspection surface. The example procedure includes anoperation to fill the acoustic path with couplant, and to acousticallyinterrogate the inspection surface with the sensor. Certain furtheraspects of the example procedure are described following, any one ormore of which may be present in certain embodiments. An exampleprocedure further includes an operation to fill the acoustic path withthe couplant by injecting the couplant into the fixed acoustic path froma vertically upper direction. An example procedure further includes anoperation to determine that the sensor should be re-coupled to thesurface, and/or to perform a re-coupling operation in response to thedetermining. In certain further embodiments, example operations toperform a re-coupling operation include at least: lifting the sensorfrom the inspection surface, and returning the sensor to the inspectionsurface; and/or increasing a flow rate of the filling of the acousticpath with the couplant. Example operations to determine the sensorshould be re-coupled to the surface include at least: determining that apredetermined time has elapsed since a last re-coupling operation;determining that an event has occurred indicating that a re-couplingoperation is desired; and determining that the acoustic path has beeninterrupted.

An example procedure includes performing an operation to determine aninspection resolution for an inspection surface (e.g., by determining alikely resolution that will reveal any features of interest such asdamage or corrosion, and/or to meet a policy or regulatory requirement);an operation to configure an inspection robot by providing a number ofhorizontally distributed acoustic sensors operationally coupled to theinspection robot (e.g., mounted to be moved by the inspection robot,and/or with couplant or other fluid provisions, electrical or otherpower provisions, and/or with communication provisions); an operation toprovide a fixed acoustic path between the acoustic sensors and theinspection surface; an operation to fill the acoustic path with acouplant; and an operation to perform an inspection operation on theinspection surface with the acoustic sensors. It will be understood thatadditional sensors beyond the acoustic sensors may be operationallycoupled to the inspection robot in addition to the acoustic sensors.

Certain further aspects of an example procedure are described following,any one or more of which may be present in certain embodiments. Anexample procedure includes an operation to perform the inspectionoperation on the inspection surface at a resolution at least equal to aninspection resolution, and/or where the inspection resolution is smaller(e.g., higher resolution) than a spacing of the horizontally distributedacoustic sensors (e.g., the procedure provides for a greater resolutionthan that provided by the horizontally spacing of the sensors alone). Anexample procedure includes the operation to fill the acoustic path withthe couplant including injecting the couplant into the fixed acousticpath from a vertically upper direction, and/or an operation to determinethat at least one of the acoustic sensors should be re-coupled to theinspection surface.

An example system includes an inspection robot having a plurality ofwheels, wherein the plurality of wheels are positioned to engage aninspection surface when the inspection robot is positioned on theinspection surface; wherein each of the plurality of wheels comprises amagnetic hub portion interposed between enclosure portions; wherein theenclosure portions extend past the magnetic hub portion and therebyprevent contact of the magnetic hub portion with the inspection surface.

One or more certain further aspects of the example system may beincorporated in certain embodiments. The enclosure portions may define achannel therebetween. A shape of the channel may be provided in responseto a shape of a feature on the inspection surface. The shape of thechannel may correspond to a curvature of the feature of the inspectionsurface. An outer covering for each of the enclosure portions may beprovided, such as where the outer covering for each of the enclosureportions define a channel therebetween. The ferrous enclosure portionsmay include one of an outer chamfer and an outer curvature, and whereinthe one of the outer chamfer and the outer curvature correspond to ashape of a feature on the inspection surface. The enclosure portions mayinclude ferrous enclosure portions.

An example system includes an inspection robot having a plurality ofwheels, wherein the plurality of wheels are positioned to engage aninspection surface when the inspection robot is positioned on theinspection surface; wherein each of the plurality of wheels comprises amagnetic hub portion interposed between enclosure portions; and whereinthe inspection robot further comprises a gear box motively coupled to atleast one of the wheels, and wherein the gear box comprises at least onethrust washer axially interposed between two gears of the gear box.

An example system includes an inspection robot having a plurality ofwheels, wherein the plurality of wheels are positioned to engage aninspection surface when the inspection robot is positioned on theinspection surface; wherein each of the plurality of wheels comprises amagnetic hub portion interposed between enclosure portions; and whereinthe inspection robot further comprises a gear box motively coupled to atleast one of the wheels, and wherein the gear box comprises gears thatare not a ferromagnetic material.

An example system includes an inspection robot having a plurality ofwheels, wherein the plurality of wheels are positioned to engage aninspection surface when the inspection robot is positioned on theinspection surface; wherein each of the plurality of wheels comprises amagnetic hub portion interposed between enclosure portions; and whereinthe inspection robot further comprises a gear box motively coupled to atleast one of the wheels, and a means for reducing magnetically inducedaxial loads on gears of the gear box.

An example system includes an inspection robot, and a plurality of sledsmounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of acoustic sensors,wherein each acoustic sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds; and a couplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality ofsleds, each couplant chamber interposed between a transducer of theacoustic sensor mounted to the sled and the inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system may further include a couplant entry for the couplantchamber, wherein the couplant entry is positioned between the cone tipportion and the sensor mounting end.

An example system may further include wherein the couplant entry ispositioned at a vertically upper side of the cone when the inspectionrobot is positioned on the inspection surface.

An example system may further include wherein each sled includes acouplant connection conduit, wherein the couplant connection conduit iscoupled to a payload couplant connection at an upstream end, and coupledto the couplant entry of the cone at a downstream end.

An example method includes providing a sled for an inspection robot, thesled including an acoustic sensor mounted thereon and a couplant chamberdisposed within the sled, and the couplant chamber having a couplantentry; coupling the sled to a payload of the inspection robot at anupstream end of a couplant connection conduit, the couplant connectionconduit coupled to the couplant entry at a downstream end.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include de-coupling the sled from thepayload of the inspection robot, and coupling a distinct sled to thepayload of the inspection robot, without disconnecting the couplantconnection conduit from the couplant entry.

An example apparatus includes a controller, the controller including: aposition definition circuit structured to interpret position informationfor an inspection robot on an inspection surface; a data positioningcircuit structured to interpret inspection data from the inspectionrobot, and to correlate the inspection data to the position informationto determine position informed inspection data; and wherein the datapositioning circuit is further structured to provide the positioninformed inspection data as one of additional inspection data or updatedinspection data.

Certain further aspects of an example apparatus are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample apparatus.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the positioninformation includes one of relative position information or absoluteposition information.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the position definitioncircuit is further structured to determine the position informationaccording to at least one of: global positioning service (GPS) data; anultra-wide band radio frequency (RF) signal; a LIDAR measurement; a deadreckoning operation; a relationship of the inspection robot position toa reference point; a barometric pressure value; and a known sensed valuecorrelated to a position of the inspection robot.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the position definitioncircuit is further structured to interpret a plant shape value, todetermine a definition of a plant space including the inspection surfacein response to the plant shape value, and to correlate the inspectiondata with a plant position information (e.g., into plant positionvalues) in response to the definition of the plant space and theposition information.

An example method includes: interpreting position information for aninspection robot on an inspection surface; interpreting inspection datafrom the inspection robot; correlating the inspection data to theposition information to determine position informed inspection data; andproviding the position informed inspection data as one of additionalinspection data or updated inspection data.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include updating the position informationfor the inspection robot, and correcting the position informedinspection data.

An example method may further include wherein the position informationincludes position information determined at least partially in responseto a dead reckoning operation, and wherein the updated positioninformation is determined at least partially in response to feedbackposition operation.

An example method may further include determining a plant definitionvalue, and to determine plant position values in response to the plantdefinition value and the position information.

An example method may further include providing the position informedinspection data further in response to the plant position values.

An example apparatus includes: an inspection data circuit structured tointerpret inspection data from an inspection robot on an inspectionsurface; a robot positioning circuit structured to interpret positiondata for the inspection robot; and an inspection visualization circuitstructured to determine an inspection map in response to the inspectiondata and the position data, and to provide at least a portion of theinspection map for display to a user.

Certain further aspects of an example apparatus are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample apparatus.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the inspectionvisualization circuit is further responsive structured to interpret auser focus value, and to update the inspection map in response to theuser focus value.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the inspectionvisualization circuit is further responsive structured to interpret auser focus value, and to provide focus data in response to the userfocus value.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the inspection mapincludes a physical depiction of the inspection surface.

An example apparatus may further include the inspection map furtherincludes a visual representation of at least a portion of the inspectiondata depicted on the inspection surface.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the inspection mapincludes a virtual mark for a portion of the inspection surface.

An example apparatus includes: an acoustic data circuit structured tointerpret return signals from an inspection surface to determine rawacoustic data; a thickness processing circuit structured to determine aprimary mode score value in response to the raw acoustic data, and inresponse to the primary mode score value exceeding a predeterminedthreshold, determining a primary mode value corresponding to a thicknessof the inspection surface material.

Certain further aspects of an example apparatus are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample apparatus.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the thicknessprocessing circuit is further structured to determine, in response tothe primary mode score value not exceeding the predetermined threshold,a secondary mode score value in response to the raw acoustic data.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the thicknessprocessing circuit is further structured to determine, in response tothe secondary mode score value exceeding a threshold, a secondary modevalue corresponding to a thickness of the inspection surface material.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the thicknessprocessing circuit is further structured to determine the primary modescore value in response to at least one parameter selected from theparameters consisting of: a time of arrival for a primary return; a timeof arrival for a secondary return; a character of a peak for the primaryreturn; a character of a peak for the secondary return; a sensoralignment determination for an acoustic sensor providing the returnsignals; a sled position for a sled having the acoustic sensor mountedthereupon; and a couplant anomaly indication.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the secondary modevalue including a value determined from a number of reflected peaks ofthe return signals.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the raw acoustic dataincludes a lead inspection data, the apparatus further including: asensor configuration circuit structured to determine a configurationadjustment for a trailing sensor in response to the lead inspectiondata; and a sensor operation circuit structured to adjust at least oneparameter of the trailing sensor in response to the configurationadjustment; and a trailing sensor responsive to the configurationadjustment.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the acoustic datacircuit is further structured to interpret trailing inspection data fromthe trailing sensor.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the configurationadjustment includes at least one adjustment selected from theadjustments consisting of: changing of sensing parameters of thetrailing sensor; wherein the trailing sensor includes an ultra-sonicsensor, and changing a cut-off time to observe a peak value for thetrailing sensor; enabling operation of the trailing sensor; adjusting asensor sampling rate of the trailing sensor; adjusting a fault cut-offvalue for the trailing sensor; adjusting a sensor range of the trailingsensor; adjusting a resolution value of the trailing sensor; changing amovement speed of an inspection robot, wherein the trailing sensor isoperationally coupled to the inspection robot.

An example apparatus may further include wherein a lead sensor providingthe lead inspection data includes a first sensor during a firstinspection run, and wherein the trailing sensor includes the firstsensor during a second inspection run.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the acoustic datacircuit is further structured to interpret the lead inspection data andinterpret the trailing inspection data in a single inspection run.

An example apparatus may further include the wherein the raw acousticdata includes a lead inspection data, the apparatus further including: asensor configuration circuit structured to determine a configurationadjustment in response to the lead inspection data, and wherein theconfiguration includes an instruction to utilize at least one of aconsumable, a slower, or a more expensive trailing operation in responseto the lead inspection data.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the trailing operationincludes at least one operation selected from the operations consistingof: a sensing operation; a repair operation; and a marking operation.

An example apparatus includes: an electromagnetic (EM) data circuitstructured to interpret EM induction data provided by a magneticinduction sensor; a substrate distance circuit structured to determine asubstrate distance value between the magnetic induction sensor and aferrous substrate of an inspection surface; and an EM diagnostic circuitstructured to provide a diagnostic value in response to the substratedistance value.

Certain further aspects of an example apparatus are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample apparatus.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the diagnostic valueincludes at least one value selected from the values consisting of: arationality check indicating whether the sensor is positioned inproximity to the inspection surface; and a sensor position valueindicating a distance from a second sensor to the substrate of theinspection surface.

An example apparatus may further include: an acoustic data circuitstructured to interpret return signals from the inspection surface todetermine raw acoustic data; a thickness processing circuit structuredto: determine a primary mode score value in response to the raw acousticdata and further in response to the rationality check; and in responseto the primary mode score value exceeding a predetermined threshold,determining a primary mode value corresponding to a thickness of theinspection surface material.

An example apparatus may further include: an acoustic data circuitstructured to interpret return signals from the inspection surface todetermine raw acoustic data; a thickness processing circuit structuredto: determine a primary mode score value in response to the raw acousticdata and further in response to the sensor position value; and inresponse to the primary mode score value exceeding a predeterminedthreshold, determining a primary mode value corresponding to a thicknessof the inspection surface material.

An example apparatus may further include: an acoustic data circuitstructured to interpret return signals from the inspection surface todetermine raw acoustic data; a thickness processing circuit structuredto: determine a primary mode score value in response to the raw acousticdata and further in response to the diagnostic value; and in response tothe primary mode score value exceeding a predetermined threshold,determining a primary mode value corresponding to a thickness of theinspection surface material.

An example method includes: determining an induction processingparameter; and adjusting an inspection plan for an inspection robot inresponse to the induction processing parameter.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include wherein the induction processingparameter includes at least one parameter selected from the parametersconsisting of: a substrate distance value, a sensor position value, anda rationality diagnostic value.

An example method may further include wherein the adjusting theinspection plan includes at least one operation selected from theoperations consisting of: adjusting a sensor calibration value;adjusting a trailing sensor calibration value; adjusting an inspectionresolution value for a sensor used in the inspection plan; adjusting atleast one of a number, a type, or a positioning of a plurality ofsensors used in the inspection plan; adjusting an inspection trajectoryof the inspection robot; adjusting a sled ramp configuration for theinspection robot; adjusting a down force for a sled of the inspectionrobot; and adjusting a down force for a sensor of the inspection robot.

An example method may further include performing an additionalinspection operation in response to the induction processing parameter.

An example method may further include wherein the adjusting includesadjusting an inspection trajectory of the inspection robot to follow adetected feature on an inspection surface.

An example method may further include wherein the detected featureincludes at least one feature selected from the features consisting of:a weld, a groove, a crack, and a coating difference area.

An example method may further include an operation to respond to thedetected feature.

An example method may further include wherein the operation to respondto the detected feature includes at least one operation selected fromthe operations consisting of: a repair operation; a treatment operation;a weld operation; an epoxy application operation; a cleaning operation;a marking operation; and a coating operation.

An example method may further include detecting a feature on theinspection surface, and marking the feature virtually on an inspectionmap.

An example method may further include detecting a feature on theinspection surface, and marking the feature with a mark not in thevisible spectrum.

An example method may further include wherein the marking furtherincludes utilizing at least one of an ultra-violet dye, a penetrant, anda virtual mark.

An example method includes: performing an inspection operation on aninspection surface, the inspection operation including an inspectionsurface profiling operation; determining a contour of at least a portionof the inspection surface in response to the surface profilingoperation; and adjusting a calibration of an ultra-sonic sensor inresponse to the contour.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include wherein the adjusting is performedas a post-processing operation.

An example method includes: performing an inspection operation on aninspection surface, the inspection operation including interrogating theinspection surface with an electromagnetic sensor; determining aninduction processing parameter in response to the interrogating; andadjusting a calibration of an ultra-sonic sensor in response to theinduction processing parameter.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include wherein the adjusting is performedas a post-processing operation.

An example method includes: interpreting inspection data from aninspection robot on an inspection surface; interpreting position datafor the inspection robot; and determining an inspection map in responseto the inspection data and the position data, and providing at least aportion of the inspection map for display to a user.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include wherein the inspection mapincludes at least one parameter selected from the parameters consistingof: how much material should be added to the inspection surface; and atype of repair that should be applied to the inspection surface.

An example method may further include wherein the inspection map furtherincludes an indication of a time until a repair of the inspectionsurface will be required.

An example method may further include accessing a facility wear model,and determining the time until a repair of the inspection surface willbe required in response to the facility wear model.

An example method may further include wherein the inspection map furtherincludes an indication a time that a repair of the inspection surface isexpected to last.

An example method may further include accessing a facility wear model,and determining the time that the repair of the inspection surface isexpected to last in response to the facility wear model.

An example method may further include determining the time that therepair of the inspection surface is expected to last in response to atype of repair to be performed.

An example method may further include presenting a user with a number ofrepair options, and further determining the time that the repair of theinspection surface is expected to last in response to a selected one ofthe number of repair options.

An example method includes accessing an industrial system comprising aninspection surface, wherein the inspection surface comprises a personnelrisk feature; operating an inspection robot to inspect at least aportion of the inspection surface, wherein the operating the inspectionis performed with at least a portion of the industrial system providingthe personnel risk feature still operating; interpreting positioninformation for the inspection robot on the inspection surface;interpreting inspection data from the inspection robot; correlating theinspection data to the position information to determine positioninformed inspection data; and providing the position informed inspectiondata as one of additional inspection data or updated inspection data.

An example system including an inspection robot with a sensorconfiguration circuit structured to determine a configuration adjustmentfor a trailing sensor in response to the lead inspection data; a sensoroperation circuit structured to adjust at least one parameter of thetrailing sensor in response to the configuration adjustment; and atrailing sensor responsive to the configuration adjustment, theinspection robot interpreting position information on an inspectionsurface, interpreting inspection data from the inspection robot,correlating the inspection data to the position information to determineposition informed inspection data, and providing the position informedinspection data as one of additional inspection data or updatedinspection data.

An example system including an inspection robot comprising at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms,wherein the plurality of sleds is distributed horizontally across thepayload; and a plurality of sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to acorresponding plurality of sleds such that the sensor is operationallycouplable to an inspection surface in contact with a bottom surface ofthe plurality of sleds.

An example system including an inspection robot, and a plurality ofsleds mounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of acoustic sensors,wherein each acoustic sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds; and a couplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality ofsleds, each couplant chamber interposed between a transducer of theacoustic sensor mounted to the sled and the inspection surface; theinspection robot providing a fixed acoustic path between a sensorcoupled to an inspection robot and an inspection surface, filling theacoustic path with a couplant, and acoustically interrogating theinspection surface with the sensor.

An example system including an inspection robot, and a plurality ofsleds mounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of acoustic sensors,wherein each acoustic sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds; a couplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality ofsleds, each couplant chamber interposed between a transducer of theacoustic sensor mounted to the sled and the inspection surface; whereineach couplant chamber comprises a cone, the cone comprising a cone tipportion at an inspection surface end of the cone, and a sensor mountingend opposite the cone tip portion, and wherein the cone tip portiondefines a couplant exit opening.

An example system including an inspection robot, and a plurality ofsleds mounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of sensors, whereineach sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds such that thesensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface in contactwith a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds; a couplantchamber disposed within each of the plurality of sleds, each couplantchamber interposed between a transducer of the sensor mounted to thesled and the inspection surface, wherein each couplant chamber comprisesa cone, the cone comprising a cone tip portion at an inspection surfaceend of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening; the inspection robot providing a fixed acoustic path between asensor coupled to an inspection robot and an inspection surface; fillingthe acoustic path with a couplant; and acoustically interrogating theinspection surface with the sensor.

A system, comprising: an inspection robot comprising a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; and a pluralityof sleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the pluralityof arms, wherein each sled comprises an upper portion and a replaceablelower portion having a bottom surface, and a plurality of sensors,wherein each sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds suchthat the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface incontact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds.

An example system including an inspection robot comprising at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms,and wherein the plurality of sleds is distributed horizontally acrossthe payload; an acoustic data circuit structured to interpret returnsignals from an inspection surface to determine raw acoustic data; athickness processing circuit structured to determine a primary modescore value in response to the raw acoustic data, and in response to theprimary mode score value exceeding a predetermined threshold,determining a primary mode value corresponding to a thickness of theinspection surface material.

An example system including an inspection robot comprising at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms,and wherein the plurality of sleds is distributed horizontally acrossthe payload; an electromagnetic (EM) data circuit structured tointerpret EM induction data provided by a magnetic induction sensor; asubstrate distance circuit structured to determine a substrate distancevalue between the magnetic induction sensor and a ferrous substrate ofan inspection surface; and an EM diagnostic circuit structured toprovide a diagnostic value in response to the substrate distance value.

An example system including an inspection robot comprising a pluralityof payloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of armsis pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality ofsleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality ofarms; a plurality of sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to acorresponding one of the sleds such that the sensor is operationallycouplable to an inspection surface in contact with a bottom surface ofthe corresponding one of the sleds; a biasing member disposed withineach of the sleds, wherein the biasing member provides a down force tothe corresponding one of the plurality of sensors; the inspection robotproviding a fixed acoustic path between a sensor coupled to aninspection robot and an inspection surface, filling the acoustic pathwith a couplant, and acoustically interrogating the inspection surfacewith the sensor.

An example system includes an inspection robot having a plurality ofwheels, wherein the plurality of wheels are positioned to engage aninspection surface when the inspection robot is positioned on theinspection surface; wherein each of the plurality of wheels comprises amagnetic hub portion interposed between enclosure portions; wherein theinspection robot further comprises a gear box motively coupled to atleast one of the wheels, and wherein the gear box comprises at least onethrust washer axially interposed between two gears of the gear box; andwherein the enclosure portions extend past the magnetic hub portion andthereby prevent contact of the magnetic hub portion with the inspectionsurface.

An example system including an inspection robot comprising a pluralityof payloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of armsis mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms;a plurality of sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to acorresponding one of the sleds such that the sensor is operationallycouplable to an inspection surface in contact with a bottom surface ofthe corresponding one of the sleds, wherein each sled is pivotallymounted to one of the plurality of arms at a selected one of a pluralityof pivot point positions; and a controller configured to select the oneof the plurality of pivot point positions during an inspection run ofthe inspection robot, the controller configured to select the one of theplurality of pivot point positions in response to a travel direction ofthe inspection robot, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one ofthe plurality of arms at a plurality of pivot point positions.

An example system including an inspection data circuit structured tointerpret lead inspection data from a lead sensor; a sensorconfiguration circuit structured to determine a configuration adjustmentfor a trailing sensor in response to the lead inspection data; a sensoroperation circuit structured to adjust at least one parameter of thetrailing sensor in response to the configuration adjustment;

the system interpreting inspection data from an inspection robot on aninspection surface; interpreting position data for the inspection robot;and determining an inspection map in response to the inspection data andthe position data, and providing at least a portion of the inspectionmap for display to a user.

An example method including determining an inspection resolution for aninspection surface; configuring an inspection robot by providing aplurality of horizontally distributed sensors operationally coupled tothe inspection robot in response to the inspection resolution;performing an inspection operation on the inspection surface at aresolution at least equal to the inspection resolution, wherein theplurality of horizontally distributed sensors are provided on a firstpayload of the inspection robot, and wherein the configuring theinspection robot further comprises enhancing at least one of ahorizontal sensing resolution or a vertical sensing resolution of theinspection robot by providing a second plurality of horizontallydistributed sensors on a second payload of the inspection robot;interpreting inspection data from the inspection robot on an inspectionsurface; interpreting position data for the inspection robot; anddetermining an inspection map in response to the inspection data and theposition data, and providing at least a portion of the inspection mapfor display to a user.

An example system including an inspection robot comprising at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms;and a plurality of sensors mounted on each of the plurality of sleds;the inspection robot determining an induction processing parameter, andadjusting an inspection plan for an inspection robot in response to theinduction processing parameter.

An example system including an inspection robot comprising at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms;a plurality of sensors mounted on each of the plurality of sleds; aninspection data circuit structured to interpret lead inspection datafrom a lead sensor; a sensor configuration circuit structured todetermine a configuration adjustment for a trailing sensor in responseto the lead inspection data; and a sensor operation circuit structuredto adjust at least one parameter of the trailing sensor in response tothe configuration adjustment.

An example system including an inspection robot comprising a pluralityof payloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of armsis pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality ofsleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality ofarms, and wherein each sled comprises a bottom surface; and a removablelayer positioned on each of the bottom surfaces;

the inspection robot determining an induction processing parameter, andadjusting an inspection plan for an inspection robot in response to theinduction processing parameter.

An example system including an inspection robot having a plurality ofwheels, wherein the plurality of wheels are positioned to engage aninspection surface when the inspection robot is positioned on theinspection surface, wherein each of the plurality of wheels comprises amagnetic hub portion interposed between enclosure portions, wherein theenclosure portions extend past the magnetic hub portion and therebyprevent contact of the magnetic hub portion with the inspection surface,the inspection robot providing a fixed acoustic path between a sensorcoupled to an inspection robot and an inspection surface, filling theacoustic path with a couplant, and acoustically interrogating theinspection surface with the sensor.

An example method includes: performing an inspection operation on aninspection surface, the inspection operation including an inspectionsurface profiling operation; detecting a feature on the inspectionsurface and marking the feature virtually on an inspection map;determining a contour of at least a portion of the inspection surface inresponse to the surface profiling operation; and adjusting a calibrationof an ultra-sonic sensor in response to the contour.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include wherein the inspection operationincludes interrogating the inspection surface with an electromagneticsensor; determining an induction processing parameter in response to theinterrogating; and further adjusting the calibration of the ultra-sonicsensor in response to the induction processing parameter.

An example method may further include wherein the detected featureincludes at least one feature selected from the features consisting of:a weld, a groove, a crack, and a coating difference area.

An example apparatus includes: an inspection data circuit structured tointerpret inspection data from an inspection robot on an inspectionsurface; a robot positioning circuit structured to interpret positiondata for the inspection robot; an electromagnetic (EM) data circuitstructured to interpret EM induction data provided by a magneticinduction sensor; a substrate distance circuit structured to determine asubstrate distance value between the magnetic induction sensor and aferrous substrate of an inspection surface; an EM diagnostic circuitstructured to provide a diagnostic value in response to the substratedistance value; and an inspection visualization circuit structured todetermine an inspection map in response to the inspection data and theposition data, and to provide at least a portion of the inspection mapfor display to a user.

Certain further aspects of an example apparatus are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample apparatus.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the diagnostic valueincludes at least one value selected from the values consisting of: arationality check indicating whether the sensor is positioned inproximity to the inspection surface; and a sensor position valueindicating a distance from a second sensor to the substrate of theinspection surface.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the inspectionvisualization circuit is further responsively structured to interpret auser focus value, and to update the inspection map in response to theuser focus value.

An example method includes: determining an inspection resolution for aninspection surface; configuring an inspection robot by providing aplurality of horizontally distributed sensors operationally coupled tothe inspection robot in response to the inspection resolution;performing an inspection operation on the inspection surface at aresolution at least equal to the inspection resolution; interpretinginspection data from the inspection robot on the inspection surface;interpreting position data for the inspection robot; determining aninspection map in response to the inspection data and the position data;detecting a feature on the inspection surface and marking the featurevirtually on the inspection map; and providing at least a portion of theinspection map for display to a user.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include wherein the performing theinspection operation includes interrogating the inspection surfaceacoustically utilizing the plurality of horizontally distributedsensors.

An example apparatus includes: a controller, the controller including:an electromagnetic (EM) data circuit structured to interpret EMinduction data provided by a magnetic induction sensor; a substratedistance circuit structured to determine a substrate distance valuebetween the magnetic induction sensor and a ferrous substrate of aninspection surface; an EM diagnostic circuit structured to provide adiagnostic value in response to the substrate distance value; a positiondefinition circuit structured to interpret position information for aninspection robot on an inspection surface; and a data positioningcircuit to correlate the substrate distance values to the positioninformation to determine position informed substrate distance values andwherein the data positioning circuit is further structured to providethe position informed substrate distance values as one of additionalinspection data or updated inspection data.

Certain further aspects of an example apparatus are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample apparatus.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the diagnostic valueincludes at least one value selected from the values consisting of: arationality check indicating whether the sensor is positioned inproximity to the inspection surface; and a sensor position valueindicating a distance from a second sensor to the substrate of theinspection surface.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the position definitioncircuit is further structured to determine the position informationaccording to at least one of: global positioning service (GPS) data; anultra-wide band radio frequency (RF) signal; a LIDAR measurement; a deadreckoning operation; a relationship of the inspection robot position toa reference point; a barometric pressure value; and a known sensed valuecorrelated to a position of the inspection robot.

An example apparatus includes: an acoustic data circuit structured tointerpret return signals from an inspection surface to determine rawacoustic data; a thickness processing circuit structured to determine aprimary mode score value in response to the raw acoustic data, and inresponse to the primary mode score value exceeding a predeterminedthreshold, determining a primary mode value corresponding to a thicknessof the inspection surface material; a robot positioning circuitstructured to interpret position data for the inspection robot; and aninspection visualization circuit structured to determine an inspectionmap in response to the thickness of the inspection surface material andthe position data, and to provide at least a portion of the inspectionmap for display to a user.

Certain further aspects of an example apparatus are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample apparatus.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the inspectionvisualization circuit is further structured to determine an inspectionmap in response to the primary mode score value.

An example apparatus may further include wherein the thicknessprocessing circuit is further structured to determine, in response tothe primary mode score value not exceeding the predetermined threshold,a secondary mode score value in response to the raw acoustic data.

An example method includes: accessing an industrial system including aninspection surface, wherein the inspection surface includes a personnelrisk feature; operating an inspection robot to inspect at least aportion of the inspection surface, wherein the inspection robot has aplurality of wheels and wherein each of the plurality of wheels includesa magnetic hub portion interposed between enclosure portions, theenclosure portions extending past the magnetic hub portion and therebypreventing contact of the magnetic hub portion with the inspection surf;and wherein operating the inspection is performed with at least aportion of the industrial system providing the personnel risk featurestill operating.

Certain further aspects of an example method are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample method.

An example method may further include wherein the personnel risk featureincludes at least one of a portion of the inspection surface having anelevated height, an elevated temperature of at least a portion of theinspection surface, a portion of the inspection surface is positionedwithin the enclosed space, and an electrical power connection.

An example method may further include determining a position of theinspection robot within the industrial system during the operating theinspection robot, and shutting down only a portion of the industrialsystem during the inspection operation in response to the position ofthe inspection robot.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including: a pluralityof payloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of armsis pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; and aplurality of sleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of theplurality of arms, and wherein each sled includes a bottom surface; anda removable layer positioned on each of the bottom surfaces; and acontroller, the controller including: an electromagnetic (EM) datacircuit structured to interpret EM induction data provided by a magneticinduction sensor; a substrate distance circuit structured to determine asubstrate distance value between the magnetic induction sensor and aferrous substrate of an inspection surface; and an EM diagnostic circuitstructured to provide a diagnostic value in response to the substratedistance value.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein at least one of the sledsincludes a magnetic induction sensor.

An example system may further include wherein the removable layerincludes a thickness providing a selected spatial orientation between aninspection contact side of the removable layer and the bottom surface.

An example system may further include wherein the diagnostic valueincludes at least one value selected from the values consisting of: arationality check indicating whether the sensor is positioned inproximity to the inspection surface; and a sensor position valueindicating a distance from a second sensor to the substrate of theinspection surface.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including: at least onepayload; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to the at least one payload; a plurality of sleds,wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms,and wherein the plurality of sleds is distributed horizontally acrossthe payload; and wherein the horizontal distribution of the plurality ofsleds provides for a selected horizontal resolution of the plurality ofsensors.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including: a payload; aplurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms is pivotallymounted to the payload; a plurality of sleds, wherein each sled ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms, thereby configuring ahorizontal distribution of the plurality of sleds; a plurality ofsensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds; and a couplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality ofsleds, each couplant chamber interposed between a transducer of thesensor mounted to the sled and the inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein the horizontaldistribution of the plurality of sleds provides for a selectedhorizontal resolution of the plurality of sensors.

An example system may further include a controller configured todetermine the selected horizontal resolution and to configure a positionof the plurality of arms on the payload in response to the selectedhorizontal resolution.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system includes: an inspection robot; a plurality of sledsmounted to the inspection robot, wherein each sled is pivotally mountedat a selected one of a plurality of pivot point positions; a pluralityof sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds; and a couplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality ofsleds, each couplant chamber interposed between a transducer of thesensor mounted to the sled and the inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include a controller configured to selectthe one of the plurality of pivot point positions during an inspectionrun of the inspection robot.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system includes an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality ofsleds, wherein each sled is mounted to one of the plurality of arms at aselected one of a plurality of pivot point positions; a plurality ofsensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds; a couplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality ofsleds, each couplant chamber interposed between a transducer of thesensor mounted to the sled and the inspection surface; and a biasingmember coupled to each one of the plurality of arms, and wherein thebiasing member provides a biasing force to corresponding one of theplurality of sleds, wherein the biasing force is directed toward theinspection surface.

An example system includes: an inspection robot, and a plurality ofsleds mounted to the inspection robot; a plurality of sensors, whereineach sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds such that thesensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface in contactwith a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds, wherein thebottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds is contoured inresponse to a shape of the inspection surface; and a couplant chamberdisposed within each of the plurality of sleds, each couplant chamberinterposed between a transducer of the sensor mounted to the sled andthe inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system may further include wherein the inspection surfaceincludes a pipe outer wall, and wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes a concave shape.

An example system may further include wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes at least one shape selected fromthe shapes consisting of: a concave shape, a convex shape, and a curvedshape.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; a plurality ofsleds, wherein each sled is mounted to one of the plurality of arms; aplurality of sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to a correspondingone of the sleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to aninspection surface in contact with a bottom surface of the correspondingone of the sleds, wherein the bottom surface of the corresponding one ofthe sleds is contoured in response to a shape of the inspection surface;a couplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality of sleds, eachcouplant chamber interposed between a transducer of the sensor mountedto the sled and the inspection surface; and a biasing member coupled toeach one of the plurality of arms, and wherein the biasing memberprovides a biasing force to corresponding one of the plurality of sleds,wherein the biasing force is directed toward the inspection surface.

An example method includes: providing an inspection robot having aplurality of payloads and a corresponding plurality of sleds for each ofthe payloads, wherein the bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds is contoured in response to a shape of an inspection surface;mounting a sensor on each of the sleds, each sensor mounted to acouplant chamber interposed between the sensor and the inspectionsurface, and each couplant chamber including a couplant entry for thecouplant chamber; changing one of the plurality of payloads to adistinct payload; and wherein the changing of the plurality of payloadsdoes not include dismounting any of the sensors from correspondingcouplant chambers.

An example system includes an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; and a pluralityof sleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the pluralityof arms, and wherein each sled includes a bottom surface defining a rampand wherein each sled defines a chamber sized to accommodate a sensor.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein each chamber furtherincludes a stop, and wherein each of the plurality of sensors ispositioned against the stop.

An example system may further include wherein each sensor positionedagainst the stop has a predetermined positional relationship with abottom surface of the corresponding one of the plurality of sleds.

An example system may further include wherein each sled further includesthe bottom surface defining two ramps, wherein the two ramps include aforward ramp and a rearward ramp.

An example system may further include wherein the ramp include at leastone of a ramp angle and a ramp total height value.

An example system may further include wherein the at least one of theramp angle and the ramp total height value are configured to traverse anobstacle on an inspection surface to be traversed by the inspectionrobot.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including a plurality ofpayloads; a plurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of payloads; and a pluralityof sleds, wherein each sled is pivotally mounted to one of the pluralityof arms, and wherein each sled defines a chamber sized to accommodate asensor, and wherein the bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds is contoured in response to a shape of an inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein each chamber furtherincludes a stop, and wherein each of the plurality of sensors ispositioned against the stop.

An example system may further include wherein each sensor positionedagainst the stop has a predetermined positional relationship with abottom surface of the corresponding one of the plurality of sleds.

An example system may further include wherein the inspection surfaceincludes a pipe outer wall, and wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes a concave shape.

An example system may further include wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes at least one shape selected fromthe shapes consisting of: a concave shape, a convex shape, and a curvedshape.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including: a payload; aplurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms is pivotallymounted to the payload; a plurality of sleds, wherein each sled ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms, thereby configuring ahorizontal distribution of the plurality of sleds; a plurality ofsensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds, wherein the bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sledsis contoured in response to a shape of an inspection surface; and acouplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality of sleds, eachcouplant chamber interposed between a transducer of the sensor mountedto the sled and the inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein the horizontaldistribution of the plurality of sleds provides for a selectedhorizontal resolution of the plurality of sensors.

An example system may further include a controller configured todetermine the selected horizontal resolution and to configure a positionof the plurality of arms on the payload in response to the selectedhorizontal resolution.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system may further include wherein the inspection surfaceincludes a pipe outer wall, and wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes a concave shape.

An example system may further include wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes at least one shape selected fromthe shapes consisting of: a concave shape, a convex shape, and a curvedshape.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including: a payload; aplurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms is pivotallymounted to the payload; a plurality of sleds, wherein each sled ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms at a selected one of aplurality of pivot point positions; thereby configuring a horizontaldistribution of the plurality of sleds; a plurality of sensors, whereineach sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds such that thesensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface in contactwith a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds; and acouplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality of sleds, eachcouplant chamber interposed between a transducer of the sensor mountedto the sled and the inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein the horizontaldistribution of the plurality of sleds provides for a selectedhorizontal resolution of the plurality of sensors.

An example system may further include a controller configured todetermine the selected horizontal resolution and to configure a positionof the plurality of arms on the payload in response to the selectedhorizontal resolution.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system includes: an inspection robot; a plurality of sledsmounted to the inspection robot, wherein each sled is pivotally mountedat a selected one of a plurality of pivot point positions; a pluralityof sensors, wherein each sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of thesleds such that the sensor is operationally couplable to an inspectionsurface in contact with a bottom surface of the corresponding one of thesleds, wherein the bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sledsis contoured in response to a shape of an inspection surface; and acouplant chamber disposed within each of the plurality of sleds, eachcouplant chamber interposed between a transducer of the sensor mountedto the sled and the inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include a controller configured to selectthe one of the plurality of pivot point positions during an inspectionrun of the inspection robot.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system may further include wherein the inspection surfaceincludes a pipe outer wall, and wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes a concave shape.

An example system may further include wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes at least one shape selected fromthe shapes consisting of: a concave shape, a convex shape, and a curvedshape.

An example system includes: an inspection robot including: a payload; aplurality of arms, wherein each of the plurality of arms is pivotallymounted to the payload; a plurality of sleds, wherein each sled ispivotally mounted to one of the plurality of arms at a selected one of aplurality of pivot point positions; thereby configuring a horizontaldistribution of the plurality of sleds; a plurality of sensors, whereineach sensor is mounted to a corresponding one of the sleds such that thesensor is operationally couplable to an inspection surface in contactwith a bottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds, wherein thebottom surface of the corresponding one of the sleds is contoured inresponse to a shape of an inspection surface; and a couplant chamberdisposed within each of the plurality of sleds, each couplant chamberinterposed between a transducer of the sensor mounted to the sled andthe inspection surface.

Certain further aspects of an example system are described following,any one or more of which may be included in certain embodiments of theexample system.

An example system may further include wherein the horizontaldistribution of the plurality of sleds provides for a selectedhorizontal resolution of the plurality of sensors.

An example system may further include a controller configured todetermine the selected horizontal resolution and to configure a positionof the plurality of arms on the payload in response to the selectedhorizontal resolution.

An example system may further include wherein each couplant chamberincludes a cone, the cone including a cone tip portion at an inspectionsurface end of the cone, and a sensor mounting end opposite the cone tipportion, and wherein the cone tip portion defines a couplant exitopening.

An example system may further include wherein the inspection surfaceincludes a pipe outer wall, and wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes a concave shape.

An example system may further include wherein the bottom surface of thecorresponding one of the sleds includes at least one shape selected fromthe shapes consisting of: a concave shape, a convex shape, and a curvedshape.

Certain additional or alternative aspects of an inspection robot and/ora base station operatively coupled with the inspection robot aredescribed following. Any one or more of the aspects described followingmay be added, combined with, and/or utilized as a replacement for anyone or more aspects of other embodiments described throughout thepresent disclosure.

As shown in FIG. 49, a system may comprise a base station 4902 connectedby a tether 4904 to a center module 4910 of a robot 4908 used totraverse an industrial surface. The tether 4904 may be a conduit forpower, fluids, control, and data communications between the base station4902 and the robot 4908. The robot 4908 may include a center module 4910connected to one or more drive modules 4912 which enable the robot 4908to move along an industrial surface. The center module 4910 may becoupled to one or more sensor modules 4914 for measuring an industrialsurface—for example the sensor modules 4914 may be positioned on a drivemodule 4912, on the payload, in the center body housing, and/or aspectsof a sensor module 4914 may be distributed among these. An exampleembodiment includes the sensor modules 4914 each positioned on anassociated drive module 4912, and electrically coupled to the centermodule 4910 for power, communications, and/or control. The base station4902 may include an auxiliary pump 4920, a control module 4924 and apower module 4922. The example robot 4908 may be an inspection robot,which may include any one or more of the following features: inspectionsensors, cleaning tools, and/or repair tools. In certain embodiments, itwill be understood that an inspection robot 4908 is configured toperform only cleaning and/or repair operations, and/or may be configuredfor sensing, inspection, cleaning, and/or repair operations at differentoperating times (e.g., performing one type of operation at a firstoperating time, and performing another type of operation at a secondoperating time), and/or may be configured to perform more than one ofthese operations in a single run or traversal of an industrial surface(e.g., the “inspection surface”). The modules 4910, 4912, 4914, 4920,4922, 4924 are configured to functionally execute operations describedthroughout the present disclosure, and may include any one or morehardware aspects as described herein, such as sensors, actuators,circuits, drive wheels, motors, housings, payload configurations, andthe like.

Referring to FIG. 50, the power module 4922 may receive AC electricalpower as an input (e.g., from standard power outlets, available power atan industrial site, etc.), the input power may range, withoutlimitation, from 85 Volts to 240 Volts and 10 Amps to 20 Amps. The powermodule 4922 may include transformers (e.g., two transformers 5002 5004).An example low power AC-DC transformer 5002 transforms the input powerto a low output power 5010 of 24 Volts DC. An example high-power AC-DCtransformer 5004 transforms the input power to a high output power 5012of approximately 365 Volts DC. The use of the high output power 5012 asinput to the robot 4908 provides a high-power density to the robot, andenables a reduction in the weight of the tether 4904 relative to thatrequired if the lower output power 5010 were used to power the robot4908, as well as providing for a higher robot climbing capability (e.g.,using a longer tether), lower coupling forces on the tether, and/orproviding extra capacity within a given tether weight profile foradditional coupled aspects (e.g., communications, couplant flowcapability, tether hardening or shielding capability, etc.). The lowoutput power 5010 may be used to power peripherals 5014 on the basestation 4902 such as an operator interface, a display, and the like. Thelow output power 5010 may also be used to power a robot proximitycircuit 5018 and/or a HV protection and monitoring module 5020. Anexample system includes the control module 4924 of the base stationusing the low power output 5010 on the tether 4904 to verify thepresence of the robot 4908 at the end of the tether 4904 using the robotproximity circuit 5018. The HV protection and monitoring module 5020verifies the integrity of the tether by checking for overcurrent,shorts, and voltage differences before coupling the high power output5012. An example tether may include a proximity line having a specificresistor value. A safe, known low voltage may be supplied to theproximity line, the voltage at the top of the robot measured and thevoltage drop compared with the expected voltage drop across the tethergiven the known resistance. Once the integrity of the tether 4904 andthe presence of the robot 4908 are verified, the power through thetether 4904 is switched to the high output power 5012. The HV protectionand monitoring module 5020 may include fuses of any type, which may bee-fuses allowing for re-coupling of protected circuits after a fuse isactivated. The fuses protect the robot proximity module 5018 and therobot 4908 by shutting off power if an over current or short conditionis detected. The use of the e-fuses enables the fuse to be reset with acommand rather than having to physically replace the fuse.

The control module 4924 may be in communication with the robot 4908 byway of the tether 4904. Additionally or alternatively, the controlmodule 4924 may communicate with the robot 4908 wirelessly, through anetwork, or in any other manner. The robot 4908 may provide the basestation 4902 with any available information, such as, withoutlimitation: the status of the robot 4908 and associated components, datacollected by the sensor module 4914 regarding the industrial surface,vertical height of the robot 4908, water pressure and/or flow ratecoming into the robot 4908, visual data regarding the robot'senvironment, position information for the robot 4908 and/or information(e.g., encoder traversal distances) from which the control module 4924can determine the position of the robot. The control module 4924 mayprovide the robot 4908 with commands such as navigational commands,commands to the sensor modules regarding control of the sensor modulesand the like, warning of an upcoming power loss, couplant pressureinformation, and the like.

The base station 4902 may receive an input of couplant, typically water,from an external source such as a plant or municipal water source. Thebase station 4902 may include a pressure and/or flow sensing device tomeasure incoming flow rate and/or pressure. Typically, the incomingcouplant may be supplied directly to the tether 4904 for transport tothe robot 4908. However, if the incoming pressure is low or the flowrate is insufficient, the couplant may be run through the auxiliary pump4920 prior to supplying the couplant to the tether 4904. In certainembodiments, the base station 4902 may include a make-up tank and/or acouplant source tank, for example to supply couplant if an externalsource is unavailable or is insufficient for an extended period. Theauxiliary pump 4920 may be regulated by the control module 4924 based ondata from the sensor and/or combined with data received from the robot4908. The auxiliary pump 4920 may be used to: adjust the pressure of thecouplant sent to the robot 4908 based on the vertical height of therobot 4908; adjust for spikes or drops in the incoming couplant; provideintermittent pressure increases to flush out bubbles in the acousticpath of ultra-sonic sensors, and the like. The auxiliary pump 4920 mayinclude a shut off safety valve in case the pressure exceeds athreshold.

As shown in FIG. 51, the center module 4910 (or center body) of therobot may include a couplant inlet 5102, a data communications/controltether input 5112, forward facing and reverse facing navigation cameras5104, multiple sensor connectors 5118, couplant outlets 5108 (e.g., toeach payload), and one or more drive module connections 5110 (e.g., oneon each side). An example center module 4910 includes a distributedcontroller design, with low-level and hardware control decision makingpushed down to various low level control modules (e.g., 5114, and/orfurther control modules on the drive modules as described throughout thepresent disclosure). The utilization of a distributed controller design,for example as depicted schematically in FIG. 85, facilitates rapiddesign, rapid upgrades to components, and compatibility with a range ofcomponents and associated control modules 5114. For example, thedistributed controller design allows the high level controller (e.g.,the brain/gateway) to provide communications in a standardizedhigh-level format (e.g., requesting movement rates, sensed parametervalues, powering of components, etc.) without utilizing the hardwarespecific low-level controls and interfaces for each component, allowingindependent development of hardware components and associated controls.The use of the low-level control modules may improve development timeand enable the base level control module to be component neutral andsend commands, leaving the specific implementation up to the low-levelcontrol module 5114 associated with a specific camera, sensor, sensormodule, actuator, drive module, and the like. The distributed controllerdesign may extend to distributing the local control to the drivemodule(s) and sensor module(s) as well.

Referring to FIGS. 52-53, the bottom surface of the center module 4910may include a cold plate 5202 to disperse heat built up by electronicsin the center module 4910. Couplant transferred from the base station4902 using the tether 4904 may be received at the couplant inlet 5102where it then flows through a manifold 5302 where the couplant maytransfer excess heat away from the central module 4910. The manifold5302 may also split the water into multiple streams for output throughtwo or more couplant outlets 5108. The utilization of the cold plate5202 and heat transfer to couplant passing through the center body as apart of operations of the inspection robot provides for greatercapability and reliability of the inspection robot by providing forimproved heat rejection for heat generating components (e.g., powerelectronics and circuits), while adding minimal weight to the robot andtether. FIG. 53 depicts an example distribution of couplant flow throughthe cold plate and to each payload. In certain embodiments, couplantflow may also be provided to a rear payload, which may have a directflow passage and/or may further include an additional cold plate on arear portion of the inspection robot.

FIG. 55 shows an exterior and exploded view of a drive module 4912. Adrive module 4912 may include motors 5502 and motor shielding 5508, awheel actuator assembly 5504 housing the motor, and wheel assemblies5510 including, for example, a magnetic wheel according to any magneticwheel described throughout the present disclosure. An example drivemodule 4912 includes a handle 5512 to enable an operator to transportthe robot 4908 and position the robot 4908 on an industrial surface. Themotor shielding 5508 may be made of an electrically conductive material,and provide protection for the motors 5502 and associated motor positionand/or speed sensors (e.g., a hall effect sensor) from electro-magneticinterference (EMI) generated by the wheel assembly 5510. The drivemodule 4912 provides a mounting rail 5514 for a payload and/or sensormodule 4914, which may cooperate with a mounting rail on the center bodyto support the payload. An example drive module 4912 includes one ormore payload actuators 5518 (e.g., the payload gas spring) for engagingand disengaging the payload or sensor module 4914 from an inspectionsurface (or industrial surface), and/or for adjusting a down force ofthe payload (and thereby a downforce for specific sensor carriagesand/or sleds) relative to the inspection surface. The drive module 4912may include a connecter 5520 that provides an interface with the centermodule for power and communications.

FIG. 54A depicts an external view of an example drive module 4912, withan encoder assembly 5524 (reference FIG. 55) depicted in an extendedposition (left figure) or a partially retracted position (right figure).The encoder assembly 5524 in the examples of FIGS. 54A-54B and FIG. 55includes a passive wheel that remains in contact with the inspectionsurface, and an encoder detecting the turning of the wheel (e.g.,including a hall effect sensor). The encoder assembly 5524 provides foran independent determination of the movement of the inspection robot,thereby allowing for corrections, for example, where the magnetic wheelsmay slip or lose contact with the inspection surface, and accordinglythe determination of the inspection robot position and/or movement fromthe magnetic wheels may not provide an accurate representation of themovement of the inspection robot. In certain embodiments, a drive moduleon each side of the center body each include a separate encoder assembly5524, thereby providing for detection and control for turning or othermovement of the inspection robot.

Each drive module 4912 may have an embedded microcontroller 5522 whichprovides control and communications relating to the motors, actuators,sensors, and/or encoders associated with that drive module 4912. Theembedded microcontroller 5522 responds to navigational and/or speedcommands from the base station 4902 and/or high level center bodycontroller, obstacle detection, error detection, and the like. Incertain embodiments, the drive module 4912 is reversible and willfunction appropriately, independent of the side of the center module4910 to which it is attached. The drive module 4912 may have hollowedout portions (e.g., the frame visible in FIGS. 54A-54B) which may becovered, at least in part, of a screen (e.g., a carbon fiber screen) toreduce the overall weight of the drive module. The utilization of ascreen, in certain embodiments, provides protection from the hollowedout portion filling with debris or other material that may provideincreased weight and/or undesirable operation of the inspection robot.

FIG. 56A shows an exploded view of an actuator assembly 5504 that drivesa wheel assembly 5510 of the drive module 4912. FIG. 56B shows a crosssection of a drive shaft and flex cup of a strain wave transmission. Amotor 5502 may be attached to an aft plate 5604 with the motor shaft5606 protruding through the aft plate 5604. A wave generator 5608, anon-circular ball bearing, may be mounted to the motor shaft 5606. Thewave generator 5608 is spun inside of a cup style strain wave gearbox(flex spline cup 5610). The flex spline cup 5610 may spin on the wavegenerator 5608 and interact with a ring gear 5612, the ring gear 5612,having fewer teeth than the flex spline cup 5610. This causes the gearset to “walk” which provides for a high ratio of angular speed reductionin a compact form (e.g., a short axial distance). The flex spline cup5610 may be bolted, using the bolt plate 5614 to the driveshaft outputshaft 5618. The interaction of the wave generator 5608 and the flexspline cup 5610 result in, for example, a fifty to one (50:1) reductionin rotational speed between the motor shaft 5606 and the driveshaftoutput shaft 5618. The example reduction ratio is non-limiting, and anydesired reduction ratio may be utilized. Example and non-limitingconsiderations for the reduction ratio include: the speed and/or torqueprofile of available motors 5502; the weight, desired trajectory (e.g.,vertical, horizontal, or mixed), and/or desired speed of the inspectionrobot; the available space within the inspection robot for gear ratiomanagement; the size (e.g. diameter) of the drive wheels, drive shaft,and/or any other aspect of the driveline (e.g., torque path between themotor 5502 and the drive wheels); and/or the available power to beprovided to the inspection robot. Further, the use of this mechanicalmethod of reduction in rotational speed is not affected by any EMIproduced by the magnets in the wheel modules (e.g., as a planetary gearset or other gear arrangements might be).

In addition to providing power to drive a wheel assembly, a motor 5502may act as a braking mechanism for the wheel assembly. The board withthe embedded microcontroller 5522 for the motor 5502 may include a pairof power-off relays. When power to the drive module 4912 is lost orturned off, the power-off relays may short the three motor phases of themotor 5502 together, thus increasing the internal resistance of themotor 5502. The increased resistance of the motor 5502 may be magnifiedby the flex spline cup 5610, preventing the robot 4908 from rolling downa wall in the event of a power loss.

There may be a variety of wheel assembly 5510 configurations, which maybe provided in alternate embodiments, swapped by changing out thewheels, and/or swapped by changing out the drive modules 4912. FIG. 57Adepicts an exploded view of a universal wheel 5702 and FIG. 57B depictsan assembled universal wheel 5702. The universal wheel 5702 may includewheel plates 5710, a hub 5712 for attaching the universal wheel 5702 toa driveshaft output shaft 5618 of a drive module 4912, and a magnet 5704covered by a tire 5708. The magnet 5704, which may be a rare earthmagnet, enables the robot 4908 to hold to an industrial surface beingtraversed. The universal wheel 5702 has two wheel plates 5710 whichangle up and inward such that the wheel is stable riding on twodifferent pipes (e.g., on the inner side and/or outer side of eachpipe), or between two pipes (e.g., at the intersection of the pipes).The universal wheel 5702 in the example includes a tire 5708 which maybe made of rubber, polyurethane over molding, or similar material toprotect the magnet 5704 and to avoid damage or marring of the inspectionsurface. The universal wheel 5702 may additionally or alternativelyinclude covering for the entire wheel 5702, such as a stretchable 3Dprinted tire 5708 that can be pulled over to cover the magnet 5704 orthe entire wheel 5702. The spacing between the two wheel plates 5710 andtheir angle may be designed to fit with a specified inter-pipe spacing.

FIG. 58A depicts an exploded crown riding wheel 5802 and FIG. 58Bdepicts an assembled crown riding wheel 5802. The crown riding wheel5802 may include wheel plates 5810, a hub 5812 for attaching the crownriding wheel 5802 to a drive module 4912, and a magnet 5804 covered by amagnet shield 5808 that protects the magnet from impacts or otherdamage. The magnet 5804 may be a rare earth magnet and enables the robot4908 to hold to the inspection surface being traversed. The crown ridingwheel 5802 has two wheel plates 5810 which angle up and outward suchthat the wheel is stable traversing (top riding) on a single pipe. Thespacing between the two wheel plates 5810 and their angle may bedesigned to fit with a pipe having a specific outer dimension and/orpipes within a range of outer dimensions. In certain embodiments, thecrown riding wheel 5802 may be covered at least partially with acovering to further protect the inspection surface from marring ordamage.

FIG. 59A depicts a tank wheel 5902 and FIG. 59B depicts an assembledtank wheel 5902 (e.g., for riding inside or outside a tank, pipe, orother flat, concave, or convex surface). The tank wheel 5902 may includewheel plates 5910, a hub 5912 for attaching the tank wheel 5902 to adrive module 4912, and a magnet 5904 covered by a magnet shield 5908.The magnet 5904 may be a rare earth magnet and enables the robot 4908 tohold to an industrial surface being traversed. The tank wheel 5902 hastwo wheel plates 5910, one on each side of the magnet 5904 providing anapproximately level surface that rides along an approximately flatsurface, and/or that engages the interior curvature of a concavesurface. The wheel plates 5910 may be covered with one or moreover-moldings 5914. There may be an over-molding 5914 made ofpolyurethane, or the like, that covers at least a portion of a wheelplate 5910. There may also be a stretchable, 3D printed tire that coversthe entire tank wheel 5902. The over-moldings 5914 may provide asacrificial outer surface and provide a non-marring surface to preventdamage to the industrial surface being traversed by the robot.

A stability module, also referred to as a wheelie bar, may provideadditional stability to a robot when the robot is moving vertically upan industrial surface. The wheelie bar 6000 may be mounted at the back(relative to an upward direction of travel) of a drive module or to bothends of a drive module. If the front wheel of a drive module encountersa nonferrous portion of the industrial surface or a large obstacle isencountered, the wheelie bar 6000 limits the ability of the robot tomove away from the industrial surface beyond a certain angle, thuslimiting the possibility of a backward roll-over by the robot. Thewheelie bar 6000 may be designed to be easily attached and removed fromthe drive module connection points 6011. The strength of magnets in thedrive wheels may be such that each wheel is capable of supporting theweight of the robot even if the other wheels lost contact with thesurface. The wheels on the stability module may be magnetic helping thestability bar engage or “snap” into place when pushed into place by theactuator.

Referring to FIGS. 60-62. A stability module 6000 may attach to a drivemodule 4912 such that it is pulled behind or below the robot. FIG. 60shows an exploded view of a stability module 6000 which may include apair of wheels 6004, a stability body 6002, a connection bolt 6008 andtwo drive module connection points 6010, an actuator pin 6012, and twoactuator connection points 6014. An actuator may couple with one of theactuator connection points 6014, and/or a given embodiment may have apair of actuators, with one coupled to each actuator connection point6014. There may be two drive module connection points 6010 which may bequickly aligned with corresponding stability module connection points6011 located adjacent to each wheel module on the drive module and heldtogether with the connection bolt 6008. The drive module may include agas spring 6020, which may be common with the payload gas spring 6020(e.g., providing for ease of reversibility of the drive module 4912 oneither side of the inspection robot), although the gas spring 6020 forthe stability module may have different characteristics and/or be adistinct actuator relative to the payload gas spring. The examplestability module includes a connection pin 6012 for rapid couplingand/or decoupling of the gas spring. As shown in FIGS. 61A and 61B, thestability module may be attached, using stability module connectionpoints, adjoining either of the wheel modules of the drive module. Incertain embodiments, a stability module 6000 may be coupled to the rearposition of the drive modules to assemble the inspection robot, and/or astability module 6000 may be provided in both the front and back of theinspection robot (e.g., using separate and/or additional actuators fromthe payload actuators).

The strength of magnets in the drive wheels may be such that each wheelis capable of supporting the weight of the robot even if the otherwheels lose contact with the surface. In certain embodiments, the wheelson the stability module may be magnetic, helping the stability moduleengage or “snap” into place upon receiving downward pressure from thegas spring or actuator. In certain embodiments, the stability modulelimits the rearward rotation of the inspection robot, for example if thefront wheels of the inspection robot encounter a non-magnetic or dirtysurface and lose contact. In certain embodiments, the stability module6000 can return the front wheels to the inspection surface (e.g., byactuating and rotating the front of the inspection robot again towardthe surface, which may be combined with backing the inspection robotonto a location of the inspection surface where the front wheels willagain encounter a magnetic surface).

FIG. 62 depicts an alternate stability module 6200 including a stabilitybody 6202 which does not have wheels but does have a similar connectionbolt 6208 and two drive module connection points, and a similar actuatorpin and two actuator connection points. Again, the stability module 6200may have two drive module connection points 6010 which may be quicklyaligned with corresponding stability module connection points 6011located adjacent to each wheel module on the drive module and heldtogether with the connection bolt 6208. The drive module may include apayload gas spring 6220 which may be connected to the stability module6200 at one of two spring connection points with an actuator pin. Theoperations of stability module 6200 may otherwise be similar to theoperations of the wheeled stability module 6000.

FIGS. 63-64 depict details of the suspension between the center body anda drive module. The center module 4910 may include a piston 6304 toenable adjustments to the distance between the center module 4910 and adrive module 4912 to accommodate the topography of a given industrialsurface and facilitate the stability and maneuverability of the robot.The piston may be bolted to the drive module such that the piston doesnot rotate relative to the drive module. Within the piston, andprotected by the piston from the elements, there may be a power andcommunication center module connector 5520 to which a drive moduleconnector 6302 engages to provide for the transfer of power and databetween the center module and a drive module. FIGS. 64 and 65 show thesuspension 6400 collapsed (FIG. 64), having the drive module close tothe center module, and extended (FIG. 65), having the drive module at afurther distance from the center module.

The suspension 6400 may include a translation limiter 6402 that limitsthe translated positions of the piston, a rotation limiter 6404 whichlimits how far the center module may rotate relative to the drivemodule, and replaceable wear rings 6408 to reduce wear on the piston6304 and the center module 4910 as they move relative to one another.The drive module may be spring biased to a central, no rotation,position, and/or may be biased to any other selected position (e.g.,rotated at a selected angle). An example drive module-center bodycoupling includes a passive rotation that occurs as a result ofvariations in the surface being traversed.

FIG. 66A shows a fixed rotation limiter 6604 embodiment which preventsrotation between the center module and the drive module, and/or providesfor minimal rotation between the center module and the drive module.FIG. 66B shows a wider angle rotation limiter 6606 embodiment, whichprovides for 20 degrees of rotation between the drive module 4912 andthe center body. The selected rotation limit may be any value, includingvalues greater than 20 degrees or less than 20 degrees. Each may connecta drive module 4912 to the piston in the center module with a tongue6602 and slot 608. The size of the slot 6608 relative to the tongue 6602may allow for limited rotation between a drive module and the centermodule. In one non-limiting example, the rotation may be limited to+/−10 degrees rotation. However, the amount of rotation allowed may bemore 20 degrees, less than 20 degrees, and/or the distribution ofrotation may be non-symmetrical relative to a center. For example, thelimited angle rotation limiter may be designed to allow +5 degrees ofrotation and −15 degrees of rotation. In embodiments, one side of thecenter module may be connected to a drive module having a fixed rotationlimiter 6604 while the other side of the center module is connected tothe limited angle rotation limiter 6606 such that one drive module mayhave limited to no angular rotation relative to the center module whilethe other drive module has limited angle rotation to accommodateunevenness or obstacles in the surface while allowing the other wheel tomaintain contact even if its underlying surface is not the same. Theability of the center module to rotate relative to a drive modulefacilitates the transition of the robot between surfaces with differentorientations, such as horizontal to vertical or along a coutant slope ofa tank. The rigidity of the center module with one of the drive modulesmay facilitate ease of transportation and initial positioning. In otherembodiments, both drive modules may be connected with a limited anglerotation limiter 6606 such that both drive modules rotate relative tothe center module.

The robot may have information regarding absolute and relative position.The drive module may include both contact and non-contact encoders toprovide estimates of the distance travelled. In certain embodiments,absolute position may be provided through integration of variousdeterminations, such as the ambient pressure and/or temperature in theregion of the inspection robot, communications with positional elements(e.g., triangulation and/or GPS determination with routers or otheravailable navigation elements), coordinated evaluation of the drivenwheel encoders (which may slip) with the non-slip encoder assembly 6800,and/or by any other operations described throughout the presentdisclosure. In certain embodiments, an absolute position may be absolutein one sense (e.g., distance traversed from a beginning location or homeposition) but relative in another sense (e.g., relative to thatbeginning location).

There may be a contact encoder module 6800 positioned between the twodrive wheels of a drive module. As shown in FIG. 68, the encoder module6800 may include two over molded encoder wheels 6802 having a non-slipsurface to ensure continuous monitoring of the industrial surface beinginspected. An encoder wheel 6802 mounted on an encoder roller shaft 6812may include an encoder magnet 6804 which creates a changingelectro-magnetic field as the encoder wheel 6802 rolls along theindustrial surface. This changing magnetic field may be measured by anencoder 6814 in close proximity to the encoder magnet 6804. Withoutlimitation to any particular theory of operation, it has been found thatthe encoder assembly operates successfully without EMI shielding, whichmay be due to the close proximity, approximately a millimeter or less,of the encoder magnet 6804 to the encoder 6814 the contact encoder,and/or due to the symmetry of the magnetic fields from the wheels in theregion of the encoder. The encoder module 6800 may include a springmount 6808 having a sliding coupler and a spring 6810 that exerts adownward pressure on the encoder wheels 6802 to ensure contact with theindustrial surface as the robot negotiates obstacles and angletransitions (e.g., reference the positions of the encoder assembly shownin FIGS. 54A-54B). There may be one or two encoder wheels positionedbetween the drive wheels, either side by side or in a linearorientation, and in certain embodiments a sensor may be associated withonly one, or with both, encoder wheels. In certain embodiments, each ofthe drive modules 4912 may have a separate encoder assembly associatedtherewith, providing for the capability to determine rotational angles(e.g., as a failure condition where linear motion is expected, and/or toenable two-dimensional traversal on a surface such as a tank or pipeinterior), differential slip between drive modules 4912, and the like.

A drive module (FIG. 55) may include a hall effect sensor in each of themotors 5502 as part of non-contact encoder for measuring the rotation ofeach motor as it drives the associated wheel assembly 5510. There may beshielding 5508 (e.g., a conductive material such as steel) to preventunintended EMI noise from a magnet in the wheel inducing false readingsin the hall effect sensor.

Data from the encoder assembly 6800 encoder and the driven wheel encoder(e.g., the motion and/or position sensor associated with the drive motorfor the magnetic wheels) provide an example basis for derivingadditional information, such as whether a wheel is slipping by comparingthe encoder assembly readings (which should reliably show movement onlywhen actual movement is occurring) to those of the driven wheel encoderson the same drive module. If the encoder assembly shows limited or nomotion while the driven wheel encoder(s) show motion, drive wheelsslipping may be indicated. Data from the encoder assembly and the drivenwheel encoders may provide a basis for deriving additional informationsuch as whether the robot is travelling in a straight line, as indicatedby similar encoder values between corresponding encoders in each of thetwo drive modules on either side of the robot. If the encoders on one ofthe drive modules indicate little or no motion while the encoders of theother drive module show motion, a turning of the inspection robot towardthe side with limited movement may be indicated.

The base station may include a GPS module or other facility forrecognizing the position of the base station in a plant. The encoders onthe drive module provide both absolute (relative to the robot) andrelative information regarding movement of the robot over time. Thecombination of data regarding an absolute position of the base stationand the relative movement of the robot may be used to ensure completeplant inspection and the ability to correlate location with inspectionmap.

The central module (FIG. 51) may have a camera 5104 that may be used fornavigation and obstacle detection, and/or may include both a front andrear camera 5104 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 51). A video feed from aforward facing camera (relative to the direction of travel) may becommunicated to the base station to assist an operator in obstacleidentification, navigation, and the like. The video feed may switchbetween cameras with a change in direction, and/or an operator may beable to selectively switch between the two camera feeds. Additionally oralternatively, both cameras may be utilized at the same time (e.g.,provided to separate screens, and/or saved for later retrieval). Thevideo and the sensor readings may be synchronized such that, forexample: an operator (or display utility) reviewing the data would beable to have (or provide) a coordinated visual of the inspection surfacein addition to the sensor measurements to assist in evaluating the data;to provide repairs, mark repair locations, and/or confirm repairs;and/or to provide cleaning operations and/or confirm cleaningoperations. The video camera feeds may also be used for obstacledetection and path planning, and/or coordinated with the encoder data,other position data, and/or motor torque data for obstacle detection,path planning, and/or obstacle clearance operations.

Referring to FIG. 69, a drive module (and/or the center body) mayinclude one or more payload mount assemblies 6900. The payload mountassembly 6900 may include a rail mounting block 6902 with a wearresistant sleeve 6904 and a rail actuator connector 6912. Once a rail ofthe payload is slid into position, a dovetail clamping block 6906 may bescrewed down with a thumbscrew 6910 to hold the rail in place with acam-lock clamping handle 6908. The wear resistant sleeve 6904 may bemade of Polyoxymethylene (POM), a low friction, strong, high stiffnessmaterial such as Delrin, Celecon, Ramtal, Duracon, and the like. Thewear resistant sleeve 6904 allows the sensor to easily slide laterallywithin the rail mounting block 6902. The geometry of the dovetailclamping block 6906 limits lateral movement of the rail once it isclamped in place. However, when unclamped, it is easy to slide the railoff to change the rail. In another embodiment, the rail mounting blockmay allow for open jawed, full rail coupling allowing the rail to berapidly attached and detached without the need for sliding intoposition.

Referring to FIGS. 70 and 71A-C, an example of a rail 7000 is seen witha plurality of sensor carriages 7004 attached and an inspection camera7002 attached. As shown in FIG. 71A, the inspection camera 7002 may beaimed downward (e.g., at 38 degrees) such that it captures an image ofthe inspection surface that can be coordinated with sensor measurements.The inspection video captured may be synchronized with the sensor dataand/or with the video captured by the navigation cameras on the centermodule. The inspection camera 7002 may have a wide field of view suchthat the image captured spans the width of the payload and the surfacemeasured by all of the sensor carriages 7004 on the rail 7000.

The length of the rail may be designed to according to the width ofsensor coverage to be provided in a single pass of the inspection robot,the size and number of sensor carriages, the total weight limit of theinspection robot, the communication capability of the inspection robotwith the base station (or other communicated device), the deliverabilityof couplant to the inspection robot, the physical constraints (weight,deflection, etc.) of the rail and/or the clamping block, and/or anyother relevant criteria. A rail may include one or more sensor carriageclamps 7200 having joints with several degrees of freedom for movementto allow the robot to continue even if one or more sensor carriagesencounter unsurmountable obstacles (e.g., the entire payload can beraised, the sensor carriage can articulate vertically and raise over theobstacle, and/or the sensor carriage can rotate and traverse around theobstacle).

The rail actuator connector 6912 may be connected to a rail (payload)actuator 5518 (FIG. 55) which is able to provide a configurabledown-force on the rail 7000 and the attached sensor carriages 7004 toassure contact and/or desired engagement angle with the inspectionsurface. The payload actuator 5518 may facilitate engaging anddisengaging the rail 7000 (and associated sensor carriages 7004) fromthe inspection surface to facilitate obstacle avoidance, angletransitions, engagement angle, and the like. Rail actuators 5518 mayoperate independently of one another. Thus, rail engagement angle mayvary between drive modules on either side of the center module, betweenfront and back rails on the same drive module, and the like.

Referring to FIGS. 72A-72C, a sensor clamp 7200 may allow sensorcarriages 7004 to be easily added individually to the rail (payload)7000 without disturbing other sensor carriages 7004. A simple sensor setscrew 7202 tightens the sensor clamp edges 7204 of the sensor clamp 7200over the rail. In the example of FIGS. 72A-72C, a sled carriage mount7206 provides a rotational degree of freedom for movement.

FIG. 73 depicts a multi-sensor sled carriage 7004, 7300. The embodimentof FIG. 73 depicts multiple sleds arranged on a sled carriage, but anyfeatures of a sled, sled arm, and/or payload described throughout thepresent disclosure may otherwise be present in addition to, or asalternatives to, one or more features of the multi-sensor sled carriage7004, 7300. The multi-sensor sled carriage 7300 may include a multiplesled assembly, each sled 7302 having a sled spring 7304 at the front andback (relative to direction of travel) to enable the sled 7302 to tiltor move in and out to accommodate the contour of the inspection surface,traverse obstacles, and the like. The multi-sensor sled carriage 7300may include multiple power/data connectors 7306, one running to eachsensor sled 7302, to power the sensor and transfer acquired data back tothe robot. Depending on the sensor type, the multi-sensor sled carriage7300 may include multiple couplant lines 7308 providing couplant to eachsensor sled 7302 requiring couplant.

Referring to FIGS. 74A-74B, in a top perspective depiction, twomultiple-sensor sled assemblies 7400 of different widths are shown, asindicated by the width label 7402. A multiple sled assembly may includemultiple sleds 7302. Acoustic sleds may include a couplant port 7404 forreceiving couplant from the robot. Each sled may have a sensor opening7406 to accommodate a sensor and engage a power/data connector 7306. Amultiple-sensor sled assembly width may be selected to accommodate theinspection surface to be traversed such as pipe outer diameter,anticipated obstacle size, desired inspection resolution, a desirednumber of contact points (e.g., three contact points ensuringself-alignment of the sled carriage and sleds), and the like. As shownin FIG. 75, an edge-on depiction of a multiple-sensor sled assembly, thesled spring 7304 may allow independent radial movement of each sled toself-align with the inspection surface. The rotational spacing 7502(tracing a circumference on an arc) between sleds may be fixed or may beadjustable.

Referring to FIGS. 76A-76D, a sled may include a sensor housing 7610having a groove 7604. A replaceable engagement surface 7602 may includeone or more hooks 7608 which interact with the groove 7604 to snap thereplaceable engagement surface 7602 to the sensor housing 7610. Thesensor housing 7610, a cross section of which is shown in FIG. 77, maybe a single machined part which may include an integral couplant channel7702, in some embodiments this is a water line, and an integrated coneassembly 7704 to allow couplant to flow from the couplant connector 7308down to the inspection surface. There may be a couplant plug 7706 toprevent the couplant from flowing out of a machining hole 7708 ratherthan down through the integral cone assembly 7704 to the inspectionsurface. The front and back surface of the sled may be angled atapproximately 40° to provide the ability of the sled to surmountobstacles on the navigation surface. If the angle is too shallow, thesize of obstacle the sled is able to surmount is small. If the angle istoo steep, the sled may be more prone to jamming into obstacles ratherthan surmounting the obstacles. The angle may be selected according tothe size and type of obstacles that will be encountered, the availablecontingencies for obstacle traversal (degrees of freedom and amount ofmotion available, actuators available, alternate routes available,etc.), and/or the desired inspection coverage and availability to avoidobstacles.

In addition to structural integrity and machinability, the material usedfor the sensor housing 7610 may be selected based on acousticalcharacteristics (such as absorbing rather than scattering acousticsignals, harmonics, and the like), hydrophobic properties (waterproof),and the ability to act as an electrical insulator to eliminate aconnection between the sensor housing and the chassis ground, and thelike such that the sensor housing may be suitable for a variety ofsensors including EMI sensors. A PEI plastic such as ULTEM® 1000(unreinforced amorphous thermoplastic polyetherimide) may be used forthe sensor housing 7610.

In embodiments, a sensor carriage may comprise a universal single sledsensor assembly 7800 as shown in FIGS. 78-80B. The universal single sledsensor assembly 7800 may include a single sensor housing 7802 havingsled springs 7804 at the front and back (relative to direction oftravel) to enable the sled 7802 to tilt or move in and out toaccommodate the contour of the inspection surface, traverse obstaclesand the like. The universal single sled sensor assembly 7800 may have apower/data connector 7806 to power the sensor and transfer acquired databack to the robot. The universal single sled sensor assembly 7800 mayinclude multiple couplant lines 7808 attached to a multi-port sledcouplant distributor 7810. Unused couplant ports 7812 may be connectedto one another to simply reroute couplant back into a couplant system.

Referring to FIG. 79, a universal single-sensor assembly may includeextendable stability “wings” 7902 located on either side of the sensorhousing 7802 which may be expanded or contracted (See FIGS. 80A-80B)depending on the inspection surface. In an illustrative and non-limitingexample, the stability “wings” may be expanded to accommodate aninspection surface such as a pipe with a larger outer dimension. Thestability “wings” together with the sensor housing 7802 provide threepoints of contact between the single-sensor assembly 7800 and theinspection surface, thereby improving the stability of the single sensorassembly 7800. In certain embodiments, the stability wings also providerapid access to the replaceable/wearable contact surface for rapidchanges and/or repair of a sled contact surface.

In embodiments, identification of a sensor and its location on a railand relative to the center module may be made in real-time during apre-processing/calibration process immediately prior to an inspectionrun, and/or during an inspection run (e.g., by stopping the inspectionrobot and performing a calibration). Identification may be based on asensor ID provided by an individual sensor, visual inspection by theoperator or by image processing of video feeds from navigation andinspection cameras, and user input include including specifying thelocation on the robot and where it is plugged in. In certainembodiments, identification may be automated, for example by poweringeach sensor separately and determining which sensor is providing asignal.

In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 81A, a sensor may be initiallycalibrated by measuring a thin standard 8102 and a thick standard 8104(e.g., a thick and thin standard for the type of surface, pipe, etc.being measured), and matching the sensor being calibrated with thematching thick and thin channel measurements resulting in matchingchannels 8114 having thick and thin channels that map to a specificsensor or sensor type. In certain embodiments, sensor measurements(e.g., return times, as described elsewhere in the present disclosure)may be matched by interpolation between the thin standard 8102 and thethick standard 8104. In certain embodiments, depending upon the materialresponse and the desired measurement accuracy, measurements may beextrapolated outside of the thin standard 8102 and the thick standard8104. Additionally or alternatively, a single standard may be utilizedin certain embodiments, with measurement comparisons to the standard toprovide the measured thickness value of the inspection surface.

As shown in FIG. 81B, a calibration block may include both a thickstandard 8104 and a thin standard 8102, each standard 8102 8104 havingprecisely known thicknesses. Measurements may be made of each standard8102 8104, resulting in thin channels of data 8106 and thick channels ofdata 8110. The sensor identification and calibration module 8112compares the incoming thin and thick channels 8106 8108 with a pluralityof matching channel data 8114, and, once matches for both the thinchannel of data 8106 and the thick channel of data 8110 are found in asingle matching channel, the sensor identification and calibrationmodule 8112 pairs the sensor definition with the data coming in fromthat sensor. The thin and thick channel data may be compared with dataexpected from standards of the specified thickness and an offsetcalibration map may be developed that may be applied to data obtained bythe given sensor during an inspection run post calibration. There may bedifferent calibration blocks based on different inspection surfacecharacteristics such as outer diameter of pipes to be inspected,material making up inspection surface (different materials havingdifferent acoustic properties), type of inspection surface (e.g., pipes,tank, nominal thicknesses of the target surface), and the like. Havingoffsets for different thickness may enable the system to interpolate aneeded offset for intervening thickness values, and may improve theaccuracy of the measurements. This resulting in mapping received datachannels to sensors as well as calibration maps for mapping correctingoffsets in the data received from the mapped sensor. Sensors may beidentified according to the response of the sensor, where the match isdetermined from the sensor return for the known thickness value for aparticular channel, then the sensor can be identified for that datachannel.

In order to safely manufacture the wheels using a high strength magnet,a wheel assembly machine (“WAM”) may be used to assemble the wheel whileproviding increased safety for a worker assembling the wheel. FIGS. 82and 83 depict a wheel assembly machine and a cross section of the wheelassembly machine 8300. The wheel assembly machine 8300 may include amotor assembly 8302, a shaft coupler 8303, a drum assembly 8304, afixture assembly 8308, and an alignment shaft 8310. The fixture assembly8308 may include an actuated flange 8314 with pins 8316, a limit switch8317 and a ball screw and nut 8318. The motor 8302 may allow the pins8316 to be raised and lowered, moving the magnet toward or away from thewheel plate, and further avoiding a pinch hazard between the magnet andthe wheel plate.

FIG. 84A depicts the pins 8316 extending through a wheel plate 8402positioned on the alignment shaft 8310. A magnet 8404 may be placed onthe alignment shaft 8310 such that it rests on the pins 8316. The pins8316 may then be lowered (FIG. 84B) resulting in the magnet 8404 beingcorrectly paired with one of the two wheel plates 8402. The second wheelplate may be lowered onto the alignment shaft 8310 where it can bedropped onto the already assembled wheel plate 8402 and magnet 8404. Todisassemble the wheel, the pins 8316 may be extended, pushing the magnet8404 off the lower wheel plate 8402 and the upper wheel plate 8402 offof the alignment shaft 8310.

An example procedure for detecting and/or traversing obstacles isdescribed following. An example procedure includes evaluating at leastone of: a wheel slippage determination value, a motor torque value, anda visual inspection value (e.g., through the camera, by an operator orcontroller detecting an obstacle directly and/or verifying motion). Theexample procedure further includes determining that an obstacle ispresent in response to the determinations. In certain embodiments, oneor more determinations are utilized to determine that an obstacle may bepresent (e.g., a rapid and/or low-cost determination, such as the wheelslippage determination value and/or the motor torque value), and anotherdetermination is utilized to confirm the obstacle is present and/or toconfirm the location of the obstacle (e.g., the visual inspection valueand/or the wheel slippage determination value, which may be utilized toidentify the specific obstacle and/or confirm which side of theinspection robot has the obstacle). In certain embodiments, one or moreobstacle avoidance maneuvers may be performed, which may be scheduled inan order of cost, risk, and/or likelihood of success, including suchoperations as: raising the payload, facilitating a movement of thesensor carriage around the obstacle, reducing and/or manipulating a downforce of the payload and/or of a sensor carriage, moving the inspectionrobot around and/or to avoid the obstacle, and/or changing theinspection run trajectory of the inspection robot.

FIG. 85 depicts a schematic block diagram of a control scheme for aninspection robot. The example control scheme includes distributedcontrol, with a high level controller (e.g., the brain/gateway, and/orwith distributed elements in the base station) providing standardizedcommands and communications to highly capable low-level controllers thatprovide hardware specific responses. Various communication and/or powerpaths are depicted between controllers in the example of FIG. 85,although specific communication protocols, electrical powercharacteristics, and the like are non-limiting examples for clarity ofthe present description. In the example of FIG. 85, two separate drivemodules may be present in certain embodiments, each having an interfaceto the center body. In the example of FIG. 85, the sensor moduleincludes the inspection cameras and sensor communications, and may be onthe payload and/or associated with the payload (e.g., on the center bodyside and in communication with sensors of the payload).

The methods and systems described herein may be deployed in part or inwhole through a machine having a computer, computing device, processor,circuit, and/or server that executes computer readable instructions,program codes, instructions, and/or includes hardware configured tofunctionally execute one or more operations of the methods and systemsdisclosed herein. The terms computer, computing device, processor,circuit, and/or server, as utilized herein, should be understoodbroadly.

Any one or more of the terms computer, computing device, processor,circuit, and/or server include a computer of any type, capable to accessinstructions stored in communication thereto such as upon anon-transient computer readable medium, whereupon the computer performsoperations of systems or methods described herein upon executing theinstructions. In certain embodiments, such instructions themselvescomprise a computer, computing device, processor, circuit, and/orserver. Additionally or alternatively, a computer, computing device,processor, circuit, and/or server may be a separate hardware device, oneor more computing resources distributed across hardware devices, and/ormay include such aspects as logical circuits, embedded circuits,sensors, actuators, input and/or output devices, network and/orcommunication resources, memory resources of any type, processingresources of any type, and/or hardware devices configured to beresponsive to determined conditions to functionally execute one or moreoperations of systems and methods herein.

Network and/or communication resources include, without limitation,local area network, wide area network, wireless, internet, or any otherknown communication resources and protocols. Example and non-limitinghardware, computers, computing devices, processors, circuits, and/orservers include, without limitation, a general purpose computer, aserver, an embedded computer, a mobile device, a virtual machine, and/oran emulated version of one or more of these. Example and non-limitinghardware, computers, computing devices, processors, circuits, and/orservers may be physical, logical, or virtual. A computer, computingdevice, processor, circuit, and/or server may be: a distributed resourceincluded as an aspect of several devices; and/or included as aninteroperable set of resources to perform described functions of thecomputer, computing device, processor, circuit, and/or server, such thatthe distributed resources function together to perform the operations ofthe computer, computing device, processor, circuit, and/or server. Incertain embodiments, each computer, computing device, processor,circuit, and/or server may be on separate hardware, and/or one or morehardware devices may include aspects of more than one computer,computing device, processor, circuit, and/or server, for example asseparately executable instructions stored on the hardware device, and/oras logically partitioned aspects of a set of executable instructions,with some aspects of the hardware device comprising a part of a firstcomputer, computing device, processor, circuit, and/or server, and someaspects of the hardware device comprising a part of a second computer,computing device, processor, circuit, and/or server.

A computer, computing device, processor, circuit, and/or server may bepart of a server, client, network infrastructure, mobile computingplatform, stationary computing platform, or other computing platform. Aprocessor may be any kind of computational or processing device capableof executing program instructions, codes, binary instructions and thelike. The processor may be or include a signal processor, digitalprocessor, embedded processor, microprocessor, or any variant such as aco-processor (math co-processor, graphic co-processor, communicationco-processor and the like) and the like that may directly or indirectlyfacilitate execution of program code or program instructions storedthereon. In addition, the processor may enable execution of multipleprograms, threads, and codes. The threads may be executed simultaneouslyto enhance the performance of the processor and to facilitatesimultaneous operations of the application. By way of implementation,methods, program codes, program instructions and the like describedherein may be implemented in one or more threads. The thread may spawnother threads that may have assigned priorities associated with them;the processor may execute these threads based on priority or any otherorder based on instructions provided in the program code. The processormay include memory that stores methods, codes, instructions and programsas described herein and elsewhere. The processor may access a storagemedium through an interface that may store methods, codes, andinstructions as described herein and elsewhere. The storage mediumassociated with the processor for storing methods, programs, codes,program instructions or other type of instructions capable of beingexecuted by the computing or processing device may include but may notbe limited to one or more of a CD-ROM, DVD, memory, hard disk, flashdrive, RAM, ROM, cache, and the like.

A processor may include one or more cores that may enhance speed andperformance of a multiprocessor. In embodiments, the process may be adual core processor, quad core processors, other chip-levelmultiprocessor and the like that combine two or more independent cores(called a die).

The methods and systems described herein may be deployed in part or inwhole through a machine that executes computer readable instructions ona server, client, firewall, gateway, hub, router, or other such computerand/or networking hardware. The computer readable instructions may beassociated with a server that may include a file server, print server,domain server, internet server, intranet server and other variants suchas secondary server, host server, distributed server and the like. Theserver may include one or more of memories, processors, computerreadable transitory and/or non-transitory media, storage media, ports(physical and virtual), communication devices, and interfaces capable ofaccessing other servers, clients, machines, and devices through a wiredor a wireless medium, and the like. The methods, programs, or codes asdescribed herein and elsewhere may be executed by the server. Inaddition, other devices required for execution of methods as describedin this application may be considered as a part of the infrastructureassociated with the server.

The server may provide an interface to other devices including, withoutlimitation, clients, other servers, printers, database servers, printservers, file servers, communication servers, distributed servers, andthe like. Additionally, this coupling and/or connection may facilitateremote execution of instructions across the network. The networking ofsome or all of these devices may facilitate parallel processing ofprogram code, instructions, and/or programs at one or more locationswithout deviating from the scope of the disclosure. In addition, all thedevices attached to the server through an interface may include at leastone storage medium capable of storing methods, program code,instructions, and/or programs. A central repository may provide programinstructions to be executed on different devices. In thisimplementation, the remote repository may act as a storage medium formethods, program code, instructions, and/or programs.

The methods, program code, instructions, and/or programs may beassociated with a client that may include a file client, print client,domain client, internet client, intranet client and other variants suchas secondary client, host client, distributed client and the like. Theclient may include one or more of memories, processors, computerreadable transitory and/or non-transitory media, storage media, ports(physical and virtual), communication devices, and interfaces capable ofaccessing other clients, servers, machines, and devices through a wiredor a wireless medium, and the like. The methods, program code,instructions, and/or programs as described herein and elsewhere may beexecuted by the client. In addition, other devices utilized forexecution of methods as described in this application may be consideredas a part of the infrastructure associated with the client.

The client may provide an interface to other devices including, withoutlimitation, servers, other clients, printers, database servers, printservers, file servers, communication servers, distributed servers, andthe like. Additionally, this coupling and/or connection may facilitateremote execution of methods, program code, instructions, and/or programsacross the network. The networking of some or all of these devices mayfacilitate parallel processing of methods, program code, instructions,and/or programs at one or more locations without deviating from thescope of the disclosure. In addition, all the devices attached to theclient through an interface may include at least one storage mediumcapable of storing methods, program code, instructions, and/or programs.A central repository may provide program instructions to be executed ondifferent devices. In this implementation, the remote repository may actas a storage medium for methods, program code, instructions, and/orprograms.

The methods and systems described herein may be deployed in part or inwhole through network infrastructures. The network infrastructure mayinclude elements such as computing devices, servers, routers, hubs,firewalls, clients, personal computers, communication devices, routingdevices and other active and passive devices, modules, and/or componentsas known in the art. The computing and/or non-computing device(s)associated with the network infrastructure may include, apart from othercomponents, a storage medium such as flash memory, buffer, stack, RAM,ROM, and the like. The methods, program code, instructions, and/orprograms described herein and elsewhere may be executed by one or moreof the network infrastructural elements.

The methods, program code, instructions, and/or programs describedherein and elsewhere may be implemented on a cellular network havingmultiple cells. The cellular network may either be frequency divisionmultiple access (FDMA) network or code division multiple access (CDMA)network. The cellular network may include mobile devices, cell sites,base stations, repeaters, antennas, towers, and the like.

The methods, program code, instructions, and/or programs describedherein and elsewhere may be implemented on or through mobile devices.The mobile devices may include navigation devices, cell phones, mobilephones, mobile personal digital assistants, laptops, palmtops, netbooks,pagers, electronic books readers, music players, and the like. Thesemobile devices may include, apart from other components, a storagemedium such as a flash memory, buffer, RAM, ROM and one or morecomputing devices. The computing devices associated with mobile devicesmay be enabled to execute methods, program code, instructions, and/orprograms stored thereon. Alternatively, the mobile devices may beconfigured to execute instructions in collaboration with other devices.The mobile devices may communicate with base stations interfaced withservers and configured to execute methods, program code, instructions,and/or programs. The mobile devices may communicate on a peer to peernetwork, mesh network, or other communications network. The methods,program code, instructions, and/or programs may be stored on the storagemedium associated with the server and executed by a computing deviceembedded within the server. The base station may include a computingdevice and a storage medium. The storage device may store methods,program code, instructions, and/or programs executed by the computingdevices associated with the base station.

The methods, program code, instructions, and/or programs may be storedand/or accessed on machine readable transitory and/or non-transitorymedia that may include: computer components, devices, and recordingmedia that retain digital data used for computing for some interval oftime; semiconductor storage known as random access memory (RAM); massstorage typically for more permanent storage, such as optical discs,forms of magnetic storage like hard disks, tapes, drums, cards and othertypes; processor registers, cache memory, volatile memory, non-volatilememory; optical storage such as CD, DVD; removable media such as flashmemory (e.g., USB sticks or keys), floppy disks, magnetic tape, papertape, punch cards, standalone RAM disks, Zip drives, removable massstorage, off-line, and the like; other computer memory such as dynamicmemory, static memory, read/write storage, mutable storage, read only,random access, sequential access, location addressable, fileaddressable, content addressable, network attached storage, storage areanetwork, bar codes, magnetic ink, and the like.

Certain operations described herein include interpreting, receiving,and/or determining one or more values, parameters, inputs, data, orother information. Operations including interpreting, receiving, and/ordetermining any value parameter, input, data, and/or other informationinclude, without limitation: receiving data via a user input; receivingdata over a network of any type; reading a data value from a memorylocation in communication with the receiving device; utilizing a defaultvalue as a received data value; estimating, calculating, or deriving adata value based on other information available to the receiving device;and/or updating any of these in response to a later received data value.In certain embodiments, a data value may be received by a firstoperation, and later updated by a second operation, as part of thereceiving a data value. For example, when communications are down,intermittent, or interrupted, a first operation to interpret, receive,and/or determine a data value may be performed, and when communicationsare restored an updated operation to interpret, receive, and/ordetermine the data value may be performed.

Certain logical groupings of operations herein, for example methods orprocedures of the current disclosure, are provided to illustrate aspectsof the present disclosure. Operations described herein are schematicallydescribed and/or depicted, and operations may be combined, divided,re-ordered, added, or removed in a manner consistent with the disclosureherein. It is understood that the context of an operational descriptionmay require an ordering for one or more operations, and/or an order forone or more operations may be explicitly disclosed, but the order ofoperations should be understood broadly, where any equivalent groupingof operations to provide an equivalent outcome of operations isspecifically contemplated herein. For example, if a value is used in oneoperational step, the determining of the value may be required beforethat operational step in certain contexts (e.g. where the time delay ofdata for an operation to achieve a certain effect is important), but maynot be required before that operation step in other contexts (e.g. whereusage of the value from a previous execution cycle of the operationswould be sufficient for those purposes). Accordingly, in certainembodiments an order of operations and grouping of operations asdescribed is explicitly contemplated herein, and in certain embodimentsre-ordering, subdivision, and/or different grouping of operations isexplicitly contemplated herein.

The methods and systems described herein may transform physical and/oror intangible items from one state to another. The methods and systemsdescribed herein may also transform data representing physical and/orintangible items from one state to another.

The elements described and depicted herein, including in flow charts,block diagrams, and/or operational descriptions, depict and/or describespecific example arrangements of elements for purposes of illustration.However, the depicted and/or described elements, the functions thereof,and/or arrangements of these, may be implemented on machines, such asthrough computer executable transitory and/or non-transitory mediahaving a processor capable of executing program instructions storedthereon, and/or as logical circuits or hardware arrangements. Examplearrangements of programming instructions include at least: monolithicstructure of instructions; standalone modules of instructions forelements or portions thereof; and/or as modules of instructions thatemploy external routines, code, services, and so forth; and/or anycombination of these, and all such implementations are contemplated tobe within the scope of embodiments of the present disclosure Examples ofsuch machines include, without limitation, personal digital assistants,laptops, personal computers, mobile phones, other handheld computingdevices, medical equipment, wired or wireless communication devices,transducers, chips, calculators, satellites, tablet PCs, electronicbooks, gadgets, electronic devices, devices having artificialintelligence, computing devices, networking equipment, servers, routersand the like. Furthermore, the elements described and/or depictedherein, and/or any other logical components, may be implemented on amachine capable of executing program instructions. Thus, while theforegoing flow charts, block diagrams, and/or operational descriptionsset forth functional aspects of the disclosed systems, any arrangementof program instructions implementing these functional aspects arecontemplated herein. Similarly, it will be appreciated that the varioussteps identified and described above may be varied, and that the orderof steps may be adapted to particular applications of the techniquesdisclosed herein. Additionally, any steps or operations may be dividedand/or combined in any manner providing similar functionality to thedescribed operations. All such variations and modifications arecontemplated in the present disclosure. The methods and/or processesdescribed above, and steps thereof, may be implemented in hardware,program code, instructions, and/or programs or any combination ofhardware and methods, program code, instructions, and/or programssuitable for a particular application. Example hardware includes adedicated computing device or specific computing device, a particularaspect or component of a specific computing device, and/or anarrangement of hardware components and/or logical circuits to performone or more of the operations of a method and/or system. The processesmay be implemented in one or more microprocessors, microcontrollers,embedded microcontrollers, programmable digital signal processors orother programmable device, along with internal and/or external memory.The processes may also, or instead, be embodied in an applicationspecific integrated circuit, a programmable gate array, programmablearray logic, or any other device or combination of devices that may beconfigured to process electronic signals. It will further be appreciatedthat one or more of the processes may be realized as a computerexecutable code capable of being executed on a machine readable medium.

The computer executable code may be created using a structuredprogramming language such as C, an object oriented programming languagesuch as C++, or any other high-level or low-level programming language(including assembly languages, hardware description languages, anddatabase programming languages and technologies) that may be stored,compiled or interpreted to run on one of the above devices, as well asheterogeneous combinations of processors, processor architectures, orcombinations of different hardware and computer readable instructions,or any other machine capable of executing program instructions.

Thus, in one aspect, each method described above and combinationsthereof may be embodied in computer executable code that, when executingon one or more computing devices, performs the steps thereof. In anotheraspect, the methods may be embodied in systems that perform the stepsthereof, and may be distributed across devices in a number of ways, orall of the functionality may be integrated into a dedicated, standalonedevice or other hardware. In another aspect, the means for performingthe steps associated with the processes described above may include anyof the hardware and/or computer readable instructions described above.All such permutations and combinations are contemplated in embodimentsof the present disclosure.

Referencing FIG. 86, an example system for operating an inspection robothaving a distributed microcontroller assembly is depicted, thedistributed microcontroller assembly supporting modular controloperations, and allowing for rapid prototyping, testing, reconfigurationof the inspection robot, and swapping of hardware components withoutrequiring changes to the primary inspection control functions of theinspection robot.

The example system includes an inspection controller circuit 8602 thatoperates an inspection robot using a first command set 8604. In certainembodiments, the first command set 8604 includes high-level inspectioncontrol commands, such as robot positioning and/or movementinstructions, instructions to perform sensing operations and/or actuatoroperations, and may further include instructions using standardizedparameters, state values, and the like that are separated from low-levelinstructions that might be configured for the specific characteristicsof hardware components of the inspection robot. For example, an actuatormay be responsive to specific voltage values, position instructions, orthe like, where the example first command set includes instructions suchas whether the actuator should be activated, a down force to be appliedby the actuator, a position target value of an actuated component suchas a payload or stability assist device, and/or a state value such as“inspecting”, “stability assist stored”, “stability assist deployed”,“payload raised”, etc.

The example system includes a hardware interface 8606 in communicationwith the inspection controller circuit 8704, where the hardwareinterface utilizes the first command set 8604. The example systemfurther includes a first hardware component 8608 that is operativelycouplable to the hardware interface 8606, and a second hardwarecomponent 8614 that is couplable to the hardware interface 8606. Thehardware components 8608, 8614 may include sensors, actuators, payloads,and/or any other device that, when coupled to the inspection robot,communicates and/or is controlled by the inspection robot duringinspection operations. In certain embodiments, one or more of thehardware components 8608, 8614 includes a painting device, an actuator,a camera, a welding device, a marking device, and/or a cleaning device.The example first hardware component 8608 includes a first response map8610, which may include a description of sensor response values (e.g.,voltages, frequency values, current values, or the like) provided by thehardware component 8608 and corresponding values used by the inspectionrobot, such as the represented sensed values (e.g., temperature, UTreturn time, wall thickness indicated, etc.). Another example firstresponse map 8610 may include a description of actuation command valuesprovided by the inspection robot corresponding to actuator responses forthe values. For example, actuation command values may be an actuatorposition value, where the actuator responses may be voltage values,current values, or the like provided to the actuator. The example secondhardware component 8614 including a second response map 8616. In certainembodiments, the first response map 8610 is distinct from the secondresponse map 8616.

In certain embodiments, the actuation command values and/or therepresented sensed values are more specific to the hardware componentthan parameters utilized in the first command set 8604. In certainembodiments, as described following, an interface controller 8628 and/ora low level hardware control circuit (e.g., sensor control circuit 8620)may be present and interposed between the hardware component and theinspection controller circuit 8602. Intermediate controllers or controlcircuits may be positioned on either side of the hardware interface8606, and may further be positioned on the respective hardwarecontroller.

The system includes the inspection controller circuit 8602 controllingthe first hardware component 8608 or the second hardware component 8614utilizing the first command set 8604. The system having the firsthardware component 8608 coupled to the hardware interface 8606 has afirst inspection capability 8612, and the system having the secondhardware component 8614 coupled to the hardware interface 8606 has asecond inspection capability 8618. In certain embodiments, the firstinspection capability 8612 is distinct from the second inspectioncapability 8618, such as distinct inspection and/or sensingcapabilities, and/or distinct actuation capabilities. The first hardwarecomponent 8608 and/or the second hardware component 8614 may includemore than one sensor (e.g., a group of sensors having a single interfaceto the hardware interface 8606), more than one actuator (e.g., a drivemodule having a drive actuator and a payload actuator), or combinationsof these (e.g., a drive module or payload having at least one sensor andat least one actuator).

An example system includes at least one of the hardware components 8608,8614 including a sensor (depicted as the first hardware component 8608in the example of FIG. 86), and a sensor control circuit 8620 thatconverts a sensor response 8622 to a sensed parameter value 8626. Theexample sensor control circuit 8620 is depicted as positioned on thehardware component, and as interposed between the hardware interface8606 and the inspection controller circuit 8602, although the sensorcontrol circuit 8620 may be positioned in only one of these locationsfor a given embodiment. The example sensor control circuit 8620 utilizesan A/D converter instruction set 8624 to convert the sensor response8622. In certain embodiments, the sensor control circuit 8620 performsone or more operations such as debouncing, noise removal, filtering,saturation management, slew rate management, hysteresis operations,and/or diagnostic processing on the sensor response 8622 to determinethe sensed parameter value 8626. In certain embodiments, the sensorcontrol circuit 8620 additionally or alternatively interprets the sensorresponse 8622 by converting the sensor response 8622 from sensorprovided units (e.g., voltage, bits, frequency values, etc.) to thesensed parameter value 8626. In certain embodiments, for example wherethe sensor is a smart sensor or a high capability sensor, the sensor maybe configured to provide the sensed parameter value 8626 directly,and/or the sensor control circuit 8620 may be positioned on the sensorto provide the sensed parameter value 8626.

In certain embodiments, the inspection controller circuit 8602 utilizesthe sensed parameter value 8626. The sensed parameter value 8626 may becommunicated to the inspection controller circuit 8602 from the sensorcontrol circuit 8620, for example where the interface controller 8628receives the sensor response 8622, and the sensor control circuit 8620is interposed between the hardware interface 8606 and the inspectioncontroller circuit 8602. In certain embodiments, the sensed parametervalue 8626 may be communicated to the inspection controller circuit 8602from the interface controller 8628, for example where the interfacecontroller 8628 receives the sensed parameter value 8626 from the sensorcontrol circuit 8620 interposed between the hardware interface 8606 andthe sensor.

An example interface controller 8628 interprets the sensor response 8622utilizing a calibration map 8630. For example, the calibration map 8630may include interface information between the first command set 8604 andresponses and/or commands from/to the respective hardware component8608, 8614. In certain embodiments, when a hardware component coupled tothe hardware interface 8606 is changed, the interface controller updatesthe calibration map 8630, for example selecting an applicablecalibration map 8630 from a number of available calibration maps 8630,and/or receiving an update (e.g., a new calibration, and/or updatedfirmware for the interface controller 8628) to provide the updatedcalibration map 8630. In certain embodiments, the hardware componentprovides an identifier, such as part number, build number, componenttype information, or the like, and the interface controller 8628 selectsa calibration map 8630 in response to the identifier of the hardwarecomponent.

Referencing FIG. 87, an example inspection robot for performinginspection operations having a distributed microcontroller assembly isdepicted, the distributed microcontroller assembly supporting modularcontrol operations, and allowing for rapid prototyping, testing,reconfiguration of the inspection robot, and swapping of hardwarecomponents without requiring changes to the primary inspection controlfunctions of the inspection robot. The inspection robot includes a robotbody 8702 including an inspection coordination controller 8704 thatcontrols a first inspection utilizing a first command set 8604. Theinspection robot includes a hardware interface 8606 in communicationwith the inspection coordination controller 8704, a first sensor 8706operatively couplable to the hardware interface 8606, where the firstsensor has a first response map 8610, and a second sensor 8708operatively couplable to the hardware interface 8606, where the secondsensor 8708 has a second response map 8616. In certain embodiments, thesecond response map 8616 is distinct from the first response map 8610.The inspection coordination controller 8704 further controls, using thefirst command set 8604, the first sensor 8706 or the second sensor 8708.

In certain embodiments, the first sensor 8706 and second sensor 8708 areswappable, such as where either the first sensor 8706 or the secondsensor 8708 can be coupled to the hardware interface 8606, and theinspection coordination controller 8704 can continue to controlinspection operations without a change to the first command set 8604. Incertain embodiments, the swappable first sensor 8706 or the secondsensor 8708 indicates that a same functionality of the inspection robotis available, even where the sensor responses 8622, 8710 are distinct(e.g., the sensors have a same type, can fulfill a same function, and/orthey can be utilized with other components of the inspection robot toprovide a same function).

An example inspection robot includes a sensor control circuit 8620included on the first sensor 8706 and/or the second sensor 8708 (thefirst sensor 8706 in the example of FIG. 87) that converts the sensorresponse 8622 to a sensed parameter value 8626. In certain embodiments,the sensor control circuit 8620 provides the sensed parameter value 8626to the hardware interface 8606. In certain embodiments, the sensorcontrol circuit 8620 converts the sensor response 8622 by performing oneor more of debouncing, noise removal, filtering, saturation management,slew rate management, hysteresis operations, and/or diagnosticprocessing on the sensor response 8622 provided by the sensor. Incertain embodiments, the sensor control circuit 8620 performs an A/Dconversion on the sensor response 8622 provided by the sensor.

An example inspection robot includes an interface controller 8628 incommunication with the hardware interface 8606, where the interfacecontroller 8628 further receives one of the sensed parameter value 8626or the sensor response 8622, 8710. In certain embodiments, theinspection robot further includes a sensed value processing circuit 8711that converts the sensed parameter value 8626 to an inspection value8712 (e.g., converting a sensed value to a secondary value such as awall thickness, coating thickness, etc.). An example sensed valueprocessing circuit 8711 provides the inspection value 8712 to theinspection coordination controller 8704, and/or to a model or virtualsensor 8714. In certain embodiments, the model or virtual sensor 8714utilizes the inspection value 8712 to determine other values in thesystem.

An example inspection robot includes two drive modules 8716, 8718, eachoperatively coupled to a respective hardware interface 8606, 8720. Theexample system includes the interface controller 8628 interposed betweenthe inspection coordination controller 8704 and each of the hardwareinterfaces 8606, 8720. The example inspection robot further includeseach drive module 8716, 8718 having a respective drive controller 8722,8724, where each drive controller 8722, 8724 is in communication withthe respective hardware interface 8606, 8720. The example including thedrive modules 8716, 8718 and the interface controller 8628 provides forseparation between the first command set 8604 and the specificcommunication protocols, command values, and the like for the drivemodules 8716, 8718. In certain embodiments, the example including thedrive modules 8716, 8718 and the interface controller 8628 provides forswapability and/or reversibility of the drive modules 8716, 8718 betweenthe hardware interfaces 8606, 8720.

Referencing FIG. 88, an example procedure for operating an inspectionrobot having a distributed microcontroller assembly is depicted. Theexample procedure includes an operation 8802 to operate an inspectioncontroller in communication with a first hardware component coupled to ahardware interface utilizing a first command set, where the firsthardware component includes a first response map, an operation 8804 tode-couple the first hardware component from the hardware interface, anoperation 8806 to couple a second hardware component to the hardwareinterface, where the second hardware component includes a secondresponse map, and an operation 8808 to operate the inspection controllerin communication with the second hardware component utilizing the firstcommand set.

An example procedure includes one of the response maps including an A/Dconverter instruction set, and/or where the first response map isdistinct from the second response map. An example procedure includes anoperation (not shown) to operate an interface controller communicativelycoupled to the hardware interface, where the operating of the interfacecontroller includes interpreting data from the first hardware componentutilizing the first response map, interpreting data from the secondhardware component utilizing the second response map, and communicatingwith the inspection controller in response to the first command set. Incertain embodiments, interpreting data from the first hardware componentis performed in a first hardware configuration (e.g., with the firsthardware component coupled to the hardware interface), and interpretingdata from the second hardware component is performed in a secondhardware configuration (e.g., with the second hardware component coupledto the hardware interface).

An example procedure includes one of the response maps including an A/Dconverter instruction set, and/or where the first response map isdistinct from the second response map. An example procedure includes anoperation (not shown) to operate an interface controller communicativelycoupled to the hardware interface, where the operating of the interfacecontroller includes providing actuator command values to the firsthardware component utilizing the first response map, providing actuatorcommand values to the second hardware component utilizing the secondresponse map, and communicating with the inspection controller inresponse to the first command set. In certain embodiments, providingactuator command values to the first hardware component is performed ina first hardware configuration (e.g., with the first hardware componentcoupled to the hardware interface), and providing actuator commandvalues to the second hardware component is performed in a secondhardware configuration (e.g., with the second hardware component coupledto the hardware interface). In certain embodiments, the procedureincludes an operation to update computer readable instructionsaccessible to the

interface controller before operating the inspection controller incommunication with one of the hardware components, for example after aswap from the first hardware component to the second hardware component.

Referencing FIG. 89, an example system 8900 for distributed control ofan inspection robot is depicted. The inspection robot may include anyembodiment of an inspection robot as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure. The example system includes an inspection control circuit8902 structured to operate the inspection robot utilizing a firstcommand set, such as high level operation descriptions includingmovement commands, sensor commands (e.g., sensor on/off times, samplingrates, etc.), actuator commands (e.g., actuator activation ordeactivation, actuator positions, and/or result commands such asapplying a selected downforce, position for a payload, position for asled, etc.). The example system includes a hardware interface 8906 incommunication with the inspection control circuit 8902, where thehardware interface utilizes the first command set.

The example system includes a first hardware component 8908 operativelycouplable to the hardware interface 8906, where the first hardwarecomponent includes and/or is in communication with a first hardwarecontroller 8910. The first hardware controller 8910 includes a firstresponse map 8912, for example including interface descriptions, A/Dmapping, hardware responses to commands, and the like, where the firsthardware controller 8910 commands the first hardware component 8908 inresponse to the first response map 8912 and the first command set 8904.

The example system includes a second hardware component 8914 operativelycouplable to the hardware interface 8906, where the second hardwarecomponent includes and/or is in communication with a second hardwarecontroller 8916. The second hardware controller 8916 includes a secondresponse map 8918, and commands the second hardware component 8914 inresponse to the second response map 8918 and the first command set 8904.

It can be seen that the system of FIG. 89 provides for an inspectionrobot controller 802 operable to command inspection operations of theinspection robot, with either the first hardware component 8908 or thesecond hardware component 8914 coupled to the hardware interface 8906,without a change in the coupled hardware component requiring a change inthe inspection robot controller 802 or the first command set 8904.

The example system 8900 further includes the first hardware controller8910 utilizing a local command set 8920 to command the first hardwarecomponent 8908. For example, the inspection robot controller 802 maystore a number of command sets thereon, wherein the first hardwarecontroller 8910 selects one of the number of command sets as the localcommand set 8920 based on the type of hardware component beingcontrolled, a function of the hardware component (e.g., sensing, a typeof sensor, actuating a payload, actuating a sensor position, actuating adown force value, actuating a drive wheel, etc.) and/or the type ofcommand present in the first command set 8904. The utilization of alocal command set 8920 allows for the implementation of differenthardware component types, while allowing the high level first commandset 8904 to operate utilizing functional commands disassociated with thespecific hardware components implementing the commands. In certainembodiments, a system 8900 may be changed to be compatible withadditional hardware component types, actuator positions (e.g., a payloadactuator coupled to a drive module or to a center chassis), by adding toavailable command sets available as local command sets 8920 withoutchanging the inspection control circuit 8902 or the first command set8904.

An example system 8900 includes the first response map 8912 beingdistinct from the second response map 8918, for example where the firsthardware component 8908 is a different type of component than the secondhardware component 8914, and/or has different interaction values such asresponse curves relative to electrical control values.

An example system 8900 includes a first drive module 8922 (which may bethe first hardware component 8908, although they are depicted separatelyin the example of FIG. 89) having a first drive controller 8924 thatdetermines a first drive signal 8926 in response to the first commandset 8904 and a first drive module response map 8928. The first drivemodule 8922 may include a first motor 8930 (e.g., coupled to a drivewheel of the first drive module 8922) that is responsive to the firstdrive signal 8926.

An example system 8900 includes a second drive module 8932 (which may bethe second hardware component 8914) having a second drive controller8934 that determines a second drive signal 8936 in response to the firstcommand set 8904 and a second drive module response map 8938. The seconddrive module 8932 may include a second motor 8940 that is responsive tothe second drive signal 8936.

In certain embodiments, one of the first drive module 8922 or the seconddrive module 8932 may be coupled to the hardware interface 8906.Additionally or alternatively, one or both of the drive modules may becoupled to one or more additional hardware interfaces 8960, for examplewith a first drive module 8922 coupled to a center chassis on a firstside, and a second drive module 8932 coupled to the center chassis on asecond side. In certain embodiments, the drive controllers 8924, 8934are configured to provide appropriate drive signals 8926, 8936 to thedrive modules 8922, 8932 responsive to the first command set 8904, basedon the response maps 8928, 8938 and/or which hardware interface 8960 thedrive modules 8922, 8932 are coupled to. In certain embodiments, thefirst command set 8904 may include a command to move the inspectionrobot in a desired direction and speed, and the operation of the drivecontrollers 8924, 8934 allow for proper movement (direction and speed)regardless of which side the drive modules are coupled to. Accordingly,in certain embodiments, the drive modules 8922, 8932 are swappable,and/or reversible, without changes to the inspection control circuit8902 or the first command set 8904. In certain embodiments, the firstdrive module response map 8928 is distinct from the second drive moduleresponse map 8938, for example where the motors are distinct, where thedrive modules 8922, 8932 include different actuators (e.g., a payloadactuator on one, and a stability support device actuator on the other),and/or where the drive modules 8922, 8932 are positioned on opposingsides of the center chassis (e.g., where reversibility management isperformed response map 8928, 8938 rather than through interface 8960detection). In certain embodiments, the first drive signal 8926 isdistinct from the second drive signal 8936, even where an identicaldrive response is desired from the first drive module 8922 and thesecond drive module 8932. In certain embodiments, the drive signals8926, 8936 may be a commanded parameter to the motor (e.g., 50% torque),and/or the drive signals 8926, 8936 may be a voltage value or a currentvalue provided to the respective drive motor 8930, 8940.

An example hardware component 8908, 8914 includes a sensor 8942, 8950,where the hardware component 8908, 8914 further includes a sensorcontrol circuit 8946, 8954 that converts a sensor response of the sensor(e.g., depicted as 8944, 8952) to a sensed parameter value 8948, 8958.In certain embodiments, the inspection control circuit 8902 utilizes thesensed parameter value 8948, 8958, for example as a representation of aparameter sensed by the respective sensor, as a base sensor value,and/or as a minimally processed sensor value.

In certain embodiments, the sensor control circuit 8946, 8954 convertsthe sensor response 8944, 8952 by performing one or more of debouncing,noise removal, filtering, saturation management, slew rate management(e.g., allowable sensor response change per unit time, sampling value,and/or execution cycle), hysteresis operations (e.g., filtering,limiting, and/or ignoring sensor response sign changes and/orincrease/decrease changes to smooth the sensed parameter value 8948,8958 and/or avoid cycling), and/or diagnostic processing (e.g.,converting known sensor response 8944, 8952 values that may beindicating a fault, electrical failure, and/or diagnostic conditioninstead of a sensed value—for example utilizing reserved bits of thesensor response map) on the sensor response 8944 value.

In certain embodiments, one or more hardware controllers 8910, 8946,8916, 8954, 8924, 8934 and/or response maps 8912, 8918, 8928, 8938 maybe positioned on the inspection robot controller 802, positioned onanother controller in communication with the inspection robot controller802, and/or positioned on the respective hardware component (e.g., as asmart component, and/or as a closely coupled component controller). Incertain embodiments, one or more hardware controllers 8910, 8946, 8916,8954, 8924, 8934 are interposed between the inspection control circuit8902 and the respective hardware component.

Referencing FIG. 90, an example procedure to operate distinct hardwaredevices, such as drive modules, utilizing a same first command set,and/or utilizing a swappable hardware interface, is depicted. Theexample procedure include an operation 9002 to operate a first drivemodule with the first command set, and an operation 9004 to operate asecond drive module with the first command set. The example procedurefurther includes an operation 9006 to determine a next movement value inresponse to the first command set, an operation 9008 to select a drivecommand from the first command set (e.g., where the first command setincludes a number of additional commands in addition to drive commands),and an operations 9010, 9012 to provide drive command to each of thefirst drive module and the second drive module.

In certain embodiments, the example procedure further includes anoperation 9014 to determine a first drive signal for the first drivemodule in response to a first response map for the first drive module,and an operation 9016 to determine a second drive signal for the seconddrive module in response to a second response map for the second drivemodule. The example procedure includes operations 9018, 9020 to adjustthe first drive module and the second drive module (and/or the firstdrive signal or the second drive signal), respectively, by an adjustmentamount having a common adjustment parameter. In certain embodiments, theprocedure includes an operation 9022 to determine the common adjustmentparameter as one of a speed parameter, a distance parameter, and/or adirection parameter. For example, the common adjustment parameter 9022may be utilized to adjust the first drive module 9108 in a firstdirection and the second drive module 9016 in an opposite direction toaccount for the positions of the reversible drive modules with respectto a center chassis of the inspection robot. In another example, thecommon adjustment parameter 9022 may be utilized to prevent wheelslipping, for example where the inspection robot is turning on asurface, by commanding an inner one of the drive modules to turnslightly slower and/or traverse a smaller distance, and commanding anouter one of the drive modules to turn slightly faster or traverse alarger distance.

In certain embodiments, operations 9018, 9020 to adjust the drivemodules (and/or drive module signals) are performed to achieve a targetprovided by the first command set, where the adjustments do not have acommon adjustment parameter, and/or where the adjustments are notadjusted by a same or similar amount (e.g., where a wheel of one of thedrive modules is determined to be slipping). The procedure furtherincludes an operation 9024 to interrogate the inspection surface (e.g.,perform sensing operations) in response to the first command set.

Referring to FIGS. 91-93, example methods for inspecting an inspectionsurface with an inspection robot using configurable payloads aredepicted. The inspection robot includes any inspection robot having anumber of sensors associated therewith and configured to inspect aselected area. Without limitation to any other aspect of the presentdisclosure, an inspection robot as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof, iscontemplated for the example methods depicted in FIGS. 91-93. In certainembodiments, the inspection robot 100 (FIG. 1) may have one or morepayloads 2 (FIG. 1) and may include one or more sensors 2202 (FIG. 29)on each payload 2.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

As illustrated in FIG. 91, a first method includes inspecting 9202 aninspection surface using a first payload coupled to a chassis of theinspection robot, decoupling 9204 the first payload from the inspectionrobot, and selectively coupling 9206 a second payload to the chassis ofthe inspection robot. As will be explained in greater detail below, thefirst payload has a first inspection characteristic and the secondpayload has a second inspection characteristic that is distinct from thefirst inspection characteristic. In embodiments, the method furtherincludes inspecting 9208 the inspection surface using the secondpayload.

In embodiments, the inspection characteristic distinction may be adifference between a configuration of the one or more inspection sensorsof the first payload and a configuration of the one or more inspectionsensors of the second payload. The configuration difference may be adifference in a type of inspection sensor between the first and secondpayloads. In such embodiments, the sensors may be ultrasonic sensors,electromagnetic induction (EMI) sensors, photonic sensors, infraredsensors, ultraviolet sensors, electromagnetic radiation sensors, camerasensors, and/or optical sensors. For example, a first portion of aninspection run may use a first payload having ultrasonic sensors for aninitial pass 9202 over the inspection surface. In the event anabnormality is found, the first payload may be swapped out for a secondpayload having optical sensors for use in a second pass 9208 over theinspection surface to acquire images of the abnormality. As will beunderstood, various other combinations of sensors between the first andsecond payloads may be used.

In embodiments, both the first payload and the second payload may eachcomprise two or more inspection sensors, and the difference in theconfiguration of the first payload and the second payload may be adifference in spacing between the inspection sensors on the firstpayload and the inspection sensors on the second payload. For example, afirst inspection pass 9202 over the inspection surface may use a payloadwith a wide spacing between inspection sensors in order to save on theamount of data and/or time needed to capture the status of theinspection surface. In the event that an abnormality is found during thefirst pass, a second payload, having a smaller spacing between thesensors than the first payload, may be swapped in place of the firstpayload for a second inspection run 9208 in order to obtain higherquality data of the abnormality, but while taking a longer period oftime to cover the same amount of area on the inspection surface as thefirst payload. As another example, the first inspection pass 9202 maycover a first portion of the inspection surface that may require a lowerlevel of resolution, where the first payload has a wider spacing betweensensors than the second payload which is used to cover a second portionof the inspection surface that requires higher resolution. Inembodiments, the difference of spacing may be defined at least in parton a difference in a spacing of at least two sleds of the first payloadand a spacing of at least two sleds of the second payload.

In embodiments, the difference in the configuration between the firstand second payloads may be a difference between a first directionalforce applied 9210 on the first payload, e.g., a downward force appliedby a first biasing member of the first payload to at least oneinspection sensor of the first payload, and a second directional forceapplied 9212 on the second payload, e.g., a downward force, distinctfrom the first downward force, applied by a second biasing member of thesecond payload to at least one inspection sensor of the second payload.In embodiments, the distinction between the first and the seconddirectional forces may be one of a magnitude, angle, and/or direction.The angle may be relative to the inspection surface. For example, inembodiments, the second payload may have a stronger downward biasingforce than the first payload. In such embodiments, an operator of theinspection robot may attempt to use the first payload to inspect 9202the inspection surface only to discover that the sensors of the firstpayload are having difficulty coupling to the inspection surface. Theoperator may then recall the inspection robot and swap out the firstpayload for the second payload to employ the stronger downward biasingforce to couple the sensors of the second payload to the inspectionsurface.

In embodiments, the difference in the configuration between the firstand second payloads may be a difference in a first spacing between atleast two arms of the first payload and a spacing between at least twoarms of the second payload.

In embodiments, the difference in the configuration between the firstand second payloads may be a difference in spacing defined at least inpart on a difference in a first number of inspection sensors on a sledof the first payload and a second number of inspection sensors on a sledof the second payload.

In embodiments, the distinction between the first inspectioncharacteristic and the second inspection characteristic include at leastone of a sensor interface, a sled ramp slope, a sled ramp height, a sledpivot location, an arm pivot location, a sled pivot range of motion, anarm pivot range of motion, a sled pivot orientation, an arm pivotorientation, a sled width, a sled bottom surface configuration, acouplant chamber configuration, a couplant chamber side, a couplantchamber routing, or a couplant chamber orientation.

In embodiments, the distinction between the first inspectioncharacteristic and the second inspection characteristic is of biasingmember type. For example, the first payload may have an active biasingmember and the second payload may have a passive biasing member or viceversa. In such embodiments, the active biasing member may be motivelycoupled to an actuator, wherein a motive force of the actuator includesan electromagnetic force, a pneumatic force, or a hydraulic force. Inembodiments, the passive biasing member may include a spring or apermanent magnet.

In embodiments, the distinction between the first inspectioncharacteristic and the second inspection characteristic may be a side ofthe inspection robot chassis which the first payload is operative to bedisposed and a side of the inspection robot chassis which the secondpayload is operative to be disposed. For example, the chassis may have afirst payload interface on a first side and a second payload interfaceon a second side opposite the first side, wherein first payload may beoperative to mount/couple to the first payload interface and lead thechassis and the second payload may be operative to mount/couple to thesecond payload interface and trail the chassis or vice versa.

Turning to FIG. 92, in embodiments, a second method includes selectivelycoupling 9302 a first payload to the inspection robot chassis, andselectively coupling 9304 a second payload distinct from the firstpayload to the inspection robot chassis. The method may further includeselectively coupling 9306 a third payload distinct from the first andsecond payload to the inspection robot chassis. The method may furtherinclude selectively coupling 9308 a fourth payload distinct from thefirst, second and third payloads to the inspection robot chassis. Themethod may further include coupling yet additional payloads to theinspection robot chassis distinct from the first, second, third andfourth payloads.

Moving to FIG. 93, a third method includes inspecting 9402 theinspection surface using a first payload coupled to the inspection robotchassis, determining 9406 a characteristic of the inspection surface,decoupling 9408 the first payload from the inspection robot chassis,determining 9410 a second payload in response to the determinedcharacteristic of the inspection surface, selectively coupling 9412 thesecond payload to the inspection surface, and inspecting 9414 theinspection surface using the second payload coupled to the inspectionrobot chassis.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 184, a payload 18400 for aninspection robot for inspecting an inspection surface may include apayload coupler 18402 having a first portion 18404 and a second portion18406, the first portion 18404 selectively couplable to a chassis of theinspection robot; an arm 18408 having a first end 18410 and a second end18412, the first end 18410 coupled to the second portion 18406 of thepayload coupler 18402; one or more sleds 18414 mounted to the second end18412 of the arm 18408; and at least two inspection sensors 18416,wherein each of the at least two inspection sensors 18416 are mounted toa corresponding sled 18414 of the one or more sleds, and operationallycouplable to the inspection surface; wherein the second portion 18406 ofthe payload coupler 18402 may be moveable in relation to the firstportion 18404.

The term selectively couplable (and similar terms) as utilized hereinshould be understood broadly. Without limitation to any other aspect ordescription of the present disclosure, selectively couplable describes aselected association between objects. For example, an interface ofobject 1 may be so configured as to couple with an interface of object 2but not with the interface of other objects. An example of selectivecoupling includes a power cord designed to couple to certain models of aparticular brand of computer, while not being able to couple with othermodels of the same brand of computer. In certain embodiments,selectively couplable includes coupling under selected circumstancesand/or operating conditions, and/or includes de-coupling under selectedcircumstances and/or operating conditions.

In an embodiment, the second portion 18406 of the payload coupler 18402may be rotatable with respect to the first portion 18404. In anembodiment, the first end of the arm 18408 may be moveable in relationto the second portion 18406 of the payload coupler 18402. In anembodiment, the first end 18410 of the arm 18408 may rotate in relationto the second portion 18406 of the payload coupler 18402. In anembodiment, the first portion of the payload coupler is rotatable withrespect to a first axis, and wherein the first end of the arm isrotatable in a second axis distinct from the first axis. In anembodiment, the one or more sleds 18414 may be rotatable in relation tothe second end 18412 of the arm 18408. The payload may further includeat least two sleds 18414, and wherein the at least two sleds 18414 maybe rotatable as a group in relation to the second end 18412 of the arm18408 for example, by a pivot coupling 18422 to the arm 18408. Thepayload may further include a downward biasing force device 18418structured to selectively apply a downward force to the at least twoinspection sensors 18416 with respect to the inspection surface. Inembodiments, the weight position of the device 18418 may be set atdesign time or run time. In some embodiments, weight positions may onlyinclude a first position or a second position, or positions in between(a few, a lot, or continuous). In embodiments, the downward biasingforce device 18418 may be disposed on the second portion 18406 of thepayload coupler 18402 along an axis running through 18420. The downwardbiasing force device 18418 may be one or more of a weight, a spring, anelectromagnet, a permanent magnet, or an actuator. The downward biasingforce device 18418 may include a weight moveable between a firstposition applying a first downward force and a second position applyinga second downward force. The downward biasing force device 18418 mayinclude a spring, and a biasing force adjustor moveable between a firstposition applying a first downward force and a second position applyinga second downward force. In embodiments, the force of the device 18418may be set at design time or run time. In embodiments, the force of thedevice 18418 may be available only at a first position/second position,or positions in between (a few, a lot, or continuous). For example,setting the force may involve compressing a spring or increasing atension, such as in a relevant direction based on spring type. Inanother example, setting the force may involve changing out a spring toone having different properties, such as at design time. In embodiments,the spring may include at least one of a torsion spring, a tensionspring, a compression spring, or a disc spring. The payload 18400 mayfurther include an inspection sensor position actuator, e.g., 6072 (FIG.60), structured to adjust a position of the at least two inspectionsensors 18416 with respect to the inspection surface. The payload mayfurther include at least two sensors 18416, wherein the payload coupler18402 may be moveable with respect to the chassis of the inspectionrobot and the inspection sensor position actuator may be coupled to thechassis, wherein the inspection sensor position actuator in a firstposition moves the payload coupler 18402 to a corresponding firstcoupler position, thereby moving the at least two sensors 18416 to acorresponding first sensor position, and wherein the inspection sensorposition actuator in a second position moves the payload coupler 18402to a corresponding second coupler position, thereby moving the at leasttwo sensors 18416 to a corresponding second sensor position. In someembodiments, the

inspection sensor position actuator may be coupled to a drive module. Insome embodiments, a payload position may include a down force selection(e.g., actuator moves to touch sensors down, further movement may beapplying force and may not correspond to fully matching geometricmovement of the payload coupler). In embodiments, the inspection sensorposition actuator may be structured to rotate the payload coupler 18402between the first coupler position and the second coupler position. Theactuator may be structured to horizontally translate the payload coupler18402 between the first coupler position and the second couplerposition. The payload may further include a couplant conduit 18506structured to fluidly communicate couplant between a chassis couplantinterface 5102 (FIG. 51) and a payload couplant interface, e.g.,interface 18502, and wherein each of the at least two inspection sensors18416 may be fluidly coupled to the payload couplant interface. In anembodiment, the couplant conduit 18506 may be from the chassis to thepayload such that a single payload connection supplies all relatedsensors.

The term fluidly communicate (and similar terms) as utilized hereinshould be understood broadly. Without limitation to any other aspect ordescription of the present disclosure, fluid communication describes amovement of a fluid, a gas or a liquid, between two points. In someexamples, the movement of the fluid between the two points can be one ofmultiple ways the two points are connected, or may be the only way theyare connected. For example, a device may supply air bubbles into aliquid in one instance, and in another instance the device may alsosupply electricity from a battery via the same device toelectrochemically activate the liquid.

The payload may further include at least two sensor couplant channels,each of the at least two sensor couplant channels, e.g., 18608, fluidlycoupled to the payload couplant interface at a first end, and fluidlycoupled to a couplant chamber, e.g., 2810 (FIG. 28), for a correspondingone of the at least two inspection sensors 18416 at a second end. In anembodiment, the arm 18408 defines at least a portion of each of the atleast two sensor couplant channels 18608, that is, the at least twosensor couplant channels share some of their length in the arm portionbefore branching out. The payload 18400 may further include acommunication conduit 18504 structured to provide electricalcommunication between a chassis control interface 5118 (FIG. 51) and apayload control interface e.g., interface 18502, and wherein each of theat least two inspection sensors 18416 may be communicatively coupled tothe payload control interface 18502. The communication conduit 18504 mayinclude at least two sensor control channels, e.g., 18608, each of theat least two sensor control channels 18608 communicatively coupled tothe payload control interface at a first end, and communicativelycoupled to a corresponding one of the at least two inspection sensors18416 at a second end. The arm 18408 may define at least a portion ofeach of the at least two sensor control channels. Referring to FIG. 185,the payload 18400 may further include a universal conduit 18502structured to provide fluid communication of couplant between a chassiscouplant interface 5108 (FIG. 52) and a couplant chamber 2810 (FIG. 28)corresponding to each of the at least two inspection sensors 18416;electrical communication between a chassis control interface 5118 andeach of the at least two inspection sensors 18416; and electrical powerbetween a chassis power interface, e.g., 5118 (FIG. 51), and each of theat least two inspection sensors 18416.

The term universal conduit (and similar terms) as utilized herein shouldbe understood broadly. Without limitation to any other aspect ordescription of the present disclosure, a universal conduit describes aconduit capable of providing multiple other conduits or connectors, suchas fluid, electricity, communications, or the like. In certainembodiments, a universal conduit includes a conduit at least capable toprovide an electrical connection and a fluid connection. In certainembodiments, a universal conduit includes a conduit at least capable toprovide an electrical connection and a communication connection.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 185 and FIG. 186, the universalconduit 18502 may include a single channel portion 18604 defining asingle channel extending between the chassis and the payload coupler18402; and a multi-channel portion 18608 defining a plurality ofchannels extending between the payload coupler 18402 and each of the oneor more sleds 18414. In embodiments, there may be more than one singlechannel to support a number of payloads, or more than one chassisinterface. In embodiments, the arm 18408 may define at least a portionof the multi-channel portion 18608 of the universal conduit 18602. Thefirst portion 18404 of the payload coupler 18402 may include a universalconnection port 18502 that may include a mechanical payload connectorstructured to mechanically couple with a mechanical connection interfaceof the chassis 102 (FIG. 1) of the inspection robot 100; and at leastone connector selected from the connectors consisting of a payloadcouplant connector 18506 structured to fluidly communicate with acouplant interface 5108 of the chassis 102 of the inspection robot 100;a payload communication connector 18504 structured to electricallycommunicate with an electrical communication interface 5118 of thechassis 102 of the inspection robot 100; and an electrical powerconnector 18508 structured to electrically communicate with anelectrical power interface 5118 of the chassis 102 of the inspectionrobot 100.

The term mechanically couple (and similar terms) as utilized hereinshould be understood broadly. Without limitation to any other aspect ordescription of the present disclosure, mechanically coupling describesconnecting objects using a mechanical interface, such as joints,fasteners, snap fit joints, hook and loop, zipper, screw, rivet, or thelike.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 185, a payload coupler 18402 fora payload of an inspection robot for inspecting an inspection surfacemay include a first portion 18404 selectively couplable to a chassis ofthe inspection robot; a second portion 18406 couplable to an arm 18408of the payload 18400; and a universal connection port 18502 disposed onthe first portion 18404 and comprising: a mechanical payload connectorstructured to mechanically couple with a mechanical connection interfaceof the chassis of the inspection robot. The universal connection portmay further include a payload couplant connector 18506 structured tofluidly communicate with a couplant interface 5108 of the chassis 102 ofthe inspection robot 100. The universal connection port 18502 mayfurther include a payload communication connector 18504 structured toelectrically communicate with an electrical communication interface 5118of the chassis 102 of the inspection robot 100. The universal connectionport 18502 may further include an electrical power connector 18508structured to electrically communicate with an electrical powerinterface 5118 of the chassis 102 of the inspection robot 100. Incertain embodiments, the payload coupler includes a single fluidconnection port for a payload, and a separate single electricalconnection port. In the example, the single fluid connection portprovides for couplant or other working fluid provision to all sensors ordevices on the payload, and the single electrical connection portprovides for all electrical power and communication connections for allsensors or devices on the payload.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 187, a method of inspecting aninspection surface with an inspection robot may include determining oneor more surface characteristics of the inspection surface 18702;determining at least two inspection sensors 18704 for inspecting theinspection surface in response to the determined surfacecharacteristics, the at least two inspection sensors each mounted to acorresponding sled, the corresponding sleds coupled to an arm, the armcoupled to a second portion of a payload coupler; selectively coupling afirst portion of the payload coupler to a chassis of the inspectionrobot 18706; and articulating the first portion of the payload coupler18716 causing relative movement between the first portion of the payloadcoupler and the second portion of the payload coupler. In an embodiment,selectively coupling the first portion of the payload coupler to achassis of the inspection robot includes mechanically coupling amechanical payload connector of a universal connection port, disposed onthe first portion, to a mechanical connection interface of the chassisof the inspection robot 18708; and fluidly coupling a payload couplantconnector of the universal connection port to a couplant interface ofthe chassis 18710. In an embodiment, selectively coupling a secondportion of the payload coupler to a chassis of the inspection robotincludes mechanically coupling a mechanical payload connector of auniversal connection port, disposed on the second portion, to amechanical connection interface of the chassis of the inspection robot18708; and electrically coupling a payload communication connector ofthe universal connection port to an electrical communication interfaceof the chassis 18712. In an embodiment, selectively coupling the firstportion of the payload coupler to a chassis of the inspection robot mayinclude mechanically coupling a mechanical payload connector of auniversal connection port, disposed on the first portion, to amechanical connection interface of the chassis of the inspection robot18708; and electrically coupling an electrical power connector of theuniversal connection port to an electrical power interface of thechassis 18714.

In an embodiment, selectively coupling the first portion of the payloadcoupler to a chassis of the inspection robot may include mechanicallycoupling a mechanical payload connector of a universal connection port,disposed on the first portion, to a mechanical connection interface ofthe chassis of the inspection robot 18708; fluidly coupling a payloadcouplant connector of the universal connection port to a couplantinterface of the chassis 18710; electrically coupling an payloadcommunication connector of the universal connection port to anelectrical communication interface of the chassis 18712; andelectrically coupling an electrical power connector of the universalconnection port to an electrical power interface of the chassis 18714.The method may further include rotating the second portion of thepayload coupler in relation to the first portion. The method may furtherinclude rotating the arm in relation to the payload coupler 18718. Themethod may further include rotating at least one of the correspondingsleds in relation to the arm 18720. The method may further includeapplying a downward biasing force to the at least two inspection sensorswith respect to the inspection surface via a downward biasing forcedevice 18722. The downward biasing force device may be disposed on thechassis of the inspection robot and may apply a rotational force to thepayload coupler. The method may further include horizontally translatingthe at least two inspection sensors with respect to the chassis of theinspection robot 18724.

Turning now to FIG. 94, an example system and/or apparatus for providingdynamic adjustment of a biasing force for an inspection robot 100(FIG. 1) is depicted. The example inspection robot 100 includes anyinspection robot having a number of sensors associated therewith andconfigured to inspect a selected area. Without limitation to any otheraspect of the present disclosure, an inspection robot 100 as set forththroughout the present disclosure, including any features orcharacteristics thereof, is contemplated for the example system depictedin FIG. 94. In certain embodiments, the inspection robot 100 may haveone or more payloads 2 (FIG. 1) and may include one or more sensors 2202(FIG. 29) on each payload 2.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

The example system further includes a biasing device/member 9530 thatapplies a downward force on at least one sled 1 (FIG. 1) of a payload 2in a direction towards the inspection surface 500. The biasing device9530 may be disposed on the inspection robot 100 and have a passivecomponent 9534 and an active component 9532. The passive component 9534may include a spring, e.g., spring 21 (FIG. 4), a permanent magnet,weight and/or other device that provides a relatively consistent force.The active component 9532 may include an electromagnet, a suctiondevice, a sliding weight, an adjustable spring (e.g., coupled to anactuator that selectively increases compression, tension, or torsion ofthe spring), and/or other devices that provide for anadjustable/controllable force. The passive 9534 and/or active 9532components may be mounted to a payload 2, sensors 2202 or other portionsof the inspection robot 100 where the components 9532 and 9534 canprovide a downward force on the sensors 2202 towards the inspectionsurface 500. For example, in embodiments, the passive component 9534 maybe a permanent magnet that provides a constant baseline amount of forcedirecting the sensors 2202 towards the inspection surface 500 with theactive component 9532 being an electromagnet that provides an adjustableamount of force directing the sensors 2202 towards the inspectionsurface 500 that supplements the force provided by the passivecomponent.

The example system further includes a controller 802 having a number ofcircuits configured to functionally perform operations of the controller802. The example system includes the controller 802 having a sensorinteraction circuit 9502, a force control circuit 9506 and a forceprovisioning circuit 9518. In embodiments, the controller 802 mayfurther include a user interaction circuit 9510 and/or an obstaclenavigation circuit 9514. The example controller 802 may additionally oralternatively include aspects of any controller, circuit, or similardevice as described throughout the present disclosure. Aspects ofexample circuits may be embodied as one or more computing devices,computer-readable instructions configured to perform one or moreoperations of a circuit upon execution by a processor, one or moresensors, one or more actuators, and/or communications infrastructure(e.g., routers, servers, network infrastructure, or the like). Furtherdetails of the operations of certain circuits associated with thecontroller 802 are set forth, without limitation, in the portion of thedisclosure referencing FIGS. 94-96.

The example controller 802 is depicted schematically as a single devicefor clarity of description, but the controller 802 may be a singledevice, a distributed device, and/or may include portions at leastpartially positioned with other devices in the system (e.g., on theinspection robot 100). In certain embodiments, the controller 802 may beat least partially positioned on a computing device associated with anoperator of the inspection (not shown), such as a local computer at afacility including the inspection surface 500, a laptop, and/or a mobiledevice. In certain embodiments, the controller 802 may alternatively oradditionally be at least partially positioned on a computing device thatis remote to the inspection operations, such as on a web-based computingdevice, a cloud computing device, a communicatively coupled device, orthe like.

Accordingly, as illustrated in FIGS. 94 and 95, the sensor interactioncircuit 9502 interprets 9602 a force value 9504 representing an amountof the downward force applied by the biasing device 9530 on a sled 1 ina direction towards the inspection surface 500. The force controlcircuit 9506 determines 9608 a force adjustment value 9508 in responseto the force value 9504 and a target force value 9536. The forceprovisioning circuit 9518 provides the force adjustment value 9508 tothe active component 9532, which is responsive to the force adjustment9508. In other words, the active component 9532 is adjusted 9614 basedat least in part on the determined 9608 force adjustment value 9508. Inembodiments, determining 9608 the force adjustment value 9508 mayinclude determining 9610 the force adjustment value 9608 to the activecomponent 9532. The biasing device 9530 may then apply 9612 the downwardforce to the sled 1 and/or sensors 2202, which, as discussed above, maybe performed by adjusting 9614 the active component 9532.

For example, in embodiments, the passive component 9534 may beconfigured to provide the target force value 9536 to the sled 1 and/orsensors 2202, wherein the target force value 9536 may correspond to anideal/optimal amount of force for keeping the sensors 2202 coupled tothe inspection surface 500 as the sled 1 bounces, jostles and/orotherwise moves in relation to the inspection surface 500 during aninspection run. It will also be understood that the passive component9534 and the active component 9532 may be configured to collectivelyprovide the target force value 9536.

Accordingly, in embodiments, the force control circuit 9502 maydetermine 9608 the force adjustment value 9508 so that the magnitude ofthe downward force applied by the biasing device 9530 is increased ordecreased as conditions encountered by the inspection robot 100 whiletraversing the inspection surface 500 make it more or less likely thatthe sensors 2202 will be jostled, bounced, and/or otherwise moved awayfrom an ideal position with respect to the inspection surface 500. Inother words, as conditions become more difficult or easy for the sensors2202 to remain coupled to the inspection surface 500, the target forcevalue 9536 may increase or decrease and the controller 802 may increaseor decrease the amount of downward force applied by the active component9532 in an effort to make the amount of downward force applied by thebiasing device 9530, i.e., the sum of the passive 9534 and active 9532components, to be equal, or nearly equal, to the target force amount9536. In such embodiments, the force adjustment value 9508 may bedetermined 9608 in response to determining that a coupling quality valueis below a coupling quality threshold. As will be appreciated, dynamicadjustment of the amount of downward force provided by the biasingdevice 9530 improves the overall likelihood that the sensors 2202 willremain coupled to the inspection surface 500 during an inspection run.

As shown in FIGS. 95 and 96, in embodiments, the obstacle navigationcircuit 9514 may interpret 9606 obstacle data 9516 from one or moreobstacle sensor, which may be mounted on the inspection robot 100 orlocated off the inspection robot 100. Such obstacle data 9516 mayinclude the location and/or type of structures on the surface, cracks inthe surface, gaps in the inspection surface 500 and/or any other type ofinformation (as described herein) relating to an obstacle which may needto be traversed by the inspection robot 100. In such embodiments, theforce control circuit 9506 may update the force adjustment value 9508when the obstacle navigation circuit 9514 determines 9718 from theobstacle data 9516 that an obstacle is in the path of the inspectionrobot 100 along the inspection surface 500 and/or when the obstacle data9516 indicates the obstacle is no longer in the path of the inspectionrobot 100. For example, where the obstacle data 9516 indicates that anobstacle, e.g., a pipe head, is in the path of the inspection robot 100,the force control circuit 9506 may determine the force adjustment value9508 to be negative to reduce 9722 the amount of force applied by thebiasing device 9530 so that the sensors 2202 and/or sled 1 can moreeasily move over and/or away from the obstacle. As will be appreciated,in some embodiments, the direction of the fore supplied by the activecomponent 9352 may be reversed to as to lift the sensors 2202 and/orsled 1 away from the inspection surface 500. Upon determining 9718 thatthe obstacle has been cleared, the force adjustment value 9508 may bemade positive to increase 9720 the amount of force applied by thebiasing device 9350 to improve sensor 2202 coupling with the inspectionsurface 500.

As further shown in FIGS. 95 and 96, in embodiments, the force controlcircuit 9506 may determine 9608 the force adjustment 9508 such that theamount of the downward force applied by the biasing device 9530 is abovea minimum threshold value 9712. For example, in embodiments, the minimumthreshold value 9712 may correspond to an amount of force for keepingthe sensors 2202 and/or sled 1 from decoupling from the inspectionsurface 500, e.g., when the inspection surface 500 is inclined and/orvertical with respect to the Earth's gravitational field. For example,in situations where the inspection robot 100 is inspecting a verticalmetal wall, the control circuit may first attempt to traverse anobstacle by reducing an amount of force applied by an electromagnet ofthe active component 9352 with the minimum threshold value 9712 servingas a safety feature to prevent undesirable departure of the sensors2202, sleds 1 and/or inspection robot (as a whole) from the inspectionsurface 500. When the force value 9504 is below the threshold 9712, orwhen a determined force adjustment 9508 would result in the force value9504 dropping below the minimum threshold 9712, the force controlcircuit 9506 may increase 9716 the amount of downward force supplied bythe biasing device 9530 by increasing the amount of the force suppliedby the active component 9532.

As yet further shown in FIG. 95, in embodiments, the user interactioncircuit 9510 interprets 9604 a force request value 9512. The forceadjustment value 9508 may be based, at least in part, on the forcerequest value 9512. For example, the inspection robot 100 may encounteran obstacle and send a notification to an operator. Upon receiving thenotification, the operator may determine that the obstacle may be besttraversed by decreasing the amount of downward force applied by thebiasing device 9530. The operator may then send a force request value9512 to the controller 802 that calls for decreasing the downward forceapplied by the biasing device 9530, with the force control circuit 9506adjusting 9614 the active component 9530 in kind. The operator may alsodetermine that an obstacle is best traversed by increasing the amount ofdownward biasing force and send a force request value 9512 to thecontroller 802 calling for an increase in the downward biasing forceapplied by the biasing device 9530. For example, an operator may detectthat the inspection robot 100 has encountered a portion of theinspection surface 500 that is bumpier than expected such that thesensors 2202 are uncoupling, or are about to uncouple, from the surface500. Accordingly, the operator may increase the amount of biasing forceprovided by the active component 9532. As another example, the operatormay detect that the inspection robot 1 needs to cross a gap and/or smallstep in the surface 500. In such cases, the operator may decrease theamount of biasing force applied by the active component 9532 tofacilitate and easier crossing.

In embodiments, the minimum threshold value 9712 may be based, at leastin part, on the force request value 9512. For example, an operator maydetect that the inspection surface 500 is steeper and/or bumpier thanoriginally expected and send a force request value 9512 to thecontroller 802 that sets and/or increases the minimum threshold value9712 to reduce the risk of the sensors 2202, sled 1 and/or inspectionrobot 100 (as a whole) from undesirably departing the inspection surface500.

In embodiments, the force adjustment value 9508 may be determined 9608further in response to determining that an excess fluid loss valueexceeds a threshold value. For example, the controller 802 and/oroperator may detect that couplant is being lost at a rate faster thandesired and, in turn, increase the amount of the downward force appliedby the active component 9352 to reduce couplant loss by decreasing thespace between the sensors 2202 and the inspection surface 500.

In embodiments, the active component 9532 may be adjusted to compensatefor a temperature of the active component 9532, passive component 9534,inspection surface 500 and/or ambient environment. For example, inembodiments where the passive 9354 component is a permanent magnet, theamount of force supplied by the permanent magnet may decrease due to ahot inspection surface and/or hot environmental temperatures. Thedecrease in the force supplied by the passive component 9354 may becompensated for by increasing the amount of force supplied by the active9352 component. Further, as temperatures changes may affect theefficiency of an electromagnet, in embodiments, the amount of the forcecalled for by the controller 802 of the active component 9352 may needto change as the electromagnet increases and decreases in temperature inorder to provide for a consistent amount of force.

Referring to FIGS. 97-99, a method of operating an inspection robot isdepicted. The method may include commanding operation of a firstcomponent of an inspection robot with a first command set (step 9802)and operating the first component in response to the first command setand a first response map (step 9804). The first component may beuncoupled from a first component interface of the inspection robot (step9806) and a second component of the inspection robot coupled to thefirst component interface (9808). The method may further includecommanding operation of a second component with the first command set(step 9810) and operating the second component in response to the firstcommand set and a second response map (step 9812). Operating the firstcomponent may include interpreting the commanded operation in responseto the first response map (step 9826) and operating the second componentmay include interpreting the commanded operation in response to thesecond response map (step 9828). The first response map and the secondresponse map may be the same or distinct. In embodiments the method mayfurther include determining which of the first component of the secondcomponent is coupled to the first component interface (step 9829) andselecting one of the first response map or the second response map basedon the coupled component (step 9831). While examples of a firstcomponent with a first response map and a second component with a secondresponse map are described, it should be understood that there may be aplurality of components, each having a component response map.

In embodiments, the first component may include a first sensor carriagewith at least two sensors coupled to the first sensor carriage. Thesecond component may include a second sensor carriage, the secondcarriage also having at least two sensors coupled to the second sensorcarriage. The inspection configuration of the different sensor carriagesmay be the same or distinct from one another. In embodiments, the firstcomponent may include a first inspection payload and the secondcomponent may include a second inspection payload. The payloads may bedistinct in terms of types and configurations of payloads.

As depicted in FIG. 98, commanding operation of the first component(9802) may include: providing an inspection trajectory for theinspection robot (step 9814), providing sensor activation instructionsfor a plurality of sensors corresponding to a first component (step9816), providing couplant flow commands for the first component (step9818), providing position data commands corresponding to inspection datafrom the first component (step 9820), or providing a result command forthe first component (step 9822). Further, interpreting the firstresponse map (step 9832) may include interpreting the first response mapbased on data received from the first component (step 9834),interpreting the first response map based on identifying data receivedfrom the first component (step 9836), analyzing data from the firstcomponent in response to at least the first response map andinterpreting the first response map as the correct map in response tothe analyzing (step 9836) and the like.

As depicted in FIG. 99, operating the first component (step 9804) mayinclude interpreting the first response map (step 9832). Interpretingthe first response map may include: interpreting the first response mapbased on data received from the first component (step 9826);interpreting the first response map based on identifying data receivedfrom the first component (step 9827); analyzing data from the firstcomponent in response to at least the first response map andinterpreting the first response map as the correct map in response tothe analyzing (step 9830); and the like. Similarly, operating the secondcomponent (or other components) may include interpreting the componentresponse map. Interpreting the component response map may include:interpreting the component response map based on data received from thecomponent; interpreting the component response map based on identifyingdata received from the component; analyzing data from the component inresponse to at least the component response map and interpreting thecomponent response map as the correct map in response to the analyzing;and the like. While an example of commanding operation of a firstcomponent with a first command set and interpreting the first responsemap has been provided, it is understood that the example is not limitedto the first component but rather map be understood to apply to aplurality of different components.

Referring to FIG. 100, an inspection robot 9902 is depicted. Theinspection robot 9902 may include an inspection chassis 9904 having afirst hardware interface 9906 with a first quick release connection 9908and a second hardware interface 9936 with a second quick releaseconnection 9938. The example inspection robot 9902 includes aninspection controller 9910 communicatively coupled to the first hardwareinterface 9906, and structured to control a component payload 9922, 9924using a first command set 9916. The example inspection robot 9902includes a first component payload 9912 operably couplable to the firsthardware interface 9906, and having a first component 9922 with a firstresponse map 9914, where the first component 9922 interacts with theinspection controller 9926 using the first command set 9916. The exampleinspection robot 9902 further includes a second component payload 9918that includes a second component 9924 having a second response map 9920and structured to interact with the inspection controller 9910 using thefirst command set 9916.

In certain further embodiments, the first component 9922 includes atleast two sensors, and/or the second component 9924 includes at leasttwo sensors. In certain further embodiments, the first response map 9914is distinct from the second response map 9920. In certain embodiments,the first component 9922 includes a different number of sensors relativeto the second component 9924. In certain embodiments, the hardwareinterface 9906 includes a couplant connection.

Example and non-limiting first command set parameters include one ormore of: an inspection trajectory for the inspection robot, sensoractivation instructions for the inspection robot, couplant flow commandsfor the inspection robot, position data commands corresponding toinspection data from the first component or the second component for theinspection robot, a result command for the inspection robot, and/or aninspection result command for the inspection robot.

An example inspection robot 9902 includes an intermediary controller9926 structured to determine whether the first component payload 9912 orthe second component payload 9918 is coupled to the first hardwareinterface 9906, and to select an appropriate one of the first responsemap 9914 or the second response map 9920 based on the coupled componentpayload. An example inspection robot 9902 further includes theintermediary controller 9926 further determining whether the firstcomponent payload 9912 or the second component payload 9918 is coupledto the first hardware interface 9906 by performing an operation such as:interrogating a coupled payload for identifying information, analyzingdata received from a coupled payload with the first response map 9914and the second response map 9920 (e.g., determining which response mapprovides for sensible and/or expected information based on communicateddata from the respective component, and/or determining which responsemap results in an actuator providing the expected response), using theanalyzing data received from a coupled payload and determining thecoupled payload in response to the analyzing (e.g., determining the typeof data, the sampling rate, the range, etc., to determine whichcomponent is coupled).

An example intermediary controller 9926 interprets a correspondingresponse map 9914, 9920 from the coupled payload, and adjustscommunications of the first command set 9910 in response to thecorresponding response map 9914, 9920 to determine an adjusted commandset 9909, and commands operations of the coupled payload in response tothe adjusted first command set. An example intermediary controller 9926interprets identifying information 9940, 9941 from the coupled componentto determine which component is coupled to the hardware interface 9906.An example intermediary controller 9926 interprets inspection data fromthe coupled payload in response to the corresponding response map.

An example inspection robot 9902 includes the inspection chassis 9904having a second hardware interface 9936 including a second quick releaseconnection 9938, wherein the first component payload 9912 and the secondcomponent payload 9918 are operably couplable to the second hardwareinterface 9936. In certain embodiments, the first component payload 9912and the second component payload 9918 are swappable between the firsthardware interface 9906 and the second hardware interface 9936. Incertain embodiments, the inspection robot 9902 includes an additionalnumber of payloads 9919, each having a corresponding response map 9932,where the inspection robot 9902 is configured to interact with coupledmembers of the number of payloads 9918 using the first command set 9916.In certain embodiments, the interaction controller 9926 interacts withthe inspection controller 9910 and the coupled payloads 9918,determining response maps and/or adjusting the first command set 9916,thereby isolating operations, command values, and/or parameter values ofthe inspection controller 9910 from the coupled components 9918, andallowing for utilization of each hardware interface 9906, 9936 for anyone or more of, and/or for selected subsets of, the number of components9918.

Example and non-limiting component payloads include one or morecomponents such as: a sensor, an actuator, a welder, a visible markingdevice, a coating device, and a cleaning tool. An example embodimentincludes the first component payload 9922 comprises a first drivemodule, wherein the second component payload 9918 comprises a seconddrive module, where the first hardware interface 9906 comprises a firstconnection port on a first chassis side of the inspection robot, andwherein the second hardware interface 9936 comprises a second connectionport on a second chassis side of the inspection robot.

Example and non-limiting response maps for components include one ormore component descriptions such as: a raw sensor data to processedvalue calibration, an actuator command description, a sensor outputvalue, an analog-to-digital description corresponding to the component,diagnostic data corresponding to the associated component, and/or faultcode data corresponding to the associated component.

Referencing FIG. 101, an example inspection robot 10002 having swappableand reversible drive modules 10016, 10020 is depicted. The exampleinspection robot 10002 includes an inspection chassis 10004 having afirst hardware interface 10006A and a second hardware interface 10006B,which may include a connecting port on the chassis housing, and/or adrive suspension couplable to a drive module and having rotationallowance/limiting features, translation allowance/limiting features,electrical connections, mechanical connections, and/or communicationconnections for the drive modules 10016, 10020. The example inspectionrobot 10002 includes an inspection response circuit 10010, depictedapart from the inspection chassis 10004 but optionally positioned inwhole or part on the inspection chassis, and depicted on the inspectionrobot 10002 but optionally positioned in whole or part away from theinspection chassis. The example inspection response circuit 10010receives inspection response values (e.g., determined responses forreconfiguration, adjusting an inspection operation, and/or a userrequest value to adjust operations), and provides a first command set10012 in response to the adjustments. In certain embodiments, thehardware interfaces 10006A, 10006B include intermediate drivecontrollers 10008A, 10008B configured to provide commands responsive tothe first command set 10012, and further in response to a first responsemap 10018 and the second response map 10022. In certain embodiments, theexample of FIG. 101 allows for the drive modules 10018, 10022 to becoupled to either hardware interface and perform inspection operationsand/or adjustments.

Turning now to FIG. 102, an example system and/or apparatus foroperating an inspection robot in a hazardous environment is depicted.The example inspection robot includes any inspection robot having anumber of sensors associated therewith and configured to inspect aselected area. Without limitation to any other aspect of the presentdisclosure, an inspection robot as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof, iscontemplated for the example system depicted in FIG. 102. In certainembodiments, the inspection robot may include a chassis 10102 to whichone or more payloads 10110 are mounted. The payloads 10110 may have abody 10112 to which one or more arms 10114 are mounted. One or moresleds 10118, having one or more inspection sensors 10120, may be mountedto the arms 10114. One or more drive modules 10104, having one or morewheel assemblies 10108, may be mounted to the chassis 10102.

Operations of the inspection robot provide the sensors 10120 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 (FIG. 5)and collect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspectionsurface 500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operationsto collect data associated with a given sensor, to perform datacollection associated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors,receiving data values from the sensors, or the like), and/or todetermine data in response to information provided by a sensor (e.g.,determining values, based on a model, from sensor data; convertingsensor data to a value based on a calibration of the sensor reading tothe corresponding data; and/or combining data from one or more sensorsor other information to determine a value of interest). A sensor 10120may be any type of sensor as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, but includes at least a UT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g.,magnetic induction or the like), a temperature sensor, a pressuresensor, an optical sensor (e.g., infrared, visual spectrum, and/orultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g., a camera, pixel grid, or thelike), or combinations of these.

In embodiments, the one or more wheel assemblies 10108 may have a heatresistant magnet 10122 and/or heat resistant magnetic arrangement. Theheat resistant magnet 10122 may have a working temperature rating of atleast 250° F. In embodiments, the heat resistant magnet 10122 may have aworking temperature rating of at least 80° C. In embodiments, the heatresistant magnet 10122 may have a working temperature rating of at least150° C. In embodiments, the heat resistant magnet 10122 may include arare earth metal, e.g., neodymium, samarium, and compounds thereof,e.g., NdFeB and SmCo. Materials capable of generating a BHmax greaterthan forty (40) with a working temperature rating of at least 250° F.may also be included in the magnet. An example heat resistant magneticarrangement includes a selected spacing of the magnetic hub from theinspection surface (e.g., utilizing the enclosures and/or a cover forthe wheel), reducing conduction to the magnetic hub (e.g., a coating forthe enclosures and/or the magnetic hub, and/or a wheel cover having aselected low conductivity material), and/or reducing radiative heatingto the magnetic hub (e.g., adjusting an absorption coefficient for thehub with polishing and/or a coating, covering a line of sight betweenthe magnetic hub and the inspection surface with a wheel cover, and/orreducing an exposed surface area of the magnetic hub with an enclosurearrangement, wheel cover, and/or coating).

As further shown in FIG. 102, in embodiments, the inspection robot mayfurther include a cooling plate 10124 thermally coupled to an electricalcomponent 10134 which may be disposed on the chassis 10102 and/or otherportions of the inspection robot, e.g., the payloads 10110 and/or drivemodules 10104. The cooling plate 10124 may be designed to transfer heataway from the electrical component 10134 and radiate it into thesurrounding environment. In embodiments, the cooling plate 10124 may bedisposed on a side of the chassis 10102 facing the inspection surface500 during an inspection run. In embodiments, the cooling plate 10124may be on a side of the chassis 10102 facing away from the inspectionsurface 500 during an inspection run. In embodiments, the cooling plate10124 may be thermally coupled to a couplant manifold 5302 (FIG. 53) totransfer heat from the electrical component 10134 and radiate it intothe couplant in the manifold 5302. In embodiments, the cooling plate10124 may be thermally coupled to the couplant manifold 5302 to transferheat from the couplant in the manifold 5302 and radiate it into theambient environment.

In embodiments, the inspection robot may include a conduit 10128 thatprovides coolant to the electrical component 10134, wherein heat istransferred 10218 from the electrical component to the coolant. Inembodiments, the coolant may be the couplant. In embodiments, thecoolant may be distinct from the couplant. In embodiments, the coolantmay be water, alcohol, glycol, and combinations thereof. In embodimentswhere the coolant is the couplant, the conduit 10128 may be fluidlyconnected to the couplant manifold 5302. In embodiments, wherein thecoolant is the couplant, the conduit 10128 may direct the couplant tothe sleds 10118 to promote acoustic coupling of at least a portion ofthe sensors to the inspection surface. In embodiments, a flow rate ofthe coolant may be adjusted 10224 in response to a heat transferrequirement of the electrical component 10134. For example, if theelectrical component 10134 is increasing in temperature, the flow rateof the coolant may be increased to so that more coolant passes throughthe conduit 10128 thereby increasing the transfer rate of heat from theelectrical component 10134 to the coolant. Conversely, if the electricalcomponent 10134 is not at risk from malfunctioning due to excessiveheat, the flow rate of the coolant may be reduced to conserve thecoolant and/or energy in transporting the coolant to the inspectionrobot.

In embodiments, the conduit 10128 may be fluidly connected to a tether10130 that provides the coolant and/or other services 10228, e.g.,electrical power, data communications, provision and/or recycling ofcoolant and/or couplant. In such embodiments, the tether 10130 may beconnected to a coolant source, e.g., base station 10302 (FIG. 104), thatsupplies the coolant and, optionally, cools the coolant. In someembodiments, the coolant may be cycled/recycled 10222 between theinspection robot and a coolant source, e.g., the base station 10302, viathe tether 10130. As will be appreciated, recycling coolant and/orcouplant may reduce the costs of operating the inspection robot. Inembodiments, the tether 10130 may have a heat resistant jacketing 10132,e.g., silicone rubber and/or other heat resistant materials.

In embodiments, the sleds 10118 may include polyetherimide (PEI). Insuch embodiments, the sleds 10118 may be additively manufactured. Aswill be appreciated, polyetherimide provides for the sleds 10118 to beexposed to surface temperatures of at least 250° F. without structuralfailures.

Accordingly, in operation (as shown in FIG. 103), an inspection robothaving one or more of the hazardous environment features disclosedherein may be operated 10202 on the inspection surface 500 so as tointerrogate 10204 the inspection surface with the sensors 101020 togenerate inspection data. Refined data may be determined 10208 based atleast in part on the generated inspection data. The inspection surface500, or its environment, may expose 10210, the heat resistant magnet10122 to temperatures below 260° F. As will be appreciated, the abilityof an inspection robot, in accordance with the embodiments disclosedherein, to operate in such temperatures may provide for a plant, e.g., apower plant, corresponding to the inspection surface to maintainoperations 10212 during an inspection run by the inspection robot. Inembodiments, the inspection run may be performed during a warmup and/orcooldown period 10214 of the plant. By providing for the ability toperform an inspection run without disrupting a plant's operations, someembodiments of the inspection robot may improve the plant overallefficiency by reducing and/or eliminating down downtime of the planttraditionally associated with performing inspections on the inspectionsurface.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 105 and FIG. 106, a system 10400may include an inspection robot 10402 comprising a chassis 10414, apayload 10404; at least one arm 10406, wherein each arm 10406 ispivotally mounted to a payload 10404; at least two sleds 10408, whereineach sled 10408 is mounted to the at least one arm 10406; a plurality ofinspection sensors 10410, each of the inspection sensors 10410 coupledto one of the sleds 10408 such that each sensor is operationallycouplable to an inspection surface 10412, wherein the at least one armis horizontally moveable relative to a corresponding payload 10404; anda tether 10416 including an electrical power conduit 10506 operative toprovide electrical power; and a working fluid conduit 10504 operative toprovide a working fluid. In an embodiment, the working fluid may be acouplant and the working fluid conduit 10504 may be structured tofluidly communicate with at least one sled 10408 to provide for couplantcommunication via the couplant between an inspection sensor 10410mounted to the at least one sled 10408 and the inspection surface 10412.In an embodiment, the couplant provides acoustic communication betweenthe inspection sensor and the inspection surface. In an embodiment, thecouplant does not perform work (W). In an embodiment, the working fluidconduit 10504 has an inner diameter 10512 of about one eighth of aninch. In an embodiment, the tether 10502 may have an approximate lengthselected from a list consisting of: 4 feet, 6 feet, 10 feet, 15 feet, 24feet, 30 feet, 34 feet, 100 feet, 150 feet, 200 feet, or longer than 200feet. In an embodiment, the working fluid may be at least one of: apaint; a cleaning solution; and a repair solution. In certainembodiments, the working fluid additionally or alternatively is utilizedto cool electronic components of the inspection robot, for example bybeing passed through a cooling plate in thermal communication with theelectronic components to be cooled. In certain embodiments, the workingfluid is utilized as a cooling fluid in addition to performing otherfunctions for the inspection robot (e.g., utilized as a couplant forsensors). In certain embodiments, a portion of the working fluid may berecycled to the base station and/or purged (e.g., released from theinspection robot and/or payload), allowing for a greater flow rate ofthe cooling fluid through the cooling plate than is required for otherfunctions in the system such as providing sensor coupling.

It should be understood that any operational fluid of the inspectionrobot 10402 may be a working fluid. The tether 10416 may further includea couplant conduit 10510 operative to provide a couplant. The system10400 may further include a base station 10418, wherein the tether 10416couples the inspection robot 10402 to the base station 10418. In anembodiment, the base station 10418 may include a controller 10430; and alower power output electrically coupled to each of the electrical powerconduit 10506 and the controller 10430, wherein the controller 10430 maybe structured to determine whether the inspection robot 10402 isconnected to the tether 10416 in response to an electrical output of thelower power output. In embodiments, the electrical output may be atleast 18 Volts DC. In an embodiment, the controller 10430 may be furtherstructured to determine whether an overcurrent condition exists on thetether 10416 based on an electrical output of the lower power output.The tether 10502 may further include a communication conduit 10508operative to provide a communication link, wherein the communicationconduit 10508 comprises an optical fiber or a metal wire. Since fiber islighter than metal for communication lines, the tether 10502 can belonger for vertical climbs because it weighs less. A body of the tether10502 may include at least one of: a strain relief 10420; a heatresistant jacketing 10514; a wear resistant outer layer 10516; andelectromagnetic shielding 10518. In embodiments, the tether 10502 mayinclude similar wear materials. In embodiments, the sizing of theconduits 10504, 10506, 10508, 10510 may be based on power requirements,couplant flow rate, recycle flow rate, or the like.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 107, a method may includeperforming an inspection of an inspection surface 10602; providing powerto an inspection robot through a shared tether 10604; and providing aworking fluid to the inspection robot through the shared tether 10606.The method may further include providing the working fluid between aninspection sensor and the inspection surface wherein the working fluidis a couplant. The method may further include painting the inspectionsurface 10608, wherein providing the working fluid comprises providing apaint. The method may further include cleaning the inspection surface10610, wherein providing the working fluid comprises providing acleaning solution. The method may further include repairing theinspection surface 10612, wherein providing the working fluid comprisesproviding a repair solution. The method may further include electricallycommunicating between the inspection robot and a base station via theshared tether 10614. The method may further include providing a lowpower voltage to an electrical connection between the inspection robotand the base station 10616; monitoring the electrical connection 10618;verifying the electrical connection between the inspection robot and thebase station 10620; and determining a connection status value for inresponse to the verified electrical connection 10622. The method mayfurther include selectively engaging, in response to the connectionstatus value, a high power voltage to the electrical connection 10624.The method may further include determining a tether fault value 10626;and selectively engaging, in response to the tether fault value, ahigher power output to the shared tether 10628. In embodiments, thetether fault value may be in response to a fault condition, wherein thefault condition comprises a member selected from a list consisting of anovercurrent condition, and a short circuit. In certain embodiments, themethod may further include checking for an off-nominal electricalcondition, such as the appearance of a high resistance value, noise onthe electrical connection, an increasing or decreasing voltage orresistance, or the like, to determine the connection status value. Incertain embodiments, the electrical connection may include separateelectrical conduits for the low power voltage and/or the high powervoltage, and/or both power voltages may be communicated on a sameelectrical conduit. In certain embodiments, the method includes poweringonly a portion of the inspection robot, such as low voltage devices, lowpower devices, and/or low capacitance devices, before the electricalconnection is verified. In certain embodiments, the method includescharging capacitive devices with the low power voltage before connectingthe high power voltage, and may further include powering one or morehigh power devices before the high power voltage is connected, forexample after verifying the electrical connection. The descriptionherein utilizes a low power voltage and a high power voltage, however itwill be understood that the low power voltage may include an otherwiserestricted electrical power source, such as a power source having a lowcurrent capability, a power source having a resistor in-line with theconnection, or the like. Accordingly, while the low power voltage has avoltage lower than the high power voltage in certain embodiments, thelow power voltage may additionally or alternatively include a separaterestriction or protective feature, and in certain embodiments the lowpower voltage may have a similar voltage, the same voltage, or a voltagethat is a significant fraction (e.g., 25%, 50%, 75%, etc.) of thevoltage of the high power voltage.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 105 and FIG. 106, a tether 10502for connecting an inspection robot 10402 to a base station 10418 mayinclude an electrical power conduit 10506 comprising an electricallyconductive material; a working fluid conduit 10504 defining a workingfluid passage therethrough; a base station interface 10432 positioned ata first end of the tether 10416, the base station interface operable tocouple the tether 10416 to a base station 10418; a robot interface 10434positioned at a second end of the tether, the robot interface operableto couple the tether 10416 to the inspection robot 10402; a strainrelief 10420; a wear resistance coating 10516; and electromagneticshielding 10518. The tether may further include a communication conduit10508, wherein the communication conduit 10508 may include an opticalfiber or a metal wire. The electrical power conduit 10506 may furtherinclude a communications conduit 10508. In an embodiment, the workingfluid conduit 10504 may have an inner diameter 10512 of about one eighthof an inch.

Turning now to FIG. 108, an example system for powering an inspectionrobot 100 (FIG. 1) is depicted. The example inspection robot 100includes any inspection robot having a number of sensors associatedtherewith and configured to inspect a selected area. Without limitationto any other aspect of the present disclosure, an inspection robot 100as set forth throughout the present disclosure, including any featuresor characteristics thereof, is contemplated for the example systemdepicted in FIG. 95. In certain embodiments, the inspection robot 100may have one or more payloads 2 (FIG. 1) and may include one or moresensors 2202 (FIG. 5) on each payload.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

The example system may include a base station 4902 (also shown in FIG.49) and/or a tether (e.g. reference FIG. 105, element 10416). Inembodiments, the system may also include the inspection robot 100.

The tether may include a high-voltage power line (e.g., a first conduit,reference FIG. 106), and/or a proximity line (e.g., a second conduit,reference FIG. 106). The high-voltage power line and the proximity linemay be separate conduits within the tether, or may be a shared conduitwithin the tether. As explained herein, the tether may couple theinspection robot 100 to the base station 4902 for the provision ofelectrical power, couplant, data communications and/or other servicesfrom the base station 4902 (or other devices in communication with thebase station 4902) to the inspection robot 100. As shown in FIG. 106,the tether may include multiple conduits for transporting electricalpower, communications, couplant, and/or other services. As will beexplained in greater detail below, the proximity line provides for thetesting of the connection between the base station 4902 and theinspection robot 100 over the tether via a low voltage and/or currentsignal.

The example base station 4902 has a number of circuits configured tofunctionally perform operations of the base station 4902 as describedherein. For example, the base station 4902 may include a high-voltageprotection and monitoring circuit 5020 (also shown in FIG. 50), avoltage switch circuit 10702, a fuse 10704, a couplant pressure controlcircuit 10706 and/or a high voltage source 10708. In embodiments, thebase station 4902 may include one or more power electronic components10712 and 10714. In embodiments, the base station 4902 may include an ACpower/current input 10716 interface. In embodiments, the base station4902 may further include a low-voltage direct current (DC) output. Theexample base station 4902 may additionally or alternatively includeaspects of any other base station, controller, circuit, and/or similardevice as described throughout the present disclosure. Aspects ofexample circuits may be embodied as one or more computing devices,computer-readable instructions configured to perform one or moreoperations of a circuit upon execution by a processor, one or moresensors, one or more actuators, and/or communications infrastructure(e.g., routers, servers, network infrastructure, or the like). Furtherdetails of the operations of certain circuits associated with the basestation 4902 are set forth, without limitation, in the portion of thedisclosure referencing FIGS. 108 and 109.

The example base station 4902 is depicted schematically in FIG. 108 as asingle device for clarity of description, but the base station 4902 maybe a single device, a distributed device, and/or may include portions atleast partially positioned with other devices in the system (e.g., onthe inspection robot 100). In certain embodiments, the base station 4902may be at least partially positioned on a computing device associatedwith an operator of the inspection robot (not shown), such as a localcomputer at a facility including the inspection surface 500, a laptop,and/or a mobile device. In certain embodiments, the base station mayalternatively or additionally be at least partially positioned on acomputing device that is remote to the inspection operations, such as ona web-based computing device, a cloud computing device, acommunicatively coupled device, or the like.

Accordingly, as illustrated in FIG. 108, the high-voltage protection andmonitoring circuit 5020 interrogates the proximity line and interpretsproximity line data 10713 to generate a connection integrity value10710. The proximity line data 10713 may represent a voltage and/orcurrent value where the existence of a voltage and/or current indicatesthat the tether and/or connections, e.g., power, couplant, communicationdata, etc., likely have good integrity, e.g., no breaks. In embodiments,the connection integrity value 10710 may be a state variable, e.g.,“GOOD” or “BAD”. In embodiments, the connection integrity value 10710may have a range of values, e.g., “GOOD”, “LIKELY-GOOD”, “LIKELY BAD”,“BAD”. In embodiments, the connection integrity value 10710 may be anumeric value e.g., a scale of one (1) to ten (10). While the foregoingexample distinguishes the proximity line from the high-voltage powerline, it will be understood that, in embodiments, the high-voltage powerline and the proximity line may be the same. For example, inembodiments, a low-voltage and/or current may be carried over thehigh-voltage line to test the integrity of the tether beforetransporting high-voltage electrical power over the high-voltage line.

The voltage switch circuit 10702 connects the high-voltage power source10708 to the high-voltage power line of the tether based at least inpart on the connection integrity value 10710. In other words, inembodiments, the voltage switch circuit 10702 allows high-voltageelectrical power to flow from the base station 4902 to the inspectionrobot 100 after the connection across the tether has been checked asbeing acceptable. In embodiments, the voltage switch circuit 10702 mayinclude one or more solenoids and/or other devices suitable forcompleting a high-voltage connection.

The high-voltage power source 10708 is operative to provide high-voltagepower and/or electrical current to the inspection robot 100. Forexample, in embodiments, the high-voltage power source 10708 may providea voltage greater than or equal to 24V, 42V, and/or 60V. In embodiments,the high-voltage power source 10708 may provide a voltage in a range of350 volts to 400 volts, 300 to 350 volts, 320-325 volts and/or any otherrange suitable for powering the inspection robot 100. In embodiments,the high-voltage power source 10708 may be disposed in the base station4902. In embodiments, the high-voltage power source 10708 may bedisposed apart from the base station 4902. For example, the high-voltagesource 10708 may be local to the site of the inspection surface 500,e.g., a local power outlet.

In embodiments, the base station 4902 may receive an alternating currentinput at the AC power interface 10716. In such embodiments, the firstpower electronics component 10712 may provide the high voltage powersource 10708 from the alternating current input, and/or the second powerelectronics component 10714 may provide the low-voltage direct currentoutput 10718 from the alternating current input 10716. In embodiments,the power electronics components 10712 and 10714 may include one or morerectifiers, signal conditioners and/or other various components forconverting AC power into conditioned DC voltages and/or currents. The ACpower interface 10716 may receive an AC source having a voltage in therange of 100-240 VAC, e.g., 110 VAC, 115 VAC, 120 VAC, 220 and/or VAC240 VAC.

In embodiments, the high-voltage protection and monitoring circuit 5020may interrogate the proximity line utilizing the low-voltage directcurrent output 10718. For example, in embodiments, the high-voltageprotection and monitoring circuit 5020 may generate the connectionintegrity value 10710 by connecting the low-voltage direct currentoutput 10718 to the proximity line and comparing a measured drop inpower over the proximity line with an anticipated power drop value.

The low-voltage direct current output 10718 may output a DC currentbelow about 60V, below about 42V, at about 24V, and/or at about 12V. Inembodiments, the proximity line completes a full circuit that runs theentire length of the tether where the high-voltage protection andmonitoring circuit 5020 tests the voltage across the starting and theterminal ends of the proximity line. By detecting a voltage across theends of the proximity line, the high-voltage protection and monitoringcircuit 5020 can determine whether the integrity of the tether and/orthe connection is good or not, and if good, set the connection integrityvalue 10710 accordingly.

In embodiments, a drive motor (e.g., reference FIG. 151) in a drivemodule 4912 (FIG. 49) of the inspection robot 100 may include a powerrating that exceeds a combined gravitational force on the inspectionrobot and the tether. In other words, the drive motors of someembodiments require enough electrical power to transport the weight ofthe inspection robot 100, the tether and the couplant flowing in therobot 100 and tether, up a vertical face of an inspection surface 500.In embodiments, the inspection surface 500 may have at least one portionwith vertical extent greater than or equal to 6 feet, 12 feet, 20 feet,34 feet, 50 feet, 100 feet, and/or 200 feet.

In embodiments, the fuse 10704 may be operative to protect againstcurrent overload and/or shock to the base station 4902 and/or theinspection robot 100. For example, the fuse 10704 may be disposed inline with a high-voltage power line. In embodiments, the fuse 10704 maybe a solid-state fuse controllable to open at a selected current value(e.g., determined according to the tether wire size, rating ofcomponents in the inspection robot, etc.). In the event that theelectrical power on the high-voltage power line exceeds the rating ofthe fuse 10704 and/or a selected current value for controller the solidstate fuse, the fuse 10704 will trip, thereby interrupting the flow ofhigh-voltage electrical power on the high-voltage power line. As such,in embodiments, the high-voltage protection and monitoring circuit mayreset the solid state fuse 10704 based on a reset command 10714. Thereset command 10714 may be received from a remote operator over acommunication channel. In embodiments, the reset command 10714 may beresponsive to a physical reset procedure on the inspection robot 100,base station 4902 and/or tether. The physical reset procedure mayinclude the pressing of a button, the flipping of a switch, replacementof the fuse 10704, provision of a reset command to a controller operablewhen the fuse is open, and/or any other suitable process for resetting afuse.

In embodiments, the tether further includes a couplant line coupled to acouplant source 10720 at a first end, and to the inspection robot at asecond end. The couplant source 10720 may be included in the basestation 4902 or be disposed apart from the base station. In certainembodiments, the couplant source 10720 may include a couplant pump 10722fluidly interposed between a couplant reservoir 10724 and the first endof the couplant line. In embodiments, the couplant reservoir may be amobile tank storing couplant. In embodiments, the couplant reservoir10724 may be located at the site of the inspection surface, e.g., awater tower. In embodiments, the couplant reservoir 10724 may bedisposed in the couplant source 10720. In embodiments, the couplantpressure control circuit 1708 may be coupled to the couplant pump 10722and regulate the flow of the couplant from the reservoir 10724 andthrough the tether to the inspection robot 100.

Turning to FIG. 109, a method for powering an inspection robot 100(FIG. 1) is shown. The method may include receiving 10802 AC electricalcurrent, transforming 10804 the AC electrical current into high-voltageDC current, determining 10806 a robot presence value, and, in responseto the determined presence value, transmitting 10816 the high-voltage DCcurrent to the inspection robot. In embodiments, determining 10806 arobot presence value may include providing 10808 a low-current directcurrent voltage to a first end of a proximity line. In embodiments,determining 10806 a robot presence value may include measuring 10810 avoltage drop at a second end of a proximity line. In embodiments,determining 10806 a robot presence value may include comparing 10812 themeasured voltage drop to an anticipated voltage drop value. Inembodiments, the method may include providing 10818 the high-voltage DCelectricity to a drive module 4912 of the inspection robot 100. Inembodiments, the method may include setting 10818 a connection alarmvalue based on the robot presence value.

Turning now to FIG. 110, an example base station 4902 for a system formanaging couplant for an inspection robot 100 (FIG. 1) is depicted. Theexample inspection robot 100 includes any inspection robot having anumber of sensors associated therewith and configured to inspect aselected area. Without limitation to any other aspect of the presentdisclosure, an inspection robot 100 as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof, iscontemplated for the example system depicted in FIG. 110. In certainembodiments, the inspection robot 100 may have one or more payloads 2(FIG. 1) and may include one or more sensors 2202 (FIG. 5) on eachpayload.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

As shown in FIG. 110, the example system may include a base station 4902(e.g., reference FIG. 49) and/or a tether (e.g. reference FIG. 105,element 10416). In embodiments, the system may also include theinspection robot 100 to include one or more payloads 2, one or moreoutput couplant interfaces 11602 (FIG. 113) disposed on a chassis of theinspection robot 100, and/one or more sensors 2202.

The tether may include a high-voltage power line, and/or a proximityline. As explained herein, the tether may couple the inspection robot100 to the base station 4902 for the provision of electrical power,couplant, data communications and/or other services from the basestation 4902 (or other devices in communication with the base station4902) to the inspection robot 100. As shown in FIG. 106, the tether mayinclude multiple conduits for transporting electrical power,communications, couplant and/or other services.

The example base station 4902 may include a couplant pump 11304, acouplant reservoir 11306, a radiator 11308, a couplant temperaturesensor 11310, a couplant pressure sensor 11312, a couplant flow ratesensor 11316, other couplant sensor 11314, and/or an external couplantinterface 11318. As shown in FIG. 111, embodiments of the base station4902 may also include a number of circuits configured to functionallyperform operations of the base station 4902 as described herein. Forexample, the base station 4902 may include an external couplantevaluation circuit 11102 (FIG. 111). The example base station 4902 mayadditionally or alternatively include aspects of any other base station,controller, circuit, and/or similar device as described throughout thepresent disclosure. Aspects of example circuits may be embodied as oneor more computing devices, computer-readable instructions configured toperform one or more operations of a circuit upon execution by aprocessor, one or more sensors, one or more actuators, and/orcommunications infrastructure (e.g., routers, servers, networkinfrastructure, or the like). Further details of the operations ofcertain circuits associated with the base station 4902 are set forth,without limitation, in the portion of the disclosure referencing FIGS.110-115.

The example base station 4902 is depicted schematically in FIGS. 110 and111 as a single device for clarity of description, but the base station4902 may be a single device, a distributed device, and/or may includeportions at least partially positioned with other devices in the system(e.g., on the inspection robot 100). In certain embodiments, the basestation 4902 may be at least partially positioned on a computing deviceassociated with an operator of the inspection robot (not shown), such asa local computer at a facility including the inspection surface 500, alaptop, and/or a mobile device. In certain embodiments, the base station4902 may alternatively or additionally be at least partially positionedon a computing device that is remote to the inspection operations, suchas on a web-based computing device, a cloud computing device, acommunicatively coupled device, or the like.

Accordingly, as illustrated in FIGS. 110 and 111, the external couplantinterface 11318 may receive external couplant from an external source,e.g., a water spigot. The external couplant evaluation circuit 11402 mayinterpret couplant sensor data 11414 and determine an external couplantstatus value 11406 which may be representative of a characteristic ofthe couplant at the external couplant interface 11318. Thecharacteristic may be a flow rate 11408, a temperature 11412, a pressure11410 and/or any other measurable property of the couplant. Thecharacteristic may be sensed by one or more of the temperature sensor11310, pressure sensor 11312, flow rate sensor 11316 and/or othersensors 11314 suitable for measuring other characteristics of theexternal couplant.

In embodiments, the couplant pump 11304 may pump the couplant from theexternal couplant interface 11318 through the couplant line of thetether in response to the external couplant status value 11406. Thecouplant pump 11304 may be adjusted to control pressure and/or flow rateof the couplant. For example, the external couplant evaluation circuit11402 may have a target set of couplant parameters, e.g., temperature,pressure, flow rate, etc., that the couplant evaluation circuit 11402may attempt to condition the external couplant towards prior totransferring the external couplant to the tether for transport to theinspection robot 100.

In embodiments, the radiator 11308 may thermally couple at least aportion of the couplant prior to the tether to an ambient environment.The radiator 11308 may include one or more coils and/or plates throughwhich the couplant flows. In embodiments, the radiator 11308 may be acounter flow radiator where a working fluid is moved in the reversedirection of the flow of the couplant and absorbs thermal energy fromthe couplant.

In embodiments, the external couplant evaluation circuit 11402 maydetermine a temperature of the external couplant and provide a coolingcommand 11404 in response to the temperature of the external couplant.In such embodiments, the radiator 11308 may be responsive to the coolingcommand 11404. For example, if the external couplant evaluation circuit11402 determines that the temperature of external couplant is too high,the cooling command 11404 may facilitate cooling of the couplant via theradiator. As will be understood, some embodiments may include a heatingelement to heat the couplant in the event that the external couplantevaluation circuit 11402 determines that a temperature of the externalcouplant is too cold to effectively couple the sensors 2202 to theinspection surface 500.

In embodiments the inspection robot 100 may include a couplant manifold(e.g., reference FIG. 189 and/or FIG. 53) and one or more outputcouplant interfaces 11602. The inspection robot 100 may include one ormore payloads 2 each operably couplable to the output couplantinterfaces 11602 and comprising a plurality of acoustic sensors 2202utilizing the couplant to enable contact between each of the pluralityof acoustic sensors 2202 and a corresponding object being inspected,e.g., in inspection surface 500.

As shown in FIG. 112, in embodiments, at least one of the inspectionpayloads 2 includes a couplant evaluation circuit 11502 that provides acouplant status value 11504. The couplant status value 11504 may includea characteristic of the couplant, e.g., a flow rate 11506, a pressure11508, a temperature 11510 and/or other characteristics suitable formanaging couplant within the payload 2. The couplant status value 11504may be based at least in part on couplant sensor data 11512 interpretedby the couplant evaluation circuit 11202.

Moving to FIG. 113, each output couplant interface 11602 may include aflow control circuit 11604 structured to control a payload couplantparameter 11608 of the couplant flowing to each of the at least oneinspection payloads 2. The payload couplant parameter 11608 may bedetermined in response to the couplant status value 11504 for acorresponding payload 2. In embodiments, the payload couplant parameter11608 may be a characteristic of the couplant flowing to a payload 2,e.g., a pressure 11612, flow rate 11610, temperature 11614 and/or anyother characteristic suitable for managing the couplant to the payloads2.

Turning to FIG. 114, in embodiments, each of the plurality of acousticsensors 2202 may include a sensor couplant evaluation circuit 11702 thatprovides a sensor couplant status value 11706. In embodiments, thesensor couplant status value 11706 may include a characteristic of thecouplant, e.g., flow rate 11708, pressure 11710, temperature 11712and/or any other characteristic suitable for managing flow of thecouplant. The sensor couplant status value 11706 may be based at leastin part on a couplant status value 11722 interpreted by the sensorcouplant evaluation circuit 11702. The couplant status value 11722 mayinclude a characteristic of the couplant flowing to the sensor 2202 fromthe payload 2, e.g., pressure, flow rate, temperature and/or any othercharacteristic suitable for managing the couplant to the payloads 2.

In embodiments, each of the plurality of acoustic sensors 2202 mayinclude a sensor flow control circuit 11704 operative to control asensor couplant parameter 11714 of the couplant flowing to acorresponding one of the plurality of acoustic sensors 2202. The sensorcouplant parameter 11714 may include a characteristic of the couplant,e.g., flow rate 11716, pressure 11718, temperature 11720 and/or anyother characteristic suitable for managing flow of the couplant. Inembodiments, the sensor flow control circuit 11704 may control thesensor couplant parameter 11714 in response to the sensor couplantstatus value 11706 for the corresponding acoustic sensor 2202.

Accordingly, in operation according to certain embodiments, externalcouplant is received from an external couplant source at the externalcouplant interface 11818 of the base station 4902. The base station 4902may then condition the couplant, e.g., control temperature, pressureand/or flow rate, and pump the couplant to the chassis of the inspectionrobot 100 via the tether. The couplant may then be received by areservoir and/or a manifold on the chassis of the inspection robot 100where it may be further conditioned and distributed to the payloads 2via the output couplant interfaces 11602. Each payload 2 may thenreceive and further condition the couplant before distributing thecouplant to the sensors 2220. The sensors 2202, in turn, may furthercondition the couplant prior to introducing the couplant into thecoupling chamber. As will be appreciated, conditioning the couplant atmultiple points along its path from the couplant source to the couplingchamber provides for greater control over the couplant. Further, havingmultiple conditioning points for the couplant provides for the abilityto tailor the couplant to the needs of individual payloads 2 and/orsensors 2202, which in turn, may provide for improved efficiency in thequality of acquired data by the sensors 2202. For example, a firstpayload 2 of the inspection robot 100 may be positioned over a portionof the inspection surface that is bumpier than another portion which asecond payload 2 of the inspection robot 100 may be positioned over.Accordingly, embodiments of the system for managing couplant, asdescribed herein, may increase the flow rate of couplant to the firstpayload independently of the flow rate to the second payload. As will beunderstood, other types of couplant characteristics may be controlledindependently across the payloads 2 and/or across the sensor 2202.

Illustrated in FIG. 115 is a method for managing couplant for aninspection robot 100. The method may include receiving couplant 11802,transporting 11810 the couplant to the inspection robot 100 andutilizing 11818 the couplant to facilitate contact between an acousticsensor 2202 of a payload 2 and a corresponding object, e.g., inspectionsurface 500, being inspected by the inspection robot 100. Inembodiments, the method may include evaluating 11804 an incomingcouplant characteristic, e.g., a pressure, a flow rate, a temperature,and/or other characteristics suitable for managing the couplant. Inembodiments, the method may further include selective rejecting heat11806 from the received couplant before the transporting the couplantthrough the tether to the inspection robot 100. In embodiments, themethod may include pumping 11808 the couplant through the tether and/ortransporting 11810 the couplant through the tether to the inspectionrobot 100. The method may further include transporting 11812 thecouplant from the chassis of the inspection robot 100 to one or morepayload 2. In embodiments, the method may further include controlling11814 a couplant characteristic to the payload 2. The couplantcharacteristic controlled to the payload 2 may be a pressure,temperature, flow rate and/or other characteristic suitable for managingthe couplant. In embodiments, the method may further include controlling11816 a couplant characteristic to a coupling chamber positioned betweenthe acoustic sensor and the corresponding object. The couplantcharacteristic controller to the coupling chamber may be a pressure,temperature, flow rate and/or other characteristic suitable for managingthe couplant. In embodiments, the method may further include utilizing11818 couplant to facilitate contact between sensors and object beinginspected.

Turning now to FIG. 116, a method for coupling drive assemblies to aninspection robot 100 (FIG. 1) is depicted. The example inspection robot100 includes any inspection robot having a number of sensors associatedtherewith and configured to inspect a selected area. Without limitationto any other aspect of the present disclosure, an inspection robot 100as set forth throughout the present disclosure, including any featuresor characteristics thereof, is contemplated for the example methodsdepicted in FIGS. 116-118. In certain embodiments, the inspection robot100 may have one or more payloads 2 (FIG. 1) and may include one or moresensors 2202 (FIG. 5) on each payload. In embodiments, the inspectionrobot 100 may have one or more modular drive assemblies/modules 4918.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

Referencing FIG. 120, a modular drive assembly 4918 may include a body11940, at least two wheels 11942 and 11944 mounted to the body 11940,and/or a connector (e.g., reference FIG. 125). As shown in FIG. 125, theconnector may include an electrical interface (e.g., 12810) and amechanical interface (e.g., 12802, 12804). The electrical interfaceelectrically communicates with a control module 802 of the inspectionrobot 100 and the mechanical interface releasably couples to the body11940 to a chassis of the inspection robot 100. In embodiments, thedrive assembly 4918 may include one or more drive motors 11946 and 11948coupled to the wheels 11942 and 11944, e.g., via drive shafts 11950. Aswill be understood, in embodiments, each drive motor 11946 and 11948 areindependently controllable. In other words, drive motor 11946 iscontrollably independently of drive motor 11948.

In embodiments, the wheels 11942 and/or 11944 may be magnetic, and thedrive motors 11946 and 11948 may be shielded from electromagneticinterference arising from the wheels 11942 and/or 11944. Shielding ofthe drive motors 11946 and/or 11948 may be provided by shieldingassemblies (e.g., shield 5508, reference FIG. 55).

In embodiments, the drive assembly 4918 may include one or moreencoders, which may be a sensor (e.g., an electromagnetic based sensorsuch as a Hall effect sensor) positioned in proximity to the drive motor(e.g., on top of drive motor 11946 such that the shield covers thesensor when installed), and/or a passive wheel and/or contact-basedencoder 11952. The encoder(s) may be operative or provide a position ofthe inspection robot 100 (e.g., by providing distance and/or directioninformation of the inspection robot, which may be accumulated for a deadreckoning position determination, and/or combined with other positioninformation to determine the position of the inspection robot).Accordingly, in embodiments, the encoders may provide for a relativeposition determination (e.g., along a portion of the inspection surface,relative to a baseline position, relative to a starting position, and/ortravel since a last absolute position determination, a distance and/ordirection based position, and/or a dead reckoning position of theinspection robot 100. In embodiments, the encoders may provide for anabsolute position determination. An absolute position may be theposition of the inspection robot 100 with respect to a known reference,e.g., the center of the inspection surface 500, a position within adefined facility coordinate system, and/or a global positioning system(GPS) coordinate. The relative and/or absolute positions may provide forcartesian, polar and/or spherical coordinates. For cartesiancoordinates, all three axes, x, y, and z, may be provided. In certainembodiments, the position (relative and/or absolute) may be determinedaccording to any conceptualization of coordinate system and/or axes asset forth throughout the present disclosure.

In embodiments, the modular drive assembly 4918 may include a biasingassembly 11954 coupled to the encoder 11952, wherein the biasingassembly 11954 biases the encoder 11952 towards the inspection surface500. In embodiments, the biasing assembly 11954 may include a spring,permanent magnet, electromagnet and/or other suitable devices. Theexample biasing assembly 11954 ensures contact of the passive encoderwheel with the inspection surface at least through a selected range ofmotion, allowing for accurate travel information from the coder inresponse to deviations in the inspection surface, slippage of a drivewheel of the drive module, or the like. Referencing FIG. 54A, 54B, anexample articulation of the biasing assembly 11954 for an exampleencoder is depicted.

In embodiments, the modular drive assembly 4918 may include an encoderoperatively coupled to one of the drive motors 11946 and/or 11948. Aswill be understood, the encoder may provide for a relative and/orabsolute position of the inspection robot 100 by directly measuring thenumber of rotations of the wheels 11942 and/or 11944 coupled to themotors 11946 and/or 11948.

In embodiments, the modular drive assembly 4918 may include a payloadactuator 6072 (FIG. 60) coupled to the body of the drive module at afirst end 6074, and having a payload coupling interface at a second end6076. In embodiments, the payload actuator 6072 adjusts a down force ofa payload relative to an inspection surface 500, and/or is configured toraise and/or lower the payload.

Accordingly, as shown in FIGS. 116 and 117, a first method may includeselectively uncoupling a first mechanical interface 11902 and a firstelectrical interface 11904 of a first connector of a first modular driveassembly from a drive module interface of a chassis of the inspectionrobot 100. The method may further include selecting 11906 a secondmodular drive assembly having a second connector. In embodiments, themethod may further include releasably coupling a second mechanicalinterface 11908 and a second electrical interface 11910 of the secondconnector to the drive module interface of the chassis of the inspectionrobot. The first and the second electrical interfaces may includeelectrical power and control connections for the respective modulardrive assembly, and the first and second mechanical interfaces maymechanically couple the respective modular drive assembly. Inembodiments, the first and the second modular drive assemblies each haveat least two wheels positioned to be in contact with the inspectionsurface when the inspection robot is positioned on the inspectionsurface. In embodiments, at least one wheel of the second modular driveassembly has a different wheel configuration than at least onecorresponding wheel of the first modular drive assembly. In embodiments,the first mechanical interface may include a first rotation limiter(e.g., reference FIGS. 64, 66A, and 66B), and/or wherein the secondmechanical interface includes a second rotation limiter. In suchembodiments, the method may further includes limiting 12002 a relativerotation/position of a connected modular drive assembly in response tothe respective coupled rotation limiter.

In embodiments, the first mechanical interface includes a firsttranslation limiter 6402 (reference FIG. 64), such as a piston stop,wherein the second mechanical interface includes a second translationlimiter, e.g., a piston stop. In such embodiments, the method mayfurther include limiting 12004 a relative translation of a connectedmodular drive assembly in response to the respective coupled translationlimiter. In certain embodiments, only one, or neither, of the drivemodules is coupled to the chassis with the ability to translate and/orrotate relative to the chassis.

In embodiments, the method my further include selectively controlling12008 the second modular drive assembly in one of a first direction or asecond direction. In embodiments, selectively controlling 12008 mayinclude determining 12010 one of a coupled chassis side corresponding tothe second modular drive assembly or a target movement direction of theinspection robot.

Turning to FIG. 118, another method includes releasably coupling 12102an electrical interface and a mechanical interface of a modular driveassembly to a drive module interface of the inspection robot;positioning 12106 the inspection robot on the inspection surface,thereby engaging at least one wheel of the modular drive assembly withthe inspection surface; and powering 12108 the modular drive assemblythrough the electrical interface, thereby controllably moving theinspection robot along the inspection surface. In embodiments,releasably coupling 12102 the electrical interface and the mechanicalinterface may include performing 12104 a single engagement operation. Inembodiments, the method may further include limiting 12114 a relativerotation between the modular drive assembly and a chassis of theinspection robot through the mechanical interface. In embodiments, themethod may further include limiting 12116 a translation movement betweenthe modular drive assembly and a chassis of the inspection robot throughthe mechanical interface. In embodiment, the method may further includereleasably coupling 12118 an electrical interface and a mechanicalinterface of a second modular drive assembly to a second drive moduleinterface of the inspection robot. In such embodiments, the drive moduleinterface may be positioned on a first side of a chassis of theinspection robot, and the second drive module interface may bepositioned on a second side of the chassis of the inspection robot. Inembodiments, controllably moving 12108 the inspection robot on theinspection surface may include independently driving 12110 the at leastone wheel of the modular drive assembly and at least one wheel of thesecond modular drive assembly. In embodiments, the method may furtherinclude independently monitoring 12120 movement of the at least onewheel of the modular drive assembly and the at least one wheel of thesecond modular drive assembly. In embodiments, the method may furtherinclude determining 12122 a position of the inspection robot based atleast in part on the monitored movements of the one or more wheels. Inembodiments, the method may further include determining 12124 that atleast one of the at least one wheel of the modular drive assembly and/orthe at least one wheel of the second modular drive assembly is slippingwith respect to the inspection surface based at least in part on themonitored movement of the one or more wheels. In embodiments, the methodmay further include determining 12126 a passive encoder output from apassive encoder associated with one of the modular drive assembly or thesecond modular drive assembly. In such embodiments, determining 12124that at least one of the at least one wheel of the modular driveassembly or the at least one wheel of the second modular drive assemblyis slipping with respect to the inspection surface may be based at leastin part on the passive encoder output.

As will be appreciated, embodiments of the modular drive assembliesdisclosed herein may provide for the ability to quickly swap out wheelconfigurations for the inspection robot. For example, a first modulardrive assembly having wheels with a first shape corresponding to a firstportion of an inspection surface (or the surface as a whole) may beswitched out with another modular drive assembly having wheels with ashape corresponding to a second portion of the inspection surface (or asecond inspection surface). For example, a first modular drive assemblymay be used to inspect a first pipe having a first curvature and asecond modular drive assembly may be used to inspect a second pipehaving a second curvature.

Turning now to FIGS. 125 and 126, an example connector for connecting adrive module and an inspection robot 100 (FIG. 1) is depicted. Theexample inspection robot 100 includes any inspection robot having anumber of sensors associated therewith and configured to inspect aselected area. Without limitation to any other aspect of the presentdisclosure, an inspection robot 100 as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof, iscontemplated for the example connector depicted in FIGS. 125 and 126. Incertain embodiments, the inspection robot 100 may have one or morepayloads 2 (FIG. 1) and may include one or more sensors 2202 (FIG. 5) oneach payload.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

In embodiments, the connector 12800 includes a body, having a firstportion 12802, and a second portion 12804 having a first end 12806 and asecond end 12808. The first end 12806 operatively couples with a drivemodule 4918 and the second end 12808 operatively engages a chassis ofthe inspection robot 100. In embodiments, a first portion 12802 of thebody may rotate with respect to the chassis while a second portion ofthe body 12804 remains stationary with respect to the chassis. The bodyportions 12802, 12804 may be made of metals, alloys, plastics and/orother suitable materials.

The connector 12800 may further include an electrical component 12810and a mechanical component 12816. The electrical component 12810 mayoperatively couple an electrical power source from the chassis to anelectrical power load of the drive module 4918. The electrical component12810 may also provide electrical data communications between acontroller 802 positioned on the chassis and at least one of a sensor2202, an actuator, and/or a drive controller positioned on the drivemodule 4918. As can be seen in FIGS. 125 and 126, the electricalcomponent 12810 may include two interlocking portions each having one ormore pins/teeth. As will be understood, embodiments of the connector12800 may utilize additional forms of electrical connections forcompleting the transfer of power and/or communicating with the drivemodules 4918. For example, referring briefly to FIG. 127, inembodiments, the electrical component 12810 may mate with a daughterboard 12904 Returning back to FIGS. 125 and 126, the mechanicalcomponent 12816 may be defined, at least in part by the body portions12802 and/or 12804 and releasably couple the first portion of the body12802 and/or the second portion of the body 12804 to the inspectionrobot chassis.

In embodiments, the first portion of the body 12802 may include a wall12814 that defines, at least in part, the mechanical component 12816.The first portion of the body 12802 and/or the second portion of thebody 12804 may also include an inner cavity 12812 defined, at least inpart, by the wall 12814. In embodiments, the electrical component 12810may be disposed within the cavity 12812. As further shown in FIGS. 125and 126, in embodiments, the electrical component 12810 may bepositioned coaxially within the mechanical component 12816, e.g.,longitudinally centered along the same axis 12818 (FIG. 126), such thatengagement of the drive module 4918 with the mechanical component 12816simultaneously engages the electrical component 12810. As will beappreciated, disposing the electrical component 12810 within the centerof the mechanical component 12816 reduces the risk that the electricalcomponent 12810 will be damaged as the first end 12806 of the bodyrotates in relation to the chassis. For example, in embodiments, variouselectrical cables that complete the electrical and/or datacommunications from the electrical component 12810 to the chassis neednot rotate with the second portion 12802 of the body, thereby decreasingthe amount of stress on the cables and/or the likelihood that they willbecome severed.

In embodiments, the mechanical component 12816 may include a fixedrotation limiter 6602 and 6404 that limits rotation of the body 12802with respect to the chassis. Without limitation to any other aspect ofthe present disclosure, fixed rotation limiter 6602 and 6404, as setforth throughout the present disclosure, including any features orcharacteristics thereof, is contemplated for the example connectordepicted in FIGS. 125 and 126. In embodiments, the fixed rotationlimiter may include a slot 6404 and a tongue 6602 as disclosed hereinand best seen in FIGS. 66A, 66B. In embodiments, the slot 6404 may bedisposed in the second portion 12804 of the body and the tongue 6602 maybe disposed in the first portion 12802 of the body. In embodiments, theslot 6404 may be disposed in the first portion 12802 of the body and thetongue 6602 may be disposed in the second portion 12804 of the body.

In embodiments, a distribution of degrees of the rotation of the body12802 with respect to the chassis is symmetrical about an inspectionposition, as seen in FIG. 130. In embodiments, the inspection positionmay include a nominal alignment of the drive module 4918 with thechassis when the inspection robot 100 is positioned on an inspectionsurface 500. Accordingly, in embodiments, the fixed rotation limiter6602 and 6404 may limit the degrees of rotation to within about +20degrees to about −20 degrees from the inspection position. Inembodiments, the distribution of degrees of the rotation of the body12802 with respect to the chassis is asymmetrical about an inspectionposition as best seen in FIG. 131. In embodiments, the fixed rotationlimiter 6602 limits the degrees of rotation to within about +5 degreesto about −15 degrees from the center point. In embodiments, themechanical component 12816 may include a translation limiter 6402, e.g.,a piston stop defined in part by the wall 12814, that limits translationof the body 12802 with respect to the chassis.

Illustrated in FIG. 128 is a method for operating an inspection robothaving a drive module. In embodiments, the method includes providing13002 a drive command to a drive module through an electrical componentof a connector. The connector may be coupled to the drive module at afirst end and coupled to a chassis of the inspection robot at a secondend. The method may further include providing 13010 electrical powerthrough the electrical component of the connector to a motor of thedrive module. The method may further include limiting 13012 a rotationof the drive module with respect to the chassis, and/or a limiting 13014translation of the drive module with respect to the chassis. Inembodiments, limiting 13012 the rotation of the drive module withrespect to the chassis may include engaging 13016 a slot of an outerwall of the connector with a tongue of the chassis. As will beunderstood, in other embodiments, the tongue may be disposed on theouter wall of the connector and the slot may be disposed on the chassis.In embodiments, limiting 13012 the rotation of the drive module withrespect to the chassis may include symmetrically limiting 13018 therotation from an inspection position, the inspection position having anominal alignment of the drive module with the chassis when theinspection robot is positioned on an inspection surface. In embodiments,limiting 13012 the rotation of the drive module with respect to thechassis may include asymmetrically limiting 13020 the rotation from aninspection position, the inspection position having a nominal alignmentof the drive module with the chassis when the inspection robot ispositioned on an inspection surface. In embodiments, asymmetricallylimiting 13020 the rotation from the inspection position may includeallowing 13022 a greater negative rotation than a positive rotation. Inembodiments, asymmetrically limiting 13020 the rotation from theinspection position may include allowing 13024 a greater positiverotation than a negative rotation. In embodiments, limiting 13014 thetranslation of the drive module with respect to the chassis may includeengaging 13026 a piston stop of an outer wall of the connector with atranslation stop engagement of the chassis. In embodiments, providing adrive command to the drive module comprises determining an orientationof the drive module, and providing the drive command in response to theorientation of the drive module and a target movement direction of theinspection robot.

Turning to FIG. 130, another method for connecting a drive module to aninspection robot may include coupling 13406 a drive module to amechanical component, the mechanical component defined, at least inpart, by a body of a connector for the drive module to a chassis of theinspection robot. The method may further include coupling 13048 thedrive module to an electrical component, thereby coupling a power sourcefrom the chassis to an electrical power load of the drive module, andfurther providing electrical communication between a controllerpositioned on the chassis and at least one of a sensor, an actuator, ora drive controller positioned on the drive module. The method mayfurther include coupling at least one of a rotation limiter 13042 and/ora translation limiter 13044, the rotation limiter structured to limitrotation of the body with respect to the chassis, and the translationlimiter structured to limit translation of the body with respect to thechassis. In embodiments, coupling 13046 the drive module to themechanical component and the coupling 13048 the drive module to theelectrical component may include engaging the drive module to theconnector in a single operation 13040, e.g., a single step and/orprocess. In embodiments, coupling 13042 the rotation limiter may includeengaging 13050 a slot at least partially defined by the wall with atongue of the chassis. As will be understood, the slot may be of thechassis and the tongue may be defined in part by the wall. Inembodiments, coupling 14044 the translation limiter may include engaging13052 a piston stop at least partially defined by the wall with atranslation stop engagement of the chassis.

Referencing FIG. 119, an example connector 12800 for drive module to aninspection robot is depicted. The example connector 12800 includes abody having a first end 12808 and a second end 12806, where the firstend 12808 is couplable to a chassis of an inspection robot, and wherethe second end 12806 is couplable to a drive module 4918 of theinspection robot. In certain embodiments, portions of the connector12800 may be positioned on the chassis and/or the drive module 4918,and/or portions of the connector 12800 may be integral with the chassisand/or the drive module 4918. The example connector 12800 includes thebody having a wall 12210 that defines, at least in part, a cavity. Theexample of FIG. 119 further includes a mechanical component 12212defined, at least in part, by the wall 12210, that selectively andreleasably couples the body to the chassis of the inspection robot atthe first end 12808. In the example of FIG. 119, the body includes thewall 12210 and is a fixed outer portion of the connector 12800 coupledto the chassis, and the mechanical component 12212 is a sliding innerportion of the connector 12800. However, the portion of the connectorthat is sliding or fixed is non-limiting, and the body and mechanicalcomponent 12212 may be reversed in this aspect. Additionally, theportion of the connector 12800 that is coupled to the drive module orthe chassis is non-limiting, and the body and the mechanical component12212 may also be reversed in this aspect. The connector 12800 furtherincludes an electrical component 12810 disposed in the cavity, where theelectrical component 12810 couples an electrical power source from thechassis to an electrical power load (e.g., a motor, sensor, actuator,etc.) of the drive module, and further provides electrical communicationbetween a controller positioned on the chassis, and a drive controllerpositioned on the drive module. In certain embodiments, the electricalcomponent 12810 further provides electrical communication between thecontroller positioned on the chassis and at least one sensor positionedon the drive module. The sensor includes one or more sensors such as: aposition sensor operationally coupled to the drive controller, anencoder operationally coupled to the drive controller or a driven wheelof the drive module, and/or a passive encoder operationally coupled to awheel in contact with the inspection surface. In certain embodiments,the electrical component 12810 further provides electrical communicationbetween the controller positioned on the chassis and an actuatorpositioned on the drive module, such as a payload actuator and/or astability assist device actuator.

An example connector 12800 further includes the body having a slotdefined, at least in part, by the wall 12210 that receives a tongue ofthe chassis and/or mechanical component 12212 (e.g., reference FIG. 129,with tongue 6602 and slot defined by first end 13110 and second end13112). The position of the tongue and the slot may be reversed, forexample with the wall 12210 defining the slot and the chassis and/ormechanical component 12212 having the tongue. The tongue and slotprovide for rotation allowance between the drive module and the chassis,while also providing for rotation limiting therebetween. In certainembodiments, the tongue and slot may be utilized to enforce a fixedrotational position of the drive module and the chassis. In certainembodiments, a rotation of a first drive module on a first side of thechassis may be limited to a first value, and/or fixed rotationally,while the rotation of the second drive module on a second side of thechassis may be limited to a second value, and/or fixed rotationally.

The example connector 12800 further includes a piston stop limiter 6402(reference FIG. 125) that allows for translation of the drive modulerelative to the chassis (e.g., movement closer to or further from thechassis), but limits the amount of extension and/or proximity betweenthe drive module and the chassis. The piston stop limiter 6402 may bepositioned on the wall 12210 and/or the mechanical component 12212 tolimit sliding of the mechanical component 12212 relative to the bodyand/or the chassis, and/or to limit sliding of the wall 12210 relativeto the mechanical component 12212 and/or the chassis.

The example connector 12800 further includes the electrical component12810 having an electrical connector interface that couples with achassis connector 12208 and/or a drive module connector. In certainembodiments, the drive module includes the electrical component 12810coupled thereto (reference FIG. 120), and/or the electrical component12810 couples to a control board 12902 (or drive module daughter board)of the drive module, for example at break-out board 12904. An exampleelectrical connector interface includes at least two prongs 12204 thatinterlock with at least two prongs 12206 of the chassis connector 12208.

An example connector 12800 further includes the mechanical component12212 disposed on a connecting portion of the body having across-sectional area that is less than a cross-section area of aconnection port 5110 (reference FIG. 52) on the chassis, where themechanical component 12212 further selectively couples and releases tothe chassis inside of the connection port 5110. An example connector12800 further includes the electrical component 12810 interlocking withthe chassis connector 12208 inside the connection port 5110, and/orinside the connection port 5110 in a position of the drive module thatis translated close to the chassis. Referencing FIG. 121, an exampleconnector 12800 includes the body of the connector 12800 (e.g., the wall12210) having a cross-sectional profile that is circular, rectangular,or triangular.

The depiction of FIGS. 122, 123 is a non-limiting schematic depiction toillustrate components present in certain embodiments. Certainembodiments may include additional drive modules coupled to the chassis,and/or coupled at different positions relative to the chassis. Theposition and arrangement of the drive modules to the center chassis maybe according to any aspect of the present disclosure, for exampleincluding side mounted drive modules having forward and rearward wheels(e.g., reference FIG. 51, 52 having mounting ports 5110 for drivemodules, such as a drive module 6000 referenced at FIG. 60). An examplerotation orientation of the drive module to the chassis is depicted atFIGS. 67A, 67B).

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 122 which depicts an inspectionrobot, the inspection robot may include a center chassis 12502 includinga drive piston 12504 comprising a drive module interface 12508, whereinthe drive piston 12504 in a first position places the drive moduleinterface 12508 closest to the center chassis 12502, wherein the drivepiston 12504 in a second position places the drive module interface12508 farthest from the center chassis 12502, and wherein the drivepiston 12504 is translatable between the first position and the secondposition; a drive module 12510, selectively coupled to the drive moduleinterface 12508, and structured to move the center chassis 12502 acrossan inspection surface; and a drive suspension 12512 pivotally couplingthe drive piston 12504 to the drive module 12510. In embodiments, thedrive piston 12504 may include a translation limiter 12514 structured todefine the second position. The robot may further include a rotationlimiter 12518 structured to limit a rotation of the drive module 12510relative to center chassis 12502. In embodiments, the rotation limiter12518 may include a slot on an axis, and wherein the drive piston 12504may be coupled to the axis. The rotation limiter 12518 may limit arotation of the drive module 12510 relative to the center chassis 12502to approximately −10 degrees to +10 degrees. The rotation limiter 12518may limit a rotation of the drive module 12510 relative to the centerchassis 12502, wherein the rotation is unequally distributed relative to0 degrees. The drive module 12510 may further include a bias spring12520 structured to bias the drive module 12510 to a desired rotationrelative to the center chassis 12502. In an embodiment, an interior ofthe piston 12504 may include a power connector 12522 structured totransfer power between the center chassis 12502 (aka center module) andthe drive module 12510; and a communications connector 12524 structuredto transfer digital data between the center chassis 12502 and the drivemodule 12510.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 123, a system may include arobot body 12602 including a first drive piston 12604 operably couplableto a first one of a plurality of drive modules 12610, second drivepiston 12608 operably couplable to a second one of the plurality ofdrive modules 12612 a first drive module 12610 structured to move therobot body 12602 across an inspection surface, a second drive module12612 structured to move the robot body 12602 across the inspectionsurface first drive suspension 12628 coupling the first drive piston12604 to the first drive module 12610, and a second drive suspension12630 coupling the second drive piston 12608 to the second drive module12612. In an example system, the first drive suspension 12628 isrotationally coupled to the first drive module. An example systemincludes the second drive module rotationally fixed relative to thesecond drive piston 12608. An example system includes the second drivesuspension 12630 rotationally coupled to the second drive module. Incertain embodiments, allowing one or both of the first or second drivemodule to translate relative to the chassis allows for the inspectionrobot to comply with variations in the inspection surface. In certainembodiments, allowing for both drive modules to translate may enhancethe compliance capability, and/or provide for an improved ability tomaintain a payload and/or inspection sensors at a target horizontalposition. In certain embodiments, allowing for only one of the drivemodules to translate may enhance the stability of the robot on theinspection surface, and/or make handling of the robot easier for anoperator.

In certain embodiments, one or more of the drive pistons, includingdrive pistons configured for translation, includes a translationlimiter, such as any translation limiter as set forth in the presentdisclosure. An example system includes the interior of each drive pistonincluding a power connector structured to transfer power between therobot body and a corresponding drive module and a communicationsconnector structured to transfer digital data between the robot body andthe corresponding drive module (e.g., reference FIG. 119). An examplesystem includes one or more of the drive modules including an encoder16232 (e.g., reference FIG. 120). An example system includes payload12634 having a plurality of sensors 12638 structured to collect dataabout an inspection surface, and a payload controller 12640 structuredto transmit data to the robot body via the communications connector.

Referencing FIG. 124, an example procedure for operating a robot havinga multi-function piston coupling a drive module to a center chassis isdepicted. The example procedure includes an operation 12702 to translatea drive module to a selected distance from a robot body, an operation12704 to allow the drive module to passively rotate relative to thecenter chassis (or robot body) based on the inspection surface, anoperation to collect position data from an encoder of the drive module,and an operation 12712 to integrate the position data and inspectiondata (e.g., from sensors of a payload), thereby correlating the positiondata to the inspection data and creating position related inspectiondata.

In certain embodiments, the procedure further includes an operation12714 to actively bias a rotation of the drive module relative to thecenter chassis, for example toward an inspection position, and/or towarda selected position. The example procedure further includes an operation12718 to allow an encoder to passively rotate, and a procedure 12720 tobias the passively rotating encoder toward the inspection surface.

Referencing FIG. 129, an example rotation limiter 6606 for a driveassembly of an inspection robot is depicted. An example rotation limiterincludes a slot disposed on a body structured to rotatably couple adrive module to a chassis of the inspection robot, and to engage atongue of the chassis, and/or to engage a tongue of a connection memberbetween the drive module and the chassis, where the connection member isrotatably fixed to the chassis. In the example of FIG. 129, the slot isdefined by the first end 13110 and the second end 13112, where the ends13110, 13112 prevent further rotation of the tongue 6602 in therespective direction. The position of the tongue and slot isnon-limiting, and the tongue may be positioned on a rotating memberwhile the slot is defined on a fixed member. Additionally oralternatively, the slot may be defined on an outer member, while thetongue is positioned on an inner member. In the example of FIG. 129,where the slot member 13102 rotates, rotation in a first direction 13114is limited by interference of the second end 13112 with the tongue 6602,and rotation in the second direction 13116 is limited by interference ofthe first end 13110 with the tongue 6602. In the example of FIG. 129,where the tongue member rotates, rotation in the first direction 13114is limited by interference of the tongue 6602 with the first end 13110,and rotation in the second direction 13116 is limited by interference ofthe tongue 6602 with the second end 13112. The first end 13110 may bedefined by a first stopping member 13106 having a desired shape forengagement with the tongue 6602, and the second end 13112 may be definedby a second stopping member 13108 having a desired shape for engagementwith the tongue 6602, such as a beveled shape. It can be seen that theselection of the stopping member 13106, 13108 positions relative to abaseline position of the tongue 6602, and further, to some extent, thesize (or radial width) of the tongue, define the rotational limitsenforced by the rotation limiter 6606.

An example rotation limiter 6606 includes the first end 13110 and thesecond end 13112 disposed at symmetrical distances from an inspectionposition, where the inspection position includes a nominal alignment ofthe drive module with the chassis when the inspection robot ispositioned on an inspection surface. For example, where the chassisoperates nominally in a level position on the inspection surface duringinspection operations, the inspection position, and accordingly thebaseline position for the tongue in the slot, is at a midway positionbetween the first end 13110 and the second end 13112. In certainembodiments, the first end 13110 and the second end 13112 are positionedat about +/−20 degrees from the inspection position. A position that isabout 20 degrees, and/or about any other degree value, as used herein,includes a position that allows 20 degrees of rotation before the tongueengages the respective end, and/or a position that is 20 degreesdisplaced from a center point of the tongue (e.g., allowing for arotation of 20 degrees, less the width of the tongue that is positionedtoward the respective stop from the center point of the tongue).Additionally or alternatively, a position that is about a specifiednumber of degrees may vary from the specified number by tolerances dueto the designed stopping member manufacturing, the designed tonguemanufacturing, wear over time to the tongue and/or stopping member,allowances provided in the tongue and/or stopping member design tocompensate for wear, uncertainties in the orientation of the inspectionrobot that determines the inspection position, variances in theinspection position due to configuration differences in payloads,stability assistance devices, and/or tether differences, variances in aninspection surface orientation (e.g., relative to a planned orientationwhich may be gravitationally vertical), variances in the installedrotational position of the tongue and/or stopping members, variances inthe rotational position of the tongue and/or stopping members that occurdue to service events or reconfiguration operations that remove andreplace the tongue and/or the stopping members, and/or the stack-up ofone or more of these tolerances. In certain embodiments, one or more ofthe tolerance differences described may be more prominent due to thecharacteristics of the system, and/or due to the importance of rotationlimitation for the particular system in response to various conditionaffecting the rotation limiter tolerances. Additionally, the tolerancewith regard to one rotating direction may be different than a tolerancewith regard to the other rotating direction. Accordingly, one of skillin the art, having the benefit of the disclosure herein, and informationordinarily available when contemplating a particular system, can readilydetermine whether a given rotational difference is within the range ofabout a specified angle. Certain considerations for determining whethera given rotational difference is within the range of about a specifiedangle include the manufacturing materials and/or methods for fabricatingrotation limiter components, installing rotation limiter components,servicing and/or changing rotation limiter components, the frequency atwhich rotation limiter components are expected to be serviced and/orreconfigured, the importance of rotation control in the first directionrelative to the second direction, and/or the variability in payloadconfigurations for the inspection robot. Without limitation to any ofthe foregoing, in certain embodiments, an angle that is within 1 degreeof a stated range, within 10% of a stated range, and/or within anangular extent defined by the tongue member, is understood herein to beabout equal to a specified angle.

In certain embodiments, the first end 13110 and the second end 13112 arepositioned at about +/−15 degrees from the inspection position. Incertain embodiments, the first end 13110 and the second end 13112 arepositioned at about +/−10 degrees from the inspection position. Incertain embodiments, the first end 13110 and the second end 13112 arepositioned at about +/−5 degrees from the inspection position.

In certain embodiments, the first end 13110 and the second end 13112 arepositioned asymmetrically with respect to the inspection position. Incertain embodiments, the first end 13110 and the second end 13112 arepositioned at about +5 degrees and at about −15 degrees from theinspection position. In certain embodiments, the first end 13110 and thesecond end 13112 are positioned asymmetrically with respect to theinspection position. In certain embodiments, the first end 13110 and thesecond end 13112 are positioned at about +15 degrees and at about −5degrees from the inspection position.

Referencing FIG. 130, an example rotation limiter 6606 includes a body13102 of the rotation limiter having the first stopping member 13106 andthe second stopping member 13108 positioned thereon, where the firststopping member 13106 limits the rotation to a first angle φ₁ relativeto an axis 13104 indicating an inspection position, and where the secondstopping member 13108 limits the rotation to a second angle φ₂ relativeto the axis 13104. In the example of FIG. 130, the stopping members13106, 13108 define the slot on the body 13102. In certain embodiments,the body 13102 defines the tongue 6602 (e.g., reference FIG. 132), whichengages a slot defined on a fixed member positioned for the slot toengage the tongue 6602 of the body. In certain embodiments, the body13102 is fixed, and the engaging member, having the tongue 6602 in theexample of FIG. 130, rotates. Referencing FIG. 131, an example rotationlimiter 6606 depicts another embodiment having distinct rotation anglelimits relative to the embodiment of FIG. 130.

An example rotation limiter 6606 includes a biasing member coupled tothe drive module, where the biasing member rotationally biases the drivemodule. For example, the biasing member may biasingly couple the drivemodule to the housing of the chassis, urging the drive module (and/orchassis—for example when the drive module is fixed on the inspectionsurface) toward one of the first or second rotational directions. Incertain embodiments, the biasing member(s) may urge the drive moduletoward a selected angle, which may be the inspection position angle, ora different angle. In certain embodiments, the biasing member mayinclude a torsion spring rotatably coupled to the rotating member of therotation limiter 6606, thereby urging rotation of the drive module in aspecified direction.

Referring to FIG. 133, an inspection robot 13400 capable of traversingand inspecting uneven surfaces is schematically depicted. The inspectionrobot 13400 includes a center chassis 13410 having a least one payload13402 pivotally mounted to the center chassis 13410. There may beadditional payloads 13402, where each payload 13402 may include at leasttwo arms 13404 operationally coupled to two inspection sensors 13408.The inspection sensors 13408 may include UT sensors, EMI sensors, and/orany other sensors including, without limitation, any sensors describedthroughout the present disclosure. During a given inspection run, theinspection sensors 13408 may be distinct from one another. There may bea payload actuator 13422 coupling the center chassis 13410 to arespective payload 13402.

At least two drive modules 13416 are pivotally coupled to the centerchassis 13410 by a corresponding drive suspension 13412. Each drivemodule 13416 may be independently rotatable relative to the centerchassis 13410 and each other. At least one of the drive suspensions13412 may include a rotation limiter 13414 to enforce a maximum degreeof rotation between the corresponding drive module 13416 and the centerchassis 13410. In embodiments, the rotation limiters 13414 may both befixed (e.g. no rotation allowed), or one drive module 13416 may have afixed (no rotation) rotation limiter 13414 while the rotation limiter13414 on another drive module 13416 allows from some rotation, therotation limiters 13414 may allow for different degrees of rotationbetween corresponding drive modules. A rotation limiter 13414 may enablesymmetrical rotation, or enable greater rotation in one directioncompared to another. A drive module 13416 may be biased, such as with aspring, to tend to rotate in preferred direction. The depiction of FIG.133 is a non-limiting schematic depiction to illustrate componentspresent in certain embodiments. Certain embodiments may includeadditional drive modules coupled to the chassis, and/or coupled atdifferent positions relative to the chassis. The position andarrangement of the drive modules to the center chassis may be accordingto any aspect of the present disclosure, for example including sidemounted drive modules having forward and rearward wheels (e.g.,reference FIG. 51, 52 having mounting ports 5110 for drive modules, suchas a drive module 6000 referenced at FIG. 60). An example rotationorientation of the drive module to the chassis is depicted at FIGS. 67A,67B).

A drive suspension 13412 may include a corresponding piston 13418 tovary a distance between the center chassis 13410 and the correspondingdrive module 13416. In embodiments, both drive suspensions 13412 mayinclude a corresponding piston 13418, or only one of the drivesuspensions 13412 includes a corresponding piston 13418. A piston 13418may be coupled to or integral with the drive module 13416, the centerchassis 13410, of part of the mechanical connection between the two. Thedistance between individual drive modules 13416 and the center chassis13410 may be different from one another. Each piston 13418 may include atranslation limiter 13420 to define or enforce a maximum distancebetween the center chassis 13410 and the corresponding drive module13416. The translation limiter may interact with a piston stop to definethe maximum distance between the center chassis 13410 and a drive module13416.

Each drive module 13416 includes at least two wheels 13424, wherein bothwheels 13424 or only a single wheel 13424 are turnable under power(e.g., coupled to a drive motor). The engagement of the drive module13416 to the center chassis 13410 and the wheels 13424 to the drivemodule 13416 ensure that driving the wheels results, except in the caseof a wheel slipping, in the inspection robot moving over the inspectionsurface. The drive module 13416 is rotatable relative to the centerchassis 13410 independently of movement of the wheels 13424. On at leastone of the drive modules 13416, the two wheels 13424 are independentlyturnable. The wheels 13424 may be driven at different rates, both on asingle drive module 13416 (e.g., where wheels of the drive module areoriented side-by-side relative to a direction of travel of theinspection robot), and/or between different drive modules 13416, forexample to enable the inspection robot 13400 to change a direction oftravel. In addition to the two wheels 13424, a drive module 13416 mayfurther include a passive encoder wheel 13434. In embodiments, a drivemodule 13416 may include a drive actuator 13432 to couple a drivepayload 13430 to the drive module 13416, and/or to couple the drivemodule 13416 to the payload 13402 (e.g., reference FIG. 60, actuator6072).

The example of FIG. 133 includes a payload actuator 13422, which may becoupled to the chassis or to a drive module. An actuator 13422, 13432may be passive, such as a spring, active, or combination of active andpassive. The actuator 13422, 13432 may be a linear actuator, such as apneumatic actuator, an electrical actuator, a hydraulic actuator, andthe like. The actuator 13422, 13432 may be operable to move acorresponding payload 13402, 13430 between distinct positions (at leasta first position and a second position, and/or discrete or continuousintermediate positions) relative to the center chassis 13410. Theactuator 13422, 13432, in a first position, may position a correspondingpayload 13402, 13430, in a first pivoted position away from aninspection surface. The first pivoted position may be a storage positionfor the corresponding payload 13402, 13430 or a raised position todisengage the payload 13402, 13430 from the inspection surface. Theactuator 13422, 13432, when in a second position, may position acorresponding payload 13402, 13430, in a second pivoted position towardan inspection surface such that a selected down force is applied by thepayload 13402, 13430 on the inspection surface. The actuator 13422,13432 may be capable of selectively adjust a down force as the actuator13422, 13432 approaches the second position, at which the maximumactuator down force is applied on the payload toward the inspectionsurface. The maximum actuator downforce is the combined down forceapplied by passive and active actuators. The actuator 13422, 13432 mayadjust a height of a corresponding payload 13402, 13430 relative to thecenter chassis 13410.

Referring to FIG. 135, enabling an inspection robot to traverse anuneven, non-planar surface may include, providing drive power to a firstdrive module (step 13502), and providing electrical communicationsbetween the first drive module and a center chassis through a firstconnector coupling the first drive module to the center chassis (step15303) where the first connector defines a first axis. In someembodiments, drive power may also be provided to a second drive module(step 13504). Electrical communications are provided between the seconddrive module and a center chassis through a second connector couplingthe second drive module to the center chassis (step 15306), where thesecond connector defines a second axis. Drive power provided to thefirst drive module selectively rotates the first drive module around thefirst axis (step 13508). Drive power provided to the second drive moduleselectively rotates the second drive module around the second axis (step13510). In embodiments, first and second drive modules are independentlydrivable. There may be limitations on the extent to which the drivemodules may rotate relative to the robot body (center chassis) and thelimitations may be distinct between the first and second drive modules.In embodiments, a drive module may be biased to rotate in a specificdirection.

The velocities of the first and second drive modules may be determined(13512) and indication of an obstacle determined in response to adifference between the velocities of the first and second drive modules(step 13514). This may be done using an encoder coupled to each of thedrive modules, which may be an active encoder (e.g., a sensor coupled toa drive wheel of the drive module) and/or a passive encoder (e.g., anunpowered wheel in contact with the surface, and including a mechanicaland/or electrical sensor determining the rotation of the unpoweredwheel).

At wheel of the first drive module may be driven in a direction oftravel (step 13508) to move the robot across the surface. Inembodiments, a payload may be lifted in response to an indication of anobstacle in the path (step 13512). In embodiments, a wheel of the seconddrive module may also be drive in a direction of travel (step 13510).Wheels of the first and second drive modules are independently drivableand may be driven at different speeds and directions.

Referring to FIG. 134, a system for inspection an uneven inspectionsurface is schematically depicted. At least one payload 13602, pivotallymounted to a center chassis 13610, is operationally coupled, via an arm13604, to at least two inspection sensors 13608. A first drive module13612 and a second drive module 13614 are coupled to the center chassis13610. Each of the drive modules 13612, 13614 includes at least twowheels 13626, each wheel 13626 positioned to contact an inspectionsurface when the inspection robot is positioned on the inspectionsurface.

The coupling between the drive modules 13612, 13614 may be fixed, onedrive module 13612 may be rotatably connected to the center chassiswhile a second drive module 13614 may be fixed relative to the centerchassis 13610, or both of the drive modules 13612, 13614 may berotatable relative to the center chassis 13610 in a plane of a directionof travel for the system (an inspection robot including the centerchassis 13610). The depiction of FIG. 135 is a non-limiting schematicdepiction to illustrate components present in certain embodiments.Certain embodiments may include additional drive modules coupled to thechassis, and/or coupled at different positions relative to the chassis.The position and arrangement of the drive modules to the center chassismay be according to any aspect of the present disclosure, for exampleincluding side mounted drive modules having forward and rearward wheels(e.g., reference FIG. 51, 52 having mounting ports 5110 for drivemodules, such as a drive module 6000 referenced at FIG. 60). An examplerotation orientation of the drive module to the chassis is depicted atFIGS. 67A, 67B). The drive modules 13612, 13614 are rotatableindependently of one another. There may be a rotation limiter 13618associated with one or both drive modules 13612, 13614 which defines amaximum rotation of the corresponding drive module 13612, 13614 relativeto the center chassis 13610. In embodiments, the rotation limiters 13618may both be fixed (e.g. no rotation allowed), or one drive module 13614may have a fixed (zero rotation) rotation limiter 13618 while therotation limiter 13618 on another drive module 13612 allows from somerotation, the rotation limiters 13618 may allow for different degrees ofrotation between corresponding drive modules. A rotation limiter 13618may enable symmetrical rotation, or enable greater rotation in onedirection compared to another. A drive module 13612, 13614 may bebiased, such as with a spring, to tend to rotate in preferred direction.

A piston 13620 may be mechanically interposed between the center chassis13610 and one or both of the drive modules 13612, 13614. The piston13620 is structured to vary a distance between the center chassis 13610and the corresponding drive module 13612, 13614. A translation limiter13622 may be associated with a piston 13620 to define a maximum distancebetween the center chassis 13610 and the corresponding drive module13612, 13614. This may include a piston stop to interact with thetranslation limiter 13622 to define the maximum distance (e.g., see alsoFIGS. 63-65 for additional or alternative arrangements of a translationlimiter, without limitation to any other aspect of the presentdisclosure).

An actuator 13624 may couple a payload 13602 to the center chassis13610. The actuator may be passive, such as a spring, active, orcombination of active and passive. The actuator 13624 may be a linearactuator, such as a pneumatic actuator, an electrical actuator, ahydraulic actuator, and the like. The actuator 13624 may be operable tomove a corresponding payload 13602 between distinct positions (at leasta first position and a second position) relative to the center chassis13610. The actuator 13624, in a first position, may position acorresponding payload 13692, in a first pivoted position away from aninspection surface. The first pivoted position may be a storage positionfor the corresponding payload 13602 or a raised position to disengagethe payload 13602 from the inspection surface. The actuator 13624, whenin a second position, may position a corresponding payload 13602, in asecond pivoted position toward an inspection surface such that aselected down force is applied by the payload 13602 on the inspectionsurface. The actuator 13624 may move to the first position, pivoted awayfrom an inspection surface, in response to a detected feature on theinspection surface. The detected feature may be an obstacle, a potentialobstacle, a detected variability in the inspection surface, a detectedincrease in a slope of the inspection surface, a transition from a firstregion of the inspection surface to a second region of the inspectionsurface, or the like. The feature may be detected by an operatorproviding input, marked on an inspection map for the upcoming region,and the like.

The system may include a stability device 13630 pivotally mounted to thecenter chassis 13610 and a second actuator 13621 pivotally coupling thestability device 13630 to the center chassis 13610 (e.g., see also FIGS.61B, 62 for additional or alternative arrangements of a stabilitydevice, without limitation to any other aspect of the presentdisclosure). The second actuator 13632 may be operable to move thestability device 13630 between distinct positions (at least a firstposition and a second position) relative to the center chassis 13610.The second actuator 13632, in a first position, may position thestability device 13630, in a first pivoted position away from aninspection surface. The first pivoted position may be a storage positionfor the stability device 13630 or a raised position to disengage thestability device 13630 from the inspection surface. The actuator 13632,when in a second position, may position the stability device 13630, in asecond pivoted position toward an inspection surface in a deployedposition of the stability device 13630. The second actuator 13632 maymove to the second position, deploying the stability device 13630, inresponse to a detected feature on the inspection surface.

Referencing FIG. 136, an example stability module assembly 13714 isdepicted. The example stability module assembly is couplable to a drivemodule and/or a center chassis of an inspection robot, and is positionedat a rear of the inspection robot to assist in ensuring the robot doesnot rotate backwards away from the inspection surface (e.g., uponhitting an obstacle, debris, encountering a non-ferrous portion of theinspection surface with front drive wheels, etc.). The example includesa coupling interface 13710, 13706 of any type, depicted as axles ofengaging matching holes defined in the stability module assembly 13714and the coupled device 13720 (e.g., a drive module, chassis, etc.). Theexample coupling arrangement utilizes a pin 13708 to secure theconnection. The example stability module assembly 13714 includes anengaging member 13704 for the inspection surface, which may include oneor more wheels, and/or a drag bar. In certain embodiments, the engagingmember 13704 is nominally positioned to contact the inspection surfacethroughout inspection operations, but may additionally or alternativelybe positioned to engage the inspection surface in response to theinspection robot rotating away from the inspection surface by a selectedamount. The example stability module assembly 13714 includes a biasingmember 13716, for example a spring, that opposes further rotation of theinspection robot when the stability module assembly 13714 engages theinspection surface. The biasing member 13716 in the example is engagedat a pivot axle 13718 of the stability module assembly 13714, and withinan enclosure 13712 or upper portion. In certain embodiments, the upperportion 13712 (or upper stability body) and lower portion 13702 (orlower stability body) are rotationally connected, where the biasingmember opposes rotation of the upper portion 13712 toward the lowerportion 13712.

Referencing again FIGS. 61A, 61B, and 62, examples of stability moduleassembly 13714 arrangements are depicted. In certain embodiments, theengaging member may be a drag bar (e.g., FIG. 62). In certainembodiments, the stability module assembly 13714 may be coupled to anactuator 6020 connection point 6019 allowing for deployment of thestability module assembly, and/or for the application of selected downforce by the stability module assembly to provide an urging force to theinspection robot to return front wheels and/or a payload to theinspection surface, and/or to adjust a down force applied by a payload,sensor, and/or sled. In certain embodiments, where a wheel of thestability module assembly 13714 engages the inspection surface, anencoder may be operationally coupled to the wheel, and may provideposition information to the drive module and/or a controller of theinspection robot. In certain embodiments, the stability module assembly13714 may move between a stored position (e.g., rotated away from theinspection surface, and/or positioned above the chassis and/or a drivemodule of the inspection robot). Without limitation to any other aspectof the present disclosure, FIG. 60 additionally depicts an examplestability module assembly in an exploded view.

Referencing FIG. 137, an example procedure includes an operation 13802to inspect a vertical surface (and/or a partially vertical surface,including a surface that is greater than 45°, and/or a surface includingone or more vertical portions). The example procedure further includesan operation 13804 to determine a stability need value, such as adetermination that the robot front end may be lifting, that the robotfront wheels may have encountered or be approaching a non-ferroussurface (e.g., in response to sensor data, imaging data, and/ordetection of wheel slipping for a drive wheel), and/or that the robotrotating, and an operation 13810 to move a stability assist device to asecond position (e.g., to a deployed position) in response to thestability need value. The example procedure further includes anoperation 13814 to prevent rotation of the inspection robot beyond athreshold angle—for example deploying the stability assist device,increasing a rotation position of the stability assist device, or thelike. An example procedure further includes an operation 13816 to movethe stability assist device to a third position, for example to providean active force that pushes the robot toward the inspection surface,and/or that provides additional down force for a payload, sled, and/orinspection sensor of the inspection robot.

Referencing FIG. 138, an example inspection robot includes a robot body13906, a number of sensors 13904 positioned to interrogate an inspectionsurface, and a drive module 13908 having a number of wheels 13910 thatengage the inspection surface. The example robot 13902 includes at leastone stability module (or stability assist device) 13907, which may becoupled to the robot body 13906, to one or more drive modules 13908,and/or may be aligned with a wheel of the drive module. An examplestability module 13907 includes an upper body 13914 rotationallyconnected to a lower body 13916, and may further include a biasingmember 13918 that opposes rotation of the upper body 13914 toward thelower body 13916.

An example stability module 13907 further includes a wheel 13920, and/oran encoder (not shown) operationally coupled to the wheel. An examplestability module 13907 includes a drag bar 13922, for example as anengagement device to at least selectively engage the inspection surface.An example robot 13902 an actuator 13912 coupling the drive module 13908to the stability module 13907, where the actuator is configured to movethe stability module 13907 between a first position (e.g., a storedposition) and a second position (e.g., a deployed position), and/orfurther configured to move the stability module 13907 toward a thirdposition (e.g., to apply active rotation force to the inspection robotand/or a payload to return to the inspection surface, and/or to apply aselected down force to the payload and/or to the front of the inspectionrobot). In certain embodiments, the actuator 13912 may alternatively oradditionally couple the stability module 13907 to the chassis/robot body13906.

Referencing FIG. 139, an example inspection robot body 13906 includes atleast two drive modules (not shown), each positioned on a side of theinspection robot body 13906, a number of sensors 13494 positioned tointerrogate the inspection surface. The example inspection robotincludes a stability module positioned in front of, behind, or both, theinspection robot body 13906 (both positions are depicted in the exampleof FIG. 139). The stability device(s) 13907 may include any featuresand/or arrangements as depicted with regard to FIG. 138, and/or mayfurther include a bumper 13926 (e.g., as an initial engagement portionof the robot to dampen impacts with obstacles or the like, and which maybe spring loaded, elastomeric, or the like, and which may further bepositioned at the front or the back of the robot), and/or an anglelimiter 13924 (e.g., upper portion 13712 engaging lower portion 13702 tolimit rotation angle, an actuator responsive to limit rotational angles,etc.).

In an embodiment, and referring now to FIG. 140, FIG. 141, FIG. 142,FIG. 143, FIG. 144, FIG. 145 (e.g. FIGS. 140-145), FIG. 146, and FIG.147, a method of manufacturing a wheel assembly for an inspection robotmay include providing a mount having a base 14002 and one or moreretractable magnet support structures 14004 extending away from the base14002; supporting a first wheel component 14010 with the base 14102;supporting a rare earth magnet 14012 with the one or more retractablemagnet support structures 14004 at a first distance from the base 14104;and retracting the one or more retractable magnet support structures14004 with respect to the base 14002 until the rare earth magnet 14012reaches a second distance closer to the base 14002 than the firstdistance 14112. In embodiments, the second distance may be approximatelyequal to a thickness of the first wheel component 14010. The first wheelcomponent 14010 and/or second wheel component 14014 may comprise aferromagnetic hub 5712, as shown in FIG. 57A and FIG. 57B. Inembodiments, the method of manufacturing may include mounting a magneticwheel to a ferromagnetic hub, or vice versa. Referring to FIG. 146, themethod may further include restricting lateral movement of the rareearth magnet 14106 with respect to the base 14002 via a lateral supportstructure 14006 that extends from the base 14002. Restricting lateralmovement with respect to the base 14002 via the lateral supportstructure 14006 may include penetrating opening defined, at least inpart, by a body of the rare earth magnet with the lateral supportstructure 14108. Restricting lateral movement of the rare earth magnet14106 with respect to the base 14002 via the lateral support structure14006 may include contacting an exterior surface of the rare earthmagnet with the lateral support structure 14110. The method may furtherinclude supporting the rare earth magnet via the first wheel componentwhen the rare earth magnet is at the second distance 14114. The methodmay further include extending the one or more retractable magnet supportstructures with respect to the base to a third distance from the base;and supporting a second wheel component with the one or more retractablemagnet support structures at the third distance from the base, whereinthe third distance is greater than a combined width of the rare earthmagnet and a width of the first wheel component. The one or moreretractable magnet support structures 14004 may penetrate the base14002. In embodiments, the one or more retractable magnet supportstructures 14004 may be rods.

Continuing to refer to FIGS. 140-145, a system for manufacturing a wheelassembly for an inspection robot may include a base 14002; one or moreretractable magnet support structures 14004 with distal ends 14016extending away from the base 14002; and one or more actuators 14008coupled to the one or more retractable magnet support structures 14004;wherein the one or more actuators 14008 retract the one or moreretractable magnet support structures 14004 with respect to the base14002 from a first position to a second position in which the distalends 14016 are closer to the base 14002 than when the one or moreretractable magnet support structures 14004 are in the first position.The system may further include a lateral support structure 14006extending away from the base 14002, which may be centrally disposedbetween the one or more retractable magnet support structures 14004 withrespect to the base 14002. In an embodiment, the lateral supportstructure 14006 may be a cylinder. In an embodiment, the one or moreretractable magnet support structures 14004 may be rods.

In FIG. 140, the base 14002 with magnetic support structures 14004,actuators 14008, and lateral support structures 14006 is ready toreceive wheel components 14010, 14014 and magnet 14012. In FIG. 141, thefirst wheel component 14010 is shown in place adjacent to the base 14002with the retractable magnetic support structures 14004 shown retracted.In FIG. 142, the retractable magnetic support structures 14004 arefurther retracted as the magnet 14012 is placed in contact with them. InFIG. 143, the retractable magnetic support structures 14004 are fullyretracted through the base 14002 as the second wheel component 14014 isplaced adjacent to the magnet 14012, with FIG. 144 showing theplacement. Finally, FIG. 145 shows the assembled wheel assembly beingremoved from the base 14002. In an embodiment, the magnetic wheeldefines a hole therethrough, wherein the lateral support structure 14006extends through the hole. The lateral support structure 14006, which iscontemplated as being any shape, may include an outer perimeter, whereinthe magnetic wheel defines an inner perimeter for the hole, and whereinthe outer perimeter comprises a matching shape with the inner perimeter.In an embodiment, a center of mass of the magnetic wheel may bepositioned within the hole. In an embodiment, the retractable magnetsupport structures 14004 may be positioned outside of the outerperimeter, such as radially positioned.

In an embodiment, a method of manufacturing a wheel assembly for aninspection robot may include providing a mount having a planar base14002, one or more retractable rods 14004, and a central cylinder 14006,the one or more retractable rods 14004 and the central cylinder 14006extending away from the planar base 14002; placing a first wheelcomponent 14010 onto the planar base 14002 wherein: a central openingdefined, at least in part, by a body of the first wheel component 14010is penetrated by the central cylinder 14006, one or more side openingsdefined, at least in part, by the body of the first wheel component14010 are penetrated by the one or more retractable rods 14004; andplacing a rare earth magnet 14012 onto the one or more retractable rods14004 so that an opening defined, at least in part, by a body of therare earth magnet 14012 is penetrated by the central cylinder 14006. Themethod includes the step 14104 of supporting the rare earth magnet 14012with the one or more retractable rods 14004 at a first distance from theplanar base. At step 14106, the method includes restricting lateralmovement of the rare earth magnet with respect to the planar base viathe central cylinder. At step 14112, the method includes retracting theone or more retractable rods with respect to the planar base until, atstep 14114, the rare earth magnet is supported against the planar base,at least in part, by the first wheel component. The method may furtherinclude extending the one or more retractable rods with respect to theplanar base to a second distance from the planar base 14204; andsupporting a second wheel component with the one or more retractablerods at the second distance from the planar base, wherein the seconddistance is farther from the planar base that the first distance.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 147, a method of disassembling awheel assembly for an inspection robot may include providing a mounthaving a base and one or more extendable magnet support structures;supporting a wheel assembly with the base 14202, the wheel assemblycomprising a first wheel component, a rare earth magnet, and a secondwheel component; extending the one or more extendable magnet supportstructures 14204 to a first distance with respect to the base to supportthe first wheel component and create a space between the first wheelcomponent and the rare earth magnet; and removing the first wheelcomponent 14206 from the one or more extendable magnet supportstructures. The method may further include extending the one or moreextendable magnet support structures to a second distance with respectto the base to support the rare earth magnet and create a space betweenthe rare earth magnet and the second wheel component; and removing therare earth magnet 14208 from the one or more extendable magnet supportstructures.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 148 and FIG. 150, an inspectionrobot may include an inspection chassis 14302; a drive module 14304coupled to the inspection chassis 14302, the drive module 14304including a plurality of magnetic wheels 14306, each magnetic wheel14306 having a contact surface below an inspection side of theinspection chassis 14302; a motor 14310; a gear box 14308 operationallyinterposed between the motor 14310 and at least one of the plurality ofmagnetic wheels 14306; and wherein the gear box 14308 comprises a flexspline cup 14314 structured to interact with a ring gear 14312 andwherein the ring gear 14312 has fewer teeth than the flex spline cup14314. The gear box 14312 may further include a non-circular ballbearing 14318 mounted to a motor shaft 14316 of the motor 14310 andwherein the non-circular ball bearing 14318 engages with the flex splinecup 14314. The gear box may further include a thrust washer 14320positioned axially adjacent to the flex spline cup 14314 or the ringgear 14312.

The inspection robot may further include an output drive shaft 14324,wherein the output drive shaft 14324 may be operatively coupled to thering gear 14312 and operatively coupled to at least one of the pluralityof magnetic wheels 14306. In embodiments, the output drive shaft 14324may be operatively coupled to a second one of the plurality of magneticwheels 14306 and wherein the at least one of the plurality of magneticwheels 14306 and the second one of the plurality of magnetic wheels arelocated on axially opposing sides of the gear box. In embodiments, atleast one of the ring gear 14312 or the flex spline cup 14314 includesnon-ferrous material. The non-ferrous material may be polyoxymethylene,316 stainless steel, 304 stainless steel, ceramic, nylon, copper, brass,and/or aluminum.

Certain further details of an example gear arrangement compatible withthe embodiment of FIGS. 148, 150 is set forth in FIGS. 56A, 56B, and therelated description.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 149, a method of driving aninspection robot may include rotating a motor shaft to drive a flexspline cup having a first number of gear teeth 14402; engaging the flexspline cup with a ring gear having a second number of gear teeth 14406;driving a drive shaft coupled to the ring gear at a differential speedrelative to the motor shaft 14408; and rotating a first magnetic wheelcoupled to the drive shaft 14410. The method may further includeinteracting the flex spline cup with a non-circular ball bearing 14404.The method may further include applying a thrust load to a thrust washer14412.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 150, an inspection system mayinclude an inspection robot 14500 including an inspection chassis 14506;a plurality of drive modules 14508 coupled to the inspection chassis14506, each drive module 14508 including a plurality of magnetic wheels14510, each magnetic wheel 14510 having a contact surface below a bottomside of the inspection chassis 14506; a motor 14512; a gear box 14504operationally interposed between the motor 14512 and at least one of theplurality of magnetic wheels 14510; and a base station 14502 comprisinga power supply circuit 14520 structured to provide power to theinspection robot 14500, wherein the gear box 14504 comprises a flexspline cup 14522 structured to interact with a ring gear 14524 andwherein the ring gear 14524 has fewer teeth than the flex spline cup14522. The inspection system may further include a tether 14536structured to transfer power from the power supply circuit 14520 to theinspection robot 14500. In embodiments, the transferred power mayoperate the motor 14512. The gear box 14504 may further include anon-circular ball bearing 14516 mounted to a motor shaft of the motorand wherein the non-circular ball bearing 1516 engages with the flexspline cup 14522. In embodiments, the gear box 15406 may further includea thrust washer 14518 positioned axially adjacent to the flex spline cup14522 or the ring gear 14524. In embodiments, each drive module 14508may further include an output drive shaft 14526, wherein the outputdrive shaft 14526 is operatively coupled to the ring gear 14524 andoperatively coupled to at least one of the plurality of magnetic wheels14510. The output drive shaft 14526 may be operatively coupled to asecond one of the plurality of magnetic wheels 14510 and wherein the atleast one of the plurality of magnetic wheels 14510 and the second oneof the plurality of magnetic wheels 14510 are located on axiallyopposing sides of the gear box 14504.

Turning now to FIG. 151, an example modular drive assembly 4918 for aninspection robot 100 (FIG. 1) is depicted. The example inspection robot100 includes any inspection robot having a number of sensors associatedtherewith and configured to inspect a selected area. Without limitationto any other aspect of the present disclosure, an inspection robot 100as set forth throughout the present disclosure, including any featuresor characteristics thereof, is contemplated for the example modulardrive assembly 4918 depicted in FIG. 151. In certain embodiments, theinspection robot 100 may have one or more payloads 2 (FIG. 1) and mayinclude one or more sensors 2202 (FIG. 29) on each payload.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

As shown in FIG. 151, the modular drive assembly 4918 may include amotor 14604 coupled to a magnetic wheel assembly 14608. In embodiments,the modular drive assembly 4918 may be mounted to the chassis 102(FIG. 1) of the inspection robot 100. In embodiments, the magnetic wheelassembly 14608 and/or motor 14604 may be directly mounted to thechassis. One or more electromagnetic sensors 14606 may be coupled to themotor 14604. The modular drive assembly 4918 may further include amagnetic shielding assembly 14602 structured to shield theelectromagnetic sensors 14604 from electromagnetic interferencegenerated by the magnetic wheel assembly 14608.

The motor 14604 may be an electromagnetic based motor, e.g., DC and/orAC, and coupled to the magnetic wheel assembly 14608 via a drive shaft14610. The motor 14604 may be substantially cylindrical in shape andhave one or more coil windings and/or permanent magnets that cause arotor of the motor to rotate when in the presence of an electromagneticfiled generated by passing an electrical current through the motor.While the embodiment of the modular drive assembly 4918 shown in FIG.151 the motor 14604 disposed between the magnetic wheel assembly 14608and the chassis 102 of the inspection robot 100, it will be understoodthat embodiments may have the motor 14604 disposed such that themagnetic wheel assembly 14608 is disposed between the chassis 102 andthe motor 14604.

The magnetic wheel assembly 14608 may include one or more magnetsoperative to couple the inspection robot 100 to an inspection surface500. Without limitation to any other aspect of the present disclosure, amagnetic wheel assembly 14608 as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof, iscontemplated for the example modular drive assembly 4918 depicted inFIG. 151. As will be appreciated, the magnets within the magnetic wheelassembly 14608 generate a magnetic field having field lines that maypenetrate the motor 14604.

The electromagnetic sensors 14606 may be operative to measure one ormore characteristics of the motor, e.g., rotations per minute (RPMs)and/or other properties via interfacing with electromagnetic radiation,e.g., magnetic field lines, of the electromagnetic motor. For example,in embodiments, the electromagnetic sensors 14606 may be hall effectsensors. In embodiments, the electromagnetic sensors 14606 may bedisposed next and/or near the motor 14604. In embodiments wherein theelectromagnetic sensors 14606 are hall effect sensors, the plane of theconductive plane of the sensor may be oriented such that the magneticfield lines of the motor 14604 pass through the plane at right (90°) ornearly right angles.

The magnetic shielding assembly 14602 may be disposed such that itintercepts some or all of the magnetic field lines of the magnetic wheelassembly 14608 before those field lines penetrate the electromagneticsensor 14606 and/or the motor 14606, while also allowing magnetic fieldlines from the motor 14604 to penetrate the electromagnetic sensor14606. For example, FIG. 152 depicts a side profile view of the motor14604 wherein an embodiment of the magnetic shielding assembly 14602 hasan L shape with the electromagnetic sensor 14606 disposed between themagnetic shielding 14602 and the motor 14604. While FIG. 152 depicts theelectromagnetic sensor 14606 disposed on a first side of the motor14604, embodiments may have electromagnetic sensors 14606 disposed onother sides of the motor 14605 as shown in the top-down view of themotor 14606 depicted in FIG. 153. In embodiments, the magnetic shieldingassembly 14602 may include steel, copper, nickel, silver, tin, and/oralloys thereof.

Accordingly, in embodiments, the electromagnetic sensor 14606 mayinterface with electromagnetic radiation from the motor 14604 on a firstside 14730 (FIG. 153) of the electromagnetic sensor 14606, and themagnetic shielding assembly 14602 at least partially shields a secondside 14732 (FIG. 153) of the electromagnetic sensor 14606. The magneticshielding assembly 14602 may include a motor sleeve portion 14734 which,in embodiments, may at least partially defining an inductance coil ofthe electromagnetic motor 14604. In embodiments, the magnetic shieldingassembly 14602 may include a sensor extension portion 14736 that may, inembodiments, at least partially define the second side 14732 of theelectromagnetic sensor 14606. In embodiments, the first side 14730 ofthe electromagnetic sensor 14606 may include an inspection surfaceengagement side, which may, for example, be the side of the sensorfacing toward the inspection surface, although intervening parts such asthe motor may be present. In embodiments, the second side 14732 of theelectromagnetic sensor 14606 includes an opposite side 14730 of theelectromagnetic sensor 14606, which may be a side of the sensor facingaway from the inspection surface. In embodiments, the second side of theelectromagnetic sensor 14606 includes a side opposite an inspectionsurface engagement side. In embodiments, motor sleeve portion 14734defines an opening 14738 within which at least a portion of theinductance coil is disposed.

In embodiments, the sensor extension portion 14736 includes a solidconductive material and/or the motor sleeve portion 14734 includes awire mesh. In embodiments, the motor sleeve portion 14734 includes aperforated conductive material. In embodiments, the motor sleeve portion14734 includes a second solid conductive material.

In embodiments, at least one of ferrous enclosure portion of themagnetic wheel assembly 14608 is magnetically interposed between themagnetic hub portion and the electromagnetic sensor. In embodiments, themagnetic shielding assembly is magnetically interposed between themagnetic hub portion and the electromagnetic sensor. In certainembodiments, magnetically interposed includes geometrically positionedbetween the magnetic hub portion and the electromagnetic sensor.Additionally or alternatively, magnetically interposed includes aposition structured to reduce and/or intercept magnetic flux lines thatwould otherwise intersect the electromagnetic sensor. In certainembodiments, magnetically interposed includes positioned to intersectmagnetic flux lines that would intersect the electromagnetic sensorperpendicular to the geometry of the sensor (e.g., normal to board orsensing element of the sensor) and/or that would have a perpendicularcomponent with the geometry of the electromagnetic sensor.

Turning now to FIG. 201, a method of inspecting an inspection surfacewith an inspection robot is shown. The method may include operating14880 an electromagnetic motor to drive a magnetic wheel assembly of aninspection robot. The method may further include measuring 14882 arotational speed of the electromagnetic motor with an electromagneticsensor operationally coupled to the electromagnetic motor. The methodmay further include shielding 14884 the electromagnetic sensor fromelectromagnetic interference generated by the magnetic wheel assembly.In embodiments, shielding 14884 may include shielding 14888 a side ofthe electromagnetic sensor that is opposite an inspection surfaceengagement side. In embodiments, the method may further includeshielding 148846 at least a portion of a coil of the electromagneticmotor from the electromagnetic interference. In embodiments, shielding148846 at least a portion of the coil includes operating 14894 theelectromagnetic motor at least partially positioned within a motorsleeve of a shield member. In embodiments, shielding 14884 theelectromagnetic sensor may include operating 14890 the electromagneticsensor interfacing with the electromagnetic motor on a first side andpositioned with a sensor extension portion of the shield member coveringa second side. In embodiments, shielding 14884 the electromagneticsensor may include providing 14892 the magnetic wheel assembly with amagnetic hub portion, and a ferrous enclosure portion magneticallyinterposed between the magnetic hub portion and the electromagneticsensor.

Referencing FIG. 203, an example system is depicted, capable to performrapid configuration of an inspection robot in response to plannedinspection operations and/or an inspection request from a consumer ofthe inspection data and/or processed values and/or visualizationsdetermined from the inspection data.

The example system includes an inspection robot 20314. The inspectionrobot 20314 includes any inspection robot configured according to anyembodiment set forth throughout the present disclosure, including forexample, an inspection robot configured to interrogate an inspectionsurface using a number of input sensors. In certain embodiments, thesensors may be coupled to the inspection robot body 20312 (and/or centerchassis, chassis housing, or similar components of the inspection robot)using one or more payloads. Each payload may additionally includecomponents such as arms (e.g., to fix horizontal positions of a sensoror group of sensors relative to the payload, to allow for freedom ofmovement pivotally, rotationally, or the like). Each arm, where present,or the payload directly, may be coupled to a sled housing one or more ofthe input sensors. The inspection robot 20314 may further include atether providing for freedom of movement along an inspection surface,while having supplied power, couplant, communications, or other aspectsas described herein. The inspection robot 20314 and/or componentsthereof may include features to allow for quick changes to sleds or sledportions (e.g., a bottom contact surface), to arms of a payload, and/orfor entire payload changes (e.g., from first payload having a firstsensor group to a second payload having a second sensor group, betweenpayloads having pre-configured and distinct sensor arrangements orhorizontal spacing, between payloads having pre-configured arrangementsfor different types or characteristics of an inspection surface, etc.).The inspection robot may include features allowing for rapid changing ofpayloads, for example having a single interface for communicationsand/or couplant compatible with multiple payloads, removable and/orswitchable drive modules allowing for rapid changing of wheelconfigurations, encoder configurations, motor power capabilities,stabilizing device changes, and/or actuator changes (e.g., for anactuator coupled to a payload to provide for raising/lowering operationsof the payload, selectable down force applied to the payload, etc.). Theinspection robot may further include a distribution of controllersand/or control modules within the inspection robot body, on drivemodules, and/or associated with sensors, such that hardware changes canbe implemented without changes required for a high level inspectioncontroller. The inspection robot may further include distribution ofsensor processing or post-processing, for example between the inspectioncontroller or another controller positioned on the inspection robot, abase station computing device, an operator computing device, and/or anon-local computing device (e.g., on a cloud server, a networkedcomputing device, a base facility computing device where the basefacility is associated with an operator for the inspection robot), orthe like. Any one or more of the described features for the inspectionrobot 20314, without limitation to any other aspect of the presentdisclosure, may be present and/or may be available for a particularinspection robot 20314. It can be seen that the embodiments of thepresent disclosure provide for multiple options to configure aninspection robot 20314 for the specific considerations of a particularinspection surface and/or inspection operation of an inspection surface.The embodiments set forth in FIGS. 203-209, and other embodiments setforth in the present disclosure, provide for rapid configuration of theinspection robot, and further provide for, in certain embodiments,responsiveness to inspection requirements and/or inspection requests,improved assurance that a configuration will be capable to perform asuccessful inspection operation including capability to retrieve theselected data and to successfully traverse the inspection surface.

The example inspection robot 20314 includes one or more hardwarecomponents 20304, 20308, which may be sensors and/or actuators of anytype as set forth throughout the present disclosure. The hardwarecomponents 20304, 20308 are depicted schematically as coupled to thecenter chassis 20312 of the inspection robot 20314, and may further bemounted on, or form part of a sled, arm, payload, drive module, or anyother aspect as set forth herein. The example inspection robot 20314includes hardware controller 20306, with one example hardware controllerpositioned on an associated component, and another example hardwarecontroller separated from the inspection controller 20310, andinterfacing with the hardware component and the inspection controller.

The example of FIG. 203 further includes a robot configurationcontroller 20302. In the example, the robot configuration controller20302 is communicatively coupled to the inspection robot 20314, a userinterface 20316, and/or an operator interface 20318. The example robotconfiguration controller 20302 is depicted separately for clarity of thepresent description, but may be included, in whole or part, on othercomponents of the system, such as the operator interface 20318 (and/oran operator associated computing device) and/or on the inspection robot20314. Communicative coupling between the robot configuration controller20302 and other components of the system may include a web basedcoupling, an internet based coupling, a LAN or WAN based coupling, amobile device coupling, or the like. In certain embodiments, one or moreaspects of the robot configuration controller 20302 are implemented as aweb portal, a web page, an application and/or an application with anAPI, a mobile application, a proprietary or dedicated application,and/or combinations of these.

In the example of FIG. 203, a user 20320 is depicted interacting withthe user interface 20316. The user interface 20316 may provide displayoutputs to the user 20320, such as inspection data, visualizations ofinspection data, refined inspection data, or the like. The userinterface 20316 may communicate user inputs to the robot configurationcontroller 20302 or other devices in the system. User inputs may beprovided as interactions with an application, touch screen inputs, mouseinputs, voice command inputs, keyboard inputs, or the like. The userinterface 20316 is depicted as a single device, but multiple userinterfaces 20316 may be present, including multiple user interfaces20316 for a single user (e.g., multiple physical devices such as alaptop, smart phone, desktop, terminal, etc.) and/or multiple back endinterfaces accessible to the user (e.g., a web portal, web page, mobileapplication, etc.). In certain embodiments, a given user interface 20316may be accessible to more than one user 20320.

In the example of FIG. 203, an operator 20322 is depicted interactingwith the operator interface 20318 and/or the inspection robot 20314. Aswith the user 20320 and the user interface 20316, more than one operator20322 and operator interface 20318 may be present, and further may bepresent in a many-to-many relationship. As utilized herein, and withoutlimitation to any other aspect of the present disclosure, the operator20322 participates in or interacts with inspection operations of theinspection robot 20314, and/or accesses the inspection robot 20314 toperform certain configuration operations, such as adding, removing, orswitching hardware components, hardware controllers, or the like.

An example system includes an inspection robot 20314 having aninspection controller 20310 that operates the inspection robot utilizinga first command set. The operations utilizing the first command set mayinclude high level operations, such as commanding sensors to interrogatethe inspection surface, commanding the inspection robot 20314 totraverse the surface (e.g., position progressions or routing, movementspeed, sensor sampling rates and/or inspection resolution/spacing on theinspection surface, etc.), and/or determining inspection stateconditions such as beginning, ending, sensing, etc.

The example system further includes a hardware component 20304, 20308operatively couplable to the inspection controller 20310, and a hardwarecontroller 20306 that interfaces with the inspection controller 20310 inresponse to the first command set, and commands the hardware component20304, 20308 in response to the first command set. For example, theinspection controller 20310 may provide a command such as a parameterinstructing a drive actuator to move, instructing a sensor to beginsensing operations, or the like, and the hardware controller 20306determines specific commands for the hardware component 20304, 20308 toperform operations consistent with the command from the inspectioncontroller 20310. In another example, the inspection controller 20310may request a data parameter (e.g., a wall thickness of the inspectionsurface), and the hardware controller interprets the hardware component20304, 20308 sensed values that are responsive to the requested dataparameter. In certain embodiments, the hardware controller 20306utilizes a response map for the hardware component 20304, 20308 tocontrol the component and/or understand data from the component, whichmay include A/D conversions, electrical signal ranges and/or reservedvalues, calibration data for sensors (e.g., return time assumptions,delay line data, electrical value to sensed value conversions,electrical value to actuator response conversions, etc.). It can be seenthat the example arrangement utilizing the inspection controller 20310and the hardware controller 20306 relieves the inspection controller20310 from relying upon low-level hardware interaction data, and allowsfor a change of a hardware component 20304, 20308, even at a giveninterface to the inspection controller 20310 (e.g., connected to aconnector pin, coupled to a payload, coupled to an arm, coupled to asled, coupled to a power supply, and/or coupled to a fluid line),without requiring a change in the inspection controller 20310.Accordingly, a designer, configuration operator, and/or inspectionoperator, considering operations performed by the inspection controller20310 and/or providing algorithms to the inspection controller 20310 canimplement and/or update those operations or algorithms without having toconsider the specific hardware components 20304, 20308 that will bepresent on a particular embodiment of the system. Embodiments describedherein provide for rapid development of operational capabilities,upgrades, bug fixing, component changes or upgrades, rapid prototyping,and the like by separating control functions.

The example system includes a robot configuration controller 20302 thatdetermines an inspection description value, determines an inspectionrobot configuration description in response to the inspectiondescription value, and provides at least a portion of the inspectionrobot configuration description to a configuration interface (not shown)of the inspection robot 20314, to the operator interface 20318, or both,and may provide a first portion (or all) of the inspection robotconfiguration description to the configuration interface, and a secondportion (or all) of the inspection robot configuration description tothe operator interface 20318. In certain embodiments, the first portionand the second portion may include some overlap, and/or the superset ofthe first portion and second portion may not include all aspects of theinspection robot configuration description. In certain embodiments, thesecond portion may include the entire inspection robot configurationdescription and/or a summary of portions of the inspection robotconfiguration description—for example to allow the operator (and/or oneor more of a number of operators) to save the configuration description(e.g., to be communicated with inspection data, and/or saved with theinspection data), and/or for verification (e.g., allowing an operator todetermine that a configuration of the inspection robot is properly made,even for one or more aspects that are not implemented by the verifyingoperator). Further details of operations of the robot configurationcontroller 20302 that may be present in certain embodiments are setforth in the disclosure referencing FIG. 204.

In certain embodiments, the hardware controller 20306 determines aresponse map for the hardware component 20304, 20308 in response to theprovided portion of the inspection robot configuration description.

In certain embodiments, the robot configuration controller 20302interprets a user inspection request value, for example from the userinterface 20316, and determines the inspection description value inresponse to the user inspection request value. For example, one or moreusers 20320 may provide inspection request values, such as an inspectiontype value (e.g., type of data to be taken, result types to be detectedsuch as wall thickness, coating conformity, damage types, etc.), aninspection resolution value (e.g., a distance between inspectionpositions on the inspection surface, a position map for inspectionpositions, a largest un-inspected distance allowable, etc.), aninspected condition value (e.g., pass/fail criteria, categories ofinformation to be labeled for the inspection surface, etc.), aninspection ancillary capability value (e.g., capability to repair, mark,and/or clean the surface, capability to provide a couplant flow rate,capability to manage a given temperature, capability to performoperations given a power source description, etc.), an inspectionconstraint value (e.g., a maximum time for the inspection, a definedtime range for the inspection, a distance between an available basestation location and the inspection surface, a couplant source amount ordelivery rate constraint, etc.), an inspection sensor distributiondescription (e.g., a horizontal distance between sensors, a maximumhorizontal extent corresponding to the inspection surface, etc.), anancillary component description (e.g., a component that should be madeavailable on the inspection robot, a description of a supportingcomponent such as a power connector type, a couplant connector type, afacility network description, etc.), an inspection surface verticalextent description (e.g., a height of one or more portions of theinspection surface), a couplant management component description (e.g.,a composition, temperature, pressure, etc. of a couplant supply to beutilized by the inspection robot during inspection operations), and/or abase station capability description (e.g., a size and/or positionavailable for a base station, coupling parameters for a power sourceand/or couplant source, relationship between a base station position andpower source and/or couplant source positions, network type and/oravailability, etc.).

Referencing FIG. 204, an example robot configuration controller 20302 isdepicted having a number of circuits configured to functionally executeone or more operations of the robot configuration controller 20302. Theexample robot configuration controller 20302 includes an inspectiondefinition circuit 20402 that interprets an inspection description value20414, for example from a user interaction request value providedthrough the user interface 20316. In certain embodiments, the inspectiondescription value 20414 may further be provided, in whole or part,through an operator interface 20318. The example robot configurationcontroller 20302 further includes a robot configuration circuit 20404that determines an inspection robot configuration description 20410 inresponse to the inspection description value 20414. An exampleinspection robot configuration description 20410 may include one or moreof: a sensor type description, sensor horizontal position description, apayload configuration description, an arm configuration description, asled configuration description, nominal inspection surface values (e.g.,an expected wall thickness, coating thickness, obstacle positions,etc.), constraints for the inspection robot (e.g., weight, width, and/orheight), actuator types for the inspection robot, vertical distancecapability for the inspection robot, etc. The example robotconfiguration controller 20302 further includes a configurationimplementation circuit 20406 that provides at least a portion of theinspection robot configuration description 20410 to a configurationinterface of the inspection robot 20314 and/or to one or more operatorinterfaces 20318. In certain embodiments, the configurationimplementation circuit 20406 provides relevant portions of theinspection robot configuration description 20410 to the inspection robot20314 that can be configured by the inspection robot independently of anoperator (e.g., to set enable/disable values for sensors, actuators,and/or available features of the inspection robot), and/or portions ofthe inspection robot configuration description 20410 to otherwise beavailable to the inspection robot (e.g., to provide verification via anoperator interface positioned on the robot such as a display, to utilizein marking data values for later processing of the inspection data,and/or utilizable by the inspection controller such as to ensure that aninspection operation appears to be consistent with a plan, and/or todetermine whether off-nominal or unexpected conditions are present). Incertain embodiments, the configuration implementation circuit 20406provides relevant portions of the inspection robot configurationdescription 20410 to the one or more operator interfaces 20318 that areplanned to be implemented and/or verified by the associated operatorwith each respective operator interface, that may be utilized by theoperator during the inspection operations, and/or that may be entered bythe operator into a base station, into an inspection report, or thelike.

Example and non-limiting user inspection request values include aninspection type value, an inspection resolution value, an inspectedcondition value, and/or an inspection constraint value. Example andnon-limiting inspection robot configuration description(s) 20410 includeone or more of an inspection sensor type description (e.g., sensedvalues; sensor capabilities such as range, sensing resolution, samplingrates, accuracy values, precision values, temperature compatibility,etc.; and/or a sensor model number, part number, or other identifyingdescription), an inspection sensor number description (e.g., a totalnumber of sensors, a number of sensors per payload, a number of sensorsper arm, a number of sensors per sled, etc.), an inspection sensordistribution description (e.g., horizontal distribution; verticaldistribution; spacing variations; and/or combinations of these withsensor type, such as a differential lead/trailing sensor type orcapability), an ancillary component description (e.g., a repaircomponent, marking component, and/or cleaning component, includingcapabilities and/or constraints applicable for the ancillary component),a couplant management component description (e.g., pressure and/orpressure rise capability, reservoir capability, compositioncompatibility, heat rejection capability, etc.), and/or a base stationcapability description (e.g., computing power capability, powerconversion capability, power storage and/or provision capability,network or other communication capability, etc.).

Referencing FIG. 205, an example procedure to provide for rapidconfiguration of an inspection robot is depicted. The example procedureincludes an operation 20502 to interpret an inspection descriptionvalue, an operation 20504 to determine an inspection robot configurationdescription in response to the inspection description value, and anoperation 20506 to communicate at least a portion of the inspectiondescription value. The example procedure includes an operation 20508 todetermine whether an inspection description value portion is to becommunicated to a ROBOT, and/or to an OPERATOR. Where a portion is to becommunicated to an inspection robot (operation 20508, ROBOT), theprocedure includes an operation 20512 to communicate the portion to arobot configuration interface 20512, such as to a hardware controller,inspection controller, and/or a configuration management controller ofthe inspection robot. Where a portion is to be communicated to anoperator (operation 20508, OPERATOR), the procedure includes anoperation 20510 to communicate the portion to an operator interface. Theexample procedure may include repeating operations 20506, 20508, and/or20510, 20512 until the determined portions have been communicated to allof the planned inspection robots and/or operators.

Referencing FIG. 206, an example procedure is provided to configure aninspection robot by adjusting a hardware component (e.g., a sensorand/or an actuator) of the inspection robot. The example procedureincludes an operation 20602 wherein a configuration adjustment includesadjusting a sensor and/or an actuator in response to the inspectiondescription value. Example adjustments include changing one hardwarecomponent for another hardware component, changing a response of thesensor or actuator (e.g., changing a sensed value to electrical signalmapping, and/or an electrical signal to actuator response mapping). Theexample procedure includes an operation 20604 to determine whether ahardware controller should be replaced with the hardware componentadjustment. For example, where a hardware controller utilizes a selectedresponse map from a number of available response maps based on thehardware adjustment, and/or downloads or otherwise accesses an alternateresponse map based on the hardware adjustment, operation 20604 may bedetermined as NO, where the previous hardware controller is capable tomanage the configuration adjustment. In another example, where thehardware controller is coupled with the sensor or actuator, and/or wherethe hardware controller does not have an available response map for theadjusted sensor or actuator, operation 20604 may be determined as YES,where the previous hardware controller will be changed with the hardwarecomponent. The procedure further includes an operation 20612 (from 20604determining NO) to determine a hardware component response map (e.g.,selecting a map based on an identified hardware component), an operation20608 to operate an inspection controller to perform an inspectionoperation with the inspection robot, and an operation 20614 to commandthe hardware component (e.g., interpret sensor data, instruct sensoron/off operations, and/or command actuator operations) using thedetermined hardware component response map to implement commands fromthe inspection controller. The example procedure further includes anoperation 20606 (from 20604 determining YES) to determine a hardwarecontroller (e.g., a hardware controller compatible with, and/orconfigured for, the adjusted hardware component) and install thedetermined hardware controller as a part of the configuration adjustmentfor the inspection robot, the operation 20608 to operate the inspectioncontroller to perform the inspection operation with the inspectionrobot, and an operation 20610 to command the hardware component usingthe determined hardware controller to implement commands from theinspection controller.

Referencing FIG. 207, an example procedure to determine the inspectiondescription value based, at least in part, on a user inspection requestvalue is depicted. The example procedure includes an operation 20702 tooperate a user interface, and an operation 20704 to receive a userinspection request value form the user interface. The example procedureincludes an operation 20706 to interpret the inspection descriptionvalue in response to the user inspection request value. The exampleprocedure may be utilized to perform at least a portion of an operation20502 to interpret an inspection description value.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 154, an apparatus for trackinginspection data may include an inspection chassis 15202 comprising aplurality of inspection sensors 15208 configured to interrogate aninspection surface; a first drive module 15204 coupled to the inspectionchassis 15202, the first drive module 15204 comprising a first passiveencoder wheel 15236 and a first non-contact sensor 15238 positioned inproximity to the first passive encoder wheel 15236, wherein the firstnon-contact sensor 15238 provides a first movement value 15232corresponding to the first passive encoder wheel 15236; a second drivemodule 15210 coupled to the inspection chassis 15202, the second drivemodule 15210 comprising a second passive encoder wheel 15212 and asecond non-contact sensor 15214 positioned in proximity to the secondpassive encoder wheel 15212, wherein the second non-contact sensor 15214provides a second movement value 15222 corresponding to the secondpassive encoder wheel 15212; an inspection position circuit 15226structured to determine a relative position 15228 of the inspectionchassis 15202 in response to the first movement value 15232 and thesecond movement value 15222. The term relative position (and similarterms) as utilized herein should be understood broadly. Withoutlimitation to any other aspect or description of the present disclosure,relative position includes any point defined with reference to anotherposition, either fixed or moving. The coordinates of such a point areusually bearing, true or relative, and distance from an identifiedreference point. The identified reference point to determine relativeposition may include another component of the apparatus or an externalcomponent, a point on a map, a point in a coordinate system, or thelike. The first and second movement values 15232, 15222 may be inresponse to a rotation of the first and second passive encoder wheels15236, 15212 respectively. In an embodiment, the first and secondnon-contact sensors 15238, 15214 may be selected from a list consistingof a visual sensor, an electro-mechanical sensor, and a mechanicalsensor. The apparatus may further include a processed data circuit 15216structured to receive the relative position 15228 of the inspectionchassis 15202 and inspection data 15230 from the plurality of inspectionsensors 15208; and determine relative position-based inspection data15220 in response to the relative position and the inspection data15230. The inspection position circuit 15226 may be further structuredto determine the relative position 15228 of the inspection chassis 15202in response to a first circumference value 15224 of the first passiveencoder wheel 15236 and a second circumference value 15240 of the secondpassive encoder wheel 15212. The first and second drive modules15204,15210 may provide the first and second circumference values 15224,15240 respectively to the inspection position circuit 15226. Theinspection position circuit 15226 may be further structured to determinethe relative position 15228 of the inspection chassis 15202 in responseto a reference position 15218. In embodiments, the reference position15218 may be selected from a list of positions consisting of: a globalpositioning system location, a specified latitude and longitude, a plantlocation reference, an inspection surface location reference, and anequipment location reference.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 155, a method for determining alocation of a robot, may include identifying an initial position of therobot 15302; providing a first movement value of a first encoder wheelfor a first drive module 15304; providing a second movement value of asecond encoder wheel for a second drive module 15308; calculating apassive position change value for the robot in response to the first andsecond movement values 15310; and determining a current position of therobot in response to the position change value and a previous positionof the robot 15322. In embodiments, providing the first movement valuecomprises measuring a rotation of the first encoder wheel, whereincalculating a passive position change value is done in response to thefirst movement value and a circumference of the first encoder wheel,wherein calculating a passive position change value 15310 may be done inresponse to a distance between the first and second encoder wheels. Themethod may further include receiving a first driven movement value forthe first drive module 15312; receiving a second driven movement valuefor the second drive module 15314; calculating a driven position changevalue for the robot in response to the first and second driven movementvalues 15318; determining a difference between the driven positionchange value and the passive position change value 15320; and setting analarm value in response to the difference exceeding a maximum positionnoise value 15324.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 156, a system for viewinginspection data may include an inspection robot including an inspectionchassis 15404 comprising a plurality of inspection sensors 15406configured to interrogate an inspection surface; a first drive module15414 coupled to the inspection chassis, the first drive module 15414comprising a first passive encoder wheel 15410 and a first non-contactsensor 15408 positioned in proximity to the first passive encoder wheel15410, wherein the first non-contact sensor 15408 provides a firstmovement value 15422 corresponding to the first passive encoder wheel15410; a second drive module 15418 coupled to the inspection chassis,the second drive module 15418 comprising a second passive encoder wheel15416 and a second non-contact sensor 15440 positioned in proximity tothe second passive encoder wheel 15416, wherein the second non-contactsensor 15440 provides a second movement value 15424 corresponding to thesecond passive encoder wheel 15416; an inspection position circuit 15436structured to determine a relative position 15432 of the inspectionrobot 15402 in response to the first movement value 15422, the secondmovement value 15424, and a reference position 15434; and furtherstructured to provide a position of the inspection robot 15402 relativeto the reference position 15434 to a user display device 15441. Thesystem may further include a processed data circuit 15430 structured to:receive the relative position 15432 of the inspection chassis 15404 andinspection data 15426 from a subset of the plurality of inspectionsensors 15406; and determine relative position-based inspection data15428 in response to the position and the inspection data. Inembodiments, the user display device 15441 may be further structured todisplay the relative position-based inspection data 15428. The relativeposition-based inspection data 15428 may be displayed as an overlay of amap 15444 of the inspection surface. The inspection position circuit15436 may be further structured to determine the relative position 15432of the inspection robot in response to a reference position 15434. Inembodiments, the reference position 15434 may be selected from a list ofpositions consisting of: a global positioning system location, aspecified latitude and longitude, a plant location reference, aninspection surface location reference, and an equipment locationreference. The inspection position circuit 15436 may be furtherstructured to determine the relative position 15432 of the inspectionchassis 15404 in response to a first circumference value 15412 of thefirst passive encoder wheel 15414 and a second circumference value 15420of the second passive encoder wheel 15418.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 154, an apparatus for trackinginspection data may include an inspection chassis 15202 comprising aplurality of inspection sensors 15208 configured to interrogate aninspection surface; a first drive module 15204 coupled to the inspectionchassis 15202, the first drive module 15204 comprising a first passiveencoder wheel 15236 and a first non-contact sensor 15238 positioned inproximity to the first passive encoder wheel 15236, wherein the firstnon-contact sensor 15238 provides a first movement value 15232corresponding to the first passive encoder wheel 15236; a second drivemodule 15210 coupled to the inspection chassis 15202, the second drivemodule 15210 comprising a second passive encoder wheel 15212 and asecond non-contact sensor 15214 positioned in proximity to the secondpassive encoder wheel 15212, wherein the second non-contact sensor 15214provides a second movement value 15222 corresponding to the secondpassive encoder wheel 15212; an inspection position circuit 15226structured to determine a relative position 15228 of the inspectionchassis 15202 in response to the first movement value 15232 and thesecond movement value 15222. The term relative position (and similarterms) as utilized herein should be understood broadly. Withoutlimitation to any other aspect or description of the present disclosure,relative position includes any point defined with reference to anotherposition, either fixed or moving. The coordinates of such a point areusually bearing, true or relative, and distance from an identifiedreference point. The identified reference point to determine relativeposition may include another component of the apparatus or an externalcomponent, a point on a map, a point in a coordinate system, or thelike. The first and second movement values 15232, 15222 may be inresponse to a rotation of the first and second passive encoder wheels15236, 15212 respectively. In an embodiment, the first and secondnon-contact sensors 15238, 15214 may be selected from a list consistingof a visual sensor, an electro-mechanical sensor, and a mechanicalsensor. The apparatus may further include a processed data circuit 15216structured to receive the relative position 15228 of the inspectionchassis 15202 and inspection data 15230 from the plurality of inspectionsensors 15208; and determine relative position-based inspection data15220 in response to the relative position and the inspection data15230. The inspection position circuit 15226 may be further structuredto determine the relative position 15228 of the inspection chassis 15202in response to a first circumference value 15224 of the first passiveencoder wheel 15236 and a second circumference value 15240 of the secondpassive encoder wheel 15212. The first and second drive modules15204,15210 may provide the first and second circumference values 15224,15240 respectively to the inspection position circuit 15226. Theinspection position circuit 15226 may be further structured to determinethe relative position 15228 of the inspection chassis 15202 in responseto a reference position 15218. In embodiments, the reference position15218 may be selected from a list of positions consisting of: a globalpositioning system location, a specified latitude and longitude, a plantlocation reference, an inspection surface location reference, and anequipment location reference.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 155, a method for determining alocation of a robot, may include identifying an initial position of therobot 15302; providing a first movement value of a first encoder wheelfor a first drive module 15304; providing a second movement value of asecond encoder wheel for a second drive module 15308; calculating apassive position change value for the robot in response to the first andsecond movement values 15310; and determining a current position of therobot in response to the position change value and a previous positionof the robot 15322. In embodiments, providing the first movement valuecomprises measuring a rotation of the first encoder wheel, whereincalculating a passive position change value is done in response to thefirst movement value and a circumference of the first encoder wheel,wherein calculating a passive position change value 15310 may be done inresponse to a distance between the first and second encoder wheels. Themethod may further include receiving a first driven movement value forthe first drive module 15312; receiving a second driven movement valuefor the second drive module 15314; calculating a driven position changevalue for the robot in response to the first and second driven movementvalues 15318; determining a difference between the driven positionchange value and the passive position change value 15320; and setting analarm value in response to the difference exceeding a maximum positionnoise value 15324.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 156, a system for viewinginspection data may include an inspection robot including an inspectionchassis 15404 comprising a plurality of inspection sensors 15406configured to interrogate an inspection surface; a first drive module15414 coupled to the inspection chassis, the first drive module 15414comprising a first passive encoder wheel 15410 and a first non-contactsensor 15408 positioned in proximity to the first passive encoder wheel15410, wherein the first non-contact sensor 15408 provides a firstmovement value 15422 corresponding to the first passive encoder wheel15410; a second drive module 15418 coupled to the inspection chassis,the second drive module 15418 comprising a second passive encoder wheel15416 and a second non-contact sensor 15440 positioned in proximity tothe second passive encoder wheel 15416, wherein the second non-contactsensor 15440 provides a second movement value 15424 corresponding to thesecond passive encoder wheel 15416; an inspection position circuit 15436structured to determine a relative position 15432 of the inspectionrobot 15402 in response to the first movement value 15422, the secondmovement value 15424, and a reference position 15434; and furtherstructured to provide a position of the inspection robot 15402 relativeto the reference position 15434 to a user display device 15441. Thesystem may further include a processed data circuit 15430 structured to:receive the relative position 15432 of the inspection chassis 15404 andinspection data 15426 from a subset of the plurality of inspectionsensors 15406; and determine relative position-based inspection data15428 in response to the position and the inspection data. Inembodiments, the user display device 15441 may be further structured todisplay the relative position-based inspection data 15428. The relativeposition-based inspection data 15428 may be displayed as an overlay of amap 15444 of the inspection surface. The inspection position circuit15436 may be further structured to determine the relative position 15432of the inspection robot in response to a reference position 15434. Inembodiments, the reference position 15434 may be selected from a list ofpositions consisting of: a global positioning system location, aspecified latitude and longitude, a plant location reference, aninspection surface location reference, and an equipment locationreference. The inspection position circuit 15436 may be furtherstructured to determine the relative position 15432 of the inspectionchassis 15404 in response to a first circumference value 15412 of thefirst passive encoder wheel 15414 and a second circumference value 15420of the second passive encoder wheel 15418.

Referring now to FIG. 157, an apparatus for configuring an inspectionrobot for inspecting an inspection surface may include a route profileprocessing circuit 15510 structured to interpret route profile data15504 for the inspection robot relative to the inspection surface. Theplanned route implies the way the inspection robot will traverse thesurface, and is configurable. The route profile data 15504 may includethe planned route, or may simply define the area to be inspected. Theapparatus may also include a configuration determining circuit 15512structured to determine one or more configurations 15518 for theinspection robot in response to the route profile data 15504. Theapparatus may further include a configuration processing circuit 15514structured to provide configuration data 15522 in response to thedetermined one or more configurations 15518, the configuration data15522 defining, in part, one or more inspection characteristics for theinspection robot. For example, the configuration data 15522 may beprovided to an inspection robot configuration circuit 15516. In anotherexample, the configuration data 15522 may be provided to an operator,such as an operator on a site to help the operator ensure the rightparts and capabilities are provided that satisfy the requirements andare responsive to the inspection surface. In yet another example, theconfiguration data 15522 may be provided to an operator that is remotelypositioned, which may allow the operator to configure the robot beforeleaving for a site, where superior installation/adjustmentinfrastructure may be available. In embodiments, the apparatus mayconfigure the inspection robot automatically without operatorconfiguration. For example, the apparatus may automatically configurevarious features of the inspection robot, including one or more ofsensor spacing, downforce, sensors activated, routing of robot, sensorsampling rates and/or sensor data resolution, on-surface inspectedresolution as a function of surface position, or the like. Inembodiments, and referring to FIG. 158, the one or more inspectioncharacteristics may include at least one inspection characteristicselected from the inspection characteristics consisting of: a type ofinspection sensor 15602 for the inspection robot; a horizontal spacing15610 between adjacent inspection sensors for the inspection robot; ahorizontal spacing between inspection lanes for an inspection operationof the inspection robot; any spacing enforcement such as covering thelanes in separate inspection runs, front/back sensors, non-adjacentsensors, etc.; a magnitude of a downward force 15612 applied to a sledhousing an inspection sensor of the inspection robot; a sled geometry15628 for a sled housing an inspection sensor of the inspection robot; atether configuration 15630 description for the inspection robot; apayload configuration 15632 for a payload of the inspection robot; adrive wheel configuration 15634 for the inspection robot; a type of adownward force biasing device 15614 for the inspection robot structuredto apply a downward force on an inspection sensor of the inspectionrobot, an inspection sensor width 15604, an inspection sensor height15608, or the like. The one or more inspection characteristics mayinclude trajectories of any inspection characteristic. For example, theinspection characteristic may be adjustments made during an inspectionrun, such as Downforce A for portion A of the inspection route,Downforce B for portion B of the inspection route, etc. The tetherconfiguration 15630 description may include conduits applicable (e.g.,which ones to be included such as power, couplant, paint, cleaningsolution, communication), sizing for conduits (couplant rate, powerrating, length), selected outer surface (abrasion resistant, temperaturerating), or the like. The payload configuration 15632 may be a sled/armspacing, a sled configuration type (e.g., individual sled, sledtriplets, new sled types), an arm configuration (articulationsavailable, a couplant support/connection types, sensor interfaces), orthe like. A drive wheel configuration 15634 may be a wheel contact shape(convex, concave, mixed); a surface material (coating, covering,material of enclosure for hub); a magnet strength and/or temperaturerating, or the like.

The apparatus may further include a robot configuring circuit 15516structured to configure the inspection robot in response to the providedconfiguration data 15506, wherein the robot configuring circuit 15516 isfurther structured to configure the inspection robot by performing atleast one operation selected from the operations consisting of:configuring a horizontal spacing between inspection lanes for aninspection operation of the inspection robot; configuring at least oneof an inspection route and a horizontal spacing between adjacentinspection sensors, thereby performing an inspection operation compliantwith an on-surface inspected resolution target; or configuring adownward force biasing device to apply a selected down force to a sledhousing an inspection sensor of the inspection robot. The on-surfaceinspected resolution target may include a positional map of the surfacewith inspected positions, and/or regions having defined inspectionresolution targets. The positional map may be overlaid with inspectionoperations to be performed, sensor sampling rates, and/or sensor dataresolutions. The configuration determining circuit 15512 may be furtherstructured to determine a first configuration 15710 of the one or moreconfigurations for a first portion of the inspection surface; anddetermine a second configuration 15712 of the one or more configurationsdistinct for a second portion of the inspection surface, wherein thesecond configuration is distinct from the first configuration. The routeprofile processing circuit 15510 may be further structured to interpretupdated route profile data 15536, such as updated obstacle data 15538,during an inspection operation of the inspection surface by theinspection robot, the configuration determining circuit 15512 may befurther structured to determine one or more updated configurations 15520of the inspection robot in response to the updated route profile data15536; and the configuration processing circuit 15514 may be furtherstructured to provide updated configuration data 15540 in response tothe determined updated one or more configurations 15520. The updatedconfiguration data may include updated inspection sensor type 15616,updated inspection sensor width 15618, an updated inspection sensorheight 15620, updated inspection sensor spacing 15622, updated downforcemagnitude 15624, updated biasing device type 15626, updated sledgeometry 15636, updated tether configuration 15638, updated payloadconfiguration 15640, updated drive wheel configuration 15644, or thelike.

The apparatus may further include a robot configuring circuit 15516structured to re-configure the inspection robot in response to theupdated one or more configurations 15520. The route profile data 15504may include obstacle data 15508.

Referring to FIG. 159, a method for configuring an inspection robot15708 for inspecting an inspection surface may include interpretingroute profile data 15702 for the inspection robot relative to theinspection surface; determining one or more configurations 15704 for theinspection robot in response to the route profile data; and providingconfiguration data 15706 in response to the determined one or moreconfigurations, the configuration data defining, at least in part, oneor more inspection characteristics for the inspection robot. The one ormore inspection characteristics include at least one inspectioncharacteristic selected from the inspection characteristics consistingof a type of inspection sensor for the inspection robot; a horizontalspacing between adjacent inspection sensors for the inspection robot; ahorizontal spacing between inspection lanes for an inspection operationof the inspection robot; a magnitude of a downward force applied to asled housing an inspection sensor of the inspection robot; a sledgeometry for a sled housing an inspection sensor of the inspectionrobot; a tether configuration description for the inspection robot; apayload configuration for a payload of the inspection robot; a drivewheel configuration for the inspection robot; and a type of a downwardforce biasing device for the inspection robot structured to apply adownward force to a sled housing an inspection sensor of the inspectionrobot. Providing the configuration data 15706 may include communicatingthe configuration data to a user device, wherein the user device ispositioned at a distinct location from a location of the inspectionsurface. Communicating the configuration data to the user device may beperformed before transporting the inspection robot to a location of theinspection surface. Determining one or more configurations for theinspection robot may be performed during an inspection operation of theinspection robot of the inspection surface. Determining one or moreconfigurations may further include adjusting a configuration 15722 ofthe inspection robot in response to the determined one or moreconfigurations for the inspection robot during the inspection operationof the inspection robot.

Adjusting the configuration 15722 of the inspection robot may include atleast one operation selected from the operations consisting of:configuring a horizontal spacing between inspection lanes for aninspection operation of the inspection robot; configuring at least oneof an inspection route and a horizontal spacing between adjacentinspection sensors, thereby performing an inspection operation compliantwith an on-surface inspected resolution target; or configuring adownward force biasing device to apply a selected down force to a sledhousing an inspection sensor of the inspection robot. The method mayfurther include mounting an inspection sensor 15714 to the inspectionrobot in response to the provided configuration data. The method mayfurther include mounting a drive module 15718 to the inspection robot inresponse to the provided configuration data. The method may furtherinclude adjusting an inspection sensor 15716 disposed on the inspectionrobot in response to the provided configuration data. Determining one ormore configurations 15704 for the inspection robot in response to theroute profile data comprises: determining a first configuration 15710 ofthe one or more configurations for a first portion of the inspectionsurface; and determining a second configuration 15712 of the one or moreconfigurations for a second portion of the inspection surface, whereinthe second configuration is distinct from the first configuration.

In an embodiment, a system may include an inspection robot comprising apayload comprising at least two inspection sensors coupled thereto; anda controller 802 comprising a route profile processing circuit 15510structured to interpret route profile data 15504 for the inspectionrobot relative to an inspection surface; a configuration determiningcircuit 15512 structured to determine one or more configurations 15518for the inspection robot in response to the route profile data 15504;and a configuration processing circuit 15514 structured to provideconfiguration data 15522 in response to the determined one or moreconfigurations 15518, the configuration data defining, at least in part,one or more inspection characteristics for the inspection robot. The oneor more inspection characteristics may include a type of inspectionsensor for the inspection robot. The one or more inspectioncharacteristics may include a horizontal spacing between adjacentinspection sensors for the inspection robot. The payload may include anadjustable sled coupling position for at least two sleds, each of the atleast two sleds housing at least one of the at least two inspectionsensors. The payload may include an adjustable arm coupling position forat least two arms, each of the at least two arms associated with atleast one of the at least two inspection sensors. Each of the at leasttwo arms further comprises at least one sled coupled thereto, each ofthe at least one sled housing at least one of the at least twoinspection sensors.

The one or more inspection characteristics may include a horizontalspacing between inspection lanes for an inspection operation of theinspection robot, or any spacing enforcement, such as covering the lanesin separate inspection runs, front/back sensors, non-adjacent sensors,etc. The one or more inspection characteristics may include a magnitudeof a downward force 15612 applied to a sled housing at least one of theat least two inspection sensors. The one or more inspectioncharacteristics include a sled geometry 15628 for a sled housing atleast one of the at least two inspection sensors. The one or moreinspection characteristics include a tether configuration 15630description for the inspection robot (e.g. conduits applicable (e.g.,which ones to be included such as power, couplant, paint, cleaningsolution, communication), sizing for conduits (couplant rate, powerrating, length), selected outer surface (abrasion resistant, temperaturerating), etc.), the system further including a tether structured tocouple a power source and a couplant source to the inspection robot. Theone or more inspection characteristics may include a payloadconfiguration 15632 for the payload of the inspection robot. The payloadconfiguration 15632 may include sled/arm spacing, sled configurationtype (e.g., individual sled, sled triplets, new sled types), armconfiguration (articulations available, couplant support/connectiontypes, sensor interfaces), or the like. The one or more inspectioncharacteristics may include a drive wheel configuration 15634 for theinspection robot (e.g. wheel contact shape (convex, concave, mixed);surface material (coating, covering, material of enclosure for hub);magnet strength and/or temperature rating). The one or more inspectioncharacteristics may include a type of a downward force biasing device15614 for the inspection robot structured to apply a downward force to asled housing at least one of the at least two inspection sensors of theinspection robot. The system may further include a robot configuringcircuit 15516 structured to configure the inspection robot in responseto the provided configuration data. The robot configuring circuit 15516may be further structured to configure the inspection robot byperforming at least one operation selected from the operationsconsisting of: configuring a horizontal spacing between inspection lanesfor an inspection operation of the inspection robot; configuring atleast one of an inspection route and a horizontal spacing betweenadjacent inspection sensors, thereby performing an inspection operationcompliant with an on-surface inspected resolution target; or configuringa downward force biasing device to apply a selected down force to a sledhousing at least one of the at least two inspection sensors of theinspection robot. The on-surface inspected resolution target may includea positional map of the surface with inspected positions, and/or regionshaving defined inspection resolution targets which can be overlaid withinspection operations to be performed, sensor sampling rates, and/orsensor data resolutions. The configuration determining circuit 15512 maybe further structured to determine a first configuration 15710 of theone or more configurations for a first portion of the inspectionsurface; and determine a second configuration 15712 of the one or moreconfigurations distinct for a second portion of the inspection surface,wherein the second configuration is distinct from the firstconfiguration. In embodiments, the route profile processing circuit15510 may be further structured to interpret updated route profile data15504 during an inspection operation of the inspection surface by theinspection robot; the configuration determining circuit 15512 may befurther structured to determine one or more updated configurations 15520of the inspection robot in response to the updated route profile data15536; and the configuration processing circuit 15514 may be furtherstructured to provide updated configuration data 15540 in response tothe determined updated one or more configurations. The system mayfurther include a robot configuring circuit 15526 structured tore-configure the inspection robot in response to the updated one or moreconfigurations. In embodiments, the route profile data may includeobstacle data 15508.

Turning now to FIG. 163, an example system and/or apparatus fortraversing an obstacle with an inspection robot 100 (FIG. 1) isdepicted. The example inspection robot 100 includes any inspection robothaving a number of sensors associated therewith and configured toinspect a selected area. Without limitation to any other aspect of thepresent disclosure, an inspection robot 100 as set forth throughout thepresent disclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof,is contemplated for the example system depicted in FIG. 163. In certainembodiments, the inspection robot 100 may have one or more payloads 2(FIG. 1) and may include one or more sensors 2202 (FIG. 29) on eachpayload.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

The example system includes the inspection robot 100 and one or moreobstacle sensors 16440, e.g., lasers, cameras, sonars, radars, a ferroussubstrate detection sensor, contact sensors, etc., coupled to theinspection robot and/or otherwise disposed to detect obstacle in thepath of the inspection robot 100 as it inspects an inspection surface500.

The system further includes a controller 802 having a number of circuitsconfigured to functionally perform operations of the controller 802. Theexample controller 802 has an obstacle sensory data circuit 16402, anobstacle processing circuit 16406, an obstacle notification circuit16410, a user interface circuit 16414, and/or an obstacle configurationcircuit 16424. The example controller 802 may additionally oralternatively include aspects of any controller, circuit, or similardevice as described throughout the present disclosure. Aspects ofexample circuits may be embodied as one or more computing devices,computer-readable instructions configured to perform one or moreoperations of a circuit upon execution by a processor, one or moresensors, one or more actuators, and/or communications infrastructure(e.g., routers, servers, network infrastructure, or the like). Furtherdetails of the operations of certain circuits associated with thecontroller 802 are set forth, without limitation, in the portion of thedisclosure referencing FIGS. 163-165.

The example controller 802 is depicted schematically as a single devicefor clarity of description, but the controller 802 may be a singledevice, a distributed device, and/or may include portions at leastpartially positioned with other devices in the system (e.g., on theinspection robot 100). In certain embodiments, the controller 802 may beat least partially positioned on a computing device associated with anoperator of the inspection (not shown), such as a local computer at afacility including the inspection surface 500, a laptop, and/or a mobiledevice. In certain embodiments, the controller 802 may alternatively oradditionally be at least partially positioned on a computing device thatis remote to the inspection operations, such as on a web-based computingdevice, a cloud computing device, a communicatively coupled device, orthe like.

Accordingly, as illustrated in FIGS. 163-165, the obstacle sensory datacircuit 16402 interprets obstacle sensory data 16404 comprising dataprovided by the obstacle sensors 16440. The obstacle sensory data mayinclude the position, type, traversal difficulty rating, imagery and/orany other type of information suitable for identifying the obstacle anddetermining a plan to overcome/traverse the obstacle. In embodiments,the obstacle sensory data 16404 may include imaging data from an opticalcamera of the inspection robot. The imaging data may be related to atleast one of: the body/structure of the obstacle, a position of theobstacle, a height of the obstacle, an inspection surface surroundingthe obstacle, a horizontal extent of the obstacle, a vertical extent ofthe obstacle, or a slope of the obstacle.

The obstacle processing circuit 16406 determines refined obstacle data16408 in response to the obstacle sensory data 16404. Refined obstacledata 16408 may include information distilled and/or derived from theobstacle sensory data 16404 and/or any other information that thecontroller 802 may have access to, e.g., pre-known and/or expectedconditions of the inspection surface.

The obstacle notification circuit 16410 generates and provides obstaclenotification data 16412 to a user interface device (e.g., reference FIG.218 and the related description) in response to the refined obstacledata 16408. The user interface circuit 16414 interprets a user requestvalue 16418 from the user interface device, and determines an obstacleresponse command value 16416 in response to the user request value16418. The user request value 16418 may correspond to a graphical userinterface interactive event, e.g., menu selection, screen regionselection, data input, etc.

The obstacle configuration circuit 16424 provides the obstacle responsecommand value 16416 to the inspection robot 100 during the interrogatingof the inspection surface 500. In embodiments, the obstacle responsecommand value 16416 may correspond to a command to reconfigure 16420 theinspection robot and/or to adjust 16422 an inspection operation of theinspection robot. For example, in embodiments, the adjust inspectionoperation command 16422 may include a command that instructions theinspection robot to go around the obstacle, lift one or more payloads,change a downforce applied to one or more payloads, change a withbetween payloads and/or the sensors on the payloads, traverse/slide oneor more payloads to the left or to the right, change a speed at whichthe inspection robot traverses the inspection surface, to “test travel”the obstacle, e.g., to proceed slowly and observe, to mark (in realityor virtually) the obstacle, to alter the planned inspection route/pathof the inspection robot across the inspection surface, and/or to removea portion from an inspection map corresponding to the obstacle.

In embodiments, the obstacle response command value 16416 may include acommand to employ a device for mitigating the likelihood that theinspection robot will top over. Such device may include stabilizers,such as rods, mounted to and extendable away from the inspection robot.In embodiments, the obstacle response command value 16416 may include arequest to an operator to confirm the existence of the obstacle.Operator confirmation of the obstacle may be received as a user requestvalue 16418.

In embodiments, the obstacle configuration circuit 16424 determines,based at least in part on the refined obstacle data 16408, whether theinspection robot 100 has traversed an obstacle in response to executionof a command corresponding to the obstacle response command value 16416by the inspection robot 100. The obstacle configuration circuit 16424may determine that the obstacle has been traversed by detecting that theobstacle is no longer present in the obstacle sensory data 16404acquired by the obstacle sensors 16440. In embodiments, the obstacleprocessing circuit 16406 may be able to determine the location of theobstacle from the obstacle sensory data 16404 and the obstacleconfiguration circuit 16424 may determine that the obstacle has beentraversed by comparing the location of the obstacle to the location ofthe inspection robot. In embodiments, determining that an obstacle hasbeen successfully traversed may be based at least in part on detecting achange in a flow rate of couplant used to couple the inspection sensorsto the inspection surface. For example, a decrease in the couplant flowrate may indicate that the payload has moved past the obstacle.

The obstacle configuration circuit 16424 may provide an obstacle alarmdata value 16426 in response to determining that the inspection robot100 has not traversed the obstacle. As will be appreciated, inembodiments, the obstacle configuration circuit 16424 may provide theobstacle alarm data 16426 regardless of whether traversal of theobstacle was attempted by the inspection robot 100. For example, theobstacle configuration circuit 16424 may provide the obstacle alarm datavalue 16426 as a command responsive to the obstacle response commandvalue 16416.

In embodiments, the obstacle processing circuit 16406 may determine therefined obstacle data 16408 as indicating the potential presence of anobstacle in response to comparing the obstacle data comprising aninspection surface depiction to a nominal inspection surface depiction.For example, the nominal inspection surface depiction may have beenderived based in part on inspection data previously acquired from theinspection surface at a time the conditions of the inspection surfacewere known. In other words, the nominal inspection surface depiction mayrepresent the normal and/or desired condition of the inspection surface500. In embodiments, the presence of an obstacle may be determined basedat least in part on an identified physical anomaly between obstaclesensory data 16404 and the nominal inspection surface data, e.g., adifference between acquired and expected image data, EMI readings,coating thickness, wall thickness, etc. For example, in embodiments, theobstacle processing circuit 16406 may determine the refined obstacledata 16408 as indicating the potential presence of an obstacle inresponse to comparing the refined obstacle data 16408, which may includean inspection surface depiction, to a predetermined obstacle inspectionsurface depiction. As another example, the inspection robot may identifya marker on the inspection surface and compare the location of theidentified marker to an expected location of the marker, withdifferences between the two indicating a possible obstacle. Inembodiments, the presence of an obstacle may be determined based ondetecting a change in the flow rate of the couplant that couples theinspection sensors to the inspection surface. For example, an increasein the couplant flow rate may indicate that the payload has encounteredan obstacle that is increasing the spacing between the inspectionsensors and the inspection surface.

In embodiments, the obstacle notification circuit 16410 may provide theobstacle notification data 16412 as at least one of an operator alertcommunication and/or an inspection surface depiction of at least aportion of the inspection surface. The obstacle notification data 16412may be presented to an operator in the form of a pop-up picture and/orpop-up inspection display. In embodiments, the obstacle notificationdata 16412 may depict a thin or non-ferrous portion of the inspectionsurface. In embodiments, information leading to the obstacle detectionmay be emphasized, e.g., circled, highlighted, etc. For example,portions of the inspection surface identified as being cracked may becircled while portions of the inspection surface covered in dust may behighlighted.

In embodiments, the obstacle processing circuit 16406 may determine therefined obstacle data 16408 as indicating the potential presence of anobstacle in response to determining a non-ferrous substrate detection ofa portion of the inspection surface and/or a reduced magnetic interfacedetection of a portion of the inspection surface. Examples of reducedmagnetic interface detection include portions of a substrate/inspectionsurface lacking sufficient ferrous material to support the inspectionrobot, lack of a coating, accumulation of debris and/or dust, and/or anyother conditions that may reduce the ability of the magnetic wheelassemblies to couple the inspection robot to the inspection surface.

In embodiments, the obstacle notification circuit 16410 may provide astop command to the inspection robot in response to the refined obstacledata 16408 indicating the potential presence of an obstacle.

In embodiments, the obstacle response command value 16416 may include acommand to reconfigure an active obstacle avoidance system of theinspection robot 100. Such a command may be a command to: reconfigure adown force applied to one or more payloads coupled to the inspectionrobot; reposition a payload coupled to the inspection robot; lift apayload coupled to the inspection robot; lock a pivot of a sled, thesled housing and/or an inspection sensor of the inspection robot; unlocka pivot of a sled, the sled housing and/or an inspection sensor of theinspection robot; lock a pivot of an arm, the arm coupled to a payloadof the inspection robot, and/or an inspection sensor coupled to the arm;unlock a pivot of an arm, the arm coupled to a payload of the inspectionrobot, and/or an inspection sensor coupled to the arm; rotate a chassisof the inspection robot relative to a drive module of the inspectionrobot; rotate a drive module of the inspection robot relative to achassis of the inspection robot; deploy a stability assist devicecoupled to the inspection robot; reconfigure one or more payloadscoupled to the inspection robot; and/or adjust a couplant flow rate ofthe inspection robot. In certain embodiments, adjusting the couplantflow rate is performed to ensure acoustic coupling between a sensor andthe inspection surface, to perform a re-coupling operation between thesensor and the inspection surface, to compensate for couplant lossoccurring during operations, and/or to cease or reduce couplant flow(e.g., if the sensor, an arm, and/or a payload is lifted from thesurface, and/or if the sensor is not presently interrogating thesurface). An example adjustment to the couplant flow includes adjustingthe couplant flow in response to a reduction of the down force (e.g.,planned or as a consequence of operating conditions), where the couplantflow may be increased (e.g., to preserve acoustic coupling) and/ordecreased (e.g., to reduce couplant losses).

Turning now to FIG. 164, a method for traversing an obstacle with aninspection robot is shown. The method may include interpreting 16502obstacle sensory data comprising data provided by an inspection robot,determining 16504 refined obstacle data in response to the obstaclesensory data; and generating 16506 an obstacle notification in responseto the refined obstacle data. The method may further include providing16508 the obstacle notification data to a user interface. The method mayfurther include interpreting 16510 a user request value, determining16512 an obstacle response command value in response to the user requestvalue; and providing 16514 the obstacle command value to the inspectionrobot during an inspection run. In embodiments, the method may furtherinclude adjusting 16516 an inspection operation of the inspection robotin response to the obstacle response command value. In embodiments,adjusting 16516 the inspection operation may include stopping 16618interrogation of the inspection surface. In embodiments, adjusting 16516the inspection operation may include updating 16620 an inspection runplan. In embodiments, adjusting 16516 the inspection operation mayinclude taking 16650 data in response to the obstacle. In embodiments,adjusting 16516 the inspection operation may include applying a virtualmark 16652. In embodiments, adjusting 16516 the inspection operation mayinclude updating 16654 an obstacle map. In embodiments, adjusting 16516the inspection operation may include acquiring 16656 an image and/orvideo of the obstacle. In embodiments, adjusting 16516 the inspectionoperation may include confirming 16658 the obstacle.

The method may further include reconfiguring 16518 an active obstacleavoidance system. In embodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the activeobstacle avoidance system may include adjusting 16624 a down forceapplied to one or more payloads coupled to the inspection robot. Inembodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the active obstacle avoidance systemmay include reconfiguring 16626 one or more payloads coupled to theinspection robot. Reconfiguring 16626 the one or more payloads mayinclude adjusting a width between the payloads and/or one or moresensors on the payloads. In embodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the activeobstacle avoidance system may include adjusting 16628 a couplant flowrate. In embodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the active obstacle avoidancesystem may include lifting 16630 one or more payloads coupled to theinspection robot. In embodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the activeobstacle avoidance system may include locking 16632 and/or unlocking16634 the pivot of a sled of a payload coupled to the inspection robot.In embodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the active obstacle avoidance systemmay include locking 16636 and/or unlocking 16638 the pivot of an armthat couples a sled to a body of a payload or to the inspection robotchassis. In embodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the active obstacleavoidance system may include rotating 16640 the inspection robotchassis. In embodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the active obstacleavoidance system may include rotating 16646 a drive module coupled tothe inspection robot. In embodiments, reconfiguring 16518 the activeobstacle avoidance system may include repositioning 16642, 16644 apayload coupled to the inspection robot.

In embodiments, the method may further include determining 16520 whetherthe inspection robot traversed the obstacle. In embodiments, the methodmay further include providing 16522 a data alarm in response todetermining 16520 that the inspection robot has not traversed theobstacle.

The example of FIG. 166 is depicted on a controller 802 for clarity ofthe description. The controller 802 may be a single device, adistributed device, and/or combinations of these. In certainembodiments, the controller 802 may operate a web portal, a web page, amobile application, a proprietary application, or the like. In certainembodiments, the controller 802 may be in communication with aninspection robot, a base station, a data store housing inspection data,refined inspection data, and/or other data related to inspectionoperations. In certain embodiments, the controller 802 iscommunicatively coupled to one or more user devices, such as a smartphone, laptop, desktop, tablet, terminal, and/or other computing device.A user may be any user of the inspection data, including at least anoperator, a user related to the operator (e.g., a supervisor, supportinguser, inspection verification user, etc.), a downstream customer of thedata, or the like.

In an embodiment, an apparatus for performing an inspection on aninspection surface with an inspection robot may be embodied on thecontroller 802, and may include an inspection data circuit 16702structured to interpret inspection data 16704 of the inspection surfaceand a robot positioning circuit 16706 structured to interpret positiondata 16712 of the inspection robot (e.g., a position of the inspectionrobot on the inspection surface correlated with inspection positiondata). The example controller 802 includes a user interaction circuit16708 structured to interpret an inspection visualization request 16714for an inspection map; a processed data circuit 16710 structured to linkthe inspection data 16704 with the position data 16712 to determineposition-based inspection data 16716; an inspection visualizationcircuit 16718 structured to determine the inspection map 16720 inresponse to the inspection visualization request 16714 based on theposition-based inspection data 16716. The example controller includes aprovisioning circuit 16722 structured to provide the inspection map16720 to a user device.

In an embodiment, the inspection map 16720 may include a layout of theinspection surface based on the position-based inspection data 16716,where the layout may be in real space (e.g., GPS position, facilityposition, or other description of the inspection surface coordinatesrelative to a real space), or virtual space (e.g., abstractedcoordinates, user defined coordinates, etc.). The coordinates used todisplay the inspection surface may be any coordinates, such asCartesian, cylindrical, or the like, and further may include anyconceptualization of the axes of the coordinate system. In certainembodiments, the coordinate system and/or conceptualization utilized maymatch the inspection position data, and/or may be transformed from theinspection position data to the target display coordinates. In certainembodiments, the coordinates and/or conceptualization utilized may beselectable by the user.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 167 and FIG. 168, the inspectionmap 16720 may include at least two features of the inspection surfaceand corresponding locations on the inspection surface, each of the atleast two features selected from a list consisting of an obstacle 16808;a surface build up 16802; a weld line 16810; a gouge 16806; or arepaired section 16804. The example features represented on theinspection map 16720 are non-limiting, and any features that may be ofinterest to a user (of any type) may be provided. Additionally, thedepictions of features in FIGS. 167-168 are non-limiting examples, andfeatures may be presented with icons, color coding, hatching, alertmarks (e.g., where the alert mark can be selected, highlighted forprovision of a tool tip description, etc.). Additionally oralternatively, the features shown and/or the displayed representationsmay be adjustable by a user.

In an embodiment, the inspection data 16704 may include an inspectiondimension such as, without limitation: a temperature of the inspectionsurface; a coating type of the inspection surface; a color of theinspection surface; a smoothness of the inspection surface; an obstacledensity of the inspection surface; a radius of curvature of theinspection surface; a thickness of the inspection surface; and/or one ormore features (e.g., grouped as “features”, subdivided into one or moresubgroups such as “repair”, “damage”, etc., and/or with individualfeature types presented as an inspection dimension). In an embodiment,the inspection map 16720 may include a visualization property for theinspection dimension, the visualization property comprising a propertysuch as: numeric values; shading values; transparency; a tool-tipindicator; color values; or hatching values. The utilization of avisualization property corresponding to an inspection dimension allowsfor improved contrast between displayed inspected aspects, and/or theability to provide a greater number of inspection aspects within asingle display. In certain embodiments, the displayed dimension(s),features, and/or representative data, as well as the correspondingvisualization properties, may be selectable and/or configurable by theuser.

In an embodiment, the position data may include a position marker 16812,such as an azimuthal indicator 16811 and a height indicator 16813, andwherein the inspection map 16720 includes visualization propertiescorresponding to position marker 16812, such as an azimuthal indicator16811 or a height indicator 16813. The example of FIG. 167 depicts aposition marker 16812 for a robot position (e.g., at a selected time,which may be depicted during an inspection operation and/or at a latertime based on a time value for the inspection display). An exampleposition marker 16812 may be provided in any coordinates and/orconceptualization. In certain embodiments, the inspection display mayinclude coordinate lines or the like to orient the user to the positionof displayed aspects, and/or may provide the position marker 16812 inresponse to a user input, such as selecting a location on the inspectionsurface, as a tooltip that appears at a user focus location (e.g., amouse or cursor position), or the like.

In an embodiment, and referring to FIG. 173, a method for performing aninspection on an inspection surface with an inspection robot may includeinterpreting 16902 inspection data of the inspection surface;interpreting 16904 position data of the inspection robot during theinspecting, and linking 16908 the inspection data with the position datato determine position based inspection data; interpreting 16906 aninspection visualization request for an inspection map and, in responseto the inspection visualization request, determining 16910 theinspection map based on the position-based inspection data; andproviding the inspection map 16912 to a user device. In an embodiment,the inspection map 16720 may include a layout of the inspection surface,wherein the layout is in real space or virtual space. Determining 16910the inspection map based on the position-based inspection data mayinclude labeling 16914 each inspection dimension of the inspection data.In an embodiment, each inspection dimension may be labeled with aselected visualization property. In the method, the inspection map maybe updated 16916, such as in response to a user focus value, whereinupdating may include updating an inspection plan, selecting aninspection dimension to be displayed, or selecting a visualizationproperty for an inspection dimension.

In an embodiment, a system may include an inspection robot comprising atleast one payload; at least two arms, wherein each arm is pivotallymounted to a payload; at least two sleds, wherein each sled is mountedto one of the arms; a plurality of inspection sensors, each inspectionsensor coupled to one of the sleds such that each sensor isoperationally couplable to an inspection surface, wherein the sleds arehorizontally distributed on the inspection surface at selectedhorizontal positions, and wherein each of the arms is horizontallymoveable relative to a corresponding payload; and a controller 802including an inspection data circuit 16702 structured to interpretinspection data 16704 of the inspection surface; a robot positioningcircuit 16706 structured to interpret position data 16712 of theinspection robot; a user interaction circuit 16708 structured tointerpret an inspection visualization request 16714 for an inspectionmap; a processed data circuit 16710 structured to link the inspectiondata 16704 with the position data 16712 to determine position-basedinspection data 16716; an inspection visualization circuit 16718structured to determine the inspection map 16720 in response to theinspection visualization request 16714 based on the position-basedinspection data 16716; and a provisioning circuit 16722 structured toprovide the inspection map 16720. In an embodiment, the inspection map16720 may include a layout of the inspection surface based on theposition-based inspection data 16716, wherein the layout is in at leastone of: real space; and virtual space. The inspection visualizationcircuit 16718 may be further structured to identify a feature of theinspection surface and a corresponding location on the inspectionsurface, wherein the feature is selected from a list consisting of: anobstacle 16808; surface build up 16802; a weld line 16810; a gouge16806; and a repaired section 16804.

In an embodiment, an apparatus for displaying an inspection map mayinclude a user interaction circuit 16708 structured to interpret aninspection visualization request 16714 for an inspection map 16720; aprocessed data circuit 16710 structured to link inspection data 16704with position data 16712 to determine position-based inspection data16716; an inspection visualization circuit 16718 structured to determinethe inspection map 16720 in response to the inspection visualizationrequest 16714 and the position-based inspection data 16716; and aprovisioning circuit 16722 structured to provide the inspection map16720 to a user display, wherein the user interaction circuit 16708 isfurther structured to interpret a user focus value corresponding to theinspection map, wherein the user focus value is provided by a user inputdevice. The apparatus may further include an inspection data circuit16702 structured to interpret inspection data 16704 of an inspectionsurface; and a robot positioning circuit 16706 structured to interpretposition data 16712 of an inspection robot; In an embodiment, theapparatus may further include updating 16916 the inspection map 16720 inresponse to the user focus value. Updating 16916 the inspection map mayinclude updating an inspection plan, selecting an inspection dimensionto be displayed, or selecting a visualization property for an inspectiondimension. In some embodiments, updating the inspection map in responseto a user focus value can be done without the robot changing anything.In an embodiment, the inspection map 16720 may include two features ofthe inspection surface and corresponding locations on the inspectionsurface, each of the two features selected from a list consisting of anobstacle 16808; a surface build up 16802; a weld line 16810; a gouge16806; or a repaired section 16804. In an embodiment, the inspectiondata 16704 may include an inspection dimension selected from a listconsisting of a temperature of the inspection surface; a coating type ofthe inspection surface; a color of the inspection surface; a smoothnessof the inspection surface; an obstacle density of the inspectionsurface; a radius of curvature of the inspection surface; and athickness of the inspection surface. In an embodiment, the inspectionmap 16720 may include visualization properties for each of theinspection dimensions, the visualization properties each including atleast one of numeric values; shading values; transparency; a tool-tipindicator; color values; or hatching values. In embodiments, theposition data 16712 may include an azimuthal indicator 16811 and aheight indicator 16813, and wherein the inspection map 16720 includesvisualization properties for the azimuthal indicator 16811 or the heightindicator 16813. In embodiments, the user focus value may include eventtype data indicating that the user focus value was generated in responseto at least one of a mouse position; a menu-selection; a touch screenindication; a key stroke; and a virtual gesture. In embodiments, theuser focus value may include at least one of an inspection data rangevalue; an inspection data time value; a threshold value corresponding toat least one parameter of the linked inspection data; and a virtual markrequest corresponding to at least one position of the inspection map.

Referencing FIG. 169, an example inspection map 16720 including a numberof frames 16822, 16824, 16826, 16828 is depicted. The frames 16822,16824, 16826, 16828 may provide views of different inspection dimensions(e.g., separate data values, the same data values at distinct timeperiods, the same data values corresponding to distinct inspectionoperations, or the like). Additionally or alternatively, the frames16822, 16824, 16826, 16828 may provide views of the same inspectiondimensions for different positions on the inspection surface, and/or forpositions on an offset inspection surface (e.g., a different inspectionsurface, potentially as a surface for a related component such as acooling tower, etc.).

Referencing FIG. 170, an example inspection map 16720 includes pixelatedregions 16830, or inspection units. The regions 16830 correspond topositions on the inspection surface, and the size and shape of regions16830 may be selected according to a spatial resolution on the surfaceof inspection data, and/or according to a user selection. In certainembodiments, a given region 16832 may depict multiple inspectiondimensions, for example using frames 16822, 16824, 16826, 16828, suchthat a user can determine changes in a parameter over time, viewmultiple parameters at the same time, or the like in one convenientview. In certain embodiments, a region 16830, and/or a frame 16822,16824, 16826, 16828 may be selectable and/or focus-able to accessadditional data, etc. In certain embodiments, a larger view of theframes 16822, 16824, 16826, 16828 may be provided in response to aselection and/or focus of the region 16830.

Referencing FIG. 171, an inspection data map 16720 is depicted that mayinclude selectable regions and/or frames. The example of FIG. 171further includes a data representation 16834, with bar graph elements16836 in the example. In certain embodiments, the bar graph elements16836 may depict changes in one or more parameters over time and/orinspection sequence, comparisons to inspection data from offsetinspection surfaces, and/or data corresponding to multiple parametersfor a related region. In certain embodiments, the data representation16834 may be provided in response to selection and/or focus of a region,and may further be configurable by the user. Referencing FIG. 172, aninspection data map 16720 is depicted that includes a datarepresentation 16834 having a line graph 16838 element—for exampledepicting progression of a parameter over time, over inspectionsequences, or the like.

In certain embodiments, any data representations herein, including atleast data progressions in frames, bar graphs, line graphs, or the likemay be determined based on inspection data, previous inspection data,interpolated inspection data (e.g., an estimated parameter value thatmay have existed at a point in time between a first inspection and asecond inspection), and/or extrapolated inspection data (e.g., anestimated parameter value at a future time, for example determined fromwear rate models, observed rates of change in regard to the same or anoffset inspection surface, etc.).

Turning now to FIG. 174, an example controller 802 for a system and/orapparatus for providing an interactive inspection map 17004 (FIGS.176-179) for an inspection robot 100 (FIG. 1) is depicted. The exampleinspection robot 100 includes any inspection robot having a number ofsensors 2202 (FIG. 25) associated therewith and configured to inspect aselected area. Without limitation to any other aspect of the presentdisclosure, an inspection robot 100 as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof, iscontemplated for the example system depicted in FIG. 174. In certainembodiments, the inspection robot 100 may have one or more payloads 2(FIG. 1) and may include one or more sensors 2202 (FIG. 25) on eachpayload 2.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of an inspection surface 500 (FIG. 5)and collect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspectionsurface 500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operationsto collect data associated with a given sensor, to perform datacollection associated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors,receiving data values from the sensors, or the like), and/or todetermine data in response to information provided by a sensor (e.g.,determining values, based on a model, from sensor data; convertingsensor data to a value based on a calibration of the sensor reading tothe corresponding data; and/or combining data from one or more sensorsor other information to determine a value of interest). A sensor 2202may be any type of sensor as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, but includes at least a UT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g.,magnetic induction or the like), a temperature sensor, a pressuresensor, an optical sensor (e.g., infrared, visual spectrum, and/orultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g., a camera, pixel grid, or thelike), or combinations of these.

The example system my include the inspection robot 100 and/or thecontroller 802. As shown in FIG. 174, the controller 802 may have anumber of circuits configured to functionally perform operations of thecontroller 802. For example, the controller 802 may have an inspectionvisualization circuit 17002 and/or a user interaction circuit 17008and/or an action request circuit 17012. The example controller 802 mayadditionally or alternatively include aspects of any controller,circuit, or similar device as described throughout the presentdisclosure. Aspects of example circuits may be embodied as one or morecomputing devices, computer-readable instructions configured to performone or more operations of a circuit upon execution by a processor, oneor more sensors, one or more actuators, and/or communicationsinfrastructure (e.g., routers, servers, network infrastructure, or thelike). Further details of the operations of certain circuits associatedwith the controller 802 are set forth, without limitation, in theportion of the disclosure referencing FIGS. 174-180.

The example controller 802 is depicted schematically as a single devicefor clarity of description, but the controller 802 may be a singledevice, a distributed device, and/or may include portions at leastpartially positioned with other devices in the system (e.g., on theinspection robot 100). In certain embodiments, the controller 802 may beat least partially positioned on a computing device associated with anoperator of the inspection (not shown), such as a local computer at afacility including the inspection surface 500, a laptop, and/or a mobiledevice. In certain embodiments, the controller 802 may alternatively oradditionally be at least partially positioned on a computing device thatis remote to the inspection operations, such as on a web-based computingdevice, a cloud computing device, a communicatively coupled device, orthe like.

Accordingly, as illustrated in FIG. 174, inspection visualizationcircuit 17002 may provide an inspection map 17004 to a user device inresponse to inspection data 17006 provided by a plurality of sensors2202 operationally coupled to the inspection robot 100 operating on theinspection surface 500. Without limitation to any other aspect of thepresent disclosure, an inspection robot 100 as set forth throughout thepresent disclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof,is contemplated for the example inspection map 17004 depicted in FIG.174. The user interaction circuit 17008 may interpret a user focus value17010 from the user device, the action request circuit 17012 maydetermine an action 17014 in response to the user focus value 17010, andthe inspection visualization circuit 17002 may update the inspection map17004 in response to the determined action 17014.

Turning to FIG. 175, in embodiments, the inspection map 17004 mayinclude position-based inspection data 17016 such as the location ofobstacles, the inspection robot 100, anomalies in the surface 500,markings of interest and/or other features. In embodiments, theinspection map 17004 may include visualization properties 17018 thatcorrespond and/or are linked to inspection dimensions 17040. Forexample, the inspection dimensions may include characteristics and/orproperties of the inspection surface 500 such as temperature 17042,surface coating type(s) 17044, smoothness (or bumpiness) 17048, anobstacle density 17050, a surface radius of curvature 17052, surfacethickness 17054 and/or other characteristic of the surface 500. Thetemperature 17042 may be a surface temperature. The coating type 17044may correspond to a layer of paint or a protective coating for theinspection surface 500. The surface color 17046 may represent the actualcolor of the surface, e.g., a level of green representing oxidation of acopper surface. The smoothness 17048 may represent a degree of howsmooth and/or bumpy the surface 500 is, which may correspond to a levelof difficulty the inspection robot 100 may have traversing a particularportion of the inspection surface 500. The obstacle density 17050 maycorrespond to how dense an identified obstacle may be. For example, howdense a coating of metallic dust may be over the surface 500. Thesurface radius curvature 17052 may correspond to how curved a particularportion of the inspection surface may be which may indicate a level ofdifficulty that the inspection robot 100 may have traversing particularportions of the inspection surface 500. The visualization properties17018 may include numeric values 17020, shading values 17022,transparency values 17024, pattern values 17026, a tool-tip value 17028,a color value 17030, a hatching value 17032 and/or any other types offeatures for depicting a varying dimension 17040 across the surface 500.For example, in embodiments, various types of hatching 10732 may be usedin the inspection map 17004 to show distinctions between surface coatingtypes 17044 across portion of the inspection surface 500. Similarly,color values 17030 may be used in the inspection map 17004 to show atemperature gradient 17042 across the inspection surface. As will beappreciated, embodiments encompassing all possible matching/linkingcombinations between the inspection dimensions 17040 and thevisualization properties 17018 used to depict the dimensions 17040 onthe inspection map 17004 are contemplated.

In embodiments, the visualization circuit 17002 may link thepositioned-based inspection data 17016 with time data 17034, that mayinclude past inspection times/data 17036 and/or future inspectiontimes/data 17038.

Turning to FIG. 176, in embodiments, the inspection map 17004 mayinclude one or more frames 17102, 1704, 17106, 17108. In embodiments,each of the frames 17102, 1704, 17106, 17108 may depict a distinctinspection dimension 17040. For example, a first frame 17102 may depicta surface temperature 17042 gradient with a color 17030, a second frame17104 may depict a coating type 17044 with patterns 17026, a third frame17106 may depict surface thickness 17054 with numeric values, and/or afourth frame 17108 may depict a smoothness 17048 with shading values17022.

In embodiments, the frames 17102, 17104, 17106, 17108 may depict achange in an inspection dimension 17040 over time. For example, the fourframes 17102, 1704, 17106, 17108 in FIG. 176 may show a change in asingle dimension 17040, e.g., temperature 17042, over four distincttimes T₁, T₂, T₃ and T₄. Accordingly, in embodiments, the user focusvalue 17010 may include one or more time values 17056, wherein thevisualization circuit 17002 update the inspection map 17004 in responseto the time values 17056. In embodiments, the one or more time values17056 may include: a specified time value 17058, a specified time range17060; a specified inspection event identifier 17062; a trajectory of aninspection dimension over time 17064; a specified inspection identifier17066. A specified time value 17058 may include: a specific time and/ordate, e.g., Saturday May 15, 2021 at 14:00 h (ET); and/or an amount oftime referenced in relation to a known time, e.g., two (2) hours fromthe start of an inspection run. A specified time range 17060 may includea start and end time/date, and/or a specified amount of time from aknown point, e.g., the last three (3) hours. A specified inspectionevent identifier 17062 may include information that identifies aparticular event that may have occurred, e.g., the second time anobstacle was encountered. A specified inspection identifier 17066 mayinclude information that identifies a particular inspection, e.g., thesecond inspection of site “A”.

In embodiments wherein the time value 17056 is a trajectory 17064 of aninspection dimension 17040 over time, the inspection dimension over timemay be representative of at least one of: a previous inspection run, apredicted inspection run, or an interpolation between two inspectionruns. For example, in an embodiment, a first frame 17102 may depict adimension 17040 at a past time T₁, frame 17106 may depict the dimensionas predicted at a future time T₃, and frame 17104 may depict aninterpolation of frames 17102 and 17106 to provide an estimate of thedimension 17040 at a time T₂ between T₁ and T₃.

A trajectory, as used herein, indicates a progression, sequence, and/orscheduled development of a related parameter over time, operatingconditions, spatial positions, or the like. A trajectory may be adefined function (e.g., corresponding values of parameter A that are tobe utilized for corresponding values of parameter B), an indicateddirection (e.g., pursuing a target value, minimizing, maximizing,increasing, decreasing, etc.), and/or a state of an operating system(e.g., lifted, on or off, enabled or disabled, etc.). In certainembodiments, a trajectory indicates activation or actuation of a valueover time, activation or actuation of a value over a prescribed group ofoperating conditions, activation or actuation of a value over aprescribed spatial region (e.g., a number of inspection surfaces,positions and/or regions of a specific inspection surface, and/or anumber of facilities), and/or activation or actuation of a value over anumber of events (e.g., scheduled by event type, event occurrencefrequency, over a number of inspection operations, etc.). In certainembodiments, a trajectory indicates sensing a parameter, operating asensor, displaying inspection data and/or visualization based oninspection data, over any of the related parameters (operatingconditions, spatial regions, etc.) listed foregoing. The examples of atrajectory set forth with regard to the presently described embodimentsare applicable to any embodiments of the present disclosure, and anyother descriptions of a trajectory set forth elsewhere in the presentdisclosure are applicable to the presently described embodiments.

As illustrated in FIG. 177, in embodiments, the frames 17102, 17104,17106 and/or 17108 may depict past and future/predicted paths of theinspection robot 100 over the inspection surface 500. For example, frame17102 may show a past path 17110 in which no obstacle was detected.Frames 17104 and 17106 may show other past paths 17112 and 17114 inwhich an obstacle was detected and successfully avoided. Frame 17108 mayshow a proposed path 17116 based at least in part on information learnedfrom one or more of the previous paths 17110, 17112 and/or 17114.

Referring now to FIGS. 175 and 178, in embodiments, the inspection mapmay include one or more display layers 10768 which, in embodiment, maybe collections of features and/or visualization properties that can havetheir visibility in the inspection map 17004 collectively toggled bysetting an activation state value via the visualization circuit 17002 inresponse to the user focus value 17010. In other words, a user maytoggle display of individual layers via the graphical user interfacedisplaying the inspection map 17004. As will be understood, FIG. 178depicts layers 17118 and 17122 in dashed lines to represent that theyhave been made inactive, e.g., not visible, while layers 17120 and 17124are depicted in solid lines to represent that they have been madeactive, e.g., visible.

The layers 17068 may have an ordering on a z-axis of the inspection map17068. For example, layer 17118 may be depicted on top of layer 17120,which is depicted on top of layer 17122, which is depicted on top oflayer 17124. Each of the layers 17068 may correspond to: an inspectiondimension 17040, to include coatings 17044, part overlays 17074,remaining life 17076, scheduled maintenance 17078 and/or planneddowntime 17080. Part overlays 17074 may include depicting schematicsand/or actual images of components, e.g., valves, pipe heads, walls,etc., disposed on the inspection surface 500. The remaining life 17076may include depicting an estimated remaining life expectancy for one ormore portions of the inspection surface 500. For example, portions of ametal ship hull may have varying degrees of corrosion depending on theamount of exposure to salt, water, and air, wherein the amount of timeuntil any particular portion needs to be replaced can be shown asremaining life expectancy. As shown in FIG. 179, a layer 17120 maydepict one or more downtime/maintenance values, e.g., spatial depictionssuch as zones, scheduled for maintenance 17126 and/or downtime 17128.The downtime/maintenance values 17126 and/or 1728 may includeinformation specifying time periods and/or other information regardingthe nature and/or cause for the scheduled maintenance and/or downtime.

Illustrated in FIG. 180 is a method for providing an interactiveinspection map. The method may include providing 17202 an inspection map17004 to a user device, interpreting 17204 a user focus value 17010,determining 17206 an action 17014 in response to the user focus value17010, updating 17208 the inspection map 17004 in response to thedetermined action 17014, and/or providing 17210 the updated inspectionmap 17004. As disused above, the inspection map 17004 may includepositioned based inspection data 17016 of an inspection surface 500.

In embodiments, updating 17208 the inspection map 17004 may includelinking 17212 at least two inspection dimensions 17040 to at least twovisualization properties 17018 of the inspection map 17004. Inembodiments, updating 17208 the inspection map 17004 may include linkingtime data 17034, e.g., past inspection data 17036 and/orfuture/predicted inspection data 17038, to the position-based inspectiondata 17016. In embodiments, updating 17208 the inspection map 17004 mayinclude determining 17216 one or more display frames 17102, 17104,17106, 17108 of the inspection map 17004 over one or more periodsincluded in the time data 17034. In embodiments, updating 17208 theinspection map 17004 may include setting 17218 an activation state valueof at least one or more display frames 17102, 17104, 17106, 17108. Inembodiments, the one or more display frames 17102, 17104, 17106, 17108may include: an inspection dimension layer 17040; a coating layer 17044;a part overlay layer 17074; a scheduled maintenance layer 17078; and/ora planned downtime layer 17080.

Referencing FIG. 216, an example system 21600 for rapid validation ofinspection data provided by an inspection robot is depicted. A systemhaving the capability to perform rapid validation of inspection dataprovides numerous benefits over previously known systems, for exampleproviding for earlier communication of inspection data to customers ofthe data, such as an owner or operator of a facility having aninspection surface. Sharing of inspection data with the consumer of thedata requires that the data be validated, to manage risk, liability, andto ensure that the inspection data can be utilized for the intendedpurpose, which may include providing the data to regulatory agencies,for maintenance records, to fulfill contractual obligations, and/or topreserve inspection information that may be later accessed for legal,regulatory, or other critical purposes. Additionally, providing accessto the inspection data may be later understood for certain purposes toput the customer on notice of the results indicated by the inspectiondata. Accordingly, before inspection information is shared to a customerof the data, including before information is made available for accessto a customer of the data, validation of the data, for example to ensurethat the inspection data collected accurately represents the conditionof the inspection surface. Additionally, the availability of rapidvalidation of inspection data has a number of additional benefits inview of the embodiments of inspection robots and related systems,procedures, and the like, of the present disclosure. For example, rapidvalidation of inspection data allows for reconfiguration of theinspection robot, allowing for a corrective action to be taken duringthe inspection operations and achieve a successful inspection operation.The availability of highly configurable inspection robot embodimentsfurther allows for configuring an inspection robot to address issues ofthe inspection operation that lead to invalid data collection.

A data validation that is rapid, as used herein, and without limitationto any other aspect of the present disclosure, includes a validationcapable of being performed in a time relevant to the considereddownstream utilization of the validated data. For example, a validationthat can be performed during the inspection operation, and/or before thecompletion of the inspection operation, may be considered a rapidvalidation of inspection data in certain embodiments, allowing for thecompletion of the inspection operation configured to address issues ofthe inspection operation that lead invalid data collection. Certainfurther example rapid validation times include: a validation that can beperformed before the operator leaves the location of the inspectionsurface (e.g., without requiring the inspection robot be returned to aservice or dispatching facility for reconfiguration); a validation thatcan be performed during a period of time before a downstream customer(e.g., an owner or operator of a facility including the inspectionsurface; an operator of the inspection robot performing the inspectionoperations; and/or a user related to the operator of the inspectionrobot, such as a supporting operator, supervisor, data verifier, etc.)has a requirement to utilize the inspection data; and/or a validationthat can be performed within a specified period of time (e.g., before asecond inspection operation of a second inspection surface at a samefacility including both the inspection surface and the second inspectionsurface; within a specified calendar period such as a day, three days, aweek, etc.), for example to ensure that a subsequent inspectionoperation can be performed with a configuration responsive to issuesthat lead to the invalid data collection. An example rapid validationoperation includes a validation that can be performed within a specifiedtime related to interactions between an entity related to the operatorof the inspection robot and an entity related to a downstream customer.For example, the specified time may be a time related to an invoicingperiod for the inspection operation, a warranty period for theinspection operation, a review period for the inspection operation, andor a correction period for the inspection operation. Any one or more ofthe specified times related to interactions between the entities may bedefined by contractual terms related to the inspection operation,industry standard practices related to the inspection operation, anunderstanding developed between the entities related to the inspectionoperation, and/or the ongoing conduct of the entities for a numberinspection operations related to the inspection operation, where thenumber of inspection operations may be inspection operations for relatedfacilities, related inspection surfaces, and/or previous inspectionoperations for the inspection surface. One of skill in the art, havingthe benefit of the disclosure herein and information ordinarilyavailable when contemplating a particular system and/or inspectionrobot, can readily determine validation operations and validation timeperiods that are rapid validations for the purposes of the particularsystem.

An example system 21600 includes an inspection robot 21602 thatinterprets inspection base data including data provided by an inspectionrobot interrogating an inspection surface with a plurality of inspectionsensors. The inspection robot 21602 may include an inspection robotconfigured according to any of the embodiments or aspects as set forthin the present disclosure.

The example system 21600 includes a controller 21604 configured toperform rapid inspection data validation operations. The controller21604 includes a number of circuits configured to functionally executeoperations of the controller 21604. An example controller 21604 includesan inspection data circuit that interprets inspection base datacomprising data provided by the inspection robot interrogating theinspection surface with a number of inspection sensors, an inspectionprocessing circuit that determines refined inspection data in responseto the inspection base data, an inspection data validation circuit thatdetermines an inspection data validity value in response to the refinedinspection data, and a user communication circuit that provides a datavalidity description to a user device in response to the inspection datavalidity value. Further details of an example controller 21604 areprovided in the portion referencing FIG. 217. The example system 21600further includes a user device 21606 that is communicatively coupled tothe controller 21604. The user device 21606 is configured to provide auser interface for interacting operations of the controller 21604 withthe user 21610, including providing information, alerts, and/ornotifications to the user 21610, receiving user requests or inputs andcommunicating those to the controller 21604, and accessing a data store21608, for example to provide access to data for the user 21610.

Referencing FIG. 217, an example controller 21604 for performingoperations to rapidly validate inspection data is depicted. The examplecontroller 21604 is compatible for use in a system 21600 such as thesystem of FIG. 216. The example controller 21604 includes an inspectiondata circuit 21902 that interprets inspection base data 21910 includingdata provided by an inspection robot interrogating an inspection surfacewith a number of inspection sensors. The example controller 21604further includes an inspection processing circuit 21904 that determinesrefined inspection data 21916 in response to the inspection base data21910. The refined inspection data 21916 includes processed data fromthe inspection base data 21910, such as refined UT sensor data todetermine wall thickness values, coating values, or the like, EM sensordata (e.g., induction data, conductive material proximity data, or thelike), and/or combined sensor data utilized in models, virtual sensors,or other post-processed values from the inspection base data 21910. Theexample controller 21604 includes an inspection data validation circuit21908 that determines an inspection data validity value 21914 thatprovides a data validity description 21912 in response to the refinedinspection data 21916. Without limitation to any other aspect of thepresent disclosure, the inspection data validation circuit 21908determines the inspection data validity value 21914 in response todetermining a consistency of the inspection base data 21910 (e.g.,comparing a rate of change of the data versus time, sampling values,and/or position on the inspection surface), compared to expected valuesand/or rationalized values, and/or relative to detected conditions(e.g., a lifted payload and/or sensor, a fault condition of a componentof the inspection robot, the presence of an obstacle, etc.) to determinethe inspection data validity value 21914.

The example controller 21604 further includes a user communicationcircuit 21906 that provides a data validity description 21912 to a userdevice in response to the inspection data validity value 21914. Incertain embodiments, the data validity description 21912 includes anindication that inspection data values are validated, potentially notvalid, likely to be invalid, and/or confirmed to be invalid. In certainembodiments, the data validity description 21912 is provided as a layer,dimension, and/or data value overlaid onto a depiction of the inspectionsurface. In certain embodiments, the user associated with the userdevice is an operator, a user related to the operator of the inspectionrobot, such as a supporting operator, supervisor, data verifier, etc.,and/or a downstream customer of the inspection data. In certainembodiments, information provided with the inspection data validityvalue 21914, and/or the data and/or format of the inspection datavalidity value 21914, is configured according to the user. For example,where the user is a downstream customer of the inspection data, theinspection data validity value 21914 may be limited to a generaldescription of the inspection operation, such as to avoid communicatingpotentially invalid inspection data to the downstream customer. Inanother example, such as for a user associated with an operator of theinspection information that may be verifying the inspection operationand/or inspection data, the inspection data validity value 21914 mayinclude and/or be provided with additional data, such as parameterutilized to determine that the inspection data validity value 21914 maybe low, fault code status of the inspection robot, indicators of theinspection robot condition (e.g., actuator positions, inspection sensorsactive, power levels, couplant flow rates, etc.).

In certain embodiments, the controller 21604 includes the usercommunication circuit 21906 further providing the inspection datavalidity value 21914 as a notification or an alert, for example inresponse to determining the inspection data validity value 21914 is nota confirmed valid value. In certain embodiments, the notification and/oralert is provided to the user device, which may be one of several userdevices, such as a computing device, a mobile device, a laptop, adesktop, or the like. In certain embodiments, the user communicationcircuit 21906 provides the notification or alert to the user device bysending a text message, e-mail, message for an application, publishingthe notice to a web portal, web pages, monitoring application, or thelike, where the communication is accessible to the user device.

An example user communication circuit 21906 provides at least a portionof the refined inspection data 21916 to the user device in response todetermining the inspection data validity value 21914 is not a confirmedvalid value. For example the user communication circuit 21906 mayprovide the refined inspection data 21916 that is associated with thepotential invalidation determination, representative data values fromthe refined inspection data 21916 that is associated with the potentialinvalidation determination, and/or data preceding the refined inspectiondata 21916 that is associated with the potential invalidationdetermination. In certain embodiments, the parameters of the refinedinspection data 21916 that are provided with the data validitydescription 21912 are configured at least partially in response to auser validity request value 21928.

An example user communication circuit 21906 further provides refinementmetadata 21918 corresponding to the portion of the refined inspectiondata 21916 provided with the data validity description 21912. Exampleand non-limiting refinement metadata 21918 values include one or moreof: sensor calibration values corresponding to the number of inspectionsensors (e.g., calibration settings for the sensors, values used tocalculate wall thickness, delay line values, etc.), a fault descriptionfor the inspection robot (e.g., faults active, faults in processing suchas faults about to be set, faults recently cleared, etc.), a couplingdescription for the number of inspection sensors (e.g., direct orindirect indicators whether sensor coupling to the inspection surface issuccessful, such as actuator positions, down force descriptions,couplant pressure parameters, sled positions, etc.), a re-couplingoperation record for the number of inspection sensors (e.g., re-couplingoperations performed over time and/or inspection surface positionpreceding and/or during the potentially invalid data, for exampleallowing for determination of an indication of a coupling problem,statistical analysis of re-coupling events, or the like), a scoringvalue record for the at least a portion of the refined inspection data(e.g., determinations of refined inspection data determined from aprimary mode scoring value relative to a secondary mode scoring value,progression of scores over time and/or related to inspection surfaceposition, scores utilized for data collection, ratios of primary mode tosecondary mode scores utilized for data collection, etc.), and/oroperational data for the inspection robot (e.g., to allow fordetermination of anomalies in operational data, to confirm thatoperations are nominal, track trends, or the like).

An example user communication circuit 21906 provides offset refinedinspection data 21920 to the user device in response to determining theinspection data validity value 21914 is not a confirmed valid value. Forexample, the offset refined inspection data 21920 may include datapreceding the refined inspection data 21916 associated with thepotentially invalid data, related data such as data taken in a similarposition (e.g., a similar vertical position, dating having similarscoring or other operational parameters to the potentially invalid data,or the like). In certain embodiments, the user communication circuit21906 further provides offset metadata 21922 corresponding to the offsetrefined inspection data 21920.

An example inspection data validation circuit 21908 further determinesthe inspection data validity value 21914 as a categorical description ofthe inspection data validity status, such as: a confirmed valid value, asuspect valid value, a suspect invalid value, and/or a confirmed invalidvalue. In certain embodiments, the categorical description may bedetermined according to the determinations made in response to theinformation utilized to determine the inspection data validity value21914 and the confidence in that information. In certain embodiments,where the refined inspection data 21916 has indicators that the data maybe invalid (e.g., a fault code, coupling information, etc.) but the dataappears to be valid (e.g., consistent with adjacent data, withinexpected ranges, etc.), the data may be determined as a suspect validvalue. In certain embodiments, wherein the refined inspection data 21916has stronger indicator that the data may be invalid, and/or the data ismarginally valid, the data may be determined as a suspect invalid value.In certain embodiments, where a determinative indicator is present thatthe data is not valid (e.g., a sensor has failed, a position of thesled/sensor is inconsistent with valid data, etc.) and/or indicatorsthat the data is very likely to be invalid, the data may be determinedto be confirmed invalid.

In certain embodiments, the inspection data validation circuit 21908determines the inspection data validity value 21914 in response to avalidity index description 21924, and comparing the validity indexdescription 21924 to a number of validity threshold values (e.g., valuesdetermined to relate to validity descriptions, such as valid, invalid,and/or suspected versions of these). In certain embodiments, thevalidity index description 21924 may be determined by scoring a numberof contributing factors to the invalidity determination, and combiningthe contributing factors into an index for relative comparison ofinvalidity determinations. An example inspection data validation circuit21908 further determines the inspection data validity value 21914 inresponse to a validity event detection 21926. In certain embodiments,certain events provide a strong indication that related data is invalid,and/or provide a determinative indication that related data is invalid.For example, certain fault codes and/or failed components of theinspection robot may indicate that related data may be invalid and/or ismore likely to be invalid. In certain embodiments, certain indicatorssuch as a raised payload, a deactivated sensor, or the like, may providea determinative indication that related data is invalid.

In certain embodiments, the user communication circuit 21906 furtherprovides the inspection data validity value 21914 as one of anotification or an alert in response to determining the inspection datavalidity value is not a confirmed valid value. In certain furtherembodiments, the user communication circuit 21906 further configures acontent of the one of the notification or the alert in response to avalue of the inspection data validity value 21914, for example providinga more intrusive alert or notification in response to an inspection datavalidity value 21914 indicating a higher likelihood of invalid data,and/or based on the criticality of the potentially invalid data.

An example user communication circuit 21906 further interprets a uservalidity request value 21928 and provides one or more of a portion ofthe refined inspection data 21916 to the user device in response to theuser validity request value 21928, a portion of the refined inspectiondata 21916 to the user device in response to the user validity requestvalue 21928, offset refined inspection data 21920, and/or offsetmetadata 2192 corresponding to the offset refined inspection data 21920in response to the user validity request value 21928.

Referencing FIG. 220, an example procedure for providing rapid datavalidation includes an operation 22002 to determine refined inspectiondata in response to inspection base data provided by an inspection robotinterrogating an inspection surface with a plurality of inspectionsensors, an operation 22004 to determine an inspection data validityvalue in response to the refined inspection data, and an operation 22006to provide a data validity description to a user device in response tothe inspection data validity value.

The example procedure further includes an operation 22008 to determinewhether the inspection data validity value indicates that the refinedinspection data is a confirmed valid value. In response to the operation22008 determining the refined inspection data is not a confirmed validvalue, the procedure includes an operation 22010 to provide an alertand/or notification to a user device. The example procedure furtherincludes an operation 22012 to provide the refined inspection dataand/or metadata corresponding to the refined inspection data, and anoperation 22014 to provide offset refined data and/or offset metadatacorresponding to the offset refined data.

Referencing FIG. 221, an example procedure for providing rapid datavalidation includes an operation 22102 to interpret a user validityrequest value, for example request values relating to alerts and/ornotifications to be provided, and/or related to data to be provided tothe user in response to a determination that potentially invalidinspection data is found. The example procedure further includes anoperation 22104 to configure alerts and/or notifications in response tothe user validity request value. The example procedure further includesan operation 22106 to determine an inspection data validity value basedon a validity index description and/or a validity event detection. Theexample procedure further includes an operation 22008 to determinewhether the inspection data validity value is a confirmed valid value.In response to the operation 22008 determining that the inspection datavalidity value is not a confirmed valid value, the procedure includes anoperation 22010 to provide an alert and/or notification to the userdevice. The example procedure further includes an operation 22102 tointerpret a user validity request value (e.g., to configure data valuesprovided in response to detected potentially invalid data, and/or toprovide alert and/or notification information), and an operation 22108to configure provided data based on the user validity request value. Theexample procedure further includes an operation 22110 to provide refinedinspection data, offset refined inspection data, and/or metadata for oneor more of these, in response to a determination that potentiallyinvalid inspection data is present.

Referencing FIG. 160, an example controller 16102 is depicted, where thecontroller 16102 is configured to perform operations for rapid responseto inspection data, for example inspection data collected by aninspection robot performing an inspection operation on an inspectionsurface. The example controller 16102 includes a number of circuitsconfigured to functionally execute certain operations of the controller16102. The example controller 16102 depicts an example logicalarrangement of circuits for clarity of the description, but circuits maybe distributed, in whole or part, among a number of controllers,including an inspection robot controller, a base station controller, anoperator computing device, a user device, a server and/or cloudcomputing device, and/or as an application provided at least in part onany one or more of the foregoing. In certain embodiments, the controller16102 and/or portions of the controller 16102 are utilizable to performcertain operations associated with embodiments presented throughout thepresent disclosure.

A response, as used herein, and without limitation to any other aspectof the present disclosure, includes an adjustment to at least one of: aninspection configuration for the inspection robot while on the surface(e.g., a change to sensor operations; couplant operations; robottraversal commands and/or pathing; payload configurations; and/or downforce configuration for a payload, sled, sensor, etc.); a change todisplay operations of the inspection data; a change to inspection dataprocessing operations, including determining raw sensor data, minimalprocessing operations, and/or processed data values (e.g., wallthickness, coating thickness, categorical descriptions, etc.); aninspection configuration for the inspection robot performed with theinspection robot removed from the inspection surface (e.g., changedwheel configurations, changed drive module configurations; adjustedand/or swapped payloads; changes to sensor configurations (e.g.,switching out sensors and/or sensor positions); changes to hardwarecontrollers (e.g., switching a hardware controller, changing firmwareand/or calibrations for a hardware controller, etc.); and/or changing atether coupled to the inspection robot. The described responses arenon-limiting examples, and any other adjustments, changes, updates, orresponses set forth throughout the present disclosure are contemplatedherein for potential rapid response operations. Certain responses aredescribed as performed while the inspection robot is on the inspectionsurface and other responses are described as performed with theinspection robot removed from the inspection surface, although any givenresponse may be performed in the other condition, and the availabilityof a given response as on-surface or off-surface may further depend uponthe features and configuration of a particular inspection robot, as setforth in the multiple embodiments described throughout the presentdisclosure. Additionally or alternatively, certain responses may beavailable only during certain operating conditions while the inspectionrobot is on the inspection surface, for example when the inspectionrobot is in a location physically accessible to an operator, and/or whenthe inspection robot can pause physical movement and/or inspectionoperations such as data collection. One of skill in the art, having thebenefit of the present disclosure and information ordinarily availablewhen contemplating a particular system and/or inspection robot, canreadily determine response operations available for the particularsystem and/or inspection robot.

A response that is rapid, as used herein, and without limitation to anyother aspect of the present disclosure, includes a response capable ofbeing performed in a time relevant to the considered downstreamutilization of the response. For example, a response that can beperformed during the inspection operation, and/or before the completionof the inspection operation, may be considered a rapid response incertain embodiments, allowing for the completion of the inspectionoperation utilizing the benefit of the rapid response. Certain furtherexample rapid response times include: a response that can be performedat the location of the inspection surface (e.g., without requiring theinspection robot be returned to a service or dispatching facility forreconfiguration); a response that can be performed during a period oftime wherein a downstream customer (e.g., an owner or operator of afacility including the inspection surface; an operator of the inspectionrobot performing the inspection operations; and/or a user related to theoperator of the inspection robot, such as a supporting operator,supervisor, data verifier, etc.) of the inspection data is reviewing theinspection data and/or a visualization corresponding to the inspectiondata; and/or a response that can be performed within a specified periodof time (e.g., before a second inspection operation of a secondinspection surface at a same facility including both the inspectionsurface and the second inspection surface; within a specified calendarperiod such as a day, three days, a week, etc.). An example rapidresponse includes a response that can be performed within a specifiedtime related to interactions between an entity related to the operatorof the inspection robot and an entity related to a downstream customer.For example, the specified time may be a time related to an invoicingperiod for the inspection operation, a warranty period for theinspection operation, a review period for the inspection operation, andor a correction period for the inspection operation. Any one or more ofthe specified times related to interactions between the entities may bedefined by contractual terms related to the inspection operation,industry standard practices related to the inspection operation, anunderstanding developed between the entities related to the inspectionoperation, and/or the ongoing conduct of the entities for a numberinspection operations related to the inspection operation, where thenumber of inspection operations may be inspection operations for relatedfacilities, related inspection surfaces, and/or previous inspectionoperations for the inspection surface. One of skill in the art, havingthe benefit of the disclosure herein and information ordinarilyavailable when contemplating a particular system and/or inspectionrobot, can readily determine response operations and response timeperiods that are rapid responses for the purposes of the particularsystem.

Certain considerations for determining whether a response is a rapidresponse include, without limitation, one or more of:

the purpose of the inspection operation, how the downstream customerwill utilize the inspection data from the inspection operation, and/ortime periods related to the utilization of the inspection data;

entity interaction information such as time periods wherein inspectiondata can be updated, corrected, improved, and/or enhanced and still meetcontractual obligations, customer expectations, and/or industry standardobligations related to the inspection data;

source information related to the response, such as whether the responseaddresses an additional request for the inspection operation after theinitial inspection operation was performed, whether the responseaddresses initial requirements for the inspection operation that wereavailable before the inspection operation was commenced, whether theresponse addresses unexpected aspects of the inspection surface and/orfacility that were found during the inspection operations, whether theresponse addresses an issue that is attributable to the downstreamcustomer and/or facility owner or operator, such as:

inspection surface has a different configuration than was indicated atthe time the inspection operation was requested;

the facility owner or operator has provided inspection conditions thatare different than planned conditions, such as couplant availability,couplant composition, couplant temperature, distance from an availablebase station location to the inspection surface, coating composition orthickness related to the inspection surface, vertical extent of theinspection surface, geometry of the inspection surface such as pipediameters and/or tank geometry, availability of network infrastructureat the facility, availability of position determination supportinfrastructure at the facility, operating conditions of the inspectionsurface (e.g., temperature, obstacles, etc.);

additional inspected conditions are requested than were indicated at thetime of the inspection operation was requested; and/or

additional inspection robot capabilities such as marking, repair, and/orcleaning are requested than were indicated at the time the inspectionoperation was requested.

The example controller 16102 includes an inspection data circuit 16104that interprets inspection base data 16106 (e.g., raw sensor data and/orminimally processed data inspection sensors) provided by an inspectionrobot 16140 interrogating an inspection surface with a number ofinspection sensors 16142. The example controller 161012 further includesan inspection processing circuit 16108 that determines refinedinspection data 16110 (e.g., processed inspection data, determined statevalues and/or categories related to the inspection surface from theinspection data, data values configured for depiction or display on auser device, and/or any other refined inspection data according to thepresent disclosure) in response to the inspection base data 16106, andan inspection configuration circuit 16112 that determines an inspectionresponse value 16114 in response to the refined inspection data 16110.The example controller 16102 includes an inspection response circuit16116 that provides an inspection command value 16118 in response to theinspection response value 16114.

Example and non-limiting inspection command values 16118 include one ormore commands configured for communication to the inspection robot16140, such that the inspection robot 16140 can change a configurationaspect (e.g., a sensor setting and/or enable value; an actuator settingor position; an inspection plan such as inspection route and/orinspection operations to be performed for selected regions of theinspection surface) in response to the inspection command value 16118.Additionally or alternatively, inspection command values 16118 may beproved to any other aspect of a system including the controller 16102,including without limitation command values to adjust inspection datadisplays, inspection data processing operations, inspection robotconfigurations communicated to an operator (and/or operator device) foradjustment of the inspection robot configuration at the location of theinspection surface, and/or inspection robot configurations communicatedto a user (and/or user device) related to the operator of the inspectionrobot, such as a supporting operator, supervisor, data verifier of theinspection data.

In certain embodiments, the inspection configuration circuit 16112provides the inspection command values 16118 during the interrogating ofthe inspection surface by the inspection robot 16140, for example toprovide for configuration updates during the inspection operation.Additionally or alternatively, the inspection configuration circuit16112 provides the inspection command values 16118 to provide for arapid response configuration of the inspection robot, to provide forconfiguration updates within a time period that would be considered arapid response for a system including the controller 16102.

In certain embodiments, the controller 16102 includes a usercommunication circuit 16120 that provides the refined inspection data16110 to a user device 16124, and receives a user response command16122, where the inspection configuration circuit 16112 furtherdetermines the inspection response value 16114 in response to the userresponse command 16122. For example, the user device 16124 may be adevice accessible to a user such as a downstream customer of theinspection data, allowing for the user to make additional inspectionrequests, to change conditions that are determined from the inspectiondata, or the like, during the inspection operations and/or within a timeperiod consistent with a rapid response time period. In another example,the user device 16124 may be a device accessible to a user related tothe operator of the inspection robot, such as a supporting operator,supervisor, data verifier of the inspection data.

In a further example, the user observes the refined inspection data16110, such as in a display or visualization of the inspection data, andprovides the user response command 16122 in response to the refinedinspection data 16110, for example requesting that additional data ordata types be collected, requesting that additional conditions (e.g.,anomalies, damage, condition and/or thickness of a coating, higherresolution determinations—either spatial resolution such as closer ormore sparse data collection positions, or sensed data resolution such ashigher or lower precision sensing values, etc.) be inspected, extendingthe inspection surface region to be inspected, and/or omittinginspection of regions of the inspection surface that were originallyplanned for inspection. In certain embodiments, the user responsecommand 16122 allows the user to change inspection operations inresponse to the results of the inspection operations, for example wherethe inspection surface is found to be in a better or worse conditionthan expected, where an unexpected condition or data value is detectedduring the inspection, and/or where external considerations to theinspection occur (e.g., more or less time are available for theinspection, a system failure occurs related to the facility or an offsetfacility, or the like) and the user wants to make a change to theinspection operations in response to the external condition. In certainembodiments, the user response command 16122 allows for the user tochange inspection operations in response to suspected invalid data(e.g., updating sensor calibrations, performing coupling operations toensure acoustic coupling between a sensor and the inspection surface,and/or repeating inspection operations to ensure that the inspectiondata is repeatable for a region of the inspection surface), in responseto a condition of the inspection surface such as an assumed value (e.g.,wall thickness, coating thickness and/or composition, and/or presence ofdebris) that may affect processing the refined inspection data 16110,allowing for corrections or updates to sensor settings, couplant flowrates, down force provisions, speed of the inspection robot,distribution of sensors, etc. responsive to the difference in theassumed value and the inspection determined condition of the inspectionsurface.

An example controller 16102 further includes a publishing circuit 16128that provides the refined inspection data 16110 to a remove server16130, which may be a computing device communicatively coupled to thecontroller 16102 and one or more user devices 16124, for example tooperate a web portal, web page, mobile application, proprietaryapplication, database, API related to the refined inspection data 16110,and/or that operates as a data store for inspection base data 16106and/or refined inspection data 16110. In the example, the usercommunication circuit 16120 receives the user response command 16122,and the inspection configuration circuit 16112 determines the inspectionresponse value 16114 in response to the user response command 16122.

An example controller 16102 includes an inspection map configurationcircuit that updates an inspection map 16134 in response to theinspection command value 16118. An example inspection map 16134 includesone or more of: planned inspection region(s) of the inspection surface;inspection operations to be performed for each of one or more regions ofthe inspection surface; and/or configurations of the inspection robot(e.g., down force, payload configurations, sensor distributions, sensortypes to be utilized, and/or sled configurations such as ramp heights,slope, and/or pivot arrangements) for each of one or more regions of theinspection surface. An example controller 16102 further includes asensor reconfiguration circuit 16138 that provides a configurationparameter 16136 to the inspection robot 16140 in response to areconfiguration command (e.g., sensor configuration parametersresponsive to the inspection map and/or updates to the inspection map).In certain embodiments, an update to the inspection map 16134 includesthe reconfiguration command, and/or includes an update to a travel pathof the inspection robot 16140. An example reconfiguration commandincludes a change to at attribute such as a sensor spacing (e.g.,horizontal and/or vertical), a couplant flow (e.g., a rate of flowand/or a change to a couplant flow re-coupling operation timing,triggering conditions, and/or flow rate), and/or a force on aninspection sensor (e.g., an active or passive down force, and/or achange in operations of a biasing member and/or an actuator of apayload, arm, and/or sled associated with the inspection sensor). Anexample update to the travel path of the inspection robot 16140 includesan update to re-traverse a portion of the inspection surface. An exampleupdate to the travel path of the inspection robot 16140 includes anupdate to an x-y coverage resolution of the inspection robot 16140(e.g., a macro resolution, such as a distance between inspected regionsof a payload, a distance between horizontal inspection lanes; and/or amicro-resolution such as a distance between adjacent sensors of apayload and/or of the inspection robot).

The example utilizes x-y coverage resolution to illustrate theinspection surface as a two-dimensional surface having a generallyhorizontal (or perpendicular to the travel direction of the inspectionrobot) and vertical (or parallel to the travel direction of theinspection robot) component of the two-dimensional surface. However, itis understood that the inspection surface may have a three-dimensionalcomponent, such as a region within a tank having a surface curvaturewith three dimensions, a region having a number of pipes or otherfeatures with a depth dimension, or the like. In certain embodiments,the x-y coverage resolution describes the surface of the inspectionsurface as traversed by the inspection robot, which may be twodimensional, conceptually two dimensional with aspects have a threedimensional component, and/or three dimensional. The description ofhorizontal and vertical as related to the direction of travel is anon-limiting example, and the inspection surface may have a firstconceptualization of the surface (e.g., x-y in a direction unrelated tothe traversal direction of the inspection robot), where the inspectionrobot traverses the inspection surface in a second conceptualization ofthe surface (e.g., x-y axes oriented in a different manner than the x-ydirections of the first conceptualization), where the operations of theinspection robot 16140 such as movement paths and/or sensor inspectionlocations performed in the second conceptualization are transformed andtracked in the first conceptualization (e.g., by the inspection mapconfiguration circuit 16132, a controller on the inspection robot, acontroller on a base station, etc.) to ensure that the desiredinspection coverage from the view of the first conceptualization areachieved. Accordingly, the user response command 16122 andcommunications to the user device 16124 can be operated in the firstconceptualization or the second conceptualization according to thepreferences of the user, an administrator for the system, the operator,or the like.

While the first conceptualization and the second conceptualization aredescribed in relation to a two-dimensional description of the inspectionsurface for clarity of the present description, either or both of thefirst conceptualization and the second conceptualization may includethree-dimensional components and/or may be three-dimensionaldescriptions of the inspection surface. In certain embodiments, thefirst conceptualization and the second conceptualization may be the sameand/or overlay each other (e.g., where the traversal axes of the robotdefine the view of the inspection surface, and/or where the axes of theinspection surface view and the traversal axes of the robot coincide).

While the first conceptualization and the second conceptualization aredescribed in terms of the inspection robot traversal and the user deviceinterface 16124, additional or alternative conceptualizations arepossible, such as in terms of an operator view of the inspectionsurface, other users of the inspection surface, and/or analysis of theinspection surface (e.g., where aligning one axis with a true verticalof the inspection surface, aligning an axis with a temperature gradientof the inspection surface, or other arrangement may provide a desirablefeature for the conceptualization for some purpose of the particularsystem).

In certain embodiments, the user may provide a desired conceptualization(e.g., orientation of x-y axes, etc.) as a user response command 16122,and/or as any other user interaction as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, allowing for the user to interface with depictions of theinspection surface in any desired manner. It can be seen that theutilization of one or more conceptualizations of the inspection surfaceprovide for simplification of certain operations of aspects of systems,procedures, and/or controllers throughout the present disclosure (e.g.,user interfaces, operator interfaces, inspection robot movementcontrols, etc.). It can be seen that the utilization of one or moreconceptualizations of the inspection surface allow for combinedconceptualizations that have distinct dimensionality, such astwo-dimensional for a first conceptualization (e.g., traversal commandsand/or sensor distributions for an inspection robot operating on acurved surface such as a tank interior, where the curved surfaceincludes a related three-dimensional conceptualization; and/or where afirst conceptualization eliminates the need for a dimension, such as byaligning an axis perpendicular to a cylindrical inspection surface), anda either three-dimensional or a non-simple transformation to a differenttwo-dimensional for a second conceptualization (e.g., aconceptualization having an off-perpendicular axis for a cylindricalinspection surface, where a progression of that axis along theinspection surface would be helical, leading to either a threedimensional conceptualization, or a complex transformed two dimensionalconceptualization).

Referencing FIG. 161, an example procedure for rapid reconfiguration ofan inspection robot is depicted. The example procedure includes anoperation 16202 to interrogate an inspection surface with a number ofsensors, an operation 16204 to interpret inspection base data from thesensors, and an operation 16206 to determine refined inspection data inresponse to the inspection base data. The example procedure furtherincludes an operation 16208 to determine an inspection response valueduring the interrogating. The example operation 16208 may additionallyor alternatively determine the response value during a period of timethat corresponds to a rapid response time. The example procedure furtherincludes an operation 16224 to determine an inspection command value inresponse to the inspection response value.

The example procedure may further include an operation 16210 to providethe refined inspection data to a user device, remove server or service,and/or to an operator device, an operation 16212 to receive a userresponse command from the user device, remove server or service, and/orthe operator device, and an operation 16214 to determine the inspectionresponse value further in response to the user response command.

The example procedure may further include an operation 16216 to updatean inspection map in response to the inspection command value. Theexample procedure may further include an operation 16218 to provide areconfiguration command, and/or an operation 16220 to update a travelpath of the inspection robot, in response to the inspection commandvalue. The example procedure may further include an operation 16220 toupdate an x-y coverage resolution of the inspection robot in response tothe inspection command value. In certain embodiments, the operation16220 includes providing an updated inspection map for operation 16216,and/or providing an updated travel path for operation 16220. In certainembodiments, operation 16220 includes an operation to update coverageresolution of the inspection robot in response to the inspection commandvalue, where the updated coverage resolution corresponds to a selectedconceptualization of the inspection surface.

Referencing FIG. 162, an example inspection robot 16302 is depicted,with the inspection robot 16302 operable to perform rapid responseconfiguration and/or reconfiguration for inspection operations of aninspection surface. In certain embodiments, the example inspection robot16302 is compatible to interact with a controller is configured toperform operations for rapid response to inspection data (e.g.,reference FIG. 160 and the related description), and/or may includeportions or all of such a controller. Rapid response configurationand/or reconfiguration inspection operations include, withoutlimitation, configuration and/or reconfiguration operations performedduring an inspection operation, and/or performed during a period of timethat corresponds to a rapid response time. An example inspection robot16302 may additionally or alternatively include any components,features, and/or aspects of embodiments for an inspection robot as setforth throughout the present disclosure.

The example inspection robot 16302 includes an inspection chassis 16304having a number of inspection sensors 16306 configured to interrogate aninspection surface. In certain embodiments, the inspection chassis 16304corresponds to an inspection robot body, a center chassis, a robotchassis, and/or other similar terminology as utilized throughout thepresent disclosure. In certain embodiments, the inspection chassis 16304further includes a payload, for example a payload coupled to theinspection robot body, and having at least some of the inspectionsensors 16306 coupled thereto. Any example payloads and/or inspectionsensors and coupling arrangements set forth throughout the presentdisclosure are contemplated herein.

The example inspection robot 16302 further includes a drive module 16308coupled to the inspection chassis 16304, for example a drive module16308 including one or more wheels, and power, mechanical, and/orcommunication interfaces to the inspection chassis 16304. The exampledrive module 16308 is structured to drive the inspection robot over theinspection surface, for example by powering at least one wheel of thedrive module 16308, thereby propelling the inspection robot 16302relative to the inspection surface.

The example inspection robot 16302 includes a controller 16310 having anumber of circuits configured to functionally execute operations of thecontroller 16310. The arrangement depicted in FIG. 162 is a non-limitingexample for clarity of description, and the arrangement of thecontroller 16310 and/or circuits thereof may vary, for example with thecontroller 16310 and/or portions thereof positioned on the inspectionchassis 16304 and/or other components of the inspection robot 16302,and/or portions of the controller 16310 positioned on a base station,operator computing device, user computing device, remote server, and/orother locations within a system including the inspection robot 16302.The example controller 16310 includes an inspection data circuit 16312that interprets inspection base data 16314 including data provided bythe inspection sensors 16306, and an inspection processing circuit 16316that determines refined inspection data 16318 in response to theinspection base data 16314. The example controller 16310 includes aninspection configuration circuit 16320 that determines an inspectionresponse value 16322 in response to the refined inspection data, and aninspection response circuit 16324 that provides an inspection commandvalue 16326 in response to the inspection response value 16322. Incertain embodiments, the inspection response circuit 16324 provides theinspection command value 16326 during the inspection operations of theinspection robot 16302, and/or during a period of time that correspondsto a rapid response time. In certain embodiments, the inspectionresponse value 16322 and/or the inspection command value 16326 may bedetermined in whole or part on a controller (e.g., controller 16102,reference FIG. 160) and received by the inspection configuration circuit16320 and/or inspection response circuit 16324 for utilization by thecontroller 16310 to perform configuration and/or reconfigurationoperations. In certain embodiments, the inspection configuration circuit16320 and/or inspection response circuit 16324 determine relevantportions of the received inspection response value 16322 and/or theinspection command value 16326 for operations of the inspection robot16302, and provide the relevant portions of inspection response value16322 and/or the inspection command value 16326 as response and/orcommand instructions for the inspection robot 16302 and/or relevantcomponents of the inspection robot 16302.

The example controller 16310 includes an inspection map configurationcircuit 16328 that updates an inspection map 16330 in response to theinspection command value 16326. An example controller 16310 furtherincludes a payload configuration circuit 16332 that provides areconfiguration command 16334 in response to the inspection commandvalue 16326. In certain embodiments, the payload configuration circuitmay additionally or alternatively be referenced as a payloadreconfiguration circuit and/or a sensor reconfiguration circuit, asoperations of the payload configuration circuit 16332 may adjust,readjust, and/or reconfigure the payload and/or inspection sensorscoupled to the payload. Example and non-limiting reconfigurationcommands 16334 include a sensor spacing (e.g., horizontal and/orvertical sensor spacing), a couplant flow (e.g., flow rate and/or flowresponse characteristics such as re-coupling flow responses), a changein an inspection sensor (e.g., activating or de-activating a sensor,data collection from the sensor, and/or determination of inspection basedata and/or refined data from the sensor; a change in a scale, sensedresolution, and/or calibrations for a sensor; and/or a change in asampling rate of the sensor), and/or a force on an inspection sensor(e.g., an active or passive down force, and/or a change in operations ofa biasing member and/or an actuator of a payload, arm, and/or sledassociated with the inspection sensor). An example inspection robot16302 is structured to re-traverse a portion of the inspection surface,and/or update an x-y coverage of the inspection operation, for examplein response to an update of the inspection map 16330.

An example inspection robot 16302 includes a trailing payload 16338structured to perform an operation on the inspection surface, such asaltering the inspection surface, in response to the inspection commandvalue 16326. The trailing payload 16338 may be coupled to a rear portionof the inspection chassis 16304. An example inspection robot 16302includes a payload operation circuit 16336 that selectively operates thetrailing payload 16338 in response to the inspection command value16326, wherein the inspection command value 16326 includes a command foran operation such as a repair of the inspection surface, painting theinspection surface, welding the inspection surface, and/or applying avisible mark to the inspection surface. An example inspection commandvalue 16326 may additionally or alternatively include a command for anoperation such as a cleaning operation for the inspection surface,application of a coating and/or material addition to the inspectionsurface, and/or applying a selectively visible mark to the inspectionsurface. An example inspection robot 16302 is further configure to sendan alarm and/or a notification to a user device in response to theinspection response value 16322, for example to notify the user and/oran operator that an off-nominal condition has been detected, that aconfiguration change to the inspection robot 16302 has been performed,and/or that a configuration change is unavailable and/or unsuccessful inwhole or part. In certain embodiments, an alert and/or a notification tothe user may be performed via a communication to an external controller(e.g., controller 16102 in FIG. 160), and/or the alert and/ornotification may be provided by any applicable circuit of the controller16310.

Referencing FIG. 210, an example system for providing real-timeprocessed inspection data to a user is depicted. The example systemincludes an inspection robot 100 positioned on an inspection surface500. The example inspection robot 100 includes any inspection robothaving a number of sensors associated therewith and configured toinspect a selected area. Without limitation to any other aspect of thepresent disclosure, an inspection robot 100 as set forth throughout thepresent disclosure, including any features or characteristics thereof,is contemplated for the example system depicted in FIG. 210. In certainembodiments, the inspection robot 100 may have one or more payloads, andmay include one or more sensors on each payload.

The example inspection robot 100 includes a number of sensors 2202,where the operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors2202 in proximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500and collect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspectionsurface 500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operationsto collect data associated with a given sensor, to perform datacollection associated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors,receiving data values from the sensors, or the like), and/or todetermine data in response to information provided by a sensor (e.g.,determining values, based on a model, from sensor data; convertingsensor data to a value based on a calibration of the sensor reading tothe corresponding data; and/or combining data from one or more sensorsor other information to determine a value of interest). A sensor 2202may be any type of sensor as set forth throughout the presentdisclosure, but includes at least a UT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g.,magnetic induction or the like), a temperature sensor, a pressuresensor, an optical sensor (e.g., infrared, visual spectrum, and/orultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g., a camera, pixel grid, or thelike), or combinations of these.

The example system further includes a controller 21002 having a numberof circuits configured to functionally perform operations of thecontroller 21002. The example system includes the controller 21002having an inspection data circuit that interprets inspection base datafrom the sensors 2202, an inspection processing circuit that determinesrefined inspection data in response to the inspection base data, and auser interface circuit that provides the refined inspection data to auser interface device 21006. The user interface circuit furthercommunicates with the user interface device 21006, for example tointerpret a user request value such as a request to change a displayvalue, to change inspection parameters, and/or to perform marking,cleaning, and/or repair operations related to the inspection surface500. The example controller 21002 may additionally or alternativelyinclude aspects of any controller, circuit, or similar device asdescribed throughout the present disclosure. Aspects of example circuitsmay be embodied as one or more computing devices, computer-readableinstructions configured to perform one or more operations of a circuitupon execution by a processor, one or more sensors, one or moreactuators, and/or communications infrastructure (e.g., routers, servers,network infrastructure, or the like). Further details of the operationsof certain circuits associated with the controller 21002 are set forth,without limitation, in the portion of the disclosure referencing FIG.211.

The example controller 21002 is depicted schematically as a singledevice for clarity of description, but the controller 21002 may be asingle device, a distributed device, and/or may include portions atleast partially positioned with other devices in the system (e.g., onthe inspection robot 100, or the user interface device 21006). Incertain embodiments, the controller 21002 may be at least partiallypositioned on a computing device associated with an operator of theinspection (not shown), such as a local computer at a facility includingthe inspection surface 500, a laptop, and/or a mobile device. In certainembodiments, the controller 21002 may alternatively or additionally beat least partially positioned on a computing device that is remote tothe inspection operations, such as on a web-based computing device, acloud computing device, a communicatively coupled device, or the like.

In certain embodiments, the controller 21002 communicates to the userinterface device 21006 using an intermediate structure 21004, such as aweb portal, mobile application service, network connection, or the like.In certain embodiments, the intermediate structure 21004 may be variedby the controller 21002 and/or a user 21008, for example allowing theuser 21008 to connect to the controller 21002 using a web portal at onetime, and a mobile application at a different time. The controller 21002may include operations such as performing an authentication operation, alogin operation, or other confirmation that a user 21008 is authorizedto interact with the controller 21002. In certain embodiments, theinteractions of the user 21008 may be limited according to permissionsrelated to the user 21008, the user interface device 21006, and/or anyother considerations (e.g., a location of the user, an operating stageof an inspection, a limitation imposed by an operator of the inspection,etc.). In certain embodiments, and/or during certain operatingconditions, the controller 21002 communicates directly with the userinterface device 21006, and/or the user 21008 may interface directlywith a computing device having at least a portion of the controller21002 positioned thereon.

The example system further includes the inspection data circuitresponsive to the user request value to adjust the interpretedinspection base data and/or the interrogation of the inspection surface.For example, and without limitation, the user request value may providefor a change to an inspection resolution (e.g., a horizontal distancebetween sensors 2202, a vertical distance at which sensor sampling isperformed, selected positions of the inspection surface 500 to beinterrogated, etc.), a change to sensor values (e.g., sensor resolutionsuch as dedicated bits for digitization; sensor scaling; sensorcommunicated data parameters; sensor minimum or maximum values, etc.), achange to the planned location trajectory of the inspection robot (e.g.,scheduling additional inspection passes, changing inspected areas,canceling planned inspection portions, adding inspection portions,etc.), and/or a change in sensor types (e.g., adding, removing, orreplacing utilized sensors). In certain embodiments, the inspection datacircuit responds to the user request value by performing an inspectionoperation that conforms with the user request value, by adjustinginspection operations to incrementally change the inspection scheme tobe closer to the user request value (e.g., where the user request valuecannot be met, where other constraints prevent the user request valuefrom being met, and/or where permissions of the user 21008 allow onlypartial performance of the user request value). In certain embodiments,a difference between the user request value and the adjusted interpretedinspection base data and/or interrogation scheme may be determined,and/or may be communicated to the user, an operator, an administrator,another entity, and/or recorded in association with the data (e.g., as adata field, metadata, label for the data, etc.).

In certain embodiments, the inspection processing circuit is responsiveto the user request value to adjust the determination of the refinedinspection data. In certain embodiments, certain sensed values utilize asignificant amount of post-processing to determine a data value. Forexample, a UT sensor may output a number of return times, which may befiltered, compared to thresholds, subjected to frequency analysis, orthe like. In certain embodiments, the inspection base data includesinformation provided by the sensor 2202, and/or information provided bythe inspection robot 100 (e.g., using processing capability on theinspection robot 100, hardware filters that act on the sensor 2202 rawdata, de-bounced data, etc.). The inspection base data may be rawdata—for example the actual response provided by the sensor such as anelectronic value (e.g., a voltage, frequency, or current output), butthe inspection base data may also be processed data (e.g., return times,temperature, pressure, etc.). As utilized herein, the refined inspectiondata is data that is subjected to further processing, generally to yielddata that provides a result value of interest (e.g., a thickness, or astate value such as “conforming” or “failed”) or that provides autilizable input for another model or virtual sensor (e.g., a correctedtemperature, corrected flow rate, etc.). Accordingly, the inspectionbase data includes information from the sensor, and/or processedinformation from the sensor, while the refined inspection data includesinformation from the inspection base data that has been subjected tofurther processing. In certain embodiments, the computing time and/ormemory required to determine the refined inspection data can be verysignificant. In certain embodiments, determination of the refinedinspection data can be improved with the availability of significantadditional data, such as data from offset and/or related inspectionsperformed in similar systems, calibration options for sensors, and/orcorrection options for sensors (e.g., based on ambient conditions;available power for the sensor; materials of the inspection surface,coatings, or the like; etc.). Accordingly, in previously known systems,the availability of refined inspection data was dependent upon themeeting of the inspection base data with significant computing resources(including processing, memory, and access to databases), introducingsignificant delays (e.g., downloading data from the inspection robot 100after an inspection is completed) and/or costs (e.g., highly capablecomputing devices on the inspection robot 100 and/or carried by aninspection operator) before the refined inspection data is available foranalysis. Further, previously known systems do not allow for theutilization of refined inspection data during inspection operations(e.g., making an adjustment before the inspection operation is complete)and/or utilization by a customer of the data (e.g., a user 21008) thatmay have a better understanding of the commercial considerations of theinspection output than an inspection operator.

Referencing FIG. 211, an example controller 21002 is depicted. Theexample controller 21002 is consistent with a controller usable in asystem, for example the system depicted in FIG. 210, although thecontroller 21002 and/or aspects thereof may be usable in any systemand/or with any embodiments set forth in the present disclosure.

The example controller 21002 includes an inspection data circuit 21102.The example inspection data circuit 21102 interprets inspection basedata 21122, including data provided by an inspection robot 100interrogating an inspection surface 500 with a number of inspectionsensors 2202. The example controller 21002 further includes aninspection processing circuit 21104 that determines refined inspectiondata 21110 in response to the inspection base data 21122.

The example controller further includes a user interface circuit 21106the provides the refined inspection data 21110 to a user interfacedevice. In certain embodiments, the refined inspection data 21110includes and/or is utilized to generate depictions of inspectionresults, including with quantified and/or qualitative values of theinspection results, such as wall thicknesses, coating thicknesses,compliant or non-compliant areas, service life descriptions (e.g., timeremaining until service is required, service cost or amortizationvalues, etc.), and/or any other values of interest determinable from therefined inspection data 21110. In certain embodiments, the refinedinspection data 21110 may additionally or alternatively include dataquality descriptions, such as confidence values, missing datadescriptions, and/or sensing or data processing quality descriptions. Incertain embodiments, the user interface circuit 21106 may be configuredto adjust the displayed data, the display type, and/or provide aselection interface allowing a user to choose from among available datadisplays. The example user interface circuit 21106 further interprets auser request value 21124, and determines an inspection command value21112 in response to the user request value 21124. In certainembodiments, the controller 21002 may be configured to utilize the userrequest value 21124 directly, where the user interface circuit 21106accordingly passes the user request value 21124 to other aspects of thecontroller 21002 as the inspection command value 21112. In certainembodiments, the user interface circuit 21106 determines which aspectsof the controller 21002 will be responsive to the user request value21124, and determines one or more inspection command values 21112 topass to the respective aspects of the controller 21002 to be responsiveto the user request value 21124. For example, a user request value 21124to inspect certain areas of the inspection surface 500, to change aplanned position trajectory of the inspection robot 100, or the like,may be passed as inspection adjustments 21116 by an inspectionconfiguration circuit 21108 to make appropriate adjustments to theinspection operations of the inspection robot 100 (e.g., utilizingcommand to the inspection robot 100, to an operator of the inspectionrobot 100, changing a planned path data structure, or the like). Theexample controller 21002 further includes the inspection configurationcircuit 21108 that provides the inspection command value(s) 21112 to theinspection robot 100 (and/or to other aspects of the system) during theinterrogating of the inspection surface 500 (e.g., while the inspectionis occurring, and/or before the inspection is considered to becomplete).

An example embodiment includes the inspection command value 21112including a command to adjust in inspection operation (e.g., inspectionadjustment 21116) of the inspection robot 100. Example and non-limitinginspection adjustments 21116 include adjusting an inspection locationtrajectory of the inspection robot (e.g., the region of the inspectionsurface to be inspected, the inspection pathing on the inspectionsurface, and/or the spatial order of inspection of the inspectionsurface), adjusting a calibration value of one of the inspection sensors(e.g., A/D conversion values, UT calibrations and/or assumptionsutilized to process signals, and/or other parameters utilized to operatesensors, interpret data, and/or post-process data from sensors), and/ora command to enable at least one additional inspection sensor (e.g.,activating an additional sensor, receiving data provided by the sensor,and/or storing data provided by the sensor). In certain embodiments, theat least one additional inspection sensor is a sensor having a differenttype of sensing relative to a previously operating sensor, and/or asensor having a different capability and/or different position on theinspection robot (e.g., positioned on a different payload, differentsled, and/or at a different position on a sled). An example inspectionadjustment 21116 command includes a command to enable at least oneadditional inspection operation, where the inspection processing circuit21104 determines the refined inspection data 21110 in response to the atleast one additional inspection operation. Example and non-limitingadditional inspection operations include re-inspecting at least portionof the inspection surface, performing an inspection with a sensor havingdistinct capabilities, sensing type, and/or calibrations relative to apreviously operating sensor, inspecting additional regions of theinspection surface beyond an initially planned region, changing aninspection resolution (e.g., a spacing between sensed locations),changing a traversal speed of the inspection robot during inspectionoperations, or the like.

An example inspection command value 21112 includes a command to performa repair operation 21118 of the inspection surface, such as a weldingoperation, applying a coating, a painting operation, a cleaningoperation 21120, and/or applying an additive operation (e.g., addingsubstrate material, a coating material, a marking material, and/or apaint) to at least a portion of the inspection surface. An exampleinspection command value 21112 includes an operation to perform amarking operation 21114 on the inspection surface. Example andnon-limiting marking operations include applying a visible mark,applying a selectively visible mark (e.g., a material visible undercertain conditions such as in the presence of a UV light), and/or anoperation to apply a virtual mark to at least a portion of theinspection surface. In certain embodiments, the marking operation 21114additionally includes performing operations such as cleaning, repairing,and/or collecting additional data in relation to the portion of theinspection surface to be marked. In certain embodiments, a markingoperation includes mitigation operations (e.g., to extend a servicetime, allow a facility to continue operations, and/or provide time toallow for additional inspections or subsequent service or repair to beperformed), inspection operations (e.g., gathering more detailedinformation, confirming information, imaging information, etc. relatedto the marked region), and/or cleaning operations (e.g., to ensure thatdata collection is reliable, to ensure that a mark adheres and/or can beseen, and/or to enhance related imaging information) for the markedregion of the inspection surface and/or adjacent regions.

An example inspection command value 21112 includes a command to capturea visual representation of at least a portion of the inspection surface,such as an image, a series of images, and/or video images, of the areato be marked, adjacent areas, and/or perspective views (e.g., to providecontext, allow for easier location of the marked area, etc.) of relatedto the region of the inspection surface to be marked.

An example inspection command value 21112 includes a display thresholdadjustment value, such as a threshold utilized to label, categorize,colorize, or otherwise depict aspects of the inspection data on a visualrepresentation of at least a portion of the inspection surface. Incertain embodiments, the display threshold adjustment value may bedetermined in response to the inspection data (e.g., to show anomalousregions based on the inspection data values, based on averages,quartiles, or other statistical determinations, etc.), in response touser request values 21124 received from a user interface provided to auser device, and/or in response to operator commands (e.g., from anoperator interacting with a base station, local computing device, mobilecomputing device, dedicated device communicatively coupled to theinspection robot, etc.).

In certain embodiments, a user device and/or user interface deviceincludes a computing device communicative coupled to the controller21002. Communicative coupling may be provided through a local areanetwork (e.g., a facility network where the facility includes theinspection surface), a wide area network, the internet, a webapplication, a mobile application, and/or combinations of these. Exampleand non-limiting user interface devices include a laptop, a desktop, ora mobile computing device such as a smart phone or tablet. In certainembodiments, the user interface device is positioned at a separatephysical location from the inspection surface (e.g., at another locationin a facility including the inspection surface, and/or away from thefacility).

In certain embodiments, the inspection command value 21112 includes adisplay threshold adjustment value, where the inspection processingcircuit 21104 updates the refined inspection data 21110 in response tothe display threshold adjustment value (e.g., changing a sensor, sensorparameter, inspection path, etc. to provide data sufficient to supportthe display threshold adjustment value; adjusting post-processing ofinspection data in response to the display threshold adjustment value,such as determining anomalous data, enhancing or adjusting a resolutionof the refined data, and/or providing additional related data to datacorresponding to the display threshold being adjusted).

In certain embodiments, the inspection based data includes raw sensordata, and/or minimally processed data. In certain embodiments, theinspection based data includes ultra-sonic (UT) sensor data, which mayadditionally or alternatively include sensor calibrations such assettings and assumptions utilized to determine a processed parameter(e.g., a wall thickness of the inspection surface, a presence of a crackor anomaly, and/or a thickness of a coating and/or debris). The sensorcalibrations and/or other descriptive data (e.g., time stamps, locationdata, facility data, etc.) may be stored as metadata with the raw sensordata, and/or related to the raw sensor data such that a device accessingthe raw sensor data can additionally request or retrieve the metadata.The present description references UT sensor data and related data, butsensor calibrations, related data, and/or metadata may be stored inrelation to any type of raw sensor data and/or minimally processed data.

Referencing FIG. 212, an example procedure for adjusting an inspectionoperation in response to a user request value is depicted. The exampleprocedure includes an operation 21202 to provide inspection traversalcommands (e.g., a description of regions of an inspection surface to beinspected, a pathing description for an inspection robot, etc.), anoperation 21204 to provide interrogation commands to a number ofinspection sensors of the inspection robot, an operation 21206 tointerpret inspection base data from the inspection sensors (e.g., rawsensor data, minimally processed sensor data, and/or sensor calibrationor other metadata), an 21208 to determine refined inspection data inresponse to the inspection base data, an operation 21210 to operate auser interface accessible to a user interface device, and to provide therefined inspection data to the user interface. For example, the refinedinspection data may include processed data values (e.g., thicknessvalues, wear values, temperatures, coating indications, service lifeand/or service date values, etc.), which may be presented as tables,graphs, visual depictions of the inspection surface, or the like. Incertain embodiments, refined inspection data may include raw sensor dataand/or minimally processed sensor data, and/or may further includeassociated calibrations or other metadata, for example to allow the userto evaluate the processing and determine whether sensor data processingparameters should be updated or adjusted, perform sensitivity analysiswith respect to processing calibrations and/or assumptions, etc. Incertain embodiments, operation 21210 to operate the user interfaceincludes operating a web portal, web site, mobile application,proprietary application, and/or a database accessible with anapplication programming interface (API), and interacting with a userdevice through any of the foregoing.

The example procedure further includes an operation to interpret a userrequest value 21212, for example a request to adjust a display (e.g.,displayed data, thresholds, virtual marks, displayed region of theinspection surface, etc.) presented on the user interface, a request toadjust any aspect of the inspection operation (e.g., sensors utilizedand/or calibrations for the sensors; sensor positions on one or morepayloads; sampling rates; robot traversal trajectory including locationsto be inspected, traversal speed, areas to be re-inspected, imaged,and/or inspected with an additional inspection operations;authorizations for additional time, cost, utilization of certainoperations such as welding, repair, or utilization of certain materials;adjusting downforce parameters for the inspection robot; adjustingthresholds for any operations described throughout the presentdisclosure, such as thresholds to enable additional or alternativeinspection operations or sensors, thresholds to display information onan inspection display, thresholds to perform operations such as repair,marking, and/or cleaning and an operation, and/or thresholds to respondto off-nominal conditions such as couplant loss events, obstacledetection events, sensor evaluation, processing, or scoring values suchas primary mode scores and/or secondary mode scores). The exampleprocedure includes an operation 21214 to adjust the inspection operationin response to the user request value. One or more of any adjustments tothe inspection robot and/or inspection operations as set forththroughout the present disclosure may be implemented for operation21214.

An example procedure includes adjusting the inspection operation byadjusting the inspection operation to achieve the implied conditionsfrom the user request value, but adjusting the inspection operation mayadditionally or alternatively include one or more of: adjusting theinspection operation to comply with a portion of the user request value;considering the user request value adjustments (e.g., as part of aprioritization of one or more additional requests), where the userrequest value adjustments may not be implemented, implemented only inpart, or implemented in whole; storing a description of adjustments ofthe inspection operation for implementation at a later time (e.g., laterin the present inspection operation, and/or in a subsequent inspectionoperation); implementing one or more adjustments for which a userproviding the user request value has authorization, and/or notimplementing one or more adjustments for which the user providing theuser request value does not have authorization; and/or preserving acapability to implement one or more adjustments for which the userproviding the user request value does not have authorization and/orpending an authorization of the user (e.g., performing additionalinspection operations to take additional data responsive to the userrequest value, but preventing access of the user to the additional datauntil the user is authorized to access the data, and/or until userauthorization for the additional data is confirmed). In certainembodiments, the operation 21214 further includes providing an alertand/or notification to the user, user device, and/or user interface inresponse to a partial implementation and/or non-implementation of theadjustments. The alert and/or notification may include an indicationthat the adjustments were not performed, a description of which aspectsof the adjustments were not performed, and indication of why noadjustments or incomplete adjustments were performed (e.g., indicating ahigher priority request, system capability that is lacking, that theuser requires authorization, etc.). In certain embodiments, theoperation 21214 includes providing an alert and/or notification to anadministrator, supervisor, super-user, and/or operator of the inspectionrobot, indicating that a user request value was received, and/orindicating whether the user request value was addressed in full or part.In certain embodiments, the operation 21214 further includes providingan authorization request to an administrator, supervisor, super-user,and/or operator of the inspection robot for the user in response to theuser request value. The described example operations are non-limiting,and set forth to provide illustrations of certain capabilities ofembodiments herein.

An example user request value includes an inspection command value,where the operation 21302 includes adjusting inspection traversalcommands and/or the interrogation commands in response to the inspectioncommand value. An example operation 21214 includes adjusting inspectiontraversal commands to adjust an inspection location trajectory (e.g.,position trajectory) of the inspection robot, adjusting theinterrogation command to adjust calibration value(s) for one or moreinspection sensors, and/or adjusting the interrogation commands toenable one or more additional sensors. An example operation 21214includes enabling at least one additional inspection operation inresponse to a user request value (e.g., as a repair command value), forexample by providing a repair operation command. In certain embodiments,the repair command provides a welding operation command, a coatingapplication command, a painting operation command, a cleaning operationcommand, and/or an additive operation command.

An example user request value includes a marking command value, andoperation 21602 includes providing a marking operation command. Incertain embodiments, the marking operation command includes a visiblemarking command, a selectively visible marking command, and/or a virtualmarking command. In certain embodiments, operation 21210 to operate theuser interface, and/or operation 21214 to adjust an inspectionoperation, include selectively providing a virtual mark to the userinterface (e.g., showing virtual marks in a display layer of the userinterface, showing virtual marks upon request by the user, showingvirtual marks according to a mark type requested by the user, showingvirtual marks in response to an authorization of the user, etc.).

An example user request value includes a visual capture command value,where operation 21214 includes providing a visual capture operationcommand in response to the visual capture command value (e.g., where acamera, optical sensor, or other device of the inspection robot isresponsive to the visual capture operation command to capture associatedvisual data from the inspection surface).

Turning now to FIG. 181, an example system and/or apparatus forinspecting and/or repairing an inspection surface 500 (e.g., referenceFIG. 5) with an inspection robot 100 (e.g., reference FIG. 1) isdepicted. The example inspection robot 100 includes any inspection robothaving a number of sensors 2202 (e.g., reference FIG. 25) associatedtherewith and configured to inspect a selected area. Without limitationto any other aspect of the present disclosure, an inspection robot 100as set forth throughout the present disclosure, including any featuresor characteristics thereof, is contemplated for the example systemdepicted in FIG. 181. In certain embodiments, the inspection robot 100may have one or more payloads 2 (e.g., reference FIG. 1) and may includeone or more sensors 2202 (e.g., reference FIG. 25) on each payload 2.

Operations of the inspection robot 100 provide the sensors 2202 inproximity to selected locations of the inspection surface 500 andcollect associated data, thereby interrogating the inspection surface500. Interrogating, as utilized herein, includes any operations tocollect data associated with a given sensor, to perform data collectionassociated with a given sensor (e.g., commanding sensors, receiving datavalues from the sensors, or the like), and/or to determine data inresponse to information provided by a sensor (e.g., determining values,based on a model, from sensor data; converting sensor data to a valuebased on a calibration of the sensor reading to the corresponding data;and/or combining data from one or more sensors or other information todetermine a value of interest). A sensor 2202 may be any type of sensoras set forth throughout the present disclosure, but includes at least aUT sensor, an EMI sensor (e.g., magnetic induction or the like), atemperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an optical sensor (e.g.,infrared, visual spectrum, and/or ultra-violet), a visual sensor (e.g.,a camera, pixel grid, or the like), or combinations of these.

The example system my include the inspection robot 100 and/or acontroller 802 as shown in FIG. 181. The controller 802 may have anumber of circuits configured to functionally perform operations of thecontroller 802. For example, the controller 802 may have an inspectioncircuit 18102, an inspection visualization circuit 18106, a userinteraction circuit 18110, an action request circuit 18114, and/or anevent processing circuit 18118. In embodiments, the controller 802 mayhave, in place of or in addition to any of the preceding circuits, arepair circuit 18122 and/or marking circuit 18124. The examplecontroller 802 may additionally or alternatively include aspects of anycontroller, circuit, or similar device as described throughout thepresent disclosure. Aspects of example circuits may be embodied as oneor more computing devices, computer-readable instructions configured toperform one or more operations of a circuit upon execution by aprocessor, one or more sensors, one or more actuators, and/orcommunications infrastructure (e.g., routers, servers, networkinfrastructure, or the like). Further details of the operations ofcertain circuits associated with the controller 802 are set forth,without limitation, in the portion of the disclosure referencing FIGS.181-183.

The example controller 802 is depicted schematically as a single devicefor clarity of description, but the controller 802 may be a singledevice, a distributed device, and/or may include portions at leastpartially positioned with other devices in the system (e.g., on theinspection robot 100). In certain embodiments, the controller 802 may beat least partially positioned on a computing device associated with anoperator of the inspection (not shown), such as a local computer at afacility including the inspection surface 500, a laptop, and/or a mobiledevice. In certain embodiments, the controller 802 may alternatively oradditionally be at least partially positioned on a computing device thatis remote to the inspection operations, such as on a web-based computingdevice, a cloud computing device, a communicatively coupled device, orthe like.

Accordingly, as illustrated in FIG. 181, the inspection circuit 18102commands operations of the inspection robot 100 operating on theinspection surface 500 and interprets inspection data 18104 from one ormore sensors 2202 operationally coupled to the inspection robot 100. Theinspection data 18104 may include information representative of a statusand/or characteristic of the inspection surface, e.g., a thickness,coating coverage, stress and/or any other type of property of theinspection surface. The inspection data 18104 may include still imagesand/or video images of the inspection surface 500 and/or of an obstacleencountered by the inspection robot 100. The inspection data 18104 maybe an image of a structural deficiency, e.g., a crack, bump, recess,etc., in the inspection surface 500. In embodiments, the inspection data18104 may include electromagnetic, ultrasonic and/or other types ofinformation collected from the inspection surface 500 by the sensors2202.

The inspection visualization circuit 18106 may generate an inspectionmap 18108 in response to the inspection data 18104. Without limitationto any other aspect of the present disclosure, an inspection map as setforth throughout the present disclosure, including any features orcharacteristics thereof, is contemplated for the example inspection map18108 depicted in FIG. 181. For example, As disclosed herein, theinspection map 18108 may depict a layout of the inspection surface 500along with one or more characteristics of the surface 500, obstacles onthe surface 500 and/or other features such as markings.

The user interaction circuit 18110 may provide the inspection map 18108to a user/operator device (e.g., reference FIG. 218 and the relateddescription) for display to a user and/or operator of the inspectionrobot 100. Such a devices may include, but are not limited to, laptops,smart phones, tablets, desktop computers and/or other types of devicesthat provide for interactive graphical user interfaces. The userinteraction circuit 18110 may interpret a user focus value 18112 fromthe user device. In embodiments, the user interaction circuit 18110interprets the user focus value 18112 by interrogating a display of theuser device. For example, the user focus value 18112 may include eventtype data 18204 corresponding to one or more user interactive eventswithin the interactive graphical user interface presented on the userdevice. Such events may include, but are not limited to: mouse position18206, menu-selections 18208, touch screen indications 18210, keysstrokes 18212 and/or virtual gestures 18214. The user focus value 18112may be generated by the user device in response to a user interactiveevent corresponding to a display of the inspection map 18108 within thegraphical user interface on the user device. For example, inembodiments, the inspection map 18108 may depict an anomaly in acharacteristic of the inspection surface 500, e.g., a portion of thesurface 500 that is thinner than an expected value. The user and/oroperator may then generate the user focus value 18112 by clicking on theanomaly in the inspection map 18108 as shown on the user device.

The action request circuit 18114 may determine an action 18116 for theinspection robot 100 in response to the user focus value 18112, and theevent processing circuit 18118 may provide an action command value 18120in response to the determined action 18116. The inspection circuit 18102may also update the operations of the inspection robot 100 in responseto the action command value 18120.

As illustrated in FIG. 182, the action command value 18120 may includelocation data 18216 identifying a location at which the action 18116 isto be performed. As such, in embodiments, the action request circuit18114 may determine the location data 18216 based on the user focusvalue 18112. For example, a user may click and/or select a locationwithin the inspection map 18108 displayed in the user interface on theuser device. The coordinate information 18202 of the inspection surface500 corresponding to the location selected by the user may then beincluded in the user focus value 18112. Thus, in embodiments, clicking alocation in the inspection map 18108 may direct the inspection robot 100to the corresponding location on the inspection surface 500 for thepurpose of performing an action 18116 at that location. In embodiments,the location data 18216 may be in real space and/or a virtual space.

In embodiments, the action command value 18120 may corresponds to arepair procedure, and the repair circuit may, in response to the actioncommand value 18120, may execute the repair procedure. The repairprocedure may include actuating: a welding device; a drilling device; asawing device; an ablation device; and/or a heating device. For example,a user may select an identified crack on the inspection map 18108 andthen further select an option within the graphical user interface torepair the object, and further select the type of repair, e.g., weld, toperform on the crack. As will be understood, embodiments of theinspection map 18108 and/or graphical user interface may provide for theidentification and repair of other types of anomalies in the inspectionsurface 500. In embodiments, the controller 802 may direct theinspection robot 100 to repair anomalies as they are encountered andidentified by the controller 802. In other words, some embodiment of thecontroller 802 may automatically repair anomalies and/or obstacles onthe inspection surface 500.

In embodiments, the action command value 18120 may correspond to amarking procedure and the marking circuit 18124, in response to theaction command value 18120, may execute the marking procedure byactuating: a painting device; a stamping device; a drilling device; asawing device; an ablation device; and/or a heating device. For example,the graphical user interface may provide for the user to mark areasand/or object of interest shown in the inspection map 18108, with theinspection robot 100 physically marking the actual location on theinspection surface 500 corresponding to the location of the area and/orobject of interest in the inspection map 18108. For example, a user maynotice an area of the inspection map 18108 depicting a thinner thanexpected regions of the inspection surface 500. The user may then selectan option in the graphical user interface that to mark the location inthe inspection map 18108 with a marker, which in turn, instructs theinspection robot 100 to make a physical mark at the actual location onthe inspection surface 500 corresponding to the marked location in theinspection map 18108. In embodiments, the controller 802 may direct theinspection robot 100 to mark anomalies and/or obstacles as they areencountered and identified by the controller 802. In other words, someembodiment of the controller 802 may automatically mark anomalies and/orobstacles on the inspection surface 500.

In embodiments, the action command value 18120 may correspond to aninspection procedure and the inspection circuit, in response to theaction command value 18120, may execute the inspection procedure byactuating a sensor 2202. For example, in embodiments, a user mayidentify a region of the inspection map 18108 that the user may wish tohave re-inspected with a higher resolution sensor and/or a differenttype of sensor. The user may then define the boundaries of the regionwithin the graphical user interface on the inspection map 18108, whichin turn, causes the inspection robot 100 to reinspect the actual regionon the inspection surface within the boundaries defined in the graphicaluser interface. In embodiments, the graphical user interface may furtherprovide for a user to define multiple regions within the inspection mapand assign distinct payloads to be used by the inspection robot 100 ineach of the defined regions. In embodiments, the controller 802 maydirect the inspection robot 100 to re-inspect anomalies as they areencountered and identified by the controller 802. In other words, someembodiment of the controller 802 may automatically re-inspect anomaliesand/or obstacles on the inspection surface 500.

As will be further appreciated, in embodiments, the event processingcircuit 18118 may provide the action command value 18120 during arun-time/inspection run of the inspection robot 100. As will beappreciated, providing for run-time updates reduces the amount of timeto for re-checking, repairing and/or marking areas of the inspectionsurface 500. In other words, a user/operator of the inspection robot 100need not wait until the inspection robot 100 has finished an inspectionrun before the inspection robot can address an issue/abnormality thatwas discovered during the inspection run.

Turning to FIG. 183, a method for inspecting and/or repairing aninspection surface 500 is shown. The method may include generating 18302an inspection map 18108 in response to inspection data 18104 andproviding 18350 the inspection map 18108 on a user display. The methodmay include interpreting 18304 a user focus value 18112, determining18308 an action in response to the user focus value 18112, and/orproviding 18312 an action command value 18120 in response to thedetermined action 18116. Interpreting 18304 a user focus value 18112 mayinclude interrogating 18306 the user display. In embodiments, the methodmay further include identifying and/or determining 18310 a locationvalue at which the determined action 18116 is to be performed. Inembodiments, identifying 18310 the location value may be based in parton the user focus value 18112. In embodiments, identifying 18310 thelocation value may be based in part on coordinate information 18202 inthe user focus value 18112 from the inspection map 18108. The locationvalue may be in real space or virtual space. The user focus value mayinclude event type data indicating that the user focus value 18112 wasgenerated in response to at least one of: a mouse position; amenu-selection; a touch screen indication; a key stroke; and/or avirtual gesture.

In embodiments, the method may further include executing 18314 a repairprocedure corresponding to the action command value 18120. The repairprocedure may include minor and/or major repairs. Minor repairs mayinclude items such as fixing hairline crack and/or patching small holesin the inspection surface 500 which may be completed in a few hours orless. Major repairs may include items such as fixing larger cracksand/or welding patches over holes in the inspection surface which maytake more than two (2) hours. The repair procedure may include actuatingone or more of a welding device 18316, a drilling device 18318, a sawingdevice 18320, an ablation device 18322, and/or a heating device. Forexample, the inspection robot 100 may weld an identified emerging crackin the surface.

In embodiments, the method may further include executing 18326 a markingprocedure corresponding to the action command value 18120. The markingprocedure may include actuating a painting device 18328, a stampingdevice 18330, a sawing device 18334, a drilling device 18332, anablation device 18336 and/or a heating device 18338. The painting devicemay be a spray gun, brush, roller and/or other suitable device forpainting the surface 500. The stamping device may be a press, die orother suitable device. The sawing device may be a rotating saw, laser orother suitable device. The drilling device may be a rotary drill, laseror other suitable device. The ablation device may be a plasma torch,laser or other suitable device. The heating device may be an inductionheater, an infrared heater, a laser and/or other suitable device.

In embodiments, the method may include executing 18340 an inspectionprocedure corresponding to the action command value 18120. Executing18340 the inspection procedure may include actuating 18342 an inspectionsensor 2202.

In embodiments, providing 18312 the action command value 18120 may occurduring a run-time of the inspection robot 100.

Referencing FIGS. 188-204, example alternate embodiments for sleds,arms, payloads, and sensor interfaces, including sensor mounting and/orsensor electronic coupling, are described herein. The examples of FIGS.188-204, and/or aspects of the examples of FIGS. 188-204, may beincluded in embodiments of inspection robots, payloads, arms, sleds, andarrangements of these as described throughout the present disclosure.The examples of FIGS. 188-204 include features that provide for, withoutlimitation, ease of integration, simplified coupling, and/or increasedoptions to achieve selected horizontal positioning of sensors, selectedhorizontal sensor spacing, increased numbers of sensors on a payloadand/or inspection robot, and/or increased numbers of sensor typesavailable within a given geometric space for an inspection robot.

Referencing FIG. 188, a side cutaway view 18800 of an example couplantrouting mechanism for a sled is depicted. The example of FIG. 188includes a couplant channel first portion 18802 that fluidly couples acouplant interface 18804 for the sled to a couplant manifold 18806 ofthe sled (via the couplant channel second portion 18808 in the example),providing for a single couplant interface 18804 to provide couplant to anumber of sensors coupled to the sled. The example of FIG. 188 includesa couplant seal 18810 to selectively seal the couplant channel 18802,18808, which may be provided as an access position for a sensor (e.g.,to determine an aspect of the couplant in the couplant channel 18802,18808 such as a temperature, composition, etc.), and/or to allow for asimple fabrication of the sled. For example, the couplant channel firstportion 18802 may be provided by a first drilling or machiningoperation, and the couplant channel second portion 18808 may be providedby a second drilling or machining operation, with the resulting openingsealed with the couplant seal 18810. In certain embodiments, for examplewhere the couplant channel 18802, 18808 is formed by an additivemanufacturing operation, the couplant channel 18802, 18808 may be formedwithout the opening, and the couplant seal 18810 may be omitted. Thecouplant manifold 18806 may be formed by the sled, and/or may be formedby the sled interfacing with a sensor mounting insert (e.g., referenceFIGS. 190, 191 and the related descriptions).

Referencing FIG. 189, a partial cutaway bottom view of the examplecouplant routing mechanism for the sled is depicted. The example of FIG.189 is compatible with an embodiment having a sled lower body portion aspartially depicted in FIG. 189, wherein a sled mounting insert iscoupled to the sled lower body portion forming the sled having sensorsmounted thereon. The example of FIG. 189 includes a sled manifoldportion 18902, consistent with the side view depicting the couplantmanifold 18806. The sled manifold portion 18902 is fluidly coupled tothe couplant channel 18808, 18802, and includes a distributing portion18906 routing couplant to couplant chamber groups associated withsensors to be mounted on the sled. The sled further includes a sensoropening 18904, which is an opening defined by the manifoldconfiguration. Each sensor opening 18904 may have a sensor mounted tointerrogate the inspection surface through the sensor opening 18904,where the manifold configuration defining the opening interacts with thesensor to form a couplant chamber. The couplant chamber, when filledwith couplant, provides acoustic coupling between the sensor and theinspection surface, and a resulting distance between the inspectionsurface and the associated sensor at the respective sensor opening 18904provides the delay line corresponding to that sensor. The example ofFIG. 189 depicts a 6-sensor arrangement, where up to 6 sensors may bemounted on a single sled. Additionally, the position of the sensoropenings 18904 and can be provided such that each sensor opening 18904is horizontally displaced (e.g., at a distinct vertical position of FIG.189 as depicted, where the sled in operation traverses the inspectionsurface to the left or to the right), and/or has a selected horizontaldisplacement. Accordingly, and embodiment such as that depicted in FIG.189 includes multiple sensors on a single sled, having selectedhorizontal distribution. In certain embodiments, one of the availablesensors may not be mounted on the sled, and the corresponding sensoropening 18904 may be sealed, and/or may just be allowed to leak couplantduring operations of the inspection robot. In certain embodiments, oneor more additional sensors (e.g., a sensor that is not a UT sensor) maybe mounted to the sled at one of the sensor openings 18904, and thesensor may operate in the presence of the couplant, be sealed from themanifold, and/or a portion of the manifold may be omitted. For example,an embodiment of FIG. 189 where a leg of the manifold is omitted allowsfor three mounted UT sensors in a first sensor group, and three mountedsensor of another type in a second sensor group. Additionally oralternatively, a sensor mounting insert (e.g., reference FIG. 191) aportion of the manifold, including a leg of the manifold and/or just asingle sensor position, allowing for a group of sensors mounted on asensor mounting insert to have the proper couplant flow configuration ina single operation of coupling the sensor mounting insert to the sledlower body portion.

Referencing FIG. 190, a perspective view of a sled lower body portion isdepicted. The example of FIG. 190 depicts the manifold portions 18906 asnegative portions or cutouts of the sled lower body portion to form aportion of the couplant flow channels. Referencing FIG. 191, aperspective view of a sensor mounting insert (or group housing bottomportion) is depicted. The example sensor mounting insert interfaces withthe sled lower body portion, for example plugging into it, and may thenbe secured at matching locations where holes are provided for screw,bolt, or connection interfaces. The example sensor mounting insertincludes a manifold portion 19104 as positive portion (e.g., extendingfrom the surface) that interfaces with the sled body lower portionmanifold features 18902, 18906 to fully define the couplant manifold forthe sensors. The manifold portion 19104 can be configured to seal one ormore sensors from the manifold, and to form channels of selected size inthe manifold. The example of FIGS. 190, 191 depicts the negativemanifold feature on the sled lower body portion, and the positivemanifold feature on the sensor mounting insert, but these may bereversed in whole or part, and/or both the sled lower body portion andthe sensor mounting insert may include matching negative manifoldfeatures for all or a portion of the defined manifold. The sensormounting insert further includes a number of sensor mounting holes 19106therethrough, wherein sensors may be mounted and exposed to thecorresponding sled lower body holes 18904. In certain embodiments, thesensors may be mounted on the sled mounting insert, allowing for theinstallation of the full sensor group in a single operation of couplingthe sled mounting insert to the sled lower body portion.

Referencing FIG. 192, a partial cutaway view of a sensor electronicsinterface and a sensor mounting insert for a sled is depicted. Theexample of FIG. 192 includes a sensor group housing upper portion 19208coupled to the sensor mounting insert 19102 (or group housing lowerportion), which may form a sensor group housing when coupled. Theexample of FIG. 192 further includes an electronic interface board 19202for the sensors, providing an electrical interface between the group ofsensors and a payload interface to the housing. The example of FIG. 192includes a single connector interface 19210 that electronically couplesall of the sensors of the sled at a single connector. The interfaceboard 19202 may provide electrical connection, and/or may form ahardware controller or a portion of a hardware controller for aninspection robot. In certain embodiments, the interface board 19202 mayinclude a sensor controller 19204 that determines raw sensor data,and/or partially processed sensor data, for example performing A/Doperations, conversions of electrical values to sensed parameter values,and the like. In certain embodiments, the interface board 19202 mayinclude a controller that performs minimal processing operations forsensor data, such as operations to determine a wall thickness value(e.g., in response to UT sensor data, and/or data calibrations such asexpected return times, primary mode and/or secondary mode scoring, orthe like). The example of FIG. 192 depicts sensors 19206 positionedwithin the group housing (in certain embodiments, a sensor 19206 isshowing in FIG. 192, additionally or alternatively 19206 may be a sensorsleeve or housing positioned around the sensor), and a sensor controller19204. The sensor controller 19204 is depicted away from the interfaceboard 19202, but may be formed on the interface board 19202 and coupledto the sensor 19206 when the interface board 19202 is positioned withinthe group housing, and/or the sensor controller 19204 may be positionedon the sensor 19206, and engage connections to the interface board 19202when the interface board 19202 is positioned within the group housing.The sensor controller 19204 may include an annular contact pad thatengages a housing of the sensor 19206. The interface board 19202includes connections between the sensor controllers 19204 and aconnector interface 19210. The sensor controllers 19204 may beconfigured for the particular type of the corresponding sensor 19206. Incertain embodiments, the sensor group housing lower portion 19102 may becoupled to the sensor group housing upper portion 19208, then the entiresensor group housing may be coupled to the sled lower body portion. Incertain embodiments, the sensor group housing lower portion 19102 mayfirst be coupled to the sled lower body portion, and then the sensorgroup housing upper portion 19208 is coupled to the sensor group housinglower portion, forming the entire sled with sensor mounted thereon.

FIG. 193 depicts a cutaway perspective view of another embodiments of asensor electronics interface and a sensor mounting insert for a sled.The example of FIG. 193 includes a different shape for the sensor grouphousing upper portion 19208 and lower portion 19102, allowing theembodiment of FIG. 193 to interface with a sled body lower portionhaving a different geometric arrangement than the embodiment of FIGS.188-192, but otherwise includes a similar arrangement. FIG. 194 depictsa cutaway side view depicting the sensor 19206, the sensor controller19204, the interface board 19202, and the connector interface 19210.

Referencing FIGS. 195 and 196, a detail side cutaway view and anexploded view of a sensor integrated into a sensor mounting insert aredepicted. Except for minor adjustments for sensor group housinggeometry, the example of FIGS. 195-196 is compatible with the examplesof FIGS. 188-194. The example of FIG. 196 includes the group housinglower portion 19102 and the group housing top 19604. The sensorintegration arrangement includes a delay sleeve 19502 defining at leasta portion of the delay line for the sensor, a structural tube 19510supporting the sensor, a sensor isolation element 19508, the sensorelement 19504 that is positioned within the sensor isolation element19508 and having connection elements 19506 extending therefrom, a sensorsealing cap 19514 and sensor O-ring 19602 that provide sealing betweenthe sensor and the sensor controller 19512, and the sensor controller19512 (or board interface for coupling to the interface board, forexample if the sensor controller is positioned on the board and/or onthe inspection robot body). Referencing FIG. 195, the arrangement ofFIG. 196 is depicted in an assembled cutaway side view.

Referencing FIG. 197, an example sled and sensor mounting insert isdepicted in an exploded view. The example of FIG. 197 is compatible withthe examples of FIGS. 188-196, except for minor adjustments for sensorgroup housing geometry. The example of FIG. 197 depicts a sensor grouphousing upper portion 19208, a sensor group housing lower portion 19102having a sensor 19206 positioned therein, and an interface board 19202that is coupled to the sensor controller 19204 when the sensor grouphousing upper and lower portions are joined. The example of FIG. 197further includes a sled body lower portion 19706 having a selected ramp19704, with a ramp at each end of the sled body in the arrangement ofFIG. 197. The example of FIG. 197 further includes a sled bottom surfacehaving a matching geometry to the sled body lower portion, includingmatching ramps 19702 and defining holes 19708 matching the holearrangement of the sled body lower portion and the position of thesensors 19206. The sled bottom surface may be a replaceable surface, andmay further include coupling tabs 19710 that snap into matching slots ofthe sled body lower portion (reference FIG. 202), for example to enablequick removal and/or replacement of the sled body lower portion. Thesled body lower portion 19712 further defines an arm coupling hole, forexample allowing pivotal coupling between the sled body lower portionand an arm or a payload.

Referencing FIG. 198, an example payload having an arm and two sledsmounted thereto is depicted. In certain embodiments, the arrangement ofFIG. 198 forms a portion of a payload, for example as an arm coupled toa payload at a selected horizontal position. In certain embodiments, thearrangement of FIG. 198 forms a payload, for example coupled at aselected horizontal position to a rail or other coupling feature of aninspection robot chassis, thereby forming a payload having a number ofinspection sensors mounted thereon. The example of FIG. 198 includessleds and sensor group housings that are consistent with the embodimentsof FIGS. 188-197, except for minor adjustments for sensor group housinggeometry. The example of FIG. 198 includes an arm 19802 coupling thesled to a payload coupling 19810 (and/or chassis coupling 19810). Thearm 19802 defines a passage therethrough, wherein a couplant connectionmay pass through the passage, or may progress above the arm to couplewith the sensor lower body portion (e.g., reference 18804 of FIG. 188).The arrangement of FIG. 198 provides multiple degrees of freedom formovement of the sled, any one or more of which may be present in certainembodiments. For example, the pivot coupling 19812 of the arm 19802 tothe sled (e.g., reference sled body lower portion 19712 at FIG. 197)allows for pivoting of the sled relative to the arm 19802, and each sledof the pair of sleds depicted may additionally or alternatively pivotseparately or be coupled to pivot together (e.g., pivot coupling 19812may be a single axle, or separate axles coupled to each sled). The armcoupling 19804 provides for pivoting of the arm 19802 relative to theinspection surface (e.g., raising or lowering), and a second armcoupling 19816 provides for rotation of the arm 19802 (and couplingjoint 19814) along a second perpendicular axis relative to arm coupling19804. Accordingly, couplings 19804, 19816 operate together to in atwo-axis gimbal arrangement, allowing for rotation in one axis, andpivoting in the other axis. The selected pivoting and/or rotationaldegrees of freedom are selectable, and one or more of the pivoting orrotational degrees of freedom may be omitted, limited in available rangeof motion, and/or be associated with a biasing member that urges themovement in a selected direction and/or urges movement back toward aselected position. In the example of FIG. 198, a biasing spring 19806urges the pivot coupling 19812 to move the arm 19802 toward theinspection surface, thereby contributing to a selected downforce on thesled. Any one or more of the biasing members may be passive (e.g.,having a constant arrangement during inspection operations) and/oractive (e.g., having an actuator that adjusts the arrangement, forexample changing a force of the urging, changing a direction of theurging, and/or changing the selected position of the urging. The exampleof FIG. 198 depicts selected ramps 19704 defined by the sled, and sensorgroup housing 19200 elements positioned on each sled and coupling thesensors to the sled and/or the inspection surface. The example of FIG.198 further includes a coupling line retainer 19808 that provides forrouting of couplant lines and/or electrical communication away fromrotating, pivoting, or moving elements, and provides for consistentpositioning of the couplant lines and/or electrical communication forease of interfacing the arrangement of FIG. 198 with a payload and/orinspection chassis upon which the arrangement is mounted. The examplepayload coupling 19810 includes a clamp having a moving portion and astationary portion, and may be operable with a screw, a quick connectelement (e.g., a wing nut and/or cam lever arrangement), or the like.The example payload coupling 19810 is a non-limiting arrangement, andthe payload/chassis coupling may include any arrangement, including,without limitation, a clamp, a coupling pin, an R-clip (and/or a pin), aquick connect element, or combinations among these elements.

Referencing FIG. 199, an example arrangement is depicted. The example ofFIG. 199 may form a payload or a portion of a payload (e.g., with thearms coupled to the corresponding payload), and/or the example of FIG.199 may depict two payloads (e.g., with the arms coupled to a feature ofthe inspection robot chassis). The arrangement of FIG. 199 is consistentwith the arrangement of FIG. 198, and depicts two arm assemblies in anexample side-by-side arrangement. In an example embodiment wherein eachsensor group housing 19200 includes six sensors mounted therein, theexample of FIG. 199 illustrates how an arrangement of 24 sensors can bereadily positioned on an inspection surface, with each of the sensorshaving a separate and configurable horizontal position on the inspectionsurface, allowing for rapid inspection of the inspection surface and/orhigh resolution (e.g., horizontal distance between adjacent sensors)inspection of the inspection surface. An example embodiment includeseach arm having an independent couplant and/or electrical interface,allowing for a switch of 12 sensors at a time with a single couplantand/or electrical connection to be operated. An example embodimentinclude the arms having a shared couplant interface (e.g., referenceFIG. 70) allowing for a switch of 24 sensors at a time with a singlecouplant connection to be operated. The pivotal and rotational couplingsand/or degrees of freedom available may be varied between the arms, forexample to allow for greater movement in one arm versus another (e.g.,to allow an arm that is more likely to impact an obstacle, such as anouter one of the arms, to have more capability to deflect away fromand/or around the obstacle).

Referencing FIG. 200, an example arrangement is depicted as a top view,consistent with the arrangement of FIG. 199. It can be seen that thesensor group housings 19200 can readily be configured to provide forselected horizontal distribution of the inspection sensors. Thehorizontal distribution can be adjusted by replacing the arms with armshaving a different sensor group housing 19200 and sensor arrangementwithin the sensor group housing 19200, by displacing the arms along apayload and/or along the inspection robot chassis, and/or displacing apayload (where the arms are mounted to the payload) along the inspectionrobot chassis.

FIG. 202 depicts a bottom view of two sled body lower portions 19706 ina pivoted position. The example of FIG. 202 is a schematic depiction ofsled body lower portions, with the sled bottom surface omitted. Incertain embodiments, the inspection robot may be operated with the sledlower body portions 19706 in contact with the inspection surface, andaccordingly the sled bottom surface may be omitted. Additionally, thedepiction of FIG. 202 with the sled bottom surface portion omittedallows for depiction of certain features of the example sled body lowerportions 19706. The example of FIG. 202 includes sled body lowerportions 19706 having coupling slots 20202 engageable with matchingcoupling tabs 19710 of the sled bottom surface. The number and positionof the slots 20202 and/or tabs 19710 is a non-limiting example, and asled body lower portion 19706 may include slots 20202 that are notutilized by a particular sled bottom surface, for example to maintaincompatibility with a number of sled bottom surface components. Incertain embodiments, the slots 20202 positioned on the sled body lowerportions 19706 rather than on the sled bottom surface portions allow forthe sleds to be operated without the sled bottom surface. In certainembodiments, the slots 20202 may be present on the sled bottom surface,and the tabs 19710 may be present on the sled body lower portions 19706,and/or the slots 20202 and tabs 19710 may be mixed between the sledbottom surface, and the tabs 19710 may be present on the sled body lowerportions 19706.

In certain embodiments, an inspection robot and/or payload arrangementmay be configured to engage a flat inspection surface, for example atFIG. 199. The depiction of FIG. 199 engageable to a flat inspectionsurface is a non-limiting example, and an arrangement otherwiseconsisting with FIG. 199 may be matched, utilizing sled bottom surfaces,overall sled engagement positions (e.g., see FIG. 70), or freedom ofrelative movement of sleds and/or arms to engage a curved surface, aconcave surface, a convex surface, and/or combinations of these (e.g., anumber of parallel pipes having undulations, varying pipe diameters,etc.). An inspection robot and/or payload arrangement as set forthherein may be configured to provide a number of inspection sensorsdistributed horizontally and operationally engaged with the inspectionsurface, where movement on the inspection surface by the inspectionrobot moves the inspection sensors along the inspection surface. Incertain embodiments, the arrangement is configurable to ensure theinspection sensors remain operationally engaged with a flat inspectionsurface, with a concave inspection surface, and/or with a convexinspection surface. Additionally, the arrangement is configurable, forexample utilizing pivotal and/or rotation arrangements of the armsand/or payloads, to maintain operational contact between the inspectionsensors and an inspection surface having a variable curvature. Forexample, an inspection robot positioned within a large concave surfacesuch as a pipe or a cylindrical tank, where the inspection robot movesthrough a vertical orientation (from the inspection robot perspective)is not either parallel to or perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of thepipe, will experience a varying concave curvature with respect to thehorizontal orientation (from the inspection robot perspective), evenwhere the pipe has a constant curvature (from the perspective of thepipe). In another example, an inspection robot traversing an inspectionsurface having variable curvature, such as a tank having an ellipsoidgeometry, or a cylindrical tank having caps with a distinct curvaturerelative to the cylindrical body of the tank.

Numerous embodiments described throughout the present disclosure arewell suited to successfully execute inspections of inspection surfaceshaving flat and/or varying curvature geometries. For example, payloadarrangements described herein allow for freedom of movement of sensorsleds to maintain operational contact with the inspection surface overthe entire inspection surface space. Additionally, control of theinspection robot movement with positional interaction, includingtracking inspection surface positions that have been inspected,determining the position of the inspection robot using dead reckoning,encoders, and/or absolute position detection, allows for assurance thatthe entire inspection surface is inspected according to a plan (e.g., aninspection map 16330), and that progression across the surface can beperformed without excessive repetition of movement. Additionally, theability of the inspection robot to determine which positions have beeninspected, to utilize transformed conceptualizations of the inspectionsurface (e.g., reference FIG. 160 and the related description), and theability of the inspection robot to reconfigure (e.g., payloadarrangements, physical sensor arrangements, down force applied, and/orto raise payloads), enable and/or disable sensors and/or datacollection, allows for assurance that the entire inspection surface isinspected without excessive data collection and/or utilization ofcouplant. Additionally, the ability of the inspection robot to traversebetween distinct surface orientations, for example by lifting thepayloads and/or utilizing a stability support device, allows theinspection robot to traverse distinct surfaces, such as surfaces withina tank interior, surfaces in a pipe bend, or the like. Additionally,embodiments set forth herein allow for an inspection robot to traverse apipe or tank interior or exterior in a helical path, allowing for aninspection having a selected inspection resolution of the inspectionsurface within a single pass (e.g., where representative points areinspected, and/or wherein the helical path is selected such that thehorizontal width of the sensors overlaps and/or is acceptably adjacenton subsequent spirals of the helical path).

It can be seen that various embodiments herein provide for an inspectionrobot capable to inspect a surface such as an interior of a pipe and/oran interior of a tank. Additionally, embodiments of an inspection robotherein are operable at elevated temperatures relative to acceptabletemperatures for personnel, and operable in composition environments(e.g., presence of CO₂, low oxygen, etc.) that are not acceptable topersonnel. Additionally, in certain embodiments, entrance of aninspection robot into certain spaces may be a trivial operation, whereentrance of a person into the space may require exposure to risk, and/orrequire extensive preparation and verification (e.g., lock-out/tag-outprocedures, confined space procedures, exposure to height procedures,etc.). Accordingly, embodiments throughout the present disclosureprovide for improved cost, safety, capability, and/or completion time ofinspections relative to previously known systems or procedures.

What is claimed is:
 1. An apparatus, comprising: an inspection robot; aninspection definition circuit structured to interpret an inspectiondescription value; a robot configuration circuit structured to determinean inspection robot configuration description in response to theinspection description value; and a configuration implementation circuitcommunicatively coupled to a configuration interface of the inspectionrobot, and structured to provide at least a first portion of theinspection robot configuration description to the configurationinterface, wherein the inspection robot further comprises: an inspectionchassis; at least two drive modules; and a connector comprising: a bodyhaving a first end for coupling with a corresponding one of the at leasttwo drive modules and a second end for pivotally engaging the inspectionchassis; an electrical interface structured to couple an electricalpower source from the inspection chassis to an electrical power load ofthe corresponding one of the at least two drive modules, and furtherstructured to provide electrical communication between an inspectioncontroller positioned on the inspection chassis and at least one of asensor, an actuator, or a drive controller positioned on thecorresponding one of the at least two drive modules; and a mechanicalcomponent defined, at least in part, by the body and structured toselectively and releasably couple the body to the inspection chassis. 2.The apparatus of claim 1, wherein the configuration implementationcircuit is further communicatively coupled to an operator interface, andstructured to provide at least a second portion of the inspection robotconfiguration description to the operator interface.
 3. The apparatus ofclaim 1, wherein the inspection definition circuit is communicativelycoupled to a user interface, and wherein the inspection definitioncircuit is further structured to interpret the inspection descriptionvalue in response to a user inspection request value provided throughthe user interface.
 4. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein the userinspection request value comprises an inspection type value.
 5. Theapparatus of claim 3, wherein the user inspection request valuecomprises an inspection resolution value.
 6. The apparatus of claim 3,wherein the user inspection request value comprises an inspectedcondition value.
 7. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein the userinspection request value comprises an inspection ancillary capabilityvalue.
 8. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein the user inspection requestvalue comprises an inspection constraint value.
 9. The apparatus ofclaim 1, wherein the inspection robot configuration descriptioncomprises at least one parameter selected from the parameters consistingof: an inspection sensor type description; an inspection sensor numberdescription; an inspection sensor distribution description; an ancillarycomponent description; an inspection surface vertical extentdescription; a couplant management component description; and a basestation capability description.
 10. A system, comprising: an inspectionrobot comprising: an inspection controller structured to operate theinspection robot utilizing a first command set; an inspection chassis;at least two drive modules; a connector comprising: a body having afirst end for coupling with a corresponding one of the at least twodrive modules and a second end for pivotally engaging the inspectionchassis; an electrical interface structured to couple an electricalpower source from the inspection chassis to an electrical power load ofthe corresponding one of the at least two drive modules, and furtherstructured to provide electrical communication between the inspectioncontroller positioned on the inspection chassis and at least one of asensor, an actuator, or a drive controller positioned on thecorresponding one of the at least two drive modules; and a mechanicalcomponent defined, at least in part, by the body and structured toselectively and releasably couple the body to the inspection chassis; ahardware component operatively couplable to the inspection controller; ahardware controller structured to interface with the inspectioncontroller in response to the first command set, and to command thehardware component in response to the first command set; and a robotconfiguration controller, comprising: an inspection definition circuitstructured to interpret an inspection description value; a robotconfiguration circuit structured to determine an inspection robotconfiguration description in response to the inspection descriptionvalue; and a configuration implementation circuit communicativelycoupled to at least one of a configuration interface of the inspectionrobot or an operator interface, wherein the system further comprises atleast one of: the hardware controller communicatively coupled to theconfiguration interface of the inspection robot, and structured todetermine a response map for the hardware component in response to atleast a portion of the inspection robot configuration description, orthe operator interface, and wherein the configuration implementationcircuit is structured to provide at least a portion of the inspectionrobot configuration description to the operator interface.
 11. Thesystem of claim 10, further comprising: wherein the inspectiondefinition circuit is communicatively coupled to a user interface, andwherein the inspection definition circuit is further structured tointerpret the inspection description value in response to a userinspection request value provided through the user interface.
 12. Thesystem of claim 11, wherein the user inspection request value comprisesan inspection type value.
 13. The system of claim 11, wherein the userinspection request value comprises an inspection resolution value. 14.The system of claim 11, wherein the user inspection request valuecomprises an inspected condition value.
 15. The system of claim 11,wherein the user inspection request value comprises an inspectionancillary capability value.
 16. The system of claim 11, wherein the userinspection request value comprises an inspection constraint value. 17.The system of claim 10, wherein the inspection robot configurationdescription comprises an inspection sensor type description.
 18. Thesystem of claim 10, wherein the inspection robot configurationdescription comprises an inspection sensor number description.
 19. Thesystem of claim 10, wherein the inspection robot configurationdescription comprises an inspection sensor distribution description. 20.The system of claim 10, wherein the inspection robot configurationdescription comprises an ancillary component description.
 21. The systemof claim 10, wherein the inspection robot configuration descriptioncomprises an inspection surface vertical extent description.
 22. Thesystem of claim 10, wherein the inspection robot configurationdescription comprises a couplant management component description. 23.The system of claim 10, wherein the inspection robot configurationdescription comprises a base station capability description.
 24. Thesystem of claim 10, wherein each of the at least two drive modules isindependently rotatable.
 25. A method, comprising: interpreting aninspection description value; determining an inspection robotconfiguration description in response to the inspection descriptionvalue; and communicating at least a portion of the inspection robotconfiguration description to at least one of a configuration interfaceof an inspection robot or an operator interface, wherein the inspectionrobot comprises: an inspection chassis; at least two drive modules; anda connector comprising: a body having a first end for coupling with acorresponding one of the at least two drive modules and a second end forpivotally engaging the inspection chassis; an electrical interfacestructured to couple an electrical power source from the inspectionchassis to an electrical power load of the corresponding one of the atleast two drive modules, and further structured to provide electricalcommunication between an inspection controller positioned on theinspection chassis and at least one of a sensor, an actuator, or a drivecontroller positioned on the corresponding one of the at least two drivemodules; and a mechanical component defined, at least in part, by thebody and structured to selectively and releasably couple the body to theinspection chassis.
 26. The method of claim 25, further comprisingadjusting at least one of a sensor type, a number of sensors, or asensor distribution of at least two inspection sensors of the inspectionrobot in response to the at least a portion of the inspection robotconfiguration description.
 27. The method of claim 26, furthercomprising, in response to the adjusting: determining a response map ofa hardware controller of the inspection robot in response to theadjusted at least one of the sensor type, the number of sensors, or thesensor distribution; operating the inspection controller of theinspection robot utilizing a first command set; and operating thehardware controller in response to the first command set, and to commandthe at least two inspection sensors, utilizing the response map, inresponse to the first command set.
 28. The method of claim 26, furthercomprising, in response to the adjusting: determining a hardwarecontroller of the inspection robot in response to the adjusted at leastone of the sensor type, the number of sensors, or the sensordistribution; operating the inspection controller of the inspectionrobot utilizing a first command set; and operating the determinedhardware controller of the inspection robot in response to the firstcommand set, and to command the at least two inspection sensors furtherin response to the first command set.
 29. The method of claim 25,further comprising adjusting at least one of an actuator type or anumber of actuators of at least one actuator of the inspection robot inresponse to the at least a portion of the inspection robot configurationdescription.
 30. The method of claim 29, further comprising, in responseto the adjusting: determining a response map of a hardware controller ofthe inspection robot in response to the adjusted at least one of theactuator type or the number of actuators; operating the inspectioncontroller of the inspection robot utilizing a first command set; andoperating the hardware controller in response to the first command set,and to command the at least one actuator, utilizing the response map, inresponse to the first command set.
 31. The method of claim 29, furthercomprising, in response to the adjusting: determining a hardwarecontroller of the inspection robot in response to the adjusted at leastone of the actuator type or the number of actuators; operating theinspection controller of the inspection robot utilizing a first commandset; and operating the determined hardware controller of the inspectionrobot in response to the first command set, and to command the at leastone actuator further in response to the first command set.
 32. Themethod of claim 25, further comprising: operating a user interface, andreceiving a user inspection request value from the user interface; andinterpreting the inspection description value further in response to theuser inspection request value.
 33. An inspection robot comprising: aninspection chassis; an inspection controller positioned on theinspection chassis; at least two drive modules; and a connectorcomprising: a body having a first end for coupling with a correspondingone of the at least two drive modules and a second end for pivotallyengaging the inspection chassis; an electrical interface structured tocouple an electrical power source from the inspection chassis to anelectrical power load of the corresponding one of the at least two drivemodules, and further structured to provide electrical communicationbetween the inspection controller positioned on the inspection chassisand at least one of a sensor, an actuator, or a drive controllerpositioned on the corresponding one of the at least two drive modules;and a mechanical component defined, at least in part, by the body andstructured to selectively and releasably couple the body to theinspection chassis.
 34. The inspection robot of claim 33, wherein eachof the at least two drive modules is independently rotatable.